Home

atc-1 specs hvac - Aerohead Mechanical

1. 8 1 Gas System Test The gas fuel system shall be tested in accordance with the test procedures outlined in NFPA 54 a9 FIELD TRAINING The Contractor shall conduct a training course for the operating staff as designated by the Contracting Officer The training period shall consist of a total of 8 hours of normal working time and shall start after the system is functionally completed but prior to final acceptance tests The field instructions shall cover all of the items contained in the approved operation and maintenance manuals as well as demonstrations of routine maintenance operations and boiler safety devices The Contracting Officer shall be notified at least 14 days prior to date of proposed conduction of the training course End of Section SECTION 23 52 00 00 10 Page 36 Lackland AFB Airmen Training Complex ATC Dormitory 1 LKATCD1 AMENDMENT 0003 SECTION 23 64 00 00 10 LIQUID CHILLERS AM 3 PART 1 GENERAL a al REFERENCES The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced The publications are referred to within the text by the basic designation only AIR CONDITIONING AND REFRIGERATION INSTITUTE ART ARI 495 2005 Refrigerant Liquid Receivers ARI 550 590 2003 Water Chilling Packages Using the Vapor Compression Cycle ARI 700 2004 Specifications for Fluorocarbon Refrigerants AMERICAN BEARING MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION ABMA ABMA 11 1990 R 1999 Loa
2. ASTM B ASTM B ASTM B ASTM B ASTM B ASTM D ASTM D ASTM D ASTM D ASTM D ASTM E ASTM F ASTM F ASTM F CSA AM Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 32 42 62 19 88 2000 2308 3308 520 596 84 1007 1120 1199 CSA AMERI CA feluad Salt Spray Fog Apparatus 2008 Standard Specification for Solder Met al 2002e1 Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Pipe Standard Sizes 2002 Standard Specification for Composition Bronze or Ounce Metal Castings 2002 Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube 2000e1 Standard Specification for Liquid and Paste Fluxes for Soldering of Copper and Copper Alloy Tube 2003 Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube 2008 Standard Classification System for Rubber Products in Automotive Applications 2007 Standard Specification for Thermoplastic Polyethylene Jacket for Electrical Wire and Cable 2006 PTFE Resin Skived Tape 2000 R 2005 Zinc Dust Pigment 2001 R 2006 Reporting Results of Analysis of Water 2008a Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials 1986 R 2002 Pipeline Expansion Joints of the Packed Slip Type for Marine Application 1987 R 2004 Standard Specification for Circular Metallic Bellows Type Expansion Joints for Piping Applications 1988 R 2004 Cast AIl Temperatures and Pressures and Welded Pipe Line Strai
3. Angle Valves Flanged and Threaded Ends SECTION 23 52 00 00 10 Page 4 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION NEMA NEMA 250 2003 Enclosures for Electrical Equipment 1000 Volts Maxi mum NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION NFPA NFPA 54 2008 National Fuel Gas Code NFPA 85 2007 Boiler and Combustion Systems Hazards Code UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES UL UL 1738 1993 Rev thru Oct 2006 Venting Systems for Gas Burning Appliances Categories I1 Ill and IV UL 795 2006 Commercial Industrial Gas Heating Equi pment UL Gas amp Oil Dir 2008 Flammable and Combustible Liquids and Gases Equipment Directory 1 2 SUBMI TTALS Government approval is required for submittals with a G designation submittals not having a G designation are for Contractor Quality Control approval When used a designation following the G designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the Government The following shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMI TTAL PROCEDURES SD 02 Shop Drawings Piping Installation Installation Detail drawings consisting of equipment layout including installation details and electrical connection diagrams combustion and safety control diagrams ductwork layout showing the location of supports and hangers typical hanger details gauge reinforcement reinforcement spacing rigidity classification and st
4. W9126G 09 R 0105 Pre Functional Performance Test Checklist Hot Water Boiler For Boiler __ Checklist Item Installation A M E a Boiler hot water piping installed 2 LL X b Boiler makeup water piping installed 3 _ 2 nL X c Boiler gas piping installed 2 2 2 00 LL X Startup A M E a Boiler safety protection devices including high temperature burner shut off low water cutoff flame failure pre and post purge have been tested LLL L b Verify that PRV rating conforms to boiler rating L LLL LL c Boiler water treatment system functional 22 ___ X d Boiler startup and checkout complete 22 LL X e Combustion efficiency demonstrated 2 22 LL X Electrical A M E a Verify that power disconnect is located within sight of the unit served aa A aa Controls A M E a Hot water pump interlock installed and tested LLL LLL LLL b Hot water proof of flow switch installed and tested gt 2 22 L X c Hot water heating controls operational X Testing Adjusting and Balancing TAB A M E a TAB report approved gt 2 2 2 2 2 2 LL X SECTION 23 08 00 00 10 Page 16 T cC 0 XX T cC 0 K aaa ee A as Do NE ee rE sea A ag T c 0 fee be T c 0 A aoe wee K en ae 2 ee T c 0 X Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC Pre Functiona For Fan Coil Uni Checklist Item Installation a Access doors removable panels are operable and sealed t Performance Test Checklist b Condensate drainage is
5. 2 Equipment a The contractor shall provide server workstation GPPC ASC and 1 0 to create reports 3 Reference Documentation a List user manual documentation and sections pertaining to the testing 4 Date of Test _ 22 ___ 5 Time of Test ___ 6 Contractor s Representative 7 Government s Representative TEST PROCEDURES Expected Item Action Item Results Approved UMS 1 Manually generate a Report shall present itself report for viewing on for viewing without disrupting the workstation the operation of the control SYSEOM F 8 8 8 ory See a NOS oc Net Sel Fe aera EE A EA E eae teint tree A Sel ah ea eh Sse nn Dee ei 2 Manually generate a Report shall print on report and direct it to the specified printer a specific printer 72 2 2 2 LLL LLL NOUSC a Roe a tae eh oe a te Ne Ree oe OR ee th eRe ae Ath ee eed 3 Verify that the report Data samples listed in contains the date and the report shall have time associated with the associated date and the raw data time the samples were collected SECTION 25 08 10 Page 62 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC Item Action Item NODES Gy aa Wid sO Mo 4 Verify that the report has the date and time the report was generated Notes 5 Save a report to a file that is compatible with Microsoft Office products Notes 6 Generate a comma delimited file with trend log data Notes End of Test Specific Abbreviations Y Yes N No NA Not App
6. 3 Check blower fan flow cfm 4 Verify free operation of fan backdraft damper insure no primary air is being discharged into plenum space d Series Fan Powered VAV boxes 1 Ensure VAV fan starts prior to AHU fan 2 Verify VAV box response to sensor call for heating via set point adjustment Change from cooling set point to heating set point Verify cooling damper closes to minimum position and upon further drop in space temperature heating coil activation With heating water system and boiler in operation providing design supply hot water temperature record the following Design HW supply temperature deg F Actual HW supply temperature deg F AHU supply air temperature deg F VAV supply air temperature deg F Calculate coil capacity and compare to design Design BTU hr Actual _____ BTU hr 3 Check primary air damper maxi mum minimum flow settings and compare to actual measured flows Setting Measured Design Maximum flow cfm SECTION 23 08 00 00 10 Page 33 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Mi ni mum flow cfm SECTION 23 08 00 00 10 Page 34 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Functional Performance Test Checklist cont VAV Terminals 4 Verify that minimal primary air is discharging into the plenum space when in full cooling mode 5 Verify that no plenum air is being induced fromthe plenum space into the supply air during full cooling by measuring supply air t
7. Action shall be possible Action shall be possible Action shall be possible End of Test Specific Abbreviations Y Yes N No NA Not Applicable SECTION 25 08 10 Page 28 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 SECTION 25 08 10 Page 29 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 TEST NUMBER Four TITLE Graphic Display of Data OB ECTI VE 1 To validate that floor plans and equipment can be graphically displayed through GUI 2 To validate the proper display of alarms on GUI 3 To validate the proper display of trend data on GUI I N TI AL REQU REMENTS CONDI TI ONS 1 Submittals a The contractor shall provide hard copies of snap shots of sample graphics pages prior to testing 2 Equipment a The contractor shall have all graphics completed 3 Reference Documentation a List user manual documentation and sections pertaining to the testing 4 Notes a Different types of data and states should be clearly distinguishable from each other 5 Date of Test 2 2222 6 Time of Test _________ 7 8 Contractor s Representative Government s Representative TEST PROCEDURES Expected Item Action Item Results Approved 1 Demonstrate the use of a Equipment shall be three dimensional represented in a three representation of a di mensi onal manner mechanical system LLL LL Notessa mo ei e a a a a ces ete oe ny fy te et a a n 2 Demonstrate the Dynamic real time dat
8. Install the gas system in conformance with the manufacturer s recommendations and applicable provisions of NFPA 54 AGA XR0603 and as indicated Performall pipe cutting without damage to the pipe with an approved type of mechanical cutter unless otherwise authorized Use whee cutters where practicable On steel pipe 6 inches and larger an approved gas cutting and beveling machine may be used Cut thermoplastic and fiberglass pipe in accordance with AGA XR0603 3 4 1 Metallic Piping Installation Bury underground piping a minimum of 18 inches below grade Make changes in direction of piping with fittings only mitering or notching pipe to form elbows and tees or other similar type construction is not permitted Branch connection may be made with either tees or forged branch outlet fittings Provide branch outlet fittings which are forged flared for improvement of flow where attached to the run and reinforced against external strains Do not use aluminum alloy pipe in exterior locations or underground 3 4 2 Metallic Tubing Installation Install metallic tubing using gas tubing fittings approved by the tubing manufacturer Make branch connections with tees Prepare all tubing ends with tools designed for that purpose Do not use aluminum alloy tubing in exterior locations or underground 3 4 3 Thermoplastic and Fiberglass Piping Tubing and Fittings Installation of thermoplastic and fiberglass piping tubing and fittings is permitted only o
9. The color printer shall use ink jet technology shall be a full color printer and shall meet the following minimum requirements a Resolution 600 by 600 dots per inch b Printing Time 2 pages per minute c Data Buffer Size 16 Megabytes d Colors Printer shall have a separate replaceable black ink cartridge or print head e Media Type Paper and transparency film f Media Size 8 5 by 11 inches and as shown g Paper Cassette 250 sheet capacity 4 COMPUTER SOFTWARE 4 1 Operating System 0S The operating system OS shall fully support all installed software and peripherals and shall be able to obtain screen capture of the monitor display being viewed 4 2 Office Automation Software Office Automation Software shall consist of the e mail spreadsheet and word processing portions of the project site s standard office automation software 4 3 Virus Protection Software Virus Protection Software shall consist of the project site s standard virus protection software complete with a virus definition update Subscription 4 4 CEA 852 A Configuration Server The CEA 852 A configuration server shall meet the requirements of CEA 852 A 64 5 CEA 709 1B Network Configuration Too The network configuration tool shall meet the following mini mum requirements a It shall solely use LonWorks Network Services LNS for all network configuration and management of CEA 709 18 devices SECTION 25 10 10 Page 24 Lackland Airmen Traini
10. be suitable for a minimum continuous operating temperature of 250 or 50 degrees F above the system design temperature whichever is higher Valves 4 inches and larger shall be butterfly valves 2 7 DAMPERS 2 7 1 Damper Assembly A single damper section shall have blades no longer than 48 inch and shal be no higher than 72 inch Maximum damper blade width shall be 8 inch Larger sizes shall be made froma combination of sections Dampers shal be steel or other materials where shown Flat blades shall be made rigid by folding the edges Blade operating linkages shall be within the frame so that blade connecting devices within the same damper section shall not be located directly in the air stream Damper axles shall be 1 2 inch mi ni mum plated steel rods supported in the damper frame by stainless stee or bronze bearings Blades mounted vertically shall be supported by thrust bearings Pressure drop through dampers shall not exceed 0 04 inches water gauge at 1 000 ft min in the wide open position Frames shall not be less than 2 inch in width Dampers shall be tested in accordance with AMCA 500 D 2 7 2 Operating Linkages Operating links external to dampers such as crank arms connecting rods and line shafting for transmitting motion from damper actuators to dampers shall withstand a load equal to at least 300 of the maximum required damper operating force Rod lengths shall be adjustable Links shall be brass bronze zinc coated steel or st
11. c Phenolic Insulation ASTM C 1126 Type Lil Phenolic insulations shall comply with ASTM C 795 and with the ASTM C 665 paragraph Corrosiveness Supply the insulation with manufacturer s recommended factory applied jacket vapor barrier d Polyisocyanurate Insulation ASTM C 591 type Supply the insulation with manufacturer s recommended factory applied vapor retarder vapor barrier Insulation with pre applied adhesive shall not be used 2 2 Aboveground Hot Pipeline Above 60 deg F Insulation for outdoor indoor exposed or concealed applications shal meet the following requirements Supply the insulation with manufacturer s SECTION 23 07 00 Page 9 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 2 recommended factory applied jacket vapor barrier a Mineral Fiber ASTM C 547 Types Il or IIl supply the insulation with manufacturer s recommended factory applied j acket b Calcium Silicate ASTM C 533 Type indoor only or outdoors above 250 degrees F pipe temperature Supply insulation with the manufacturer s recommended factory applied j acket vapor barrier c Cellular Glass ASTM C 552 Type II and Type III Supply the insulation with manufacturer s recommended factory applied j acket d Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Insulation ASTM C 534 Grade 1 Type or Il to 200 degrees F service e Phenolic Insulation ASTM C 1126 Type III to 250 degrees F service shall comply with ASTM C 795 Supply the insulation
12. g Where penetrating roofs pipe shall be insulated as required for interior service to a point flush with the top of the flashing and sealed with vapor retarder coating The insulation for exterior application shall butt tightly to the top of flashing and interior SECTION 23 07 00 Page 13 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Sy Dalla insulation The exterior aluminum jacket shall extend 2 inches down beyond the end of the insulation to forma counter flashing The flashing and counter flashing shall be sealed underneath with caulking For hot water pipes supplying lavatories or other similar heated Service that requires insulation the insulation shall be terminated on the backside of the finished wall The insulation termination shall be protected with two coats of vapor barrier coating with a minimum total thickness of 1 16 inch applied with glass tape embedded between coats if applicable The coating shall extend out onto the insulation 2 inches and shall seal the end of the insulation Glass tape seams shall overlap 1 inch The annular space between the pipe and wall penetration shall be caulked with approved fire stop material The pipe and wal penetration shall be covered with a properly sized well fitting escutcheon plate The escutcheon plate shall overlap the wal penetration at least 3 8 inches For domestic cold water pipes supplying lavatories or other similar cooling service that requires insulation the
13. test the Contractor may proceed directly to Phase III testing after the Contractor receives written permission fromthe Government 1 3 Phase In Phase which occurs after the conclusion of Phase the Contractor shall identify all failures shall determine the causes of all failures repair all failures and submit a test failure report to the Government After submitting the written report the Contractor shall convene a test review meeting at the job site to present the results and recommendations to the Government The meeting shall be scheduled no earlier than five business days after receipt of the report by the Government As a part of this test review meeting the Contractor shall demonstrate that al failures have been corrected by performing appropriate Performance Verification Tests Based on the Contractor s report the test review meeting and the Contractor s recommendation the Government shal independently determine the restart point and may require that the Phase test be totally or partially rerun The Contractor shall not commence any required retesting until after receipt of written notification by the Government SECTION 25 08 10 Page 10 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 3 3 7 4 Phase Il After the conclusion of any retesting which the Government may require the Phase II assessment shall be repeated as if Phase had just been completed If the retest is completed without any failures
14. 2001 Addendums 2001 2003 2003 2003 2004 2007 Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard Part 1 General Requirements TI A EI A 606 A 2002 Administration Standard for the Telecommunications Infrastructure THE INTERNET ENGINEERING TASK FORCE IETF RPC 1112 1989 Host Extensions for IP Multicasting GMP RFE 1371 1992 Choosing a Common IGP for the IP Internet SECTION 25 10 10 Page 2 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 RFC 18132 1995 Requirements for IP Version 4 Routers REG 4131 1997 Dynamic Host Configuration Protoco RFC 2784 2000 Generic Routing Encapsulation GRE RFC 768 1980 User Datagram Protocol UDP RFE 791 1981 Internet Protocol IP RFC 792 1981 Internet Control Message Protoco CMP RFE 193 1981 Transmission Control Protocol TCP RFC fei 2001 Simple Mail Transfer Protocol SMTP RFC 826 1982 Ethernet Address Resolution Protocol ARP U S DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE DOD MI L STD 2202 Rev A Energy Monitoring and Control Systems Factory Tests U S FEDERAL COMMUNI CATIONS COMMISSION FCC FCC EMC 2002 FCC Electromagnetic Compliance Requirements U S NATIONAL ARCHIVES AND RECORDS ADMINISTRATION NARA 47 CFR 15 Radio Frequency Devices UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES UL UL 1778 2005 Rev thru Jul 2006 Uninterruptible Power Systems UL 60950 2000 Rev thru Mar 2002 Safety of Information Processing and Business Equi pment UL 916 1
15. 2007 Standard Specification for General Requirements for Steel Sheet Metallic Coated by the Hot Dip Process ASTM B 117 2007a Standing Practice for Operating Salt Spray Fog Apparatus ASTM B 152 B 152M 2006a Standard Specification for Copper Sheet Strip Plate and Rolled Bar ASTM B 209 2007 Standard Specification for Aluminum SECTION 23 00 00 Page 2 Lackland ASTM ASTM ASTM ASTM ASTM ASTM ASTM ASTM NEMA NEMA NEMA NEMA NFPA NFPA NFPA SMACNA FGDCS 1071 D 1654 D 3359 E 2016 Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 and Aluminum Alloy Sheet and Plate 2005 Standard Specification for Fibrous Glass Duct Lining Insulation Thermal and Sound Absorbing Material 2002 Standard Specification for Minera Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Commercial and Industrial Applications 1985 R 2001e1 Standard Specification for Adhesives for Duct Thermal Insulation 2005 Evaluation of Painted or Coated Specimens Subjected to Corrosive Environments 2002 Measuring Adhesion by Tape Test 2000 R 2005 Zinc Dust Pigment 2006 Standard Specification for Industrial Woven Wire Cloth 2008a Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION NEMA ICS 6 MG 1 MG 10 MG 11 1993 R 2006 Standard for Industrial Controls and Systems Enclosures 2007 Standard for Motors and Ge
16. AND MINI MUM DEFLECTION IN INCHES SECTION 23 05 48 00 40 Page 4 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 2 2 2 Centrifugal Pump Locations ON GRADE ON GRADE ON GRADE BASEMENT 20 FOOT 30 FOOT 40 FOOT TYPE BELOW GRADE FLOOR SPAN FLOOR SPAN FLOOR SPAN EQUIPMENT PROVISIONS PROVISIONS PROVI SI ONS PROVI SI ONS Close couple through 5 hp None R 0 35 C S 1 0 C S 1 0 Bedplate mounted through 5 hp None C CIB 1 0 C CIB 1 5 C CIB 1 75 7 1 2 hp None C CI B 1 0 C CIlB 1 75 C CIB 2 5 TYPE OF MOUNTING BASE AND MINIMUM DEFLECTION IN INCHES 2 2 3 Low Pressure AHU Locations Vibration isolation provisions apply to floor mounted Air Moving and Conditioning Association Class A packaged central station units ON GRADE ON GRADE ON GRADE BASEMENT 20 FOOT 30 FOOT 40 FOOT TYPE BELOW GRADE FLOOR SPAN FLOOR SPAN FLOOR SPAN EQUIPMENT PROVISIONS PROVISIONS PROVISIONS PROVI S ONS Through 5 hp B U 0 35 C U 1 0 C U 1 0 C U 1 0 7 1 2 hp and over 250 to 500 rpm B U 0 35 C U 1 75 C U 1 75 C U 1 75 500 rpm B U 0 35 C U 1 0 C U 1 5 TYPE OF MOUNTING BASE AND MINI MUM DEFLECTION IN INCHES 2 2 4 Medi um and High Pressure AHU Locations Vibration isolation provisions apply to floor mounted Air Moving and Conditioning Association Classes B and C packaged central station units ON GRADE ON GRADE ON GRADE BASEMENT 20 FOOT 30 FOOT 40 FOOT TYPE BELOW GRADE FLOOR SPAN FLOOR SPAN FLOOR SPAN EQUI
17. Dial a numeric paging system and leaving a numeric message The paging system number and numeric message shall be user configurable for each alarm route 3 Send an e mail message via simple mail transfer protoco SMTP RFC 821 The e mail shall contain a scripted message and all alarm data The e mail recipient and scripted message shal be user configurable for each alarm route 4 Print alarms to designated alarm printers The printed message shall be the same as the pop up message c Alarm Display and Acknowledgement The M amp C software shall include an alarm display A minimum of the most recent 100 system alarms shal be available for display at each workstation as shown along with al associated alarm data Alarms shall be capable of being acknowledged fromthis display Multiple alarms shall be capable of being acknowledged using a single command Operator acknowledgment of one alarm shall not automatically be considered as acknowledgment of any other alarm nor shall it inhibit reporting of subsequent alarms d Alarm Storage and Reports The M amp C software shall store each alarm and its associated alarm data to hard disk The stored data shall be SECTION 25 10 10 Page 31 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 user sortable and formatted for printing 2 4 6 6 Trending The M amp C software shall be capable of performing real time trending on a minimum of 5 000 points simultaneously with a minimum trending capac
18. Expected Results W9126G 09 R 0105 Approved Allow the UPS to be unplugged for 20 minutes The UPS will not affect the UMCS hardware and all associated software Return the UPS plug to the wall outlet The UPS will not affect the UMCS hardware and all associated software Notes Test Specific Abbreviations Y Yes N No NA Not Applicable SECTION 25 08 10 Page 65 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 TEST NUMBER Sixteen TITLE EI1A 709 1B to IP Router Test OB ECTI VE 1 Validate EIA 709 1B to IP Router requirements I N TI AL REQU REMENTS CONDI TI ONS 1 Submittals a Submittal information on router and O amp M manual on network analysis tool 2 Equipment a The router needs to be on and operating b Provide a LONWORKS network analysis tool and router configuration tool 3 Reference Documentation a List user manual documentation and sections pertaining to the testing 4 Date of Test 5 Time of Test _________ 6 Contractor s Representative 7 Government s Representative TEST PROCEDURES Expected Item Action Item Results Approved UMS 1 Connect and open network Tool shall identify function analysis tool and verify network address and router identifier of the device 22220 WORE E e aa A a ee a a ek te a ee Ee da 2 Using router configuration Router shall be utilizing tool open network a static IP address and properties dialog box shall
19. International for Configuration Parameters hh Standard Network Variable Type SNVT Pronounced snivet A Standard format type maintained by LonMark International used to define data information transmitted and received by the individua nodes The term SNVT is used in two ways Technically it is the SECTION 23 09 23 Page 5 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 acronym for Standard Network Variable Type and is sometimes used in this manner However it is often used to indicate the network variable itself i e it can mean a network variable of a standard network variable type In general the intended meaning should be clear fromthe context ii Subnet Consists of a logical not physical grouping of up to 127 nodes where the logical grouping is defined by node addressing Part of the Node Addressing scheme jj TP FT 10 A Free Topology Twisted Pair network defined by CEA 709 3 This is the most common media type for an ANSI 709 1 control network kk UMCS Network An IP network connecting multiple building leve control networks using the CEA 852 A standard Il User defined Configuration Parameter Type UCPT Pronounced u keep it A Configuration Parameter format type that is defined by the device manufacturer mm User defined Network Variable Type UNVT A network variable format defined by the device manufacturer Note that UNVTs create non standard communications other vendor s devices may no
20. OCTAVE BANDS 3RD 4TH 5TH 6TH 7TH Frequency 250 500 1 000 2 000 4 000 hertz SECTION 23 82 19 Page 3 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 OCTAVE BANDS Power Level 60 55 53 50 48 decibels Obtain sound power level data or values for these units in accordance with the test procedures specified in ASA 512 23 Sound power values apply to units provided with factory fabricated cabinet enclosures and standard grilles Values obtained for the standard cabinet models will be acceptable for concealed models without separate tests provided there is no variation between models as to the coil configuration blowers motor speeds or relative arrangement of parts Fasten each unit securely to the building structure Capacity of the units shall be as indicated Room fan coil units shall be certified as complying with ARI 440 and shall meet the requirements of UL 1995 2 2 ENCLOSURE Construct enclosure of not lighter than 18 gage steel properly reinforced and braced Ensure front panel of enclosure is removable and provided with 1 2 inch thick insulation conforming to NFPA 90A to prevent condensation Ensure discharge louvers are four way adjustable and designed to properly distribute air throughout the conditioned space Ensure all ferrous meta Surfaces are galvanized or treated with a rust inhibiting finish Ensure all exposed to view enclosure corners and edges are rounded Ensure discharge louvers are mounted in a
21. Overlay alphanumerics and graphics 11 Save new modified or existing graphics as new graphics 12 Integrate real time data with the display 13 Define the background color 14 Define the foreground color 15 Locate the symbols 16 Position and edit alphanumeric descriptors 17 Establish connecting lines 18 Establish sources of latest data and location of readouts 19 Display analog values as specified 20 Cursor control up down right left 21 Create and display alphanumeric displays 22 Assign graphics a depth such that when there are coincident graphics the one with the lower depth is displayed 23 Modify graphic properties based on SNVT values calculated values or values obtained froma legacy system 24 Creating conditional displays such that different graphic Symbols or text are displayed based on SNVT values calculated values or values obtained froma legacy system 25 Symbols Library The library of callable display symbols shall include Pump Motor Two and Three way Valves Flow Sensing Element Point and Averaging Temperature Sensors Pressure Sensor Humidity Sensor Single and Double Deck Air Handling Unit Fan Chiller Boiler Air Compressor Chilled Water Piping Steam Piping Hot Water Piping Ductwork Unit Heater Pressure Reducing Valve Damper Electric Meter Limit Switch Flow Switch High and Low Point and Averaging Temperature Switches High and Low Pressure Switches Coil Sole
22. The proper safety precautions shall be observed in the handling and use of these chemicals The water shall be heated to approximately 150 degrees F and the solution circulated in the system for a period of 48 hours The system shall then be drained and thoroughly flushed out with fresh water Strainers and valves shall be thoroughly cleaned Prior to operating tests air shall be removed from all water systems by operating the air vents adaz Heating Units Inside space heating equipment ducts plenums and casing shall be thoroughly cleaned of debris and blown free of small particles of rubbish and dust and then vacuum cleaned before installing outlet faces Equipment shall be wiped clean with all traces of oil dust dirt or paint spots removed Temporary filters shall be provided for fans that are operated during construction and new filters shall be installed after construction dirt has been removed fromthe building and the ducts plenum casings and other items specified have been vacuum cleaned System shall be maintained in this clean condition until final acceptance Bearings shal be properly lubricated with oil or grease as recommended by the manufacturer Belts shall be tightened to proper tension Control valves and other miscellaneous equipment requiring adjustment shall be adjusted to setting indicated or directed Fans shall be adjusted to the speed indicated by the manufacturer to meet specified conditions 8 FUEL SYSTEM TESTS
23. Volume regulators shall control air delivery to within plus or minus 5 percent of specified air flow subj ected to inlet pressure from 3 4 to 6 inch water gauge 2 10 2 2 Variable Volume Single Duct Terminal Units Provide variable volume single duct terminal units with a calibrated air volume sensing device air valve or damper actuator and accessory relays Units shall control air volume to within plus or minus 5 percent of each air set point volume as determined by the thermostat with variations in inlet pressures from 3 4 to 6 inch water gauge Internal resistance of units shall not exceed 0 4 inch water gauge at maximum flow range Provide external differential pressure taps separate fromthe control pressure taps for air flow measurement with a 0 to 1 inch water gauge range 2 10 2 3 Variable Volume Single Duct Fan Powered Terminal Units Provide variable volume single duct fan powered terminal units with a calibrated air volume sensing device air valve or damper actuator fan and motor and accessory relays Units shall control primary air volume to within plus or minus 5 percent of each air set point as determined by the thermostat with variations in inlet pressure from 3 4 to 6 inch water gauge Unit fan shall be centrifugal direct driven double inlet type with forward curved blades Fan motor shall be either single speed with speed controller or three speed permanently lubricated permanent split capacitor type Isolate fan m
24. basis during the warranty period of the contract 4 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING Stored items shall be protected from the weather humidity and temperature variations dirt and dust or other contaminants Proper protection and care of all material both before and during installation shall be the Contractor s responsibility Any materials found to be damaged shall be replaced at the Contractor s expense During installation piping and SECTION 23 64 00 00 10 Page 5 Lackland AFB Airmen Training Complex ATC Dormitory 1 LKATCD1 AMENDMENT 0003 Similar openings shall be capped to keep out dirt and other foreign matter PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 zL STANDARD COMMERCIAL PRODUCTS Materials and equipment shall be standard products of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacturing of such products which are of a similar material design and workmanship The standard products shall have been in satisfactory commercial or industrial use for 2 years prior to bid opening The 2 year use shall include applications of equipment and materials under similar circumstances and of similar size The 2 years experience shall be satisfactorily completed by a product which has been sold or is offered for sale on the commercial market through advertisements manufacturer s catalogs or brochures Products having less than a 2 year field service record shall be acceptable if a certified record of satisfactory field operation for not less than 6000 hou
25. controller s for the AHU serving the terminal units 3 2 14 Relative Humidity Sensors Relative humidity sensors in supply air ducts shall be installed at least 10 feet downstream of humidity injection elements 3 2 15 Flowmeters The minimum straight unobstructed piping for the flowmeter installation shall be at least 10 pipe diameters upstream and at least 5 pipe diameters downstream and in accordance with the manufacturer s installation instructions 3 2 16 Dampers 3 2 16 1 Damper Actuators Actuators shall not be mounted in the air stream Multiple actuators shal not be connected to a common drive shaft Actuators shall be installed so that their action shall seal the damper to the extent required to maintain leakage at or below the specified rate and shall move the blades smoothly 3 2 16 2 Damper Installation Dampers shall be installed straight and true level in all planes and Square in all dimensions Dampers shall move freely without undue stress due to twisting racking parallelogramming bowing or other installation error Blades shall close completely and leakage shall not exceed that specified at the rated static pressure Structural support shall be used for multi section dampers Acceptable methods include but are not limited to U channel angle iron corner angles and bolts bent galvanized stee stiffeners sleeve attachments braces and building structure Where multi section dampers are installed in ducts or sleeves
26. differential A damper schedule shall be submitted for each HVAC system d Thermostat and Occupancy Sensor Schedule The thermostat and occupancy sensor schedule shall contain each thermostat s unique identifier roomidentifier and control features and functions as Shown A thermostat and occupancy sensor schedule shall be submitted for each HVAC system e Critical Alarm Handling Schedule The critical alarm handling schedule shall contain the same fields as the critical alarm handling schedule Contract Drawing with Contractor updated information and any other project specific information required to implement the alarm handling function A critical alarm handling schedule shall be submitted for each HVAC system f Equipment Schedule The equipment schedule shall contain the unique identifier manufacturer model number part number and descriptive name for each control device hardware and component provided under this specification An equipment schedule shall be submitted for each HVAC system g Occupancy Schedule The occupancy schedule drawing shall contain the same fields as the occupancy schedule Contract Drawing with Contractor updated information An occupancy schedule shall be submitted for each HVAC system h Points Schedule The Points Schedule drawing shall contain the same fields as the Points Schedule Contract Drawing with Contractor updated information A Points Schedule shall be submitted for each HVAC system i Riser diagr
27. expired turn al equipment on at the same time NOUS NF ot ee oe eed 7 Verify the building s remain under temperature control and go back to the home page OES taf ia aaa a a AA 8 Reset kW setpoint to normal limits Notes SECTION 25 W9126G 09 R 0105 Expected Results Approved The kW usage will decrease The building s wil warm up cool down The kW usage wi increase greatly The M amp C will stop other pieces of equipment as to shed the load The equipment shut down wil be priority based After the building s come under temperature control the M amp C will start all of the equi pment The equipment start be priority based up will The buil ding s under control will come The home page will be displayed The UMCS goes back to normal control 08 10 Page 60 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Expected Item Action Item Results Approved End of Test Specific Abbreviations Y Yes N No NA Not Applicable SECTION 25 08 10 Page 61 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 TEST NUMBER Fourteen TITLE Report Generation OB ECTI VE l1 To demonstrate that M amp C software has ability to generate reports in a fixed format initialized by operator request I N TI AL REQU REMENTS CONDI TI ONS 1 Submittals a The contractor shall provide documentation of all report logs set up and the equipment associated with the report logs
28. f Compressor driver electric motor g Compressor driver connection h Liquid cooler evaporator i Water cooled condenser coil j Variable flow compensation k Receiver 1 Purge system for chillers which operate below atmospheric pressure m Tools SECTION 23 64 00 00 10 Page 7 Lackland AFB Airmen Training Complex ATC Dormitory 1 LKATCD1 AMENDMENT 0003 AM 3 2 4 2 Chiller Efficiency The chillers shall provide the following minimum part and full load efficiencies Part Load Efficiencies Chiller CH 1 and CH 2 Minimum Efficiency Chiller Chiller Load CH R1 1 CH R1 2 100 0 500 0 513 75 0 358 0 408 50 0 242 0 327 25 0 308 0 424 AM 3 2 5 CHILLER COMPONENTS 2d Refrigerant and Oil Refrigerants shall be one of the fluorocarbon gases Refrigerants shall have number designations and safety classifications in accordance with ASHRAE 34 Refrigerants shall meet the requirements of ARI 700 as a minimum Refrigerants shall have an Ozone Depletion Potential ODP of less than or equal to 0 05 2 5 2 Structural Base Chiller and individual chiller components shall be provided with a factory mounted structural steel base welded or bolted or support legs Chiller and individual chiller components shall be isolated from the building structure by means of vibration isolators with published load ratings Vibration isolators shall have isolation characteristics as recommended by the manufacturer for the unit supplied
29. including valve box conforming to NFPA 54 Provide pressure gauges and attachments conforming to ASME B40 100 Provide regulators conforming to CSA AM Z21 80 for line pressure regulators Provide shutoff valves conforming to CSA AM Z21 15 for manually controlled gas shutoff valves ed SEISMIC PROVI SI ONS Provide earthquake automatic gas shutoff valve conforming to ASCE 25 SMACNA Seismic Restraint Mni and UL listed or AGA listed or Internationa Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials 1APMO listed The valve may be either pendulum or ball construction with electronic or electric actuator PART 3 EXECUTI ON 3 1 EXAMI NATI ON After becoming familiar with all details of the work verify all dimensions in the field and advise the Contracting Officer of any discrepancy or areas of conflict before performing the work 2 GAS PIPING SYSTEM Provide a gas piping system from the point of delivery defined as the outlet of the meter set assembly shutoff valve to the connections to each gas utilization device real Protection and Cleaning of Materials and Components Protect equipment pipe and tube openings by closing with caps or plugs during installation At the completion of all work thoroughly clean the entire system T Workmanship and Defects Piping tubing and fittings shall be clear and free of cutting burrs and defects in structure or threading and shall be thoroughly brushed and chip and scale blown Repair of def
30. network analysis too configuration tool 3 Reference Documentation a List user manual testing 4 Date of Test 5 Time of Test _ _ 222 6 7 Contractor s Representative Government s Representative TEST PROCEDURES Item Action Item UMS and DDC FOR HVAC 1 Connect a LONWORKS a Network Analysis Tool to the network NOLGE aatas a eaa a a e das 2 Use gateway a configuration tool to verify or create a binding from gateway to a LONWORKS controller on the network b SECTION 25 08 10 and gateway documentation and sections pertaining to the Expected Results Approved Tool shall identify function network address and identifier of the device All network traffic from gateway shall be utilizing the ANSI EIA 709 1 protocol Gateway allows binding of the Standard Network Variable Types fromthe gateway to a LONWORKS controller Information from gateway should be bounded and Page 70 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Expected Item Action Item Results Approved LONWORKS controller should be receiving data y EO LL LLL NOC T E AS A EREA E A A A A ESEA NE AA TE 3 Using gateway or network configuration tool verify the following Open the properties dialog Gateway should allow the box for one of the SNVT to be transmitted on configured SNVTS min max and delta 2222222 Rename one of the SNVTs Gateway should allow al fromthe gateway variable na
31. of a single manufacturer Each major component of equipment shall have the manufacturer s name and the model and serial number in a conspicuous place Materials and equipment shall be new standard unmodified products of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacturing of such products sha General Requirements The Contractor shall provide components which meet the following requirements a Portions of the data communications equipment system installed in unconditioned spaces shall operate properly in an environment with ambient temperatures between 20 and 150 degrees F and ambient relative humidity between 20 and 95 noncondensing b Components shall accept 100 to 125 volts AC Vac 60 Hz single phase three wire with a three pronged dedicated circuit outlet or be provided with a transformer to meet the component s power requirements c The equipment shall meet the requirements of NFPA 70 UL 60950 NFPA 262 FCC EMC and 47 CFR 15 1 4 Product Data Sheets For each product specified in this contract manufacturer catalog cuts and sheets which indicate conformance to product requirements shall be Submitted as specified ea NETWORK HARDWARE 2 1 Nameplates Lami nated plastic nameplates shall be provided for all network hardware Each nameplate shall identify the function network address and identifier of the device Laminated plastic shall be 0 125 inch thick white with black center core Nameplates shall be a minimum of
32. or between jacket over insulation and sleeve shall be sealed in accordance with Section 07 92 00 JOINT SEALANTS 3 1 13 2 Waterproof Penetrations Pipes passing through roof or floor waterproofing membrane shall be installed through a 17 ounce copper sleeve or a 0 032 inch thick aluminum sleeve each within an integral skirt or flange Flashing sleeve shall be suitably formed and skirt or flange shall extend not less than 8 inches fromthe pipe and be set over the roof or floor membrane in a troweled coating of bituminous cement The flashing sleeve shall extend up the pipe a minimum of 2 inches above the roof or floor penetration The annular space between the flashing sleeve and the bare pipe or between the flashing sleeve and the metal jacket covered insulation shall be sealed as indicated Penetrations shall be sealed by either one of the following methods a Waterproofing Clamping Flange Pipes up to and includingl0 inches in diameter passing through roof or floor waterproofing membrane may be installed through a cast iron sleeve with caulking recess anchor lugs flashing clamp device and pressure ring with brass bolts Waterproofing membrane shall be clamped into place and sealant shall be placed in the caulking recess b Modular Mechanical Type Sealing Assembly In lieu of a waterproofing clamping flange a modular mechanical type sealing assembly may be installed Seals shall consist of interlocking synthetic rubber links shaped to
33. the Contractor may proceed directly to Phase III testing after the Contractor receives written permission fromthe Government During Phase III testing the system shall be operated as specified for 24 hours per day 7 days per week for 15 consecutive calendar days including holidays The Contractor shall not make repairs during this phase of testing unless authorized by the Government in writing SE OES Phase IV In Phase IV which occurs after the conclusion of Phase III the Contractor shall identify all failures determine the causes of all failures repair all failures and submit a test failure report to the Government After submitting the written report the Contractor shall convene a test review meeting at the job site to present the results and recommendations to the Government The meeting shall not be scheduled earlier than five business days after receipt of the report by the Government As a part of this test review meeting the Contractor shall demonstrate that all failures have been corrected by performing appropriate Performance Verification Tests Based on the Contractor s report the test review meeting and the Contractor s recommendation the Government shall independently determine the restart point and may require that the Phase III test be totally or partially rerun The Contractor shall not commence any required retesting until after receipt of written notification by the Government After the conclusion of any retesting
34. wiring and control diagrams piping valves and control sequences and typed condensed operation instructions The condensed operation instructions shall include preventative maintenance procedures methods of checking the system for normal and safe operation and procedures for safely starting and stopping the system The posted instructions shall be framed under glass or laminated plastic and be posted where indicated by the Contracting Officer Performance Tests G DO A schedule at least 2 weeks prior to the start of the cooling tower performance tests which identifies the proposed date time and location for the tests Demonstrations A schedule at least 2 weeks prior to the date of the proposed training course which identifies the date time and location for the training Verification of Dimensions A letter at least 2 weeks prior to beginning construction including the date the site was visited conformation of existing conditions and any discrepancies found SD 06 Test Reports Performance Tests Six copies of the report provided in bound 8 1 2 x 11 inch booklets The report shall document compliance with the specified performance criteria upon completion and testing of the system The report shall document all phases of tests performed as well as conclusions as to the adequacy of the system including sound performance The report shall include performance curves which show selection points and predicted performance
35. with a hinged door and lock The panel shall contain as a minimum the following functions identified with a laminated plastic nameplate a Main power switch and indicating light b MAN OFF AUTO selector switch c Indicating lamp for blow down d Indicating lamp for each chemical feed pump SECTION 23 52 00 00 10 Page 24 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 e Indicating lamp for the water softener 21224 Sequence of Operation The flow rate of chemical addition shall be based upon metering the makeup water The boiler shall be provided with automatic blowdown based upon conductivity or boiler load The required rate of chemical feed and boiler blowdown shall be determined by the water treatment company 12 8 Chemical Shot Feeder A shot feeder shall be provided as indicated Size and capacity of feeder shall be based upon local requirements and water analysis The feeder shall be furnished with an air vent gauge glass funnel valves fittings and piping e129 Chemical Piping The piping and fittings shall be constructed of schedule 80 PVC 12 10 Test Kits One test kit of each type required to determine the water quality as outlined within the operation and maintenance manuals shall be provided PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 ERECTION OF BOILER AND AUXILIARY EQUI PMENT Boiler and auxiliary equipment shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer s written instructions Proper provision shall be made for
36. 00 Page 32 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 TABLE 7 Insulation and Thickness Inches and F for Boiler Stack and Diesel Engine Exhaust Pipe Service amp Surface Material Outside Diameter Inches Temperature Range 1 4 1 1 4 1 1 2 3 3 1 2 5 6 10 11 36 Degrees F Ce MORE SEP eee Class 1 or ASTM C 612 Class 1 Calcium Silicate NA NA amp 43 63500 6G ASTM C 533 Type 1 Cellular Glass LI TRS TTL P 2 8 ASTM C 552 Type Il ce ae ee Insulation of Pumps Insulate pumps by forming a box around the pump housing The box shall be constructed by forming the bottom and sides using joints that do not leave raw ends of insulation exposed Bottom and sides shall be banded to forma rigid housing that does not rest on the pump Joints between top cover and Sides shall fit tightly The top cover shall have a joint forming a female shiplap joint on the side pieces and a male joint on the top cover making the top cover removable Two coats of Class adhesive shall be applied over insulation including removable sections with a layer of glass cloth embedded between the coats A parting line shall be provided between the box and the removable sections allowing the removable sections to be removed without disturbing the insulation coating The total dry thickness of the finish shall be 1 16 inch Caulking shall be applied to parting line of the removable sections and penetrations 3 4 3 4 Other Equi pment a Insulation
37. 1 1 REFERENCES The publications listed below forma part of this specification to the extent referenced The publications are referred to within the text by the basic designation only AMERI CAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE ANSI ANSI 3 29 1983 R 2001 Evaluation of Human Exposure to Vibration in Buildings AMERICAN SOCIETY OF HEATING REFRIGERATING AND AIR CONDITIONING ENGINEERS ASHRAE ASHRAE HA IP 2007 HVAC Applications Handbook P Edition NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL BALANCING BUREAU NEBB NEBB Procedural Standards 1994 Procedural Standards for Measuring Sound and Vibration 2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS All vibration control apparatus shall be the product of a single manufacturing source where possible Human exposure levels should be considered using ANSI 3 29 and NEBB Procedural Standards Scheduled isolation mounting is in inches and is a minimum static deflection Spans referred to in Part 2 Vibration Ilsolation Systems Application shall mean longest bay dimension Exact mounting sizes and number of isolators shall be determined by the isolator manufacturer based on equipment that will be installed Equipment revolutions per minute rpm and spring deflections shall be checked to verify that resonance cannot occur Installation Drawings for vibration isolator systems shall include equipment and performance requirements Outline Drawings for vibration isolator systems shall indicate overal physical features dime
38. 1 by 3 inch with minimum 0 25 inch high engraved block lettering Nameplates shall be attached to the device in conspicuous location edd Building Point of Connection BPOC Hardware 2 2 1 CEA 709 1B TP FT 10 to IP Router CEA 709 1B TP FT 10 to IP Routers shall perform layer 3 routing of CEA 709 1B packets over an IP network in accordance with CEA 852 A The router shall provide the appropriate connection to the IP network and SECTION 25 10 10 Page 18 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 connections to the CEA 709 3 TP FT 10 network CEA 709 1B TP FT 10 to IP Routers shall support the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP RFC 2131 for IP configuration the use of an CEA 852 A Configuration Server for CEA 852 A configuration but shall not rely on these services for configuration CEA 709 1B TP FT 10 to IP Routers shall be capable of manual configuration 25 25 252 CEA 709 1B Gateway Gateways shall have the appropriate connection on the building side non CEA 709 1B side to interface to the building DDC system and shall meet the following requirements a It shall be capable of being installed configured and programmed for the designated application and through the use of instructions in the manual supplied by the Contractor b All software required for gateway configuration shall be provided c It shall provide bi directional protocol translation between the building level control protocol and CEA 7
39. 2006 Addenda D 2006 Errata to Addenda D 2006 Int 19 thru 22 2007 Addenda F 2007 Addenda E 2007 Errata 2007 Errata 2008 Errata 2008 Int 23 thru 28 2008 Addenda M 2008 BACnet ASHRAE FUN P 2005 Fundamentals Handbook I P Edition ASME NTERNATI ONAL ASME ASME B16 15 2006 Cast Bronze Threaded Fittings Classes 125 and 250 ASME B16 34 2004 Valves Flanged Threaded and Wel ding End ASME B40 100 2006 Pressure Gauges and Gauge Attachments ASTM INTERNATI ONAL ASTM ASTM A 269 2007a Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Tubing for General Service ASTM B 88 2003 Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube ASTM B 88M 2005 Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube Metric ASTM D 1693 2007 Standard Test Method for Environmental Stress Cracking of Ethylene SECTION 23 09 23 Page 1 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Plastics ASTM D 635 2006 Standard Test Method for Rate of Burning and or Extent and Time of Burning of Self Supporting Plastics in a Horizontal Position CONSUMER ELECTRONICS ASSOCIATION CEA CEA 709 1B 2002 Control Network Protoco Specification CEA 709 3 1999 Free Topology Twisted Pair Channe Specification CEA 852 A 2004 Tunneling Component Network Protocols Over Internet Protocol Channels FLUID CONTROLS INSTITUTE FCI FCI 70 2 2006 Control Valve Seat Leakage INSTITUTE OF ELECTRIC
40. 23 All sensors are installed and comply with their associated specification paragraph under the section titled Sensors Notes 24 All indicating devices are installed and comply with their associated specification paragraph under the section titled Indicating Devices Notes 25 All user input devices are installed and comply with their associated specification paragraph under the section titled User Input Devices Notes 26 All output devices are installed and comply with their associated specification paragraph under the section titled Output Devices Notes 27 All multifunction devices are installed and comply with their associated specification paragraph under the section titled Multifunction Devices Notes 28 All compressed air equipment is SECTION 25 08 10 Page 21 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Expected Item Action Item Results Approved installed and complies with their associated specification paragraph under the section titled Compressed Air Notes 29 All ASCs are installed and compl y with the specification paragraph titled Application Specific Controler a o o tre ee et e ek Daai NOCES e a sett a e Ea chan a eet oa ns Le a els ieee E aegts 30 All LDPs and laptop computers are provided and comply with the specification paragraph titled Local Display Panel Notes 31 All GPPCs are installed and compl y with the specification paragraph titled Genera
41. 3 Field Applied Insulation Requirements for field installed insulation is specified in Section 23 07 00 THERMAL INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS except as supplemented and modified by this specification section SECTION 23 64 26 Page 23 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 2 16 4 Field Painting Requirements for painting of surfaces not otherwise specified and finish painting of items only primed at the factory are specified in Section 09 90 OOPAINTING GENERAL 16 4 1 Color Coding Requirements for color coding for piping identification are specified in Section 09 90 00 PAINTING AND COATINGS 16 4 2 Color Coding For Hidden Piping A color coding scheme for locating hidden piping shall be in accordance with Section 22 00 00 PLUMBING SYSTEMS PART 3 EXECUTI ON 3 1 NSTALLATI ON Cut pipe accurately to measurements established at the jobsite and work into place without springing or forcing completely clearing all windows doors and other openings Cutting or other weakening of the building structure to facilitate piping installation is not permitted without written approval Cut pipe or tubing square remove burrs by reaming and fashion to permit free expansion and contraction without causing damage to the building structure pipe joints or hangers Notify the Contracting Officer in writing at least 15 calendar days prior to the date the connections are required Obtain approval before interrupt
42. 3 Insulation for Warm Air Duct Insulation and vapor barrier shall be provided for the following warm air ducts and associated equipment a Supply ducts b Return air ducts c Relief air ducts d Flexible run outs field insulated e Pl enums f Duct mounted coil casings g Coil headers and return bends h Coil casings i Fresh air intake ducts j Filter boxes k Mixing boxes Supply fans m Site erected air conditioner casings n Ducts exposed to weather Insulation for rectangular ducts shall be flexible type where concealed and rigid type where exposed Insulation on exposed ducts shall be provided with a white paint able factory applied Type II jacket or finished with adhesive finish Flexible type insulation shall be used for round ducts with a factory applied Type II jacket Insulation on concealed duct shall be provided with a factory applied Type II jacket Adhesive finish where indicated to be used shall be accomplished by applying two coats of adhesive with a layer of glass cloth embedded between the coats The total dry filmthickness shall be approximately 1 16 inch Duct insulation shall be continuous through sleeves and prepared openings Duct insulation shall terminate at fire dampers and flexible connections Be Bade dl Installation on Concealed Duct a For rectangular oval and round ducts insulation shall be attached by applying adhesive around the entire perimeter of the duct in 6 inch wide strips on
43. AIR SEPARATOR TANKS External air separation tank shall have an internal design constructed of Stainless steel and suitable for creating the required vortex and Subsequent air separation Tank shall be steel constructed for and tested to pressure temperature rating of 125 psi at 150 degrees F Tank shall have tangential inlets and outlets connections threaded for 2 inches and smaller and flanged for sizes 2 1 2 inches and larger Air released froma tank shall be vented as indicated Tank shall be provided with a bl ow down connection Design to separate air from water and to direct released air to automatic air vent Unit shall be of one piece cast iron construction with interna baffles and two air chambers at top of unit one air chamber shall have outlet to expansion tank and other air chamber shall be provided with automatic air release device Tank shall be steel constructed for and tested to a ANSI Class 125 pressure temperature rating ZO Compression Tanks Provide compression tank designed fabricated tested and stamped for a working pressure of not less than 125 psi in accordance with ASME BPVC SEC VIII D1 Tank shall be hot dip galvanized after fabrication to produce not less than 1 5 ounces of zinc coating per square foot of single side surface 2e 1l WATER TREATMENT SYSTEMS When water treatment is specified the use of chemical treatment products containing equivalent chromium CPR is prohibited 2 11 1 Chilled and Conde
44. Air Handling Units SECTION 23 00 00 Page 1 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 AMERI CAN BEARING MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION ABMA ABMA 11 1990 R 1999 Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Roller Bearings ABMA 9 1990 R 2000 Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Ball Bearings AMERI CAN SOCIETY OF HEATING REFRIGERATING AND AIR CONDI TI ONI NG ENGI NEERS ASHRAE ASHRAE 15 2007 Errata 2007 Safety Code for Refrigeration ASHRAE 52 2 2007 Addenda B 2008 Method of Testing General Ventilation Air Cleaning Devices for Removal Efficiency by Particle Size ASHRAE 62 1 2007 INT 2007 INT 2 15 2008 Errata 2008 Addenda a b e f and h 2008 Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality ASHRAE 68 1997 Laboratory Method of Testing to Determine the Sound Power In a Duct ASHRAE 70 2006 Method of Testing for Rating the Performance of Air Outlets and Inlets ASHRAE 90 1 IP 2007 Errata 2008 Errata 2008 Errata 2008 Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low Rise Residential Buildings P Edition ASTM INTERNATIONAL ASTM ASTM A 123 A 123M 2008 Standard Specification for Zinc Hot Dip Galvanized Coatings on Iron and Steel Products ASTM A 167 1999 R 2004 Standard Specification for Stainless and Heat Resisting Chromium Nickel Steel Plate Sheet and Strip ASTM A 53 A 53M 2007 Standard Specification for Pipe Steel Black and Hot Dipped Zinc Coated Welded and Seamless ASTM A 924 A 924M
45. C ASTM D ASTM D Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 333 534 612 647 665 TIa 916 774 D 774M 882 Fiber Hydraulic Setting Thermal Insulating and Finishing Cement 2007 Standard Specification for Calcium Silicate Block and Pipe Thermal Insulation 2007a Standard Specification for Preformed Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Thermal Insulation in Sheet and Tubular Form 2007 Standard Specification for Minera Fiber Pipe Insulation 2007 Standard Specification for Cellular Glass Thermal Insulation 2002 Standard Specification for Minera Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Commercial and Industrial Applications 2007 Standard Specification for Unfaced Preformed Rigid Cellular Polyisocyanurate Thermal Insulation 2007 Standard Specification for Molded Expanded Perlite Block and Pipe Thermal Insulation 2004 Mineral Fiber Block and Board Thermal Insulation 1995 R 2000 Properties and Tests of Mastics and Coating Finishes for Thermal Insulation 2006 Mineral Fiber Blanket Therma Insulation for Light Frame Construction and Manufactured Housing 2003 Standard Specification for Therma Insulation for Use in Contact with Austenitic Stainless Stee 1985 R 2001e1 Standard Specification for Adhesives for Duct Thermal Insulation 2008 Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants 2003a Standard Practice for Determining the Properties of Jacketing Materials for Th
46. Chilled Water Temperature b Leaving Condenser Water Temperature c Time Clock Calender Date 2 5 4 4 Safety Controls with Manual Reset Chiller shall be provided with the following safety controls which automatically shutdown the chiller and which require manual reset a Low chilled water temperature protection b High condenser refrigerant discharge pressure protection c Low evaporator pressure protection d Chilled water flow detection e High motor winding temperature protection f Low oil flow protection if applicable g Motor current overload and phase loss protection 2 5 4 5 Safety Controls with Automatic Reset Chiller shall be provided with the following safety controls which automatically shutdown the chiller and which provide automatic reset a Over under voltage protection b Chilled water flow interlock 2a A 26 Remote Alarm During the initiation of a safety shutdown a chiller s control system shall be capable of activating a remote alarm bell In coordination with the chiller the Contractor shall provide an alarm circuit including transformer if applicable and a minimum 4 inch diameter alarm bell Alarm circuit shall activate bell in the event of machine shutdown due to the chiller s monitoring of safety controls The alarm bell shall not sound for a chiller that uses low pressure cutout as an operating control 2 5 4 7 Energy Management Control System EMCS Interface The control system shall be capable of communicating
47. Commissioning Specialist s qualifications by one of the following ACG NEBB or TABB to performthe duties specified herein and in other related Sections no later than 21 days after the Notice to Proceed The documentation shall include the date that the Certification was initially granted and the date that the current Certification expires Any lapses in Certification of the proposed Commissioning Specialist or disciplinary action taken by ACG NEBB or TABB against the proposed Commissioning Specialist shal be described in detail 1 3 SIMI LAR TERMS In some instances terminology differs between the Contract and the Commissioning Standard primarily because the intent of this Section is to use the industry standards specified along with additional requirements listed herein to produce optimal results The following table of similar terms is provided for clarification only Contract requirements take precedent over the corresponding ACG NEBB or TABB requirements where differences exist SIMI LAR TERMS Contract Term ACG NEBB TABB Commissioning ACG Procedural SMACNA HVAC Standard Commi ssi oni ng Standards for Commi ssi oni ng Guideline Building Systems Guideline SECTION 23 08 00 00 10 Page 2 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 S MI LAR TERMS 1 Commi ssi oning Commi ssi oning ACG Certified NEBB Qualified TABB Certified Specialist Commi ssi oni ng Commi ssi oni ng Commi ssi oni ng Agent Administrat
48. Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Expected Item Action Item Results Approved 18 Associate particular When the conditional variable conditions with changes the display should particular displays at change Renee eRe a eh ae ST tts Note Sia ee Ns oe ei See he ee te See ah ee ee ee op es 19 Overlay alphanumeric Text shall properly display text on a graphic at the server L LLL LLL NOT Cr Vee eek hee thc tthe E nega ee ae a a E a 20 Create a new graphic New graphic shall properly from an old one at the display server LLL LLL NO ICSE m Sh a Aa a ted a otal a a a o a aaa a teh it otha E NA 21 Place dynamic data on The dynamic data shall be a graphic at the server viewable on the graphic 22222222L NOCES An e a E a a a e a ate 22 Define the background The new graphic shall show color of a new graphic the selected background at the server COU ee ot RE lt a a ee Td DCE A Ol ee Ol eed CE E ee ee 23 Define a foreground The color of the dynamic color for an element on data that uses the a graphic to distinguish foreground color shall display it fromthe background in the foreground color color at the server 2 2 2 2 2 LLL LLL NOUS CSF yen ie Oe ee eek Ne Ree oe Ree ih See A ae ett teed 24 Position a symbol on a The operator shall be able to graphic at the server place a symbol at any location On cas graphice 99 vy 9 J AAS fhe Notes SECTION 25 08 10 Page 44 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC Ite
49. Controls A M E T C 0 a Control valves actuators properly installed LLL LL X aie Goes ee b Control valves actuators operable L Xo LLL LL c Dampers actuators properly installed 22 LL Xe d Dampers actuators operable 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 LL Xe e Verify proper location and installation of thermostat 2222 2 2 LL A ok es ete Testing Adjusting and Balancing TAB A M E T C 0 a TAB Report approved 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 LL Kose he SECTION 23 08 00 00 10 Page 21 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Pre Functional Performance Test Checklist Energy Recovery System For Energy Recovery System Checklist Item Installation A M E T C 0 a Recovery system piping installed L LL Ke tat AE akii Startup A M E T C 0 a Startup and checkout complete LL X X Xoo Controls A M E T C 0 a Control valves actuators properly installed LLL LLL SEEE E tien ts b Control valves actuators operable L nee SECTION 23 08 00 00 10 Page 22 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 End of Appendix A SECTION 23 08 00 00 10 Page 23 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 APPENDIX B FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTS CHECKLISTS SECTION 23 08 00 00 10 Page 24 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Functional Performance Test Pump NOTE Prior to performing this test for closed loop systems ensure that the systemis pressurized and the make up water systemis o
50. FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION NFPA NFPA 90A 2008 Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems U S DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE DOD MI L STD 810 Rev F Notice 3 Department of Defense Test Method Standard for Environmenta Engineering Considerations and Laboratory Tests UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES UL UL 1995 2005 Standard for Heating and Cooling Equi pment UL Bld Mat Dir 2009 Building Materials Directory SECTION 23 82 19 Page 1 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 1 2 SUBMI TTALS Government approval is required for submittals with a G designation submittals not having a G designation are for information only When used a designation following the G designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the Government Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES SD 01 Preconstruction Submittals Submit Material Equipment and Product Installation Lists in accordance with paragraph entitled General Requirements of this section SD 02 Shop Drawings Submit Fabrication Drawings for fan coil units in accordance with paragraph entitled General Requirements of this section Submit Installation Drawings for fan coil systems in accordance with the paragraph entitled Installation of this section SD 03 Product Data Submit Equipment and Performance Data for fan coil units in accordance with paragraph entitl
51. HVAC control system detail drawings formatted as specified e Printouts of configuration settings for all devices f Routine maintenance checklist The routine maintenance checklist shall be arranged in a columnar format The first column shall list all installed devices the second column shall state the maintenance activity or state no maintenance required the third column shall state the frequency of the maintenance activity and the fourth column for additional comments or reference g Qualified service organization list SECTION 23 09 23 Page 11 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 1 1 h Start Up and Start Up Testing Report i Performance Verification Test PVT Procedures and Report 9 MAI NTENANCE AND SERVI CE Services materials and equipment shall be provided as necessary to maintain the entire system in an operational state as specified for a period of one year after successful completion and acceptance of the Performance Verification Test Impacts on facility operations shall be mi ni mi zed 9 1 Description of Work The adjustment and repair of the system shall include the manufacturer s required sensor and actuator including transducer calibration span and range adjustment 9 2 Personne Service personnel shall be qualified to accomplish work promptly and satisfactorily The Government shall be advised in writing of the name of the designated service representative and of any changes in perso
52. IEEE Guide on the Surges Environment in Low Voltage 1000 V and Less AC Power Circuits VEEE Ch242 2002 IEEE Recommended Practice on Characterization of Surges in Low Voltage 1000 V and Less AC Power Circuits EEE Std 100 2000 The Authoritative Dictionary of EEE Standards Terms SECTION 25 10 10 Page 1 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 EEE Std 802 10 2004 Amendment 2004 Media Access Control Bridges EEE Std 02 2 1998 R 2003 Standards for Local Area Networks Logical Link Control EEE Std 802 3 WARNING Text in tags exceeds the maximum length of 300 characters INTERNATIONAL ORGANI ZATION FOR STANDARDI ZATION 1S0 ISO OSI Model Open Systems Interconnection Reference Model LONMARK INTERNATI ONAL LonMark LonMark SNVT List 2002 LonMark SNVT Master List Version 11 Revision 2 LonMark XIF Guide 2001 LonMark External Interface File Reference Guide Revision 4 0B NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION NEMA NEMA 250 2003 Enclosures for Electrical Equipment 1000 Volts Maxi mum NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION NFPA NFPA 262 2006 Test for Flame Travel and Smoke of Wires and Cables for Use in Air Handling Spaces NFPA 70 2007 AMD 1 2008 National Electrica Code 2008 Edition TELECOMMUNI CATIONS INDUSTRY ASSOCIATION TIA TIA STD 607 A 2002 Commercial Building Grounding Earthing and Bonding Requirements for Tel ecommuni cations TI A EL A 568 B 1
53. MSS SP 69 except as modified herein a Types 5 12 and 26 shall not be used b Type 3 shall not be used on insulated pipe which has a vapor barrier Type 3 may be used on insulated pipe that does not have a vapor barrier if clamped directly to the pipe if the clamp bottom does not extend through the insulation and if the top clamp attachment does not contact the insulation during pipe movement c Type 18 inserts shall be secured to concrete forms before concrete is placed Continuous inserts which allow more adjustment may be used if they otherwise meet the requirements for Type 18 inserts d Type 19 and 23 C clamps shall be torqued per MSS SP 69 and have both locknuts and retaining devices furnished by the manufacturer Field fabricated C clamp bodies or retaining devices are not acceptable e Type 20 attachments used on angles and channels shall be furnished with an added malleable iron heel plate or adapter f Type 24 may be used only on trapeze hanger systems or on fabricated frames g Horizontal pipe supports shall be spaced as specified in MSS SP 69 and a support shall be installed not over 1 foot fromthe pipe fitting joint at each change in direction of the piping Pipe Supports shall be spaced not over 5 feet apart at valves SECTION 23 52 00 00 10 Page 29 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 h Vertical pipe shall be supported at each floor except at Slab on grade and at intervals of not more
54. Management Equipment 94 1996 Rev thru Jun 2006 Tests for Flammability of Plastic Materials for Parts in Devices and Appliances DEFINITIONS The following list of definitions may contain terms not found elsewhere in the Section but are included here for completeness a Application Specific Controller A device that is furnished with a pre established built in application that is configurable but not re programmable An ASC has a fixed factory installed application program i e Program ID with configurable settings b Binary A two state system where an ON condition is represented by a high signal level and an OFF condition is represented by a low signal level Digital is sometimes used interchangeably with binary c Binding The act of establishing communications between CEA 709 18 devices by associating the output of a device to the input of another d Building Control Network The CEA 709 1B control network installed under this Section consisting of a backbone and one or more loca control busses e Building Point of Connection BPOC The BPOC is the point of connection between the UMCS network backbone an IP network and the building control network backbone The hardware at this location that provides the connection is referred to as the BPOC Hardware In general the term BPOC Location means the place where this connection occurs and BPOC Hardware means the device that provides the connection Sometimes the t
55. NEBB or TABB to performthe duties specified herein and in other related Sections no later than 21 days after the Notice to Proceed The documentation shall include the date that the Certification was initially granted and the date that the current Certification expires Any lapses in Certification of the proposed TAB Firm or disciplinary action taken by AABC NEBB or TABB against the proposed TAB Firm shall be described in detail TAB Specialist G DO Certification of the proposed TAB Specialist s qualifications by either AABC NEBB or TABB to performthe duties specified herein and in other related Sections no later than 21 days after the Notice to Proceed The documentation shall include the date that the Certification was initially granted and the date that the current Certification expires Any lapses in Certification of the proposed TAB Specialist or disciplinary action taken by AABC NEBB or TABB against the proposed TAB Specialist shall be described in detail 1 3 SIMILAR TERMS In some instances terminology differs between the Contract and the TAB Standard primarily because the intent of this Section is to use the industry standards specified along with additional requirements listed herein to produce optimal results The following table of similar terms is provided for clarification only Contract requirements take precedent over the corresponding AABC NEBB or TABB requirements where differences exist S MI LAR TERMS Contract Ter
56. Out put 1 Occupancy Override SNVT to System Scheduler for each system 2 Setpoint Override SNVT for each chiller with setpoint reset 3 Predicted Demand 2 4 6 8 Demand Limiting with Real Time Pricing Demand Limiting with Real Time Pricing shall perform Electrical Power Demand Limiting as specified except that demand limit priority shall be determined by real time pricing data 2 4 6 9 Programming Language The M amp C Software shall incorporate a programming scripting language for creating custom applications Actions that shall be available through the programming language shall include the following functions a Override SNVTs b Monitor SNVTs c Clock Timer Functions d Math Functions Addition subtraction multiplication division exponentiation trigonometric and logarithmic functions e Loops for and while f Conditional Branches if then else g Variable Define Assignment Use SECTION 25 10 10 Page 34 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 h Provide data to a graphic display i Get data froma graphic display j Initiate alarm conditions k Initiate Reports Logic Functions and or and not m Bitwise logic functions n User defined subroutines and functions 2 4 6 10 Report Generation Software shall be provided with commands to generate and format reports for displaying on current Workstation printing and storing on disk Reports shall be stored by type d
57. Outputs DDC Hardware analog outputs AOs shall perform digital to analog D to A conversion with a minimumresolution of 8 bits plus sign and output a signal with a range of 4 20 mAdc or 0 10 Vdc Analog outputs shall be capable of being individually calibrated for zero and span SECTION 23 09 23 Page 32 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 c Binary Inputs DDC Hardware binary inputs Bls shall accept contact closures and shall ignore transients of less than 5 milli second duration Isolation and protection against an applied steady state voltage up to 180 Vac peak shall be provided d Binary Outputs DDC Hardware binary outputs BOs shall provide relay contact closures or triac outputs for momentary and maintained operation of output devices 1 Relay Contact Closures Closures shall have a minimum duration of 0 1 second Relays shall provide at least 180V of isolation Electromagnetic interference Suppression shall be provided on all output lines to limit transients to non damaging levels Minimum contact rating shall be one ampere at 24 Vac 2 Triac outputs Triac outputs shall provide at least 180 V of isolation e Pulse Accumulator DDC Hardware pulse accumulators shall have the Same characteristics as the BI In addition a buffer shall be provided to totalize pulses The pulse accumulator shall accept rates of at least 20 pulses per second The totalized value shall be reset to zero upon operator s comm
58. R 0105 Expected Item Action Item Results Approved 8 Identify the file on the Opening the file shal hard disk that contains display a list of all of all of the alarms the alarms LLL LLL NOGE Sia aa a ee ee a ee ae a e e ee a ee oh A a T 9 Execute a user sort on The presentation shal the alarm file follow the defined sort 22222222L Wote sia ea a ee ee eS ee se Be See ee S E oe T 10 Print the alarm file Paper copy shall be printed NOTOSD e ceet e a Comte ee oe hy Se 11 Take an application An alarm should be generated specific controller OPP Te te OMCs pO tonne ya a See a ey ee Re Se eee A 12 Take a programmable An alarm should be generated controller off line LL LLL LLL M E EE EEEE be ee NO EE EE EE ENE EEDE E EETAS 13 Simulate a data circuit An alarm should be generated going off line LLL LLL LLL NOOSE wee oe ect Me a aa a a Ser hey er 14 Simulate a point not An alarm should be generated responding to a command 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 LLL LLL NODESSS aa abt ast ds Cn heen A ok Reed On Moet a Ranh Ca eet Sih tected fa 15 Simulate a change of state An alarm should be generated without command Notes SECTION 25 08 10 Page 54 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Expected Results Approved DDC system shall dial a pager and send a numerical alarm DDC system shall dial an e mai server The node shall be able to dial and connect to a remote server and send an e mail via Simple Mail Transfer Protoco S
59. Representative Contractor s TAB Representative Contractor s Controls Representative Design Agency Representative SECTION 23 08 00 00 10 Page 38 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Contracting Officer s Representative Using Agency s Representative SECTION 23 08 00 00 10 Page 39 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Functional Performance Test Checklist Make Up Air Handling Unit For Air Handling Unit l Functional Performance Test Contractor shall verify operation of air handling unit as per specification including the following a Ensure that a slight negative pressure exists on inboard side of the outside air dampers throughout the operation of the dampers Modulate OA RA and EA dampers from fully open to fully closed positions a The following shall be verified when the supply and return fans operating mode is initiated 1 All dampers in normal position prior to fan start 2 All valves in normal position prior to fan start 3 System safeties allow start if safety conditions are met b Occupied mode of operation 1 Outside air damper at minimum position 2 Return air damper open 3 Relief air damper at minimum position __________ 4 Chilled water control valve modulating to maintain space cooling temperature set point Setpoint deg F Actual deg F 5 Hot water control valve modulating to maintain space heating temperature set point input from outside air
60. Schematic Drawings and Report Forms no later than 21 days prior to the start of TAB field measurements SD 03 Product Data TAB Related HVAC Submittals A list of the TAB Related HVAC Submittals no later than 7 days after the approval of the TAB Specialist TAB Procedures G DO Proposed procedures for TAB submitted with the TAB Schematic Drawings and Report Forms SECTION 23 05 93 00 10 Page 1 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Calibration List of each instrument to be used during TAB stating calibration requirements required or recommended by both the TAB Standard and the instrument manufacturer and the actual calibration history of the instrument submitted with the TAB Procedures The calibration history shall include dates calibrated the qualifications of the calibration laboratory and the calibration procedures used Systems Readiness Check Proposed date and time to begin the Systems Readiness Check no later than 7 days prior to the start of the Systems Readiness Check TAB Execution G DO Proposed date and time to begin field measurements making adjustments etc for the TAB Report submitted with the Systems Readiness Check Report TAB Verification G DO Proposed date and time to begin the TAB Verification submitted with the TAB Report SD 06 Test Reports Design Review Report G A copy of the Design Review Report no later than 14 days after approval of the TAB Firm and the TAB
61. Specialist A copy of completed checklists for each system each signed by the TAB Specialist at least 7 days prior to the start of TAB Execution All items in the Systems Readiness Check Report shal be signed by the TAB Specialist and shall bear the seal of the Professional Society or National Association used as the TAB Standard TAB Report G DO Three copies of the completed TAB Reports no later that 7 days after the execution of TAB All items in the TAB Report shall be signed by the TAB Specialist and shall bear the seal of the Professional Society or National Association used as the TAB Standard TAB Verification Report G DO Three copies of the completed TAB Verification Report no later that 7 days after the execution of TAB Verification All items in the TAB Verification Report shall be signed by the TAB Specialist and shall bear the seal of the Professional Society or Nationa Association used as the TAB Standard SD 07 Certificates SECTION 23 05 93 00 10 Page 2 L ackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Ductwork Leak Testing A written statement signed by the TAB Specialist certifying that the TAB Specialist witnessed the Ductwork Leak Testing it was successfully completed and that there are no known deficiencies related to the ductwork installation that will prevent TAB from producing satisfactory results TAB Firm G DO Certification of the proposed TAB Firm s qualifications by either AABC
62. Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for High Temperature Service 2007 Standard Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and High Temperature Service 2003 Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates Carbon Steel for Intermediate and Higher Temperature Service 2006 Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates Carbon Steel for Moderate and Lower Temperature Service 2007 Standard Specification for Pipe Steel Black and Hot Dipped Zinc Coated Welded and Seamless 1984 R 2004 Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings 2008 Standard Specification for Stee Sheet Zinc Coated Galvanized or Zinc lron Alloy Coated Galvannealed by the Hot Dip Process 2008 Standard Specification for Solder Metal 2002 Standard Specification for Composition Bronze or Ounce Metal Castings 2002 Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube 2000e1 Standard Specification for Liquid and Paste Fluxes for Soldering of Copper and Copper Alloy Tube 2002 Standard Practice for Making Capillary Joints by Soldering of Copper and Copper Alloy Tube and Fittings 2003 Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube 2005 Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube Metric 2008 Standard Classification System for Rubber Products in Automotive Applications 2001 R 2006 Reporting Results of SECTION 23 52 00 00 10 Page 3 Lackland Air
63. Test Code CTI Std 111 1998 Gear Speed Reducers CTI Std 137 2003 Fiberglass Pultruded Structural Products for Use in Cooling Towers NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION NEMA NEMA MG 1 2007 Standard for Motors and Generators SECTION 23 65 00 00 10 Page 1 Lackland AFB Airmen Training Complex ATC Dormitory 1 LKATCD1 AMENDMENT 0003 NEMA MG 2 2001 Safety Standard for Construction and Guide for Selection Installation and Use of Electric Motors and Generators NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION NFPA NFPA 214 2005 Water Cooling Towers NFPA 255 2005 Errata 2006 Standard Method of Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials dhs PROJECT REQUIREMENTS 1 2 1 Safety Exposed moving parts parts that produce high operating temperature parts which may be electrically energized and parts that may be a hazard to operating personnel shall be insulated fully enclosed guarded or fitted with other types of safety devices Install safety devices so that proper operation of equipment is not impaired Welding and cutting safety requirements shall be in accordance with AWS 249 1 Provide catwalk ladder or guardrail where indicated and in accordance with Section 05 50 00 METAL MISCELLANEOUS AND FABRICATIONS 1 22 Drawings Because of the small scale of the drawings it is not possible to indicate all offsets fittings and accessories that may be required Carefully investigate the plumbing fire p
64. Test Results Submit copies of the welding procedures specifications and procedure qualification test results for each type of welding required Approval of any procedure does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for producing acceptable welds Submit this information on the forms printed in ASME BPVC SEC IX or their equivalent b Certification Before assigning welders or welding operators to the work submit a list of qualified welders together with data and certification that each individual is performance qualified as specified Do not start welding work prior to submitting welder and welding operator qualifications The certification shal state the type of welding and positions for which each is qualified the code and procedure under which each is qualified date qualified and the firm and individual certifying the qualification tests 341 1 3 Examination of Piping Welds Conduct non destructive examinations NDE on piping welds and brazing and verify the work meets the acceptance criteria specified in ASME B31 9 NDE on piping welds covered by ASME B31 9 is visual inspection only Submit a piping welds NDE report meeting the requirements specified in ASME 831 9 3 1 1 4 Welding Safety Welding and cutting safety requirements shall be in accordance with AWS 249 1 3 1 2 Directional Changes Make changes in direction with fittings except that bending of pipe 4 inches and smaller is permitted provided a pipe bender
65. The report shall include initial test summaries all repairs adjustments made and the final test results SD 10 Operation and Maintenance Data Operation and Maintenance Manuals G DO Six complete copies of the manual in bound 8 1 2 x 11 inch booklets List step by step procedures required for system startup operation abnormal shutdown emergency shutdown and normal shutdown at least 4 weeks prior to the first training course The booklets shall include the manufacturer s name model number and parts list The manuals shall include the manufacturer s name model number service manual and a brief description of all equipment and their basic operating features Provide spare parts data for each different item of equipment The data shall include a complete list of parts and supplies with current unit prices and source of supply a recommended spare parts list for 1 year of operation and a list of the parts SECTION 23 65 00 00 10 Page 3 Lackland AFB Airmen Training Complex ATC Dormitory 1 LKATCD1 L AMENDMENT 0003 recommended by the manufacturer to be replace on a routine basis List routine maintenance procedures possible breakdowns and repairs and a trouble shooting guide The manuals shall include piping and equipment layouts and simplified wiring and control diagrams of the system as installed A certified list of qualified permanent service organizations which includes their addresses and qualifications for suppo
66. Training Complex ATC Dormitory 1 LKATCD1 AMENDMENT 0003 with intermediate isolation material Other floor mounted equipment shall be set on not less than a 6 inch concrete pad doweled in place Concrete foundations for floor mounted pumps shall have a mass equivalent to three times the weight of the components pump base plate and motor to be supported In lieu of concrete pad foundation concrete pedestal block with isolators placed between the pedestal block and the floor may be provided Concrete pedestal block shall be of mass not less than three times the combined pump motor and base weights Isolators shall be selected and sized based on load bearing requirements and the lowest frequency of vibration to be isolated Isolators shall limit vibration to 30 percent at lowest equipment rpm Lines connected to pumps mounted on pedestal blocks shall be provided with flexible connectors Foundation drawings bolt setting information and foundation bolts shall be furnished prior to concrete foundation construction for all equipment indicated or required to have concrete foundations Concrete for foundations shall be as specified in Section 03 31 00 00 10 CAST IN PLACE STRUCTURAL CONCRETE Equipment shall be properly leveled aligned and secured in place in accordance with manufacturer s instructions S25 LeE2 Field Refrigerant Charging a Initial Charge Upon completion of all the refrigerant pipe tests the vacuum on the system shall be
67. When predicted demand transitions from greater than the EDT to less than the EDT by the EDT Deadband value the demand limit priority level shall be decremented and the appropriate equipment equipment with a demand limit priority level greater than the base wide demand limit priority shall have their Occupancy Override SNVT to the System Scheduler set to OC_NUL Chillers that have had setpoint reset shall have their setpoint override released or changed to a value appropriate for the new demand limit priority level These SNVT changes shall be performed in a staged manner such that no less than 15 seconds elapses between changing any two SNVTS in a single building e Manual initiation of demand limiting The demand limiting program shall be configured to allow an operator to manually override the demand limit priority regardless of predicted demand This override shall remain until manually released SECTION 25 10 10 Page 33 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 f Program Inputs 1 Calculated Equipment Demand Limit Priority Level M amp C Software Internal Value 2 Time of day 3 Equipment maximum off time 4 EDT Electrical Demand Target 5 EDT Deadband 6 Beginning and ending dates of winter and summer billing periods 7 Length of sliding window interva 8 Total demand 9 Operating setpoint and occupancy status current values 10 Beginning and ending dates for each billing cycle g Program
68. a ANSI ASME Class 125 service rating which for 150 degrees F the pressure rating is 175 psig Valves in sizes larger than 1 inch and used on steel pipe systems may be provided with rigid grooved mechanical joint ends Such grooved end valves shall be subject to the same requirements as rigid grooved mechanica joints and fittings and shall be furnished by the same manufacturer as the grooved pipe joint and fitting system 2 5 1 Gate Valve Gate valves 2 1 2 inches and smaller shall conformto MSS SP 80 Class 125 and shall be bronze with wedge disc rising stem and threaded soldered or flanged ends Gate valves 3 inches and larger shall conform to MSS SP 70 Class 125 cast iron with bronze trim outside screw and yoke and flanged or threaded ends 2 5 2 Globe and Angle Valve Globe and angle valves 2 1 2 inches and smaller shall conform to MSS SP 80 Class 125 Globe and angle valves 3 inches and larger shall conformto MSS SP 85 Class 125 SECTION 23 64 26 Page 12 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 2 5 3 Check Valve Check valves 2 1 2 inches and smaller shall conformto MSS SP 80 Check valves 3 inches and larger shall conformto MSS SP 71 Class 125 2 5 4 Butterfly Valve Butterfly valves shall conformto MSS SP 67 Type 1 and shall be either the wafer or lug type Valves smaller than 8 inches shall have throttling handles with a minimum of seven locking positions Valves 8 inches and larger shall have to
69. a building to determine that they function properly Test each fire damper equipped with fusible link by having the fusible link cut in place Test dynamic fire dampers with the air handling and distribution system running Reset all fire dampers with the fusible links replaced after acceptance testing To ensure opti mum operation and performance install the damper so it is square and free from racking 6 TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING The requirements for testing adjusting and balancing are specified in Section 23 05 93 00 10 TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING OF HVAC SYSTEMS Testing adjusting and balancing shall begin only when the air supply and distribution including controls has been completed with the exception of performance tests 7 PERFORMANCE TESTS After testing adjusting and balancing is complete as specified test each system as a whole to see that all items performas integral parts of the system and temperatures and conditions are evenly controlled throughout the building Make corrections and adjustments as necessary to produce the conditions indicated or specified Capacity tests and general operating tests shall be conducted by an experienced engineer Tests shall cover a period of not less than 180 days for each system and shall demonstrate that the entire systemis functioning according to the specifications Make coincidental chart recordings at points indicated on the drawings for the duration of the time period
70. a fully operable condition In the event that Contractor service call work causes damage to additional equipment the Contractor shall be liable for labor and material to restore the systemto full operation Contractor response to service call warranty work shall be the same as required by the initial Service call 1 8 11 System Modifications The Contractor shall make recommendations for system modification in writing to the Government No system modifications shall be made without prior approval of the Government Any modifications made to the system shall be incorporated into the Operations and Maintenance Instructions and other documentation affected The Contractor shall make available to the Government software updates for all software furnished under this specification during the life of this contract There shall be at least one scheduled update near the end of the contract period at which time the Contractor shall make available the latest released version of all software provided under this specification and shall install and validate it upon approval by the Government 1 9 UMCS P NETWORK The IP UMCS network shall provide speeds of at least 100 Mbps on the entire network using the IP protocol The Bit Error Rate BER of the data communications components shall be no greater than one error in 10E9 for the entire network The UMCS Network shall support CEA 709 18 communications in accordance with CEA 852 A and all other necessary
71. access cover removed for ease of installation Furnish interlock safety switches for each access door and access panel that permits access to either side of the filter so that the filter will be de energized in the event that a door or panel is opened Ozone generation within the filter shall not exceed five parts per one hundred million parts of air High voltage insulators shall be located outside the moving air stream or on the clean air side of the unit and shall be serviceable lonizer wire supports shall be fully exposed and ionizer wires shall be furnished precut to size and with formed loops at each end to facilitate ionizer wire replacement Agglomerator cell plates shall allow proper air stream entrainment of agglomerates and prevent excessive residual dust build up Cells shall be open at the top and bottom to prevent accumulation of agglomerates which settle by gravity Where the dry agglomerator electrostatic filter is indicated to be the automatic renewable media type the storage section shall utilize a horizontal or vertical traveling curtain of adhesive coated bonded fibrous glass for dry agglomerator storage section service and supplied in 65 foot lengths in convenient roll form Storage section construction and roll media characteristics shall otherwise be as specified for automatic renewable media filters Initial air flow resistance of the dry agglomerator renewable media combination after installation of clean media shall not
72. additional cost to the Government Electrodes shall be stored and dried in accordance with AWS D1 1 D1 1M or as recommended by the manufacturer Electrodes that have been wetted or that have lost any of their coating shall not be used 3 1 4 4 Grooved Mechanical Connections Prepare grooves in accordance with the coupling manufacturer s instructions Pipe and groove dimensions shall comply with the tolerances specified by the coupling manufacturer The diameter of grooves made in the field shall be measured using a go no go gauge vernier or dial caliper or narrow land micrometer or other method specifically approved by the coupling manufacturer for the intended application Groove width and dimension of groove fromend of pipe shall be measured and recorded for each change in grooving tool setup to verify compliance with coupling manufacturer s tolerances Grooved joints shall not be used in concealed locations such as behind solid walls or ceilings unless an access pane is shown on the drawings for servicing or adjusting the joint 3 1 4 5 Flared Connections When flared connections are used a suitable lubricant shall be used between the back of the flare and the nut in order to avoid tearing the flare while tightening the nut SECTION 23 64 26 Page 26 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 3 1 4 6 Flanges and Unions Except where copper tubing is used union or flanged joints shall be provided in each line immediate
73. air balance is completed Select variable pitch sheaves to drive the fan at a speed that will produce the specified capacity when set at the approximate midpoint of the sheave adjustment Furnish motors for V belt drives with adjustable bases Fan motors shal have totally enclosed enclosures Motor starters shall be reduced voltage start type with general purpose enclosure Unit fan or fans shall be selected to produce the required capacity at the fan static pressure Sound power level shall be as indicated The sound power leve values shall be obtained according to AMCA 300 ASHRAE 68 or ARI 260 2 9 1 5 Access Sections and Filter Mixing Boxes Provide access sections where indicated and furnish with access doors as shown Construct access sections and filter mixing boxes in a manner identical to the remainder of the unit casing and equip with access doors Design mixing boxes to minimize air stratification and to promote thorough mixing of the air streams 2 9 1 6 Dampers Dampers shall be as specified in paragraphs CONTROLS and DUCT ACCESSORIES 2 10 TERMI NAL UNITS 2 10 1 Coils Fabricate coils from not less than 3 8 inch outside diameter seamless copper tubing with copper or aluminum fins mechanically bonded or soldered to the tubes Provide coils with not less than 1 2 inch outside diameter flare or sweat connectors accessory piping package with thermal connections suitable for connection to the type of control valve supplied and manual a
74. airflow Controls shall be mounted on side of unit or on air valve System powered regulators shall not be permitted Volume regulator shall reset primary air volume as determined by thermostat within upstream static pressure variation noted in paragraph entitled Flow Sensor Volume regulators shall be field adjustable and factory set and calibrated to indicated maximum and minimum primary airflows f Electrical Unit shall incorporate single point electrical connection with electrical disconnect Electrical components shall be UL or ETL listed and installed in accordance with NFPA 70 Electrical components shall be mounted in control box Units UL or ETL listed as an assembly do not require airflow switch interlock with electric heating coil when factory assembled g Filters Provide UL listed throwaway one inch thick fiberglass filters standard dust holding capacity 2 10 2 5 Reheat Units a Hot Water Coils Hot water coils shall be fin and tube type constructed of seamless copper tubes and copper or aluminum fins mechanically bonded or soldered to the tubes Headers shall be constructed of cast iron welded steel or copper Casing and tube Support sheets shall be 16 gauge galvanized steel formed to provide structural strength Tubes shall be correctly circuited SECTION 23 00 00 Page 22 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 2 2 for proper water velocity without excessive pressure drop and they shall be drainab
75. and record the temperature at space thermostats or space sensors the humidity at space humidistats or space sensors and the ambient temperature and humidity in a shaded and weather protected area 8 CLEANING AND ADJ USTI NG Provide a temporary bypass for water coils to prevent flushing water from passing through coils Inside of air terminal units ducts plenums and casing shall be thoroughly cleaned of debris and blown free of smal particles of rubbish and dust and then shall be vacuum cleaned before installing outlet faces Wipe equipment clean with no traces of oil dust dirt or paint spots Temporary filters shall be provided prior to startup of all fans that are operated during construction and new filters shall be installed after all construction dirt has been removed fromthe building and the ducts plenums casings and other items specified have been vacuum cleaned Maintain systemin this clean condition until final acceptance Properly lubricate bearings with oil or grease as recommended by the manufacturer Tighten belts to proper tension Adjust control valves and other miscellaneous equipment requiring adjustment to setting indicated or directed Adjust fans to the speed indicated by the manufacturer to meet specified conditions 29 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE TRAINING The Contractor shall conduct a training course for the members of the operating staff as designated by the Contracting Officer The training period shall consist o
76. and the service intended PINAR Chiller Refrigerant Circuit Chiller refrigerant circuit shall be completely piped and factory leak tested For multicompressor units not less than 2 independent refrigerant circuits shall be provided Circuit shall include as a minimum a combination filter and drier combination sight glass and moisture indicator liquid line solenoid valve for reciprocating an electronic or thermostatic expansion valve with external equalizer charging ports compressor service valves for field serviceable compressors and superheat adjustment 2 5 4 Controls Package Chiller shall be provided with a complete remote mounted where indicated prewired electric or microprocessor based control system Controls package shall contain as a minimum a digital display or acceptable gauges an on auto off switch power wiring and control wiring Controls package shall provide operating controls monitoring capabilities programmable setpoints safety controls and EMCS interfaces as defined below SECTION 23 64 00 00 10 Page 8 Lackland AFB Airmen Training Complex ATC Dormitory 1 LKATCD1 AMENDMENT 0003 2 534 1 Operating Controls Chiller shall be provided with the following adjustable operating controls as a minimum a Leaving chilled water temperature control b Adjustable timer or automated controls to prevent a compressor from short cycling c Automatic lead lag controls adjustable for multi compressor units
77. appropriate for use with brazing material Flux shall be as follows lead free have a 100 percent flushable residue contain slightly acidic reagents contain potassium borides and contain fluorides Silver brazing materials shall be in accordance with AWS A5 8 A5 8M 8 9 8 Solder Material Solder metal shall conformto ASTM B 32 95 5 tin antimony 8 9 9 Solder Flux Flux shall be either liquid or paste form non corrosive and conform to ASTM B 813 8 9 10 Grooved Mechanical Fittings Joints and fittings shall be designed for not less than 125 psig service and shall be the product of the same manufacturer Fitting and coupling houses shall be ductile iron conforming to ASTM A 536 Gaskets shall be molded synthetic rubber with central cavity pressure responsi ble configuration and shall conformto ASTM D 2000 for circulating medium up to 230 degrees F Grooved joints shall conformto AWWA C606 Coupling nuts and bolts shall be steel and shall conformto ASTM A 183 SECTION 23 52 00 00 10 Page 17 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 2 8 10 Dielectric Waterways and Flanges Dielectric waterways shall have temperature and pressure rating equal to or greater than that specified for the connecting piping Waterways shal have metal connections on both ends suited to match connecting piping Dielectric waterways shall be internally lined with an insulator specifically designed to prevent current flow between dissimilar
78. be installed such that individual control equipment can be replaced by similar control equipment from other equi pment manufacturers with no loss of system functionality e All necessary documentation configuration information configuration tools programs drivers and other software shall be licensed to and otherwise remain with the Government such that the Government or their agents are able to perform repair replacement upgrades and expansions of the system without subsequent or future dependence on the Contractor f The Contractor shall provide sufficient documentation and data including rights to documentation and data such that the Government or their agents can execute work to perform repair replacement upgrades and expansions of the system without subsequent or future dependence on the Contractor g Hardware shall be installed and configured such that the Government or their agents are able to perform repair replacement and upgrades of individual hardware without further interaction with the Contractor h Control hardware shall be installed and configured to provide al input and output Standard Network Variables SNVTs as shown and as needed to meet the requirements of this specification i All DDC devices installed under this specification shal communicate via CEA 709 18 The control system shall be installed such that a SNVT output from any node on the network can be bound to any other node in the domain Verificatio
79. connection occurs and BPOC Hardware means the device that provides the connection Sometimes the term BPOC is used to mean either and its actual meaning i e location or hardware is determined by the context in which it is used 1 2 6 Channe A portion of the control network consisting of one or more segments connected by repeaters Channels are separated by routers The device quantity limitation is dependent on the topology media and device type For example a TP FT 10 network with locally powered devices is limited to 128 devices per channel 1 2 7 Configuration Parameter Controller setting usually written to EEPROM Also see Standard Configuration Parameter Type SCPT 1 2 8 Control Logic Diagram A graphical representation of control logic for multiple processes that make up a system 1 2 9 Domai n A grouping of up to 32 385 nodes that can communicate directly with each other Devices in different domains cannot communicate directly with each other Part of the Node Addressing scheme 1 2 10 Explicit Messaging A method of communication between devices where each message contains a message code that identifies the type of message and the devices use these codes to determine the action to take when the message is received These messages are non standard and often vendor application dependent SECTION 25 10 10 Page 4 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 1 2 11 External Interface File XIF A
80. consisting of the following as a mini mum a Section one of the submittal shall be a short summary of the performance verification test b Section two of the submittal shall be a copy of the test plans c Section three shall be the executed test procedure and shall be divided using tabs Each tab section shall include all pertinent information pertaining to the executed and approved test showing date and Government representative who witnessed approved the test Endurance Testing The Contractor shall provide UMCS Endurance Test Reports explaining in detail the nature of any failures corrective action taken and results of tests performed 4 TEST DESCRI PTI ONS This document covers the factory performance verification and endurance test procedures for the Utility Monitoring and Control System UMCS and Direct Digital Control for HVAC It has been written for a host based system where the LONWORKS r LNS database resides on the main computer server and communicates over the Ethernet TCP IP connection to the field level controller nodes The system shall be comprised of the server hardware and software IP network hardware and software and building point of connection BPOC hardware and software p9 RELATED WORK The contractor which provided building level DDC under Section 23 09 23 DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL FOR HVAC AND OTHER LOCAL BUILDING SYSTEMS shall be responsible for testing the building level DDC All control testing and
81. constructed of welded Type 304L series stainless steel shall be provided The wrap around heat pipe will be self controlling Coil shal be fitted with pleated flexible connectors 2 12 FACTORY PAINTING Units which are not of galvanized construction according to ASTM A 123 A 123M or ASTM A 924 A 924M shall be factory painted with a corrosion resisting paint finish Internal and external ferrous meta Surfaces shall be cleaned phosphatized and coated with a paint finish which has been tested according to ASTM B 117 ASTM D 1654 and ASTM D 3359 SECTION 23 00 00 Page 24 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Evidence of satisfactory paint performance for a minimum of 125 hours for units to be installed indoors and 500 hours for units to be installed outdoors shall be submitted Rating of failure at the scribe mark shall be not less than 6 average creepage not greater than 1 8 inch Rating of the inscribed area shall not be less than 10 no failure On units constructed of galvanized steel that have been welded exterior surfaces of welds or welds that have burned through fromthe interior shall receive a final shop docket of zinc rich protective paint according to ASTM D 520 Type 2 13 FIELD PAINTING Clean pretreat prime and paint metal surfaces except aluminum surfaces need not be painted Apply coatings to clean dry surfaces Clean the Surfaces to remove dust dirt rust oil and grease by wire brushing and solvent
82. control system in a NEMA 12 indoor or NEMA 3R outdoor enclosure capable of controlling motors as required and designed specifically for fluid cooler applications The panels shall be provided one for each of two cells and shall include a main circuit breaker disconnect with an external operating handle lockable in the off position for safety and solid state temperature controller Door mounted selector switches shall be provided to enable automatic or manual control and wired for 120VAC control Control circuit to be wired out to terminal blocks for one field connection to remote vibration switches sump pumps fans and sump heaters The temperature controller shall be adjustable for the required process temperature The temperature controller will display two temperatures one for process temperature and the other for set point Water temperature input shall be obtained using a thermal sensing device on the process coil and wired back to the solid state temperature controller in the VFD control panel AM 3 2 4 COOLING TOWER MATERIALS AM 3 2 4 1 Fluid Cooler Except where otherwise specified all components of the fluid cooler shall be fabricated of heavy gauge steel protected against corrosion by G 235 galvanizing After passivation of the galvanized steel 8 weeks at pH 7 8 and calcium hardness and alkalinity at 100 300 ppm each the fluid cooler shall be capable of withstanding water having a pH of 6 5 to 9 0 a chloride content
83. deck supply air temperature set point Setpoint deg F Actual deg F 4 Hot water control valve modulating to maintain hot deck supply air temperature set point input from outside air temperature controller Setpoint deg F Actual deg F O A deg F Return temperature sensors to normal operation SECTION 23 08 00 00 10 Page 42 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Functional Performance Test Checklist cont Multi zone Air Handling Unit d Unoccupied mode of operation note time clock and space temperature sensor may require simulation 4 Observe fan starts when space temperature calls for heating cooling 5 All dampers in normal position 2222222222222222 22222 6 Verify low limit space temperature is maintained as specified in sequence of operation e e The following shall be verified when the supply and return fans off mode is initiated 1 All dampers in normal position 2 All valves in normal position 2 8 LLL 3 Fan de energizes Note return time clock and space temperature sensors to normal operation f Verify zone damper operation by varying zone thermostat set points from cooling set point to heating set point and returning to cooling AAR O AMC ee co a ute cee Mees Sse E EE AE E E oe g Verify safety shut down initiated by low temperature protection EPCOS Caspian Pang Sarg ee ck ae ey le ng tN te a ch tae h Index roomthermostats to full cooling then to full heating Measure and record cold
84. deformation or permanent damage to the insulation Exterior metal cover sheet shall be aluminum and exposed fastenings shall be stainless steel or aluminum End of Section SECTION 23 07 00 Page 34 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 SECTION 23 08 00 00 10 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC SYSTEMS 01 08 PART 1 GENERAL E 1 REFERENCES The publications listed below forma part of this specification to the extent referenced The publications are referred to within the text by the basic designation only ASSOCIATED AIR BALANCE COUNCIL AABC ACG Commissioning Guideline 2005 Commissioning Guideline NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL BALANCING BUREAU NEBB NEBB Commissioning Standard 1999 Procedural Standards for Building Systems Commissioning SHEET METAL AND AIR CONDITIONING CONTRACTORS NATIONAL ASSOCIATI ON SMACNA SMACNA Commissioning Manual 1994 Ist Ed HVAC Systems Commissioning Manual U S GREEN BUILDING COUNCIL USGBC LEED 2002 R 2005 Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design tm Green Building Rating System for New Construction LEED NC 2 SUBMI TTALS Government approval is required for submittals with a G designation Submittals not having a G designation are for Contractor Quality Control approval The following shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES SD 02 Shop Drawings Commissioning Plan G DO Commissioning Plan prepared in accordance with Commis
85. degreasing prior to application of paint except metal surfaces Subject to temperatures in excess of 120 degrees F shall be cleaned to bare metal Where more than one coat of paint is specified apply the second coat after the preceding coat is thoroughly dry Lightly sand damaged painting and retouch before applying the succeeding coat Color of finish coat shall be aluminum or light gray a Temperatures less than 120 degrees F Immediately after cleaning the metal surfaces subject to temperatures less than 120 degrees F shall receive one coat of pretreatment primer applied to a minimum dry film thickness of 0 3 mil one coat of primer applied to a minimum dry film thickness of one mil and two coats of enamel applied to a minimum dry filmthickness of one mil per coat b Temperatures between 120 and 400 degrees F Metal surfaces subject to temperatures between 120 and 400 degrees F shall receive two coats of 400 degrees F heat resisting enamel applied to a total minimum thickness of two mils c Temperatures greater than 400 degrees F Metal surfaces subject to temperatures greater than 400 degrees F shall receive two coats of 315 degrees C 600 degrees F heat resisting paint applied to a total minimum dry filmthickness of two mils 2 14 SUPPLEMENTAL COMPONENTS SERVICES 2 14 1 Chilled Condenser or Dual Service Water Piping and Accessories The requirements for chilled condenser or dual service water piping and accessories are specified in
86. degrees of joints Joints shall be sealed in accordance with item d above 3 3 4 Ducts Handling Air for Dual Purpose For air handling ducts for dual purpose below and above 60 degrees F ducts shall be insulated as specified for cold air duct 34349 Insulation for Evaporative Cooling Duct Evaporative cooling supply duct located in spaces not evaporatively cooled shall be insulated Material and installation requirements shall be as specified for duct insulation for warm air duct 36300 Duct Test Holes After duct systems have been tested adjusted and balanced breaks in the insulation and jacket shall be repaired in accordance with the applicable section of this specification for the type of duct insulation to be repaired cecal Duct Exposed to Weather 33 11 Installation Ducts exposed to weather shall be insulated and finished as specified for the applicable service for exposed duct inside the building After the above is accomplished the insulation shall then be further finished as detailed in the following subparagraphs Jedu hae Round Duct Lami nated self adhesive minimum 2 mils adhesive 3 mils embossed vapor barrier weatherproofing jacket Less than 0 0000 permeability greater than 3 ply standard grade silver white black and embossed or greater than 8 ply heavy duty white and natural membrane shall be applied overlapping material by 3 inches no bands or caulking needed see manufacturer s recommended installati
87. demand interval for that day 3 Predicted demand for the next demand interval c Energy usage Report An energy usage summary operator selectable for a unit building area installation and the entire UMCS The report shall be divided by utility and shall be capable of reporting on at least four separate utilities The report shall include the following information 1 Beginning and ending dates and times 2 Total energy usage for each utility for the current and previous day 3 Total energy usage for each utility for the current and previous month 4 Maximum 15 minute interval average rate of consumption for each utility for the current and previous day and current and previous month 5 Outside air OA temperature and OA relative humidity RH or dew point for current and previous month and current and previous day a Average temperature and RH or dewpoint b Temperature and RH or dewpoint at maximum and minimum OA temperature with time and date of occurrence b Temperature and RH or dewpoint at maximum and minimum RH or dewpoint with time and date of occurrence c Temperature and RH or dew point at the installation s peak demand interval with the time and date of occurrence 6 Calculated degree days d Alarm Report Outstanding alarms by building or unit including time of occurrence SECTION 25 10 10 Page 36 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 2 e Override Report
88. design of the flange facing shall be such that the nozzle throat shall be centered accurately in the pipe 2 8 6 4 Venturi Tube Venturi tube shall be made of cast iron or cast steel and shall have an accuracy of 1 of full flow The throat section shall be lined with austenitic stainless steel Thermal expansion characteristics of the lining shall be the same as that of the throat casting material The Surface of the throat lining shall be machined to a 50 micro inch finish including the short curvature leading fromthe converging entrance section into the throat 2 8 6 5 Annular Pitot Tube Annular pitot tube shall be made of austenitic stainless steel with an accuracy of 2 of full flow and a repeatability of 0 5 of measured value The unit shall have at least one static port and no less than four total head pressure ports with an averaging manifold 2 8 6 6 Insertion Turbine Flowmeter Insertion Turbine Flowmeter accuracy shall be 1 of reading for a minimum turndown ratio of 1 1 through a maximum turndown ratio of 50 1 Repeatability shall be 0 25 of reading The meter flow sensing element shall operate over a range suitable for the installed location with a pressure loss limited to 1 of operating pressure at maximum flow rate Design of the flowmeter probe assembly shall incorporate integral flow temperature and pressure sensors The turbine rotor assembly shall be constructed of Series 300 stainless steel and us
89. device that communicates using the CEA 09 1B protocol and is connected to an CEA 709 1B network Le 226 Node Address The logical address of a node on the network Variations in node addressing are possible but the Domain Subnet Node format is the established standard for this specification 1 2 27 Node ID A unique 48 bit identifier assigned at the factory to each CEA 709 18 device Sometimes called the Neuron ID 1 2 28 Program ID An identifier number stored in the device usually EEPROM that identifies the node manufacturer functionality of device application amp Sequence transceiver used and the intended device usage 1 2 29 Repeater A device that connects two control network segments and retransmits al information received on one side onto the other 1 2 30 Router A device that connects two channels and controls traffic between the channels by retransmitting signals received from one subnet onto the other based on the signal destination Routers are used to subdivide a control network and to control bandwidth usage 1 2 31 Segment A single section of a control network that contains no repeaters or SECTION 25 10 10 Page 6 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 routers The device quantity limitation is dependent on the topology media and device type For example a TP FT 10 network with locally powered devices is limited to 64 devices per segment 1 2 32 Service Pin A hardware push butto
90. disconnect devices and flexible connectors for movable food service equipment conforming to CSA AM 221 69 b Do not install the flexible connector through the appliance cabinet face Provide rigid metallic pipe and fittings to extend the final connection beyond the cabinet except when appliance is provided with an external connection point 3 VALVES Provide lockable shutoff or service isolation valves as indicated in the drawings conforming to the following 3 1 Valves 2 Inches and Smaller Provide valves 2 inches and smaller conforming to ASME B16 33 of materials and manufacture compatible with system materials used 2342 Valves 2 1 2 Inches and Larger Provide valves 2 1 2 inches and larger of carbon steel conforming to API Spec 6D Class 150 4 RISERS Provide manufacturer s standard riser transition from plastic to stee pipe with 7 to 12 mil thick epoxy coating Use swaged gas tight construction with O ring seals metal insert and protective sleeve SECTION 23 11 25 Page 9 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Provide remote bolt on or bracket or wall mounted riser supports as indicated on the drawings p3 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS Provide pipe hangers and supports conforming to MSS SP 58 and MSS SP 69 6 METERING REGULATORS AND SHUTOFF VALVES Provide diaphragmtype meter conforming to AGA B109 1 rotary type displacement meter conforming to AGA B109 3 as required by local gas utility supplier
91. documentation 1 3 SUBMI TTALS Government approval is required for submittals with a G designation Submittals not having a G designation are for information only When used a designation following the G designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the Government The following shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES SD 01 Preconstruction Submittals Factory Test G DO After completing the test the Contractor shall supply a factory SECTION 25 08 10 Page 4 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 1 final complete test report consisting of the following as a mi ni mum a Section one of the submittal shall be a short summary of the factory test b Section two of the submittal shall be a copy of the test plans c Section three shall be the executed test procedure and shall be divided using tabs Each tab section shall include all pertinent information pertaining to the executed and approved test showing date and Government representative who witnessed approved the test SD 06 Test Reports UMCS and Building Level DDC Testing Sequence The Contractor shall perform and document contractor field test on UMCS and building level DDC The Contractor shall provide field test report prior to start of PVT and endurance testing Performance Verification Test G DO After completing the test the Contractor shall supply a fianl complete PVT test report
92. e 3 Demonstrate timer Control logic shall honor SECTION 25 08 10 Page 41 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Expected Item Action Item Results Approved functions within the built in timers applications of GPPC K L LLL LLL a delay on L LLL LLL LLL LLL LLL b dela sokie A 8 ee a a Mc el c one second delays d interval timers gt 2 LLL L LL LLL LLL NOG SHE 2 alaa an tA Aa a al ia el stated E a a a aa a A 4 Demonstrate logic loops Control logic shall honor for and while in the criteria GPC a a E a a eke NOCES e En n E a a eee a aa DOO OE E A e 5 Demonstrate if then else Control logic shall properly logic in GPPC follow the if then else requirements 2 2 2 2 2 No tiese a ah a a Dir eee ey ee a a 6 Demonstrate basic math Control logic shall properly functions in GPPC execute math functions oe MOnt eSa SAT fa Sines cht Cech a a Sink ot eat na hd Sin ot ORE te Bhd it deers 7 Demonstrate Boolean math Control logic shall properly functions in GPPC execute the functions MOnt lt a a eee Ed RC A ee OO eS CE E OnE ee 8 Demonstrate exponential Control logic shall properly math functions in GPPC execute the functions LL NO ICIS 5 Apa Late Soh ole Mie Mg incl WA stared a al E ae Met ate lal SS 9 Demonstrate trigonometric Control logic shall properly math functions in GPPC execute the functions __ NOT Ce ya Mek hace ect aren et ete E tee eben at ky tt
93. edged 8 Alarm Message A unique message with a field of 60 characters shall be provided for each alarm Assignment of messages to an alarm shall be an operator editable function 9 Alarm Secondary Message Secondary messages shall be assignable by the operator for printing to provide further information such as telephone lists or maintenance functions and shall be editable by the operator The system shall provide for 100 secondary messages each with 25 lines of 60 characters each 10 Acknowledgement status of the alarm and where acknowl edged the time and date of acknowl edgement 11 User who acknowledged the alarm b Alarm Notification and Routing The M amp C software shall be capable of performing alarm notification and routing functions Upon receipt or generation of an alarmthe M amp C software shall immediately perform alarm notification and routing according to an assigned routing for that alarm The M amp C software shall support at least 500 alarm routes an alarm route shall be a unique combination of any of the following activities 1 Generate a pop up up display on designated workstation monitors The pop up display shall include identification of the alarm date and time of the alarm alarm message and current value status of the alarm point Alarms shall be capable of being acknowledged fromthe pop up display by operators with sufficient permissions Pop up displays shall be displayed unti acknowl edged 2
94. enclosed guarded or fitted with other types of safety devices Safety devices shall be installed so that proper operation of equipment is not impaired Welding and cutting safety requirements shall be in accordance with AWS 249 1 Peed Drawings Because of the small scale of the drawings it is not possible to indicate all offsets fittings and accessories that may be required Carefully investigate the plumbing fire protection electrical structural and finish conditions that would affect the work to be performed and arrange such work accordingly furnishing required offsets fittings and accessories to meet such conditions Submit detailed drawings consisting of a Equipment layouts which identify assembly and installation details b Plans and elevations which identify clearances required for maintenance and operation c Wiring diagrams which identify each component individually and all interconnected or interlocked relationships between components d Foundation drawings bolt setting information and foundation bolts prior to concrete foundation construction for all equipment indicated or required to have concrete foundations e Details if piping and equipment are to be supported other than as indicated which include loadings and type of frames brackets stanchions or other supports 3 SUBMITTALS Government approval is required for submittals with a G designation submittals not having a G designation are fo
95. equal to exterior casing constructed of 16 gauge corrosion resisting sheet steel conforming to ASTM A 167 Type 304L conforming to ASHRAE 62 1 Construct drain pans water tight treated to prevent corrosion and designed for positive condensate drainage When 2 or more cooling coils are used with one stacked above the other condensate fromthe upper coils shall not flow across the face of ower coils Provide intermediate drain pans or condensate collection channels and downspouts as required to carry condensate to the unit drain pan out of the air stream and without moisture carryover Construct drain pan so that the pan may be visually inspected easily including underneath the coi without removal of the coil and so that the pan may be physically cleaned completely and easily underneath the coil without removal of the coil Coils shall be individually removable fromthe casing Casing insulation shall conformto NFPA 90A Single wall casing sections handling conditioned air shall be insulated with not less than 1 inch thick 1 1 2 pound density coated fibrous glass material having a thermal conductivity not greater than 0 23 Btu hr sf F Double wall casing sections handling conditioned air shall be insulated with not less than 2 inches of the same insulation specified for single wall casings Foil faced insulation shal not be an acceptable substitute for use with double wall casing Double wall insulation must be completely sealed by inner and outer pa
96. equipment occupancy mode via the System Scheduler specified in Section 23 09 23 DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL FOR HVAC AND OTHER LOCAL BUILDING SYSTEMS or to adjust chiller setpoint d Maximum off time e Maximum shut down or setpoint reset intervals per day f Equipment status indicating current occupancy mode for non chiller equipment and setpoint for chillers This screen and associated table used for implementing the electrical power demand limiting algorithm shall have a user interface which allows the user to edit add and delete any itemin the table c Equipment shut down and chiller reset Each mechanical system air handler chiller fan coil unit etc shall have associated with it a demand limit priority from 0 to 5 A system with a priority of 5 shal never be shut down by the demand limiting program Equipment whose demand limit priority is less than or equal to the base wide demand limit priority level shall be shut down for a maximum time period of time as shown Chillers shall have their setpoint reset or shall be shut down as shown This shall be accomplished by setting the value of the Occupancy Override SNVT to the System Scheduler to OC_UNOCCUPI ED or by adjusting the Chiller Setpoint via the Chiller Setpoint Override SNVT for the mechanical system as shown on the Demand Limit Schedule in a staged manner such that no less than 15 seconds elapses between changing any two SNVTs in a single building d Equipment re start
97. fan and pump Pump controller and low water cutoff shall have a float operated mercury switch arranged to start and stop the pump at preset boiler water levels If the water level in the boiler reaches the low danger point a second mercury switch shall shut down the burner and actuate the alarm bel c Supplementary Low Water Cutoff Supplementary low water cutoff of the electrically operated probe type or float activated type shal be provided in addition to the low water cutoff required above on each boiler Supplementary low water cutoff shall be mounted directly in the boiler shell and shall be set below the low water cutoff required above 2 3 5 2 Water Flow Interlock Hot water boiler limit controls shall be provided to include protection for low boiler water flow and high boiler water temperature The limit controls shall be interlocked with the combustion control systemto effect boiler alarm and shutdown The controls shall not allow boiler startup unless hot water flow is proven 2 4 PUMPS 2 4 1 Hot Water and Boiler Circulating Pumps Circulating pumps for hot water shall be electrically driven single stage centrifugal type and have a capacity not less than indicated Boiler circulating pumps shall be supported on a concrete foundation with a cast iron or structural steel base or by the piping on which installed and shal be closed coupled shaft or flexible coupled shaft The boiler circulating pumps shall be horizontal split case or
98. fan housings h Cleanouts or handholes 2 2ehe2 Pipes Passing Through Walls Roofs and Floors a Pipe insulation shall be continuous through the sleeve b An aluminum jacket or vapor barrier weatherproofing self adhesive jacket minimum 2 mils adhesive 3 mils embossed less than 0 0000 permeability greater than 3 ply standard grade silver white black and embossed with factory applied moisture retarder shall be provided over the insulation wherever penetrations require sealing c Where pipes penetrate interior walls the aluminum jacket or vapor barrier weatherproofing self adhesive jacket minimum 2 mils adhesive 3 mils embossed less than 0 0000 permeability greater than 3 plys standard grade silver white black and embossed shall extend 2 inches beyond either side of the wall and shall be Secured on each end with a band d Where penetrating floors the aluminum jacket shall extend froma point below the backup material to a point 10 inches above the floor with one band at the floor and one not more than 1 inch from the end of the aluminum jacket e Where penetrating waterproofed floors the aluminum jacket shal extend from below the backup material to a point 2 inches above the flashing with a band 1 inch fromthe end of the aluminum jacket f Where penetrating exterior walls the aluminum jacket required for pipe exposed to weather shall continue through the sleeve to a point 2 inches beyond the interior surface of the wall
99. file which documents a device s external interface specifically the number and types of LonMark objects the number types directions and connection attributes of network variables and the number of message tags 1 2 12 Functional Profile The description of one or more LonMark Objects used to classify and certify devices 1 2 13 Gat eway A device that translates from one protocol to another Gateways are also called Communications Bridges or Protocol Translators 1 2 14 General Purpose Programmable Controller GPPC Unlike an ASC a GPPC is not furnished with a fixed application program A GPPC can be re programmed usually using vendor supplied software bed 15 LonMark Obj ect A collection of network variables configuration parameters and associated behavior defined by LonMark International and described by a Functiona Profile Defines how information is exchanged between devices on a network inputs from and outputs to the network 1 2 16 LNS Plug in Software which runs in an LNS compatible software tool Device configuration plug ins provide a user friendly interface to configuration parameters 1 2 17 LonMark See LonMark International Also a certification issued by LonMark International to CEA 709 18 devices 1 2 18 LonMark Internationa Standards committee consisting of numerous independent product developers and systems integrators dedicated to determining and maintaining the interoperability guideline
100. flow can be determined when the temperature and pressure differential across valve is known Valve shal have an integral pointer which registers the degree of valve opening Valve shall function as a service valve when in fully closed position Valve shall be constructed with internal seals to prevent leakage and shal be supplied with preformed insulation Provide valve bodies with tapped openings and pipe extensions with positive shutoff valves outside of pipe insulation The pipe extensions shall be provided with quick connecting hose fittings for a portable differentia pressure meter connections to verify the pressure differential Provide metal tag on each valve showing the gallons per minute flow for each differential pressure reading SECTION 23 64 26 Page 13 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 2 5 9 Automatic Flow Control Valves Valve shall automatically maintain the constant flow indicated on the design drawings Valve shall modulate by sensing the pressure differenti al across the valve body Valve shall be selected for the flow required and provided with a permanent nameplate or tag carrying a permanent record of the factory determined flow rate and flow control pressure levels Provide valve that controls the flow within 5 percent of the tag rating Valve materials shall be the same as specified for the ball or plug valves Provide valve that are electric type as indicated Valve shall be capable of positiv
101. for each chemical The blow down shall be controlled based upon the make up water flow rate and a separate timer The injection of the chemi cal required for biological control shall be controlled by a timer which can be manually set for proper chemical feed Timer set points blow down rates and chemical pump flow rates shall be determined and set by the water treatment company 2 11 4 9 Test Kits One test kit of each type required to determine the water quality as outlined within the operation and maintenance manuals shall be provided 2 12 ELECTRICAL WORK Provide motors controllers integral disconnects contactors and controls with their respective pieces of equipment except controllers indicated as part of motor control centers Provide electrical equipment including motors and wiring as specified in Section 26 20 00 INTERIOR DISTRI BUTI ON SYSTEM Manual or automatic control and protective or signal devices required for the operation specified and control wiring required for controls and devices specified but not shown shall be provided For packaged equipment the manufacturer shall provide controllers including the required monitors and timed restart Provide high efficiency type single phase fractional horsepower alternating current motors including motors that are part of a system in accordance with NEMA MG 11 Provide polyphase squirrel cage medium induction motors including motors that are part of a system that meet
102. fromall units The depth of each seal shall be 2 inches plus the number of inches measured in water gauge of the total static pressure rating of the unit to which the drain is connected Water seals shall be constructed of 2 tees and an appropriate U bend with the open end of each tee plugged Pipe cap or plug cleanouts shall be provided where indicated Drains indicated to connect to the sanitary waste system shall be connected by an indirect waste fitting Air conditioner drain lines shall be insulated as specified in Section 23 07 00 THERMAL INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS 1 2 Equipment and Installation Provide frames and supports for tanks compressors pumps valves air handling units fans coils dampers and other similar items requiring supports Floor mount or ceiling hang air handling units as indicated The method of anchoring and fastening shall be as detailed Set floor mounted equipment on not less than 6 inch concrete pads or curbs doweled in place unless otherwise indicated Concrete foundations for circulating pumps shall be heavy enough to minimize the intensity of the vibrations transmitted to the piping and the surrounding structure as recommended in writing by the pump manufacturer In lieu of a concrete pad foundation a concrete pedestal block with isolators placed between the pedestal block and the floor may be provided The concrete foundation or concrete pedestal block shall be of a mass not less than three times th
103. fromthe requirements of this Section and shall not be used to satisfy any of the requirements specified in this Section The Contractor shall provide all materials services and labor required to perform the pre functional performance tests checks and functional performance tests A functional performance test shall be aborted if any system deficiency prevents the successfu completion of the test or if any participating non Government commissioning team member of which participation is specified is not present for the test 362 1 Pre Functional Performance Test Checklists Pre Functional Performance Test Checklists shall be performed for the items indicated in Appendix A Deficiencies discovered during these checks shal be corrected and re inspected in accordance with the applicable contract requirements 3 2 2 Functional Performance Tests Functional Performance Tests shall be performed for the items indicated in Appendix B Functional Performance Tests shall begin only after al Pre Functional Performance Test Checklists have been successfully completed Tests shall prove all modes of the sequences of operation and shall verify all other relevant contract requirements Tests shall begin with equipment or components and shall progress through subsystems to complete systems Upon failure of any Functional Performance Test item the Contractor shall correct all deficiencies in accordance with the applicable contract requirements The itemshall the
104. handling steam Material Thickness or media to indicated pressure or temperature limit 15 psig RMF 2 0 inches or F MF 2 0 inches 250F CS PL 4 0 inches CG 3 0 inches PF 1 5 inches FC lt 200F 1 0 inches PC 1 0 inches 34 3 2 Insulation of Boiler Stack and Diesel Engine Exhaust Pipe Inside mechanical Room bevel insulation neatly around openings and provide sheet metal insulation stop strips around such openings Apply a skim coat of hydraulic setting cement directly to insulation Apply a flooding coat of adhesive over hydraulic setting cement and while still wet press a layer of glass cloth or tape into adhesive and seal laps and edges with adhesive Coat glass cloth with adhesive When dry apply a finish coat of adhesive at can consistency so that when dry no glass weave shall be observed Provide metal jackets for stacks that are located above finished floor and spaces outside mechanical room Apply metal jackets directly over insulation and secure with 3 4 inch wide metal bands spaced on 18 inch centers Do not insulate name plates Insulation type and thickness shal be in accordance with the following Table 7 TABLE 7 Insulation and Thickness Inches and F for Boiler Stack and Diesel Engine Exhaust Pipe Service amp Surface Material Outside Diameter Inches Temperature Range 1 4 1 1 4 1 1 2 3 3 1 2 5 6 10 11 36 Degrees F Boiler Stack Mineral Fiber NA NA 3 a5 4 Up to 400 F ASTM C 553 Class B 3 SECTION 23 07
105. hour Btuh as indicated when fired with the specified fuels The boiler shall be furnished complete with the gas burning equipment boiler fittings and trim automatic controls forced draft fan with burner assembly electrical wiring insulation piping connections and protective jacket The boiler shall be completely assembled and tested at the manufacturer s plant Boiler auxiliaries including fans motors drives and similar equipment shall be provided with at least 10 percent excess capacity to allow for field variations in settings and to compensate for any unforeseen increases in pressure losses in appurtenant piping and ductwork However the boiler safety devices shall not be sized for a 10 percent excess capacity The boiler and its accessories shall be designed and installed to permit ready accessibility for operation maintenance and service Boilers shall be designed constructed and equipped in accordance with ASME BPVC SEC IV Each boiler shall be of the condensing type and designed for water service as specified herein The boiler capacity shall be based on the ratings shown in HY 005 or as certified by the American Boiler Manufacturers Association or American Gas Association SECTION 23 52 00 00 10 Page 8 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 2 1 1 Condensing Boiler Each boiler shall be a self contained packaged type complete with accessories mounted on a structural steel base or a steel base which is
106. in a report together with conclusions as to the adequacy of the system a Certification of balancing b Time date and duration of test c Outside and inside dry bulb temperatures d Temperature of hot water supply leaving boiler e Temperature of heating return water from system at boiler inlet f Boiler make type serial number design pressure and rated capacity g Fuel burner make model and rated capacity ammeter and voltmeter readings for burner motor h Circulating pump make model and rated capacity and ammeter and voltmeter readings for pump motor during operation SECTION 23 52 00 00 10 Page 34 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 i Flue gas temperature at boiler outlet j Percent carbon dioxide in flue gas k Grade or type and calorific value of fuel Draft at boiler flue gas exit m Draft or pressure in furnace n Quantity of water circulated o Quantity of fuel consumed p Stack emission pollutants concentration Indicating instruments shall be read at half hour intervals unless otherwise directed The Contractor shall furnish all instruments equipment and personnel required for the tests and balancing Obtain necessary natural gas water and electricity as specified in the SPECIAL CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS Operating tests shall demonstrate that fuel burners and combustion and safety controls meet the requirements of ASME CSD 1 CSA AM Z21 13 NFPA 85 3 6 1 Water Treatment Testin
107. is used and wide weep bends are formed Mitering or notching pipe or other similar construction to form elbows or tees is not permitted The centerline radius of bends shall not be less than 6 diameters of the pipe Bent pipe showing kinks wrinkles flattening or other malformations is not acceptable 3413 Functional Requirements Pitch horizontal supply mains down in the direction of flow as indicated The grade shall not be less than 1 inch in 40 feet Reducing fittings shall be used for changes in pipe sizes Cap or plug open ends of pipelines and equipment during installation to keep dirt or other foreign materials out of the system Pipe not otherwise specified shall be uncoated Connections to appliances shall be made with malleable iron unions for steel pipe 2 1 2 inches or less in diameter and with flanges for pipe 3 inches and above in diameter Connections between ferrous and copper piping shall be electrically isolated from each other with dielectric waterways or flanges Piping located in air plenums shall conformto NFPA 90A requirements Pipe SECTION 23 64 26 Page 25 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 and fittings installed in inaccessible conduits or trenches under concrete floor slabs shall be welded Equipment and piping arrangements shall fit into space allotted and allow adequate acceptable clearances for installation replacement entry servicing and maintenance Electric isolation fittings shal
108. liner at the duct ends and at other joints where the lining will be subject to erosion shall be coated with a heavy brush coat of the nonflammable fire resistant adhesive to prevent delamination of glass fibers Duct liner may be applied to flat sheet metal prior to forming duct through the sheet metal brake Lining at the top and bottom surfaces of the duct shall be additionally secured by welded pins or adhered clips as specified for cut to size pieces Other methods indicated in SMACNA HVAC Duct Const Stds to obtain proper installation of duct liners in sheet metal ducts including adhesives and fasteners will be acceptable 3 1 7 Dust Control To prevent the accumulation of dust debris and foreign material during construction temporary dust control protection shall be provided The distribution system supply and return shall be protected with temporary seal offs at all inlets and outlets at the end of each day s work Temporary protection shall remain in place until systemis ready for Startup SECTION 23 00 00 Page 27 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 3 1 8 Insulation Thickness and application of insulation materials for ductwork piping and equipment shall be according to Section 23 07 00 THERMAL INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS Outdoor air intake ducts and plenums shall be externally insulated up to the point where the outdoor air reaches the conditioning unit 1 9 Duct Test Holes Holes with clo
109. maximum moisture vapor transmission 0 10 a minimum puncture resistance of 25 Beach units is acceptable Jacket shall have a maximum flame spread index of 25 and a maximum smoke developed index of 50 when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84 1 11 Wire Soft annealed ASTM A 580 A 580M Type 302 304 or 316 stainless steel 16 or 18 gauge 1 12 Insulation Bands Insulation bands shall be 1 2 inch wide 26 gauge stainless steel i 13 Sealants Sealants shall be chosen fromthe butyl polymer type the styrene butadiene rubber type or the butyl type of sealants Sealants shall have a maximum moisture vapor transmission of 0 02 perms and a maximum flame spread index of 25 and a maximum smoke developed index of 50 when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84 pel PIPE INSULATION SYSTEMS Insulation materials shall conformto Table 1 Insulation thickness shal be as listed in Table 2 and meet or exceed the requirements of ASHRAE 90 1 IP plal Aboveground Cold Pipeline 30 to 60 deg F Insulation for outdoor indoor exposed or concealed applications shall be as follows a Cellular Glass ASTM C 552 Type Il and Type III Supply the insulation with manufacturer s recommended factory applied jacket vapor barrier b Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Insulation ASTM C 534 Grade 1 Type or Il Type Il shall have vapor retarder vapor barrier skin on one or both sides of the insulation Insulation with pre applied adhesive shall not be used
110. maximum smoke developed index of 50 when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84 2 1 9 1 White Vapor Retarder All Service Jacket ASJ Standard reinforced fire retardant jacket for use on hot cold pipes ducts or equipment Vapor retarder jackets used on insulation exposed in finished areas shall have white finish suitable for painting without sizing 2 1 9 2 Vapor Retarder Vapor Barrier Mastic Coatings a The vapor barrier shall be self adhesive minimum 2 mils adhesive 3 mils embossed greater than 3 plys standard grade silver white black and embossed white jacket for use on hot cold pipes Less than 0 02 permeability when tested per ASTM E 96 E 96M Meeting UL 723 or ASTM E 84 flame and smoke requirements UV resistant b The vapor retarder coating shall be fire and water resistant and appropriately selected for either outdoor or indoor service Color shall be white The water vapor permeance of the compound shall be determined according to procedure B of ASTM E 96 E 96M utilizing apparatus described in ASTM E 96 E 96M The coating shall be a nonflammable fire resistant type All other application and service properties shall be in accordance with ASTM C 647 2 1 9 3 Laminated Film Vapor Retarder ASTM C 1136 Type maximum moisture vapor transmission 0 02 perms minimum puncture resistance 50 Beach units on all surfaces except concealed ductwork where Type II maximum moisture vapor transmission 0 02 perms a minimum puncture resist
111. mechanically attached directly to each device or attached by a metal chain or wire Labels exterior to SECTION 23 09 23 Page 34 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 protective enclosures shall be engraved plastic and mechanically attached to the enclosure or DDC Hardware Labels inside protective enclosures may attached using adhesive but shall not be hand written 3 2 2 DDC Hardware DDC Hardware shall be installed in an enclosure Except for DDC Hardware used to control Terminal Units where multiple pieces of DDC Hardware are used to execute one sequence all DDC Hardware executing that sequence shal be on a common local control bus and isolated from all other DDC Hardware via an CEA 709 1B Router or CEA 709 3 Repeater All DDC Hardware installed shall have an CEA 709 18 domain 3 2 3 Local Display Panel LDP Local Display Panels shall be installed in each mechanical room containing an air handler and shall provide SNVT inputs for display and outputs for adjusting SNVT values as shown on the Points Schedule 3 2 4 Gateways Gateways may be used for communication with non CEA 709 1B control hardware Subject to all of the following limitations a Each gateway shall communicate with and perform protoco translation for non CEA 709 1B control hardware controlling one and only one package unit b Non CEA 709 1B control hardware shall not be used for controlling built up units c Non CEA 709 18 control hardware
112. meet the requirements of NFPA 70 and SECTION 07 84 00 FIRESTOPPI NG 4 INSTALLATION OF EQUI PMENT 4 1 Wire and Cable Installation System components and appurtenances shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 70 manufacturer s instructions and as shown Necessary interconnections services and adjustments required for a complete and operable signal distribution system shall be provided Components shall be labeled in accordance with TIA EIA 606 A Penetrations in fire rated construction shall be firestopped in accordance with Section 07 84 00 FIRESTOPPING Conduits outlets and raceways shall be installed in accordance with Section 26 20 00 INTERIOR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM Wiring shall be installed in accordance with TIA EIA 568 B 1 and as specified in Section 26 20 00 INTERIOR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM Wiring and terminal blocks and outlets shall be marked in accordance with TIA EIA 606 A Non fiber optic cables shall not be installed in the same cable tray utility pole compartment or floor trench compartment with ac power cables Cables not installed in conduit or raceways shall be properly secured and neat in appearance 4 2 Grounding Signal distribution system ground shall be installed in accordance with TIA J STD 607 A and Section 26 20 00 INTERIOR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM Equipment racks shall be connected to the electrical safety ground 4 3 Power Line Surge Protection Equipment connected to ac circuits shall be protected against or with
113. nor more than 12 fps anda fouling factor of 0 00025 h ft2 degrees F Btu Water cooled condensers may be used for refrigerant storage in lieu of a separate liquid receiver if the condenser storage capacity is 5 percent in excess of the fully charged system for single packaged systems 2 5 10 Receivers Liquid receivers not already specified herein as an integral factory mounted part of a package shall be designed fitted and rated in accordance with the recommendations of ARI 495 except as modified herein Receiver shall bear a stamp certifying compliance with ASME BPVC SEC VIII D1 and shall meet the requirements of ASHRAE 15 Inner surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned by sandblasting or other approved means Each receiver shall have a storage capacity not less than 20 percent in excess of that required for the fully charged system Each receiver shall be equipped with inlet outlet drop pipe drain plug purging valve relief valves of capacity and setting required by ASHRAE 15 and two bull s eye liquid level Sight glasses Sight glasses shall be in the same vertical plane 90 degrees apart perpendicular to the axis of the receiver and not over 3 inches horizontally from the drop pipe measured along the axis of the receiver In lieu of bull s eye sight glass external gauge glass with metal glass guard and automatic closing stop valves may be provided 225214 Chiller Purge System Chillers which operate at pressures belo
114. not be configured for DHCP LLL LLL NODESSS Laf ri aane Ga aes Soh Ree aa Lube st Rad a eee Sth iA 3 Confirm LON data is All LONWORKS network transmitted to from LON data is being transmitted bus to IP network to fromthe IP network Notes SECTION 25 08 10 Page 66 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Expected Item Action Item Results Approved End of Test Specific Abbreviations Y Yes N No NA Not Applicable SECTION 25 08 10 Page 67 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 TEST NUMBER Seventeen TITLE ElIA 709 1B Router and Repeater OB ECTI VE 1 Validate ElA 709 1B Router and Repeater requirements I N TI AL REQU REMENTS CONDI TI ONS 1 Submittals a Submittal analysis tool 2 Equipment a The router needs to be on information on router repeater and O amp M Manual on network and operating for a minimum of one week b The repeater needs to be on and operating for a minimum of one week C Provide a LONWORKS network analysis too configuration tool 3 Reference Documentation a List testing user manual Date of Test Timerot Testis i Car rua Contractor s Representative Government s Representative 4 ae 6 7 TEST PROCEDURES Item Action Item DDC FOR HVAC 1 Connect and open network analysis tool and verify router and repeater NOLO See ot ee Ake a 2 Using router configuration tool open the properties dialog b
115. not be less than 6 diameters of the pipe Bent pipe showing kinks wrinkles flattening or other malformations will not be accepted Vent pipes shall be carried through the roof as directed and shall be properly flashed Unless otherwise indicated horizontal supply mains shall pitch down in the direction of SECTION 23 52 00 00 10 Page 25 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 flow with a grade of not less than 1 inch in 40 feet Open ends of pipelines and equipment shall be properly capped or plugged during installation to keep dirt or other foreign materials out of the systems Pipe not otherwise specified shall be uncoated Unless otherwise specified or shown final connections to equipment shall be made with malleable iron unions for steel pipe 2 1 2 inches or less in diameter and with flanges for pipe 3 inches or more in diameter Unions for copper pipe or tubing shal be brass or bronze Reducing fittings shall be used for changes in pipe sizes In horizontal hot water lines reducing fittings shall be eccentric type to maintain the top of the lines at the same level to prevent air binding 3 2 1 Hot Water Piping and Fittings Pipe shall be black steel or copper tubing Fittings for steel piping shall be black malleable iron or cast iron to suit piping Fittings adjacent to valves shall suit valve material Grooved mechanical fittings will not be allowed for water temperatures above 230 degrees F 3 202 Vent Piping and
116. not be permitted Controllers and contactors shall have a maximum of 120 volt control circuits and shal have auxiliary contacts for use with the controls furnished When motors and equipment furnished are larger than sizes indicated the cost of additional electrical service and related work shall be included under the section that specified that motor or equipment Power wiring and conduit for field installed equipment shall be provided under and conformto the requirements of Section 26 20 00 INTERIOR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 1 6 ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS Electrical installations shall conformto IEEE C2 NFPA 70 and requirements specified herein 1 6 1 New Work Provide electrical components of mechanical equipment such as motors motor starters except starters controllers which are indicated as part of a motor control center control or push button stations float or pressure switches solenoid valves integral disconnects and other devices functioning to control mechanical equipment as well as control wiring and conduit for circuits rated 100 volts or less to conform with the requirements of the section covering the mechanical equipment Extended voltage range motors shall not be permitted The interconnecting power wiring and conduit control wiring rated 120 volts nominal and conduit the motor control equipment forming a part of motor control centers and the electrical power circuits shall be provided under Division 26 exc
117. of equipment to be part of the UMCS and submit an Existing Conditions Report documenting the current status and its impact on the Contractor s ability to meet this specification The Contractor shal verify the availability of the building network backbone at the BPOC location and verify that the building network used CEA 709 18 2 DRAWINGS AND CALCULATIONS 2 1 Network Bandwidth Usage Calculations The Contractor shall perform UMCS Network Bandwidth Usage Calculations for a normally loaded and a heavily loaded UMCS Calculations shall be performed for network traffic at the M amp C Server A heavily loaded network is characterized as one performing the following activities simultaneously a Trending a number of points equal to the specified minimum M amp C software trending capacity at 15 minute intervals SECTION 25 10 10 Page 38 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 b Trending for loop tuning 20 points at 2 second intervals c Viewing 500 points via workstations with a 5 second update interval d Transmitting load shed commands via SNVTs to 2 000 devices ina 1 minute interval e Viewing of 10 system display graphic screens of 50 points each via browsers A normally loaded network is characterized as one performing the following activities simultaneously a Trending 500 points equal at 15 minute intervals b Viewing 100 points via workstations with a 5 second update interval c Transmitting load s
118. opening cross sectional area Install dampers so that the SECTION 23 00 00 Page 10 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 centerline of the damper depth or thickness is located in the centerline of the wall partition or floor slab depth or thickness Unless otherwise indicated comply with the installation details given in SMACNA Install Fire Damp HVAC and in manufacturer s instructions for fire dampers Perform acceptance testing of fire dampers per paragraph Fire Damper Acceptance Test and NFPA 90A 261 253 Manual Balancing Dampers Furnish manual balancing dampers with accessible operating mechanisms Use chromium plated operators with all exposed edges rounded in finished portions of the building Manual volume control dampers shall be operated by locking type quadrant operators Dampers shall be 2 gauges heavier than the duct in which installed Unless otherwise indicated multileaf dampers shall be opposed blade type with maximum blade width of 12 inches Provide access doors or panels for all concealed damper operators and locking setscrews Unless otherwise indicated the locking type quadrant operators for dampers when installed on ducts to be thermally insulated shall be provided with stand off mounting brackets bases or adapters to provide clearance between the duct surface and the operator not less than the thickness of the insulation Stand off mounting items shall be integral with the operator or standard ac
119. operating pressures and temperatures Provide dielectric flanges with the Same pressure ratings as standard flanges and provide complete electrical isolation between connecting pipe and or equipment as described herein for dielectric waterways 2 4 COPPER TUBI NG Provide copper tubing and fittings with a ANSI ASME Class 125 service rating which for 150 degrees F the pressure rating is 175 psig 2 4 1 Tube Use copper tube conforming to ASTM B 88 Type L or M for aboveground tubing and Type K for buried tubing 2 4 2 Fittings and End Connections Solder and Flared Joints Wrought copper and bronze solder joint pressure fittings including unions and flanges shall conform to ASME B16 22 and ASTM B 75 Provide adapters as required Cast copper alloy solder joint pressure fittings including unions and flanges shall conformto ASME B16 18 Cast copper alloy fittings for flared copper tube shall conform to ASME B16 26 and ASTM B 62 ASTM B 42 copper pipe nipples with threaded end connections shall conform to ASTM B 42 Copper tubing of sizes larger than 4 inches shall have brazed joints Brass or bronze adapters for brazed tubing may be used for connecting tubing to flanges and to threaded ends of valves and equi pment Extracted brazed tee joints may be used if produced with an acceptable too SECTION 23 64 26 Page 11 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 and installed in accordance with tool manufacturer s written p
120. operation range full closed to full open by turning room thermostat 5 degrees Fabove ambient __ With heating water system and boiler in operation providing design Supply hot water temperature record the following Design HW supply temperature __ deg F Actual HW supply temperature deg F AHU supply air temperature deg F VAV supply air temperature deg F Calculate coil capacity and compare to design Design BTU hr Actual BTU hr SECTION 23 08 00 00 10 Page 32 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Functional Performance Test Checklist cont VAV Terminals c Parallel Fan powered VAV boxes 1 Verify VAV box responses to call for heating via set point adjustment Change fromcooling set point to heating set point Verify cooling damper closes to minimum position blower fan energizes according to sequence of operation and upon further drop in space temperature heating coil activation _ __ With heating water systemin operation providing design supply hot water temperature record the following Design HW supply temperature __ deg F Actual HW supply temperature deg F AHU supply air temperature deg F VAV supply air temperature deg F Calculate coil capacity and compare to design Design BTU hr Actual _____ BTU hr 2 Check primary air damper maxi mum minimum flow settings and compare to actual measured flows Setting Measured Design Maximum flow gt L LLL LLL cfm Mi ni mum flow cfm
121. paragraph DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL DDC HARDWARE Potentiometers shall be of the thumb wheel or sliding bar type Momentary Contact Push Buttons may include an adjustable timer for their output User input devices shall be labeled for their function 12 MULTI FUNCTI ON DEVI CES Multifunction devices are products which combine the functions of multiple sensor user input or output devices into a single product Unless otherwise specified the multifunction device shall meet all requirements of each component device Where the requirements for the component devices conflict the multifunction device shall meet the most stringent of the requirements 12 1 Current Sensing Relay Command Switch The Current Sensing Relay portion shall meet all requirements of the Current Sensing Relay input device The Command Switch portion shall meet all requirements of the Relay output device except that it shall have at least one normally open NO contact 12 2 Thermostats Thermostats shall be multifunction devices incorporating a temperature sensor and a temperature indicating device Thermostats shall not contain mercury Hg In addition the thermostat shall have the following as specified and shown a A User Input Device which shall adjust a temperature setpoint output b A User Input Momentary Contact Button and an output indicating zone occupancy c A three position User Input Switch labeled to indicate heating cooling and off positions
122. per AMCA 301 AIl fans shall have an AMCA seal Connect fans to the motors either directly or indirectly with V belt drive Use V belt drives designed for not less thanl40 percent of the connected driving capacity Motor sheaves shall be variable pitch for 15 hp and below and fixed pitch as defined by AR Guideline D Select variable pitch sheaves to drive the fan at a speed which will produce the specified capacity when set at the approximate midpoint of the sheave adjustment When fixed pitch sheaves are furnished provide a replaceable sheave when needed to achieve system air balance Provide motors for V belt drives with adjustable rails or bases Provide removable metal guards for all exposed V belt drives and provide speed test openings at the center of all rotating shafts Provide fans with personnel screens or guards on both suction and supply ends except that the screens need not be provided unless otherwise indicated where ducts are connected to the fan Provide fan and motor assemblies with vibration isolation supports or mountings as indicated Use vibration isolation units that are standard products with published loading ratings Select each fan to produce the capacity required at the fan static pressure indicated Sound power level shall be as indicated Obtain the sound power level values according to AMCA 300 Standard AMCA arrangement rotation and discharge shall be as indicated Power ventilators shall conformto UL 705 and shall h
123. performance criteria upon completion and testing of the system The report shall SECTION 23 64 00 00 10 Page 17 Lackland AFB Airmen Training Complex ATC Dormitory 1 LKATCD1 3 AMENDMENT 0003 indicate the number of days covered by the tests and any conclusions as to the adequacy of the system The report shall also include the following information and shall be taken at least three different times at outside dry bulb temperatures that are at least 5 degrees F apart a Date and outside weather conditions b The load on the system based on the following 1 The refrigerant used in the system 2 Condensing temperature and pressure 3 Suction temperature and pressure 4 For absorption units the cooling water pressures and temperatures entering and exiting the absorber and condenser Also the refrigerant solution pressures concentrations and temperatures at each measurable point within the system 5 Running current voltage and proper phase sequence for each phase of all motors 6 The actual on site setting of all operating and safety controls 7 Chilled water pressure flow and temperature in and out of the chiller 8 The position of the capacity reduction gear at machine off one third loaded one half loaded two thirds loaded and fully loaded s5 CLEANING AND ADJUSTING Equipment shall be wiped clean with all traces of oil dust dirt or paint spots removed Temporary filters shall be provided for a
124. performance verification test and the Start Up and Start Up Testing Report shall be presented as benchmarks of HVAC control system performance by which to measure operation and maintenance effectiveness SECTION 23 09 23 Page 44 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 APPENDIX A QC CHECKLIST This checklist is not all inclusive of the requirements of this specification and should not be interpreted as such This checklist is for check one Pre Construction QC Checklist Submittal Items 1 5 l Post Construction QC Checklist Submittal Items 1 12 Close out QC Checklist Submittal Items 1 19 foe Initial each itemin the space provided ____ verifying that requirement has been met Items verified for Pre Construction Post Construction and Closeout QC Checklists Submittal 1 Network bandwidth calculations have been performed ERR and the backbone type Ethernet or TP FT 10 has been determi ned based on these calculations 2 All DDC Hardware nodes are numbered on Control System Schematic Drawings 3 Signal lines on Control System Schematic are labeled with the signal type 4 Local Display Panel LDP Locations are shown on Control System Schematic drawings 5 Points Schedule drawings have been sub divided by device DDC Hardware including DDC Hardware node numbers Items verified for Post Construction and Closeout QC Checklist Submittal 6 All DDC Hardware is installed on a TP FT 10 local
125. personnel shall be available to provide service to the system A telephone number where the service supervisor can be reached at all times shall be provided Service personnel shall be at the site within 24 hours after receiving a request for service The control system shall be restored to proper operating condition as required 9 6 Operation Scheduled adjustments and repairs shall include verification of the control system operation as demonstrated by the applicable tests of the performance verification test 9 7 Records and Logs Dated records and logs shall be kept of each task with cumulative records for each major component and for the complete system chronologically A continuous log shall be maintained for all devices The log shall contain initial analog span and zero calibration values and digital points Complete logs shall be kept and shall be available for inspection onsite demonstrating that planned and systematic adjustments and repairs have been accomplished for the control system 9 8 Work Requests Each service call request shall be recorded as received and shall include its location date and time the call was received nature of trouble names of the service personnel assigned to the task instructions describing what has to be done the amount and nature of the materials to be used the time and date work started and the time and date of completion A record of the work performed shall be submitted within 5 days after
126. possible to and stop at specific times start and stop a trend based on time LLL NONSESE 5 Se ae Ae A ae a ts RS oy een ye AeA ners ee A 3 Open a trend data display Trend plots shall show that has 8 values trended all 8 variables as a versus time function of time a historical data SECTION 25 08 10 Page 56 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC Item Action Item b instantaneous data NOTES oN a 4 Open a pre programmed trend data presentation 5 Open the trend configuration dialog box and set up a trend Notes 6 Set up a trend for a random y selected binary value and a randomly selected analog value Notes 7 Verify that historical trend data is stored on the hard drive 8 Export trend log data to Microsoft Excel for manipulation and printing by the operator Notes End of Test Specific Abbreviations y Yes N No NA Not Applicable W9126G 09 R 0105 Expected Results Approved Trend plot shall open without operator programmi ng Operator shall be able to configure a trend plot Any binary or analog variable shall be trendable With the controller offline historical trend data from that controller shall be presented in a graphical form Data shall be presented in a xls form SECTION 25 08 10 Page 57 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 SECTION 25 08 10 Page 58 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC TEST NUMBER Thirteen TITLE Demand Limiting OB E
127. rate gpm 2 LLL LLL LLL SETPOINT Differential Pressure Transmitter 22222222 2 Measure motor amperage each phase and voltage phase to phase and phase to ground for both the full flow and the minimum flow conditions Compare amperage to nameplate FLA a Full flow Nameplate FLA Amperage Phase 1 _______ Phase 2 22020 Phase 3 Voltage Phi Ph2 00 aaa Phi Ph3 0 0 Ph2 Ph3_ 00 Voltage Phi gnd ____ 2 Ph2 gnd Ph3 gnd b Minimum flow Amperage Phase 1 2 Phase 2 200 Phase 3 Voltage Phi Ph2 2 aia E E E Ph Ph3 aoaaa Voltage Phi gnd onr Ph2 gnd ES Ph3 gnd 3 Note unusual vibration noise etc SECTION 23 08 00 00 10 Page 26 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Functional Performance Test cont Pump 4 Certification We the undersigned have witnessed the above functiona performance tests and certify that the itemtested has met the performance requirements in this section of the specifications Signature and Date Contractor s Commissioning Specialist Contractor s Mechanical Representative Contractor s Electrical Representative Contractor s TAB Representative Contractor s Controls Representative Contracting Officer s Representative Design Agency Representative Using Agency s Representative SECTION 23 08 00 00 10 Page 27 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Functional Performance Test Centrifugal Chiller Note If water cooled chiller performin conjunction with Cool
128. repaired in accordance with the specified requirements including material labor and refrigerant if the leak is the result of defective equipment material or installation 3 2123 Oil Charging Except for factory sealed units two complete charges of lubricating oil for each compressor crankcase shall be furnished One charge shall be used during the performance testing period and upon the satisfactory completion of the tests the oil shall be drained and replaced with the second charge SECTION 23 64 00 00 10 Page 16 Lackland AFB Airmen Training Complex ATC Dormitory 1 LKATCD1 3 AMENDMENT 0003 2 2 Mechanical Room Ventilation Mechanical ventilation systems shall be in accordance with Section 23 00 00 AIR SUPPLY DISTRIBUTION VENTILATION AND EXHAUST SYSTEM 23 Field Applied Insulation Field installed insulation shall be as specified in Section 23 07 00 THERMAL INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS except as defined differently herein 2 4 Field Painting Painting required for surfaces not otherwise specified and finish painting of items only primed at the factory are specified in Section 09 90 00 PAINTS AND COATINGS 23 MANUFACTURER S FIELD SERVICE The services of a factory trained representative shall be provided for 2 days The representative shall advise on the following a Open Machines 1 Erection alignment testing and dehydrating 2 Charging the machine with refrigerant 3 Starting the ma
129. requirements of NFPA 90A UL 555 and UL 5555 Combination fire and smoke dampers shall be rated for 250 degrees F Class II leakage per UL 5555 2 8 SENSORS AND NSTRUMENTATI ON Unless otherwise specified sensors and instrumentation shall incorporate an integral transmitter or be provided with a transmitter co located with the sensor Sensors and instrumentation including their transmitters shall meet the specified accuracy and drift requirements at the input of the connected DDC Hardware s analog to digital conversion Sensors and instrumentation including their transmitters shall meet or exceed the specified range 2 861 Transmitters The transmitter shall match the characteristics of the sensor Transmitters providing analog values shall produce a linear 4 20 mAdc 0 10 Vdc or SNVT output corresponding to the required operating range and shal have zero and span adjustment Transmitters providing binary values shal have dry contacts or SNVT output Transmitters with SNVT output are Application Specific Controllers ASCs and shall meet all ASC requirements note ASCs are specified in paragraph DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL DDC HARDWARE 2 8 2 Temperature Sensors 2 8 2 1 Sensor Ranges and Accuracy Temperature sensors may be provided without transmitters Temperature sensors including transmitter if used shall have minimum operating ranges minimum accuracy and maximum drift as specified below for the application a Conditioned Space Temper
130. retarder coating The coating shal overlap the adjoining insulation and un insulated surface 2 inches Pin puncture coatings shall extend 2 inches from the puncture in all directions Where insulation standoff brackets occur insulation shall be extended under the bracket and the jacket terminated at the bracket Installation on Exposed Duct Work For rectangular ducts rigid insulation shall be secured to the duct by mechanical fasteners on all four sides of the duct spaced not more than 12 inches apart and not more than 3 inches fromthe edges of the insulation joints A minimum of two rows of fasteners shall be provided for each side of duct 12 inches and larger One row shall be provided for each side of duct less than 12 inches Mechanical fasteners shall be as corrosion resistant as G60 coated galvanized steel and shall indefinitely sustain a 50 Ib tensile dead load test perpendicular to the duct wall Duct insulation shall be formed with minimum jacket seams Each piece of rigid insulation shall be fastened to the duct using mechanical fasteners When the height of projections is less than the insulation thickness insulation shall be brought up to standing seams reinforcing and other vertical projections and shall not be carried over Vapor retarder barrier jacket shall be continuous across seams reinforcing and projections When height of projections is greater than the insulation thickness insulation and jacket shall be carried ov
131. rooms 3 10 SPECIAL REQUI REMENTS Provide drips grading of the lines freeze protection and branch outlet locations as shown and conforming to the requirements of NFPA 54 3 11 BUILDING STRUCTURE Do not weaken any building structure by the installation of any gas piping Do not cut or notch beams joists or columns Attach piping Supports to metal decking Do not attach supports to the underside of concrete filled floors or concrete roof decks unless approved by the Contracting Officer 3 12 PIPING SYSTEM SUPPORTS Support gas piping systems in buildings with pipe hooks metal pipe straps bands or hangers suitable for the size of piping or tubing Do not support any gas piping system by other piping Conform spacing of supports in gas piping and tubing installations to the requirements of NFPA 54 Conform the selection and application of supports in gas piping and tubing installations to the requirements of MSS SP 69 In the support of multiple pipe runs on a common base member use a clip or clamp where each pipe crosses the base support member Spacing of the base support members is not to exceed the hanger and support spacing required for any of the individual pipes in the multiple pipe run Rigidly connect the clips or clamps to the common base member Provide a clearance of 1 8 inch between SECTION 23 11 25 Page 14 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 the pipe and clip or clamp for all piping which may be subje
132. set based on ANS NCI TS 154 2 Laptop Standard laptop keyboard k Mouse 1 Desktop 2 button mouse with a minimum resolution of 400 dots per inch 2 Laptop Integrated touch pad 3 4 Printers Printers shall be local or network printers as shown Local printers shal have a parallel or USB interface Network printers shall have a 100Base T interface with an RJ 45 connection and shall have a firmware print spooler compatible with the Operating System print spooler 3 4 1 Alarm Printer The dot matrix alarm printers shall have a minimum 96 character standard ASCII character set based on ANS INCITS 154 and with graphics capability The printers shall have adjustable sprockets for paper width up to 11 inches print at least 80 columns per line and have a minimum speed of 200 characters per second Character spacing shall be selectable at 10 12 or 17 characters per inch The printers shall use sprocket fed fanfold paper The units shall have programmable control of top of form Printers shall include floor stands with paper racks 3 4 2 Laser Printer Laser printers shall meet the following mini mum requirements a Resolution 600 by 600 dots per inch b Printing Time 10 pages per minute SECTION 25 10 10 Page 23 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 2 2 2 c Data Buffer Size 10 Megabytes d Media Size 8 5 by 11 inches as shown e Paper Cassette 250 sheet capacity 3 4 3 Color Printer
133. shall be delivered strictly in accordance with the CONTRACT CLAUSES and in accordance with the Contract Data Requirements List DD Form 1423 Data delivered shall be identified by reference to the particular specification paragraph against which it is furnished Al Submittals not specified as technical data packages are considered shop drawings under the Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement FARS and shall contain no proprietary information and shall be delivered with unrestricted rights The following shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES the CONTRACT CLAUSES and DD Form 1423 and according to the sequencing specified in paragraph PROJECT SEQUENCING SD 02 Shop Drawings UMCS Contractor Design Drawings G DO UMCS Contractor Design Drawings in hard copy and on CDROM in Microstation format Draft As Built Drawings G DO Draft As Built Drawings in hard copy and on CDROM in Microstation for mat Final As Built Drawings G DO Final As Built Drawings in hard copy and on CDROM in Microstation format SD 03 Product Data Product Data Sheets G DO Copies of all manufacturer catalog cuts and specification sheets for all products equipment specified in PART 2 and supplied under this contract Computer Software G DO The most recent versions of all computer software provided under this specification delivered as a Technical Data Package The SECTION 25 10 10 Page 9 Lackland Airmen Training
134. shall be selected for the flow required and provided with a permanent nameplate or tag carrying a permanent record of the factory determined flow rate and flow control pressure levels Valves shall control the flow within 5 percent of the tag rating Valves shall be Suitable for the maximum operating pressure of 125 psi or 150 percent of the system operating pressure whichever is greater Where the available system pressure is not adequate to provide the minimum pressure differential that still allows flow control the system pump head capability shall be increased Valves shall be suitable for 250 degrees F temperature service Valve materials shall be same as specified for the heating system check globe angle and gate valves Valve operator shal be the electric motor type or pneumatic type as applicable Valve operator shall be capable of positive shutoff against the system pump head Valve bodies shall be provided with tapped openings and pipe extensions with shutoff valves outside of pipe insulation The pipe extensions shall be provided with quick connecting hose fittings for a portable meter to measure the pressure differential across the automatic flow control valve SECTION 23 52 00 00 10 Page 20 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 A portable meter shall be provided with accessory kit as recommended for the project by the automatic valve manufacturer 2 8 14 10 Butterfly Valves Butterfly valves shall be 2 flange t
135. shall have the burning characteristics of linear low density polyethylene tubing shall be self extinguishing when tested in accordance with ASTM D 635 shall have UL 94 V 2 flammability classification or better and shall withstand stress cracking when tested in accordance with ASTM D 1693 Plastic tubing bundles shall be provided with Mylar barrier and flame retardant polyethylene jacket 4 NETWORK HARDWARE 4 1 CEA 709 1B Network Hardware E aR S CEA 709 1B Routers CEA 709 1B Routers including routers configured as repeaters shall meet the requirements of CEA 709 1B and shall provide connection between two or more CEA 709 3 TP FT 10 channels SECTION 23 09 23 Page 16 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 2 4 1 2 CEA 709 3 Repeaters CEA 709 3 Repeaters shall be physical layer repeaters in accordance with CEA 709 3 2 4 2 Gateways Gateways shall perform bi directional protocol translation from one non CEA 709 1B protocol to CEA 709 1B8 Gateways shall incorporate exactly two network connections one shall be for connection to a TP FT 10 network in accordance with CEA 709 3 and the second shall be as required to communicate with the non CEA 709 1B network 25 5 WIRE AND CABLE All wire and cable shall meet the requirements of NFPA 70 and NFPA 90A in addition to the requirements of this specification 2 5 1 Terminal Blocks Terminal blocks which are not integral to other equipment shall be insulated modu
136. sheet metal Where Sleeves are installed in bearing walls or partitions provide black steel pipe conforming with ASTM A 53 A 53M Schedule 20 b Framed Prepared Openings Fabricate framed prepared openings from 20 gauge galvanized steel unless otherwise indicated c Insulation Provide duct insulation in accordance with Section 23 07 00 THERMAL INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS continuous through sleeves and prepared openings except firewall penetrations Terminate duct insulation at fire dampers and flexible connections For duct handling air at or below 60 degrees F provide insulation continuous over the damper collar and retaining angle of fire dampers which are exposed to unconditioned air d Closure Collars Provide closure collars of a minimum 4 inches wide unless otherwise indicated for exposed ducts and items on each side of penetrated surface except where equipment is installed Install collar tight against the surface and fit snugly around the duct or insulation Grind sharp edges smooth to prevent damage to penetrating surface Fabricate collars for round ducts 15 inches in SECTION 23 00 00 Page 28 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 diameter or less from 20 gauge galvanized steel Fabricate collars for Square and rectangular ducts or round ducts with minimum dimension over 15 inches from 18 gauge galvanized steel Fabricate collars for Square and rectangular ducts with a maximum side of 15 inches or
137. structure Control systems and safety devices for automatically fired boilers shall conform to ASME CSD 1 Electrical combustion and safety controls shall be rated at 120 volts Single phase 60 Hz and shall be connected as specified in Section 26 20 00 INTERIOR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM A 4 inch diameter alarm bell shall be provided and shall be located where indicated or directed The alarm bel shall ring when the boiler is shut down by any safety control or interlock Indicating lights shall be provided on the control panel A red light shall indicate flame failure and a green light shall indicate that the main fuel valve is open The following shutdown conditions shal require a manual reset before the boiler can automatically recycle a Flame failure b Failure to establish pilot flame c Failure to establish main flame d Low water cutoff e High temperature cutoff 63 5 1 Low water Cutoff Low water cutoff shall be float actuated switch or electrically actuated probe type low water cutoff Float chamber shall be provided with a blow down connection Cutoff shall cause a safety shutdown and sound an alarm when the boiler water level drops below a safe minimum level A safety shutdown due to low water shall require manual reset before operation can be resumed and shall prevent recycling of the burner The cutoff shall be in strict accordance to the latest version of code ASME CSD 1 Controls and Safety Devices for Automatically Fired Boil
138. temperature controller SECTION 23 08 00 00 10 Page 40 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Functional Performance Test Checklist cont Make Up Air Handling Unit c The following shall be verified when the supply and return fans off mode is initiated 1 All dampers in normal position 2 All valves in normal position 3 Fan de energizes 2222222222222222 2222222222 _____ d Verify cooling coil and heating coil operation by varying thermostat set point fromcooling set point to heating set point and returning to cooling set point e Verify safety shut down initiated by low temperature protection thermostat ________ fe Verify occupancy schedule is programmed into time clock UMCS 2 Certification We the undersigned have witnessed the above functional performance tests and certify that the item tested has met the performance requirements in this section of the specifications Signature and Date Contractor s Commissioning Specialist Contractor s Mechanical Representative Contractor s Electrical Representative Contractor s TAB Representative Contractor s Controls Representative Design Agency Representative Contracting Officer s Representative Using Agency s Representative SECTION 23 08 00 00 10 Page 41 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Functional Performance Test Checklist Multi zone Air Handling Unit For Air Handling Unit Ta Functional Performance Tes
139. than 6000 hours exclusive of the manufacturer s factory tests can be shown Products shall be supported by a service organization 2 NAMEPLATES Major equipment including cooling towers cooling tower gear drive assemblies fans and motors shall have the manufacturer s name address type or style model or serial number and catalog number on a plate secured to the item of equipment Plates shall be durable and legible throughout equipment life and made of anodized aluminum Plates shall be fixed in prominent locations with nonferrous screws or bolts 3 ELECTRICAL WORK Electrical equipment motors motor efficiencies and wiring shall be in accordance with Section 26 20 00 INTERIOR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM Electrical motor driven equipment specified shall be provided complete with motors motor starters and controls Electrical characteristics shall be as shown and unless otherwise indicated all motors of 1 horsepower and above with open dripproof totally enclosed or explosion proof fan cooled enclosures shall be high efficiency type Field wiring shall be in accordance with manufacturer s instructions Each motor shall conform to SECTION 23 65 00 00 10 Page 4 Lackland AFB Airmen Training Complex ATC Dormitory 1 LKATCD1 AMENDMENT 0003 NEMA MG 1 and NEMA MG 2 and be of sufficient size to drive the equipment at the specified capacity without exceeding the nameplate rating of the motor Motors shall be continuous duty with the e
140. the efficiency ratings for premium efficiency motors in accordance with NEMA MG 1 Provide motors in accordance with NEMA MG 1 and of sufficient size to drive the load at the specified capacity without exceeding the nameplate rating of the motor Motors shall be rated for continuous duty with the enclosure specified Motor duty requirements shall allow for maximum frequency start stop SECTION 23 64 26 Page 21 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 operation and minimum encountered interval between start and stop Motor torque shall be capable of accelerating the connected load within 20 seconds with 80 percent of the rated voltage maintained at motor terminals during one starting period Provide motor starters complete with thermal overload protection and other necessary appurtenances Motor bearings shall be fitted with grease supply fittings and grease relief to outside of the enclosure Where two speed or variable speed motors are indicated solid state variable speed controllers may be provided to accomplish the same function Use solid state variable speed controllers for motors rated 7 45 kW 10 hp or less and adjustable frequency drives for larger motors 2 13 PAINTING OF NEW EQUI PMENT New equipment painting shall be factory applied or shop applied and shal be as specified herein and provided under each individual section fel el Factory Painting Systems Manufacturer s standard factory painting systems may be p
141. the system including workstations and system navigation c System start up procedures d Failure recovery procedures e Schedule configuration SECTION 25 10 10 Page 45 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 3 f Trend configuration g Perform point overrides and override release h Reports generation h Alarm reporting and acknowledgements j Diagnostics k Historical files Maintenance procedures 1 Physical layout of each piece of hardware 2 Troubleshooting and diagnostic procedures 3 Preventive maintenance procedures and schedules 8 3 Advanced Operator Training The advanced operator course shall be taught at the project site for a period of not less then five days A maximum of ten personnel will attend this course The course shall consist of hands on training under the constant monitoring of the instructor The instructor shall be responsi ble for determining the appropriate password to be issued to the student commensurate with each student s acquired skills at the beginning of each of these individual training sessions Advanced Operator Training shal include training on the M amp C Software and the CEA 709 1B Network Configuration Tool Upon completion of this course the students should be fully proficient in the operation and management of all system operations The Contractor shall report the skill level of each student at the end of this course This course shall at minimum include a
142. the temperature control system specified in Section 23 00 00 AIR SUPPLY DISTRIBUTION VENTILATION AND EXHAUST SYSTEM and 23 09 23 DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL FOR HVAC AND OTHER LOCAL BUILDING SYSTEMS PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 EXAMINATION After becoming familiar with all details of the work perform verification of dimensions in the field and advise the Contracting Officer of any discrepancy before performing any work 3 82 INSTALLATION Work shall be performed in accordance with the manufacturer s published diagrams recommendations and equipment warranty requirements Where equipment is specified to conform to the requirements of ASME BPVC SEC VIII Dland ASME BPVC SEC IX the design fabrication and installation of the system shall conform to ASME BPVC SEC VIII D1 and ASME BPVC SEC IX 32241 Refrigeration System 3 02 11 Equipment Refrigeration equipment and the installation thereof shall conform to ASHRAE 15 Necessary supports shall be provided for all equipment appurtenances and pipe as required including frames or supports for compressors pumps cooling towers condensers liquid coolers and similar items Compressors shall be isolated from the building structure If mechanical vibration isolators are not provided vibration absorbing foundations shall be provided Each foundation shall include isolation units consisting of machine and floor or foundation fastenings together SECTION 23 64 00 00 10 Page 15 Lackland AFB Airmen
143. the total but not less than 125 psig Pump casing and bearing housing shall be close grained cast iron High points in the casing shall be provided with manual air vents low points shall be provided with drain plugs Provide threaded suction and discharge pressure gage tapping with square head plugs Impeller shall be statically and dynamically balanced Impeller impeller wearing rings glands casing wear rings and shaft sleeve shall be bronze Shaft shall be carbon or alloy steel turned and ground Bearings shall be ball bearings roller bearings or oil lubricated bronze sleeve type bearings and be efficiently sealed or isolated to prevent loss of oi or entrance of dirt or water Pump and motor shall be mounted on a common cast iron base having lipped edges and tapped drainage openings or structural steel base with lipped edges or drain pan and tapped drainage openings Pump shall be provided with steel shaft coupling guard Base mounted pump coupling guard and motor shall each be bolted to a fabricated steel base which shall have bolt holes for securing base to supporting surface Close coupled pump shall be provided with integrally cast or fabricated steel feet with bolt holes for securing feet to supporting surface Close coupled pumps shall be provided with drip pockets and tapped openings Pump shall be accessible for Servicing without disturbing piping connections Shaft seals shall be mechanical seals or stuffing box type 2 7 2 M
144. they shall not sag due to lack of support Jackshafts shall not be used to link more than three damper sections Blade to blade linkages shall not be used Outside and return air dampers shall be installed such that their blades direct their respective air streams towards each other to provide for maxi mum mixing of air streams 3 2 17 Val ves 3 2 17 1 Ball Valves Two position open closed ball valves may only be used on chilled water condenser water hot water or steam applications Modulating ball valves may only be used for chilled water and condenser water applications modulating ball valves shall not be used on steam or hot water applications In modulating applications a characterizing equal percentage disc shall be used 3 2 17 2 Butterfly Valves In two way control applications valve travel shall be limited to 70 60 degrees open position SECTION 23 09 23 Page 37 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 3 2 18 Local Gauges for Actuators Pneumatic actuators shall have an accessible and visible pressure gauge installed in the tubing lines at the actuator as shown 3 2 19 Wire and Cable Wire and Cable shall be installed without splices between control devices and in accordance with NFPA 70 and NFPA 90A Instrumentation grounding shall be installed per the device manufacturer s instructions and as necessary to prevent ground loops noise and surges from adversely affecting operation of the system Ground
145. to meet contract requirements I NTEGRATION OF BUILDING LEVEL CONTROLS Integration of CEA 709 1B Systems The Contractor shall performthe following tasks per Section 23 09 23 to integrate the building systeminto the UMCS a If the building control network contains an IP backbone instal and configure an IP router or Ethernet switch to connect the building IP network backbone to the UMCS IP Network Re configure CEA 709 18 TP FT 10 to IP Routers in the building to use the UMCS CEA 852 A Configuration Server Otherwise install and configure an CEA 709 18 TP FT 10 to IP Router to connect the building level TP FT 10 network backbone to the UMCS IP Network b Update the UMCS LNS Database and update UMCS Network representation drawings in the Network Configuration Tool The LNS database shal be updated by merging the building database with the UMCS database cases where the building database is not available the Contractor sha use the Network Configuration Tool software to discover the building network and create an LNS Database for the building and then merge the building database and the UMCS database n d Establish network variable bindings as shown and as necessary to Support M amp C Software functionality 1 SNVTs used for display on currently active displays shall be updated via polling as necessary to meet display requirements 2 SNVTs used for currently active trends shall be updated via polling as necessary to me
146. to shine on the electrostatic filters to control airborne and surface microbial growth and transfer Applied units must be specifically manufactured for this purpose Safety features shall be provided to limit hazard to operating Staff Units shall not produce ozone SECTION 23 00 00 Page 17 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 1 An individual array that will provide a barrier wall of germicida UV energy that will treat the surface area of the filter 2 The high intensity UV C lamps will be of the low pressure mercury laden argon neon type that incorporates a getter assembly to reduce and control the mercury levels 3 The purifier will carry a 2 year warranty on parts 12 000 hours on the UV lamps 4 The purifier must be CSA or UL Certified 5 UV C emitters are not required for evaporative cooling system sumps 6 A door interlock shall be provided to de energize the UV C system when the door is open 7 Provide a portable UV intensity test kit for maintenance staff to measure UV C intensity Test kit shall include a data logging function to record UV C intensity over a 30 minute duration 2 8 3 6 Filter Gauges Filter gauges shall be dial type diaphragm actuated draft and shall be provided for all filter stations including those filters which are furnished as integral parts of factory fabricated air handling units Gauges shall be at least 3 7 8 inches in diameter shall have white dials with black figures and sh
147. to the centerline of the condenser water piping Each assembly shall include a shutoff valve and check valve at the point of entrance into the condenser water line 2 11 4 4 Water Meter Water meters shall be provided with an electric contacting register and remote accumulative counter The meter shall be installed within the make up water line as indicated 2 11 4 5 Ti mers Timers shall be of the automatic reset adjustable type and electrically operated The timers shall be suitable for a 120 volt current The timers shall be located within the water treatment control panel SECTION 23 64 26 Page 20 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 2 11 4 6 Water Treatment Control Pane The control panel shall be a NEMA 12 enclosure suitable for surface mounting The panel shall be constructed of stainless steel with a hinged door and lock The panel shall contain a laminated plastic nameplate identifying each of the following functions Main power switch and indicating light MAN OFF AUTO selector switch Indicating lamp for bleed off valve Indicating lamp for each chemical feed pump Set point reading for each timer Pe Ww wr 2 11 4 7 Chemical Piping The piping and fittings shall be constructed suitable for the water treatment chemicals 2 11 4 8 Sequence of Operation The chemicals shall be added based upon sensing the make up water flow rate and activating appropriate timers A separate timer shall be provided
148. ultraviolet resistant and adhesive welded weather tight with manufacturer s recommended adhesive Installation shall include provision for thermal expansion 3 DUCT INSULATION SYSTEMS INSTALLATI ON Install duct insulation systems in accordance with the approved MICA Insulation Stds plates as supplemented by the manufacturer s published installation instructions Corner angles shall be installed on external corners of insulation on ductwork in exposed finished spaces before covering with jacket Air conditioned spaces shall be defined as those spaces directly supplied with cooled conditioned air or provided with a cooling device such as a fan coil unit and heated conditioned air or provided with a heating SECTION 23 07 00 Page 22 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 device such as a unit heater radiator or convector Ba ll Duct Insulation Thickness Duct insulation thickness shall be in accordance with Table 4 Table 4 Minimum Duct Insulation inches Cold Air Ducts 2 0 Relief Ducts 1 5 Fresh Air Intake Ducts 1 5 Warm Air Ducts 2 0 Relief Ducts 1 5 Fresh Air Intake Ducts les Sy Dat Insulation and Vapor Retarder Vapor Barrier for Cold Air Duct Insulation and vapor retarder vapor barrier shall be provided for the following cold air ducts and associated equi pment a Supply ducts b Return air ducts c Relief ducts d Flexible run outs field insulated e Plenums f Duct mounted coil casing
149. unobstructed c Fan belt adj usted available to unit Electrical a Power b Power c Proper available to unit control d Verify that disconnect panel motor rotation verified power disconnect is located within sight of the unit it controls e Power available to electric heating coil Coils a Chilled water piping properly connected b Hot water piping properly connected Controls a Control valves actuators properly installed b Control valves actuators operable c Verify proper location and installation of thermostat Testing Adjust ng a TAB Report approved and Balancing TAB SECTION 23 08 00 00 10 Fan Coi W9126G 09 R 0105 Unit Page 17 c 0 N des X cute M iee c 0 A vies es c 0 K asia cC 0 c 0 X Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC Pre Functional Performance Test Checklist Unit Heater For Unit Heater Checklist Item Installation A M E a Hot water piping properly connected LL X Electrical A M E a Power available to unit disconnect gt 222 22L LL b Proper motor rotation verified gt 22 LLL LL c Verify that power disconnect is located within sight of the unit it controls 222 222 LL d Power available to electric heating coil 22 222 __ Controls A M E a Control valves properly installed 2 LL X b Control valves operable 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 LL X c Verify proper location and installation of thermostat at he LL X T
150. up to 500 ppm as NaCl 300 ppm as Cl a sulfate content as S04 up to 250 ppm a calcium content as CaCO3 up to 500 ppm silica as SiO2 up to 150 ppm and design operating ranges up to 50 F 27 8 C SECTION 23 65 00 00 10 Page 5 Lackland AFB Airmen Training Complex ATC Dormitory 1 LKATCD1 AMENDMENT 0003 The circulating water shall contain no oil grease fatty acids or organic solvents Furnish and install an induced draft crossflow type factory assembled galvanized steel closed circuit fluid cooler Unit shall consist of 2 cell s as shown on plans The limiting overall dimensions of the fluid cooler shall be 12 ft wide 40 ft long and 20 ft high to the top of the fan guard Total operating power of all fans shall not exceed 60 Hp Combined capacity of all motors per cell shall not exceed 30 Hp The structure and anchorage shall be designed to withstand a wind load of 20 psf 960 Pa on single flow models and 30 psf 1440 Pa on double flow models as well as 4g seismic load while operating The fluid cooler shall be designed to withstand shipping and hoisting loads of 2g horizontal or 3g vertical The fan deck and hot water basin covers on double flow models shall be designed for 50 psf 2 42 kPa live load or a 200 1b 91 kg concentrated load Handrails where specified shall be capable of withstanding a 200 lb 890N concentrated live load in any direction and shall be designed in accordance with OSHA guidelines
151. vertical split case type The hot water circulating pumps shall be horizontal split case type The pump shaft shall be constructed of corrosion resistant alloy steel sleeve bearings and glands of bronze designed to accommodate a mechanical seal and the housing of close grained cast iron Pump seals shall be capable of withstanding 240 degrees F temperature without external cooling The motor shall have sufficient power for the service required shall be of a type SECTION 23 52 00 00 10 Page 12 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 approved by the manufacturer of the pump shall be suitable for the available electric service and shall conformto the requirements of paragraph ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT Each pump suction and discharge connection shall be provided with a pressure gauge as specified The boiler and hot water circulating pump discharge heater shall be provided with a flow switch Flow switch unit shall be a self contained swinging vane type to indicate fluid flow Switch shall be a SPDT with 120 volt 15 ampere rating 2020 COLD WATER CONNECTIONS Connections shall be provided which includes consecutively in line a strainer reduced pressure principle backflow preventers and water pressure regulator in that order in the direction of the flow The reduced pressure principle backflow preventers shall be provided as indicated and in compliance with Section 22 00 00 PLUMBING GENERAL PURPOSE Cold water fill connections
152. which the Government may require the Phase IV assessment shall be repeated as if Phase III had just been completed The Contractor shall not be held responsible for failures resulting fromthe following a An outage of the main power supply in excess of the capability of any backup power source provided that the automatic initiation of al backup sources was accomplished and that automatic shutdown and restart of the UMCS performed as specified b Failure of a Government furnished communications link provided that the LON nodes and LON routers automatically and correctly operate in the stand alone mode as specified and that the failure was not due to contractor furnished equipment installation or software c Failure of existing Government owned equipment provided that the failure was not due to contractor furnished equipment installation or software 7 6 Failure Reports The Contractor shall provide UMCS Endurance Test Failure Reports UMCS Test Failure Reports shall explain in detail the nature of each failure corrective action taken results of tests performed If any failures occur during Phase or Phase III testing the Contractor shall recommend the point at which the Phase or Phase III testing as applicable should be resumed 8 ATTACHMENT A SECTION 25 08 10 Page 11 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC TITLE OB ECTI VE NOTES Sections 25 10 10 UTILITY MONI TORING AND CONTROL SYSTEMS UMCS DIRECT
153. woe noth hgh kan Oe BNA End of Test Specific Abbreviations Y Yes N No NA Not Applicable SECTION 25 08 10 Page 51 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 TEST NUMBER Eleven TITLE Alarm Function OB ECTI VE 1 Verify M amp C software is capable of alarm notification and routing I N TI AL REQUI REMENTS CONDI TI ONS 1 Submittals a The contractor shall provide documentation of alarm managing capacity in caparison with specification b The contractor shall provide documentation of all alarm types and priorities utilized in the M amp C prior to testing c The contractor shall provide documentation of the alarm routing in this particular M amp C 2 Equipment a The contractor shall provide GPPC and ASC will alarms programmed 3 Reference Documentation a List user manual documentation and sections pertaining to the testing 4 Date of Test _ __ De MME OT Testi ho 6 7 Contractor s Representative Government s Representative TEST PROCEDURES Expected Item Action Item Results Approved UMS 1 Initiate a basic binary The nvo SNVT displayed on alarm condition such as designated server workstation a fan fail to start shall change froma value of 0 to a value of 1 The alarm shall be presented in the alarm window The alarm shall define the source of the alarm The alarm shall define the time of the alarm The alarm shall present its assigned priority The alarm sh
154. wrinkling cracking or loss of adhesion and no sign of rust creepage beyond 1 8 inch on either side of the scratch SECTION 23 65 00 00 10 Page 10 Lackland AFB Airmen Training Complex ATC Dormitory 1 LKATCD1 AMENDMENT 0003 mark Cut edges of galvanized surfaces where hot dip galvanized sheet steel is used shall be coated with a zinc rich coating conforming to ASTM D 520 Type I 7 SUPPLEMENTAL COMPONENTS SERVICES ey ere Condenser Water Piping and Accessories Condenser water piping and accessories shall be provided and installed in accordance with Section 23 64 26 CHILLED CHILLED HOT AND CONDENSER WATER PIPING SYSTEMS 27 2 Water Treatment Water treatment shall be provided and installed in accordance with Section 23 64 26 CHILLED CHILLED HOT AND CONDENSER WATER PIPING SYSTEMS PART 3 EXECUTION 3 3 lt d EXAMINATION After becoming familiar with all details of the work perform verification of dimensions in the field and advise the Contractor Officer of any discrepancy before performing any work 2 INSTALLATION Work shall be performed in accordance with the manufacturer s published diagrams recommendations and equipment warranty requirements Equipment and piping arrangements shall fit into space allotted and allow adequate acceptable clearances for installation replacement entry servicing and maintenance Equipment shall be properly leveled aligned and secured in place in accordance with manufactur
155. 0 Page 19 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 entire fan assembly shall be statically and dynamically balanced at the factory after it has been installed in the air handling unit Mount fans on steel shafts accurately ground and finished Fan bearings shall be sealed against dust and dirt and shall be precision self aligning ball or roller type Bearing life shall be L50 rated at not less than 200 000 hours as defined by ABMA 9 and ABMA 11 Bearings shall be permanently lubricated or lubricated type with lubrication fittings readily accessible at the drive side of the unit Bearings shall be supported by structural shapes or die formed sheet structural members or support plates securely attached to the unit casing Bearings may not be fastened directly to the unit sheet metal casing Furnish fans and scrolls with coating indicated Fans shall be driven by a unit mounted or a floor mounted motor connected to fans by V belt drive complete with belt guard for externally mounted motors Belt guards shall be the three sided enclosed type with solid or expanded metal face Belt drives shall be designed for not less than a 1 3 service factor based on motor nameplate rating Motor sheaves shall be variable pitch for 25 hp and below and fixed pitch above 25 hp as defined by ARI Guideline D Where fixed sheaves are required variable pitch sheaves may be used during air balance but shall be replaced with an appropriate fixed sheave after
156. 05 accordance with the following table Operating Pressure kPA Pressure Range kPA 14 104 0 210 retard Operating Pressure psi Pressure Range psi 2 15 0 30 retard 2 8 17 Thermometers Thermometers shall be provided with wells and separable corrosion resistant steel sockets Mercury shall not be used in thermometers Thermometers for inlet water and outlet water for each hot water boiler shall be provided in a visible location on the boiler Thermometers shall have brass malleable iron or aluminum alloy case and frame clear protective face permanently stabilized glass tube with indicating fluid column white face black numbers and a minimum 9 inch scale The operating range of the thermometers shall be 32 212 degrees F The thermometers shall be provided with readings in degrees F 2 8 18 Air Vents 2 8 18 1 Manual Air Vents Manual air vents shall be brass or bronze valves or cocks suitable for the pressure rating of the piping system and furnished with threaded plugs or caps 2 8 18 2 Automatic Air Vents Automatic air vents shall be 3 4 inch quick venting float and vacuum air valves Each air vent valve shall have a large port permitting the expulsion of the air without developing excessive back pressure a noncollapsible metal float which will close the valve and prevent the loss of water fromthe system an air seal that will effectively close and prevent the re entry of air into the system when subatmospheric pressure
157. 08 00 00 10 Page 44 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Functional Performance Test Checklist Hot Water Boiler For Boiler __ 1 Functional Performance Test Contractor shall demonstrate operation of hot water systemas per specifications including the following Start building heating equipment to provide load for boiler Activate controls system boiler start sequence as follows a Start hot water pump and establish hot water flow Verify boiler hot water proof of flow switch operation b Verify control system energizes boiler start sequence _ ___ c Verify boiler senses hot water temperature below set point and control system activates boiler start Setpoint deg F 2 Verify boiler inlet outlet pressure reading compare to Test and Balance TAB Report boiler design conditions and boiler manufacturer s performance data DESI GN SYSTEM TEST ACTUAL Boiler inlet water temperature deg Fo 22222222L LLL Boiler outlet water temperature deg F Boiler outlet pressure psig Boiler flowerate gpm 2 ee ti Flue gas temperature at boiler outlet deg F Percent carbon dioxide in flue gas Draft at boiler flue gas exit inches wg Stack emission pollutants concentration Fuel type Combustion efficiency 3 Record the following information Ambient dry bulb temperature to determine reset schedule degrees F Building Entering hot water temperature 2 2 oe degrees F Building Leaving hot water temperature A degrees F 4 Ve
158. 09 18 d It shall allow bi directional mapping between Standard Network Variable Types SNVTs according to the LonMark SNVT List on the CEA 709 1B8 side and points on the building control network d It shall communicate on the CEA 709 18 over an IP network in accordance with CEA 852 A Contractor may provide a CEA 709 18 TP FT 10 to IP Router co located with the protocol translator to meet this requirement e It shall allow binding of its standard network variables SNVTs f For the CEA 709 1B network it shall be capable of transmitting data using the min max and delta throttling and heartbeat methodology g dit shall provide the ability to label SNVTs that are mapped to or from third party devices h lt shall provide capacity for mapping all required points as shown plus an additional 50 fromthe legacy side as SNVTs on the CEA 709 18 side and vice versa i it shall be capable of supporting polled and synchronous modifiers for network variables j It shall su in the LonMark y a LonMark external interface file XIF as defined p IF Guide for use with LNS tools and utilities p X k It shall have a service pin which when pressed will cause the Gateway to broadcast its 48 bit NodelD and ProgramlD over the network It shall provide a configurable self documenting string m It shall retain its configuration after a power loss of an indefinite time and shall automatically return to its pre power los
159. 09 R 0105 2 i Monitor Sized as shown but no less than 17 inches with a minimum resolution of 1024 by 768 pixels non interlaced a maximum dot pitch of 0 28 millimeters and a minimum refresh rate of 70Hz j Keyboard 101 key keyboard having a minimum 64 character standard ASCII character set based on ANSI INCITS 154 k Mouse 2 button mouse with a minimum resolution of 400 dots per inch l Hot swappable redundant power supplies 3 3 Workstation Hardware Desktop and Laptop Computer Workstation Hardware workstation shall be a standard unmodified digital desktop computer of modular design or a laptop as shown The modular components of the desktop or the laptop shall be products of a single manufacturer which advertises service in all 48 contiguous states Workstations shall meet the following mini mum requirements a Processor speed 150 the stated requirements of the software to be installed on the workstation b Random Access Memory RAM 150 the stated requirements of the software to be installed on the workstation c Communications ports 1 Desktop One serial port one enhanced parallel port and two USB ports in addition to any ports required for the keyboard and mouse 2 Laptop One serial port one enhanced parallel port one USB port one PCMCIA card slot and one additional USB or PS 2 port for a mouse d Hard Drive and controller 1 Desktop 60GB formatted disk space with an average seek time of 7 mil
160. 10 Page 36 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC Item Action Item place an analog output point under operator override and assign a fixed value 4 Froma graphic page place an analog output point under operator override and assign a fixed value 5 From the tree structure place a digital output point under operator override and assign a fixed value Notes 6 Froma graphic page place a digital output point under operator override and assign a fixed value ME a Ohne eel End of Test Specific Abbreviations Y Yes N No NA Not Applicable SECTION 25 08 10 W9126G 09 R 0105 Expected Results shall accept the assigned value and ignore changes from application logic unti the point is taken out of override Approved The analog output point shal accept the assigned value and ignore changes from application logic until the point is taken out of override The digital output point shal accept the assigned value and ignore changes from application logic until the point is taken out of override The digital output point shal accept the assigned value and ignore changes from application logic until the point is taken out of override Page 37 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 TEST NUMBER Seven TITLE Command Input Errors CB ECTI VE 1 To validate that the system ensures the necessary authority for command inputs 2 To validate that the system can control the range of comman
161. 12 inch centers SECTION 23 07 00 Page 26 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 3 3 3 For rectangular and oval ducts 24 inches and larger insulation shall be secured to the bottom of ducts by the use of mechanica fasteners Fasteners shall be spaced on 18 inch centers and not more than 18 inches from duct corner For rectangular oval and round ducts mechanical fasteners shal be provided on sides of duct risers for all duct sizes Fasteners shall be spaced on 18 inch centers and not more than 18 inches from duct corners The insulation shall be impaled on the mechanical fasteners where used The insulation shall not be compressed to a thickness less than that specified Insulation shall be carried over standing seams and trapeze type hangers Self locking washers shall be installed where mechanical fasteners are used and the pin trimmed and bent over Insulation jacket shall overlap not less than 2 inches at joints and the lap shall be secured and stapled on 4 inch centers Installation on Exposed Duct For rectangular ducts the rigid insulation shall be secured to the duct by the use of mechanical fasteners on all four sides of the duct spaced not more than 16 inches apart and not more than 6 inches fromthe edges of the insulation joints A minimum of two rows of fasteners shall be provided for each side of duct 12 inches and larger and a minimum of one row for each side of duct less than 12 inches Duct
162. 2 4 Vapor Retarder Vapor Barrier Upon completion of installation of insulation penetrations shall be caulked Two coats of vapor retarder coating or vapor barrier jacket shal be applied over insulation including removable sections with a layer of open mesh synthetic fabric embedded between the coats The total dry thickness of the finish shall be 1 16 inch Caulking or vapor barrier tape shall be applied to parting line between equipment and removable section insulation 3 4 3 Insulation for Hot Equi pment Insulation shall be furnished on equipment handling media above 60 degrees F including the following a Heat exchangers b Pumps handling media above 130 degrees F c Air separation tanks d Surge tanks e Unjacketed boilers or parts of boilers f Boiler flue gas connection from boiler to stack if inside g Induced draft fans EAE e Insulation Insulation shall be suitable for the temperature encountered Shell and tube type heat exchangers shall be insulated for the temperature of the SECTION 23 07 00 Page 31 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 shell medium Insulation thickness for hot equipment shall be determined using Table 6 Legend RMF Rigid Mineral Fiber FMF Flexible Mineral Fiber CS Calcium Silicate PL Perlite CG Cellular Glass PG Flexible Elastomeric Cellular PF Phenolic Foam PCs Polyisocyanurate Foam TABLE 6 Insulation Thickness for Hot Equipment Inches and F Equipment
163. 2004 Standard for Welded and Seamless Wrought Steel Pipe 2006 Pressure Gauges and Gauge Attachments 2007 Addenda 2008 Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section IX Welding and SECTION 23 11 25 Page 2 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Brazing Qualifications ASME BPVC SEC VII Dl 2007 Addenda 2008 Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section VIII Pressure Vessels Division 1 Basic Coverage ASTM INTERNATIONAL ASTM ASTM 01 01 2008 Steel Piping Tubing Fittings ASTM A 105 A 105M 2005 Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Forgings for Piping Applications ASTM A 181 A 181M 2006 Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Forgings for General Purpose Piping ASTM A 513 2008 Standard Specification for Electric Resistance Welded Carbon and Alloy Steel Mechanical Tubing ASTM A 53 A 53M 2007 Standard Specification for Pipe Steel Black and Hot Dipped Zinc Coated Welded and Seamless ASTM A 666 2003 Standard Specification for Annealed or Cold Worked Austenitic Stainless Stee Sheet Strip Plate and Flat Bar ASTM B 210 2004 Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Drawn Seamless Tubes ASTM B 241 B 241M 2002 Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Seamless Pipe and Seamless Extruded Tube ASTM B 280 2008 Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube for Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Service ASTM B 88 2003 Standard Specification for Sea
164. 22 5 Modulate all VAV boxes to minimum air flow and verify that the static pressure does not exceed the high static pressure shutdown setpoint 6 Return all VAV boxes to auto c Occupied mode of operation economizer de energized 1 Outside air damper at minimum position 2 Return air damper open 3 Relief air damper at minimum position 4 Chilled water control valve modulating to maintain leaving air temperature set point Setpoint deg F Actual deg F 5 Fan VAV controller receiving signal from duct static pressure sensor and modulating fan to maintain supply duct static pressure set point Setpoint inches wg Actual inches wg d Occupied mode of operation economizer energized 1 Outside air damper modulated to maintain mixed air temperature set point Setpoint deg F Actual ____ deg F Outside air damper position 2 Relief air damper modulates with outside air damper according to sequence of operation Relief air damper position ____________ 3 Chilled water control valve modulating to maintain leaving air temperature set point Setpoint deg F Actual deg F 4 Hot water control valve modulating to maintain leaving air SECTION 23 08 00 00 10 Page 36 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 temperature set point Setpoint SECTION 23 08 00 00 10 Page 37 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Functional Performance Test Checklist cont Variable Volume Air Han
165. 27 28 1 6 The Contractor s Chief Quality Control the QC Checklist b Sequencing for Activities W9126G 09 R 0105 The sequencing specified for activities indicates the earliest the activity may begin c Abbreviations approval of and ACO TYPE wm MNMMMMMMMMM WN E S QUALITY CONTROL QC n TABLE TABLE DESCRI PTI ON Factory Test Procedures Perform Factory Test Factory Test Report Existing Conditions Report Design Drawings Product Data Sheets Network Bandwidth Calculations Pre construction QC Checklist Install UMCS Start Up and Start Up Testing Post Construction QC Checklist Computer Software Start Up and Start Up Testing Report Draft As Built Drawings PVT Phase Procedures PVT Phase PVT Phase Report Preventive Maintenance Work Plan O amp M Instructions Basic Operator Training Documentation Basic Operator Training PVT Phase I1 PVT Phase I Report Final As Built Drawings Advanced Operator Training Documentation Advanced Operator Training Operator Refresher Training Documentation Operator Refresher Training Closeout QC Checklist CHECKLISTS QC in APPENDIX A and submit SECTION 25 10 10 the abbreviation AAO is used for is used for after completion of Representative shal a Pre Construction QC Checklist after PROJ ECT SEQUENCING SEQUENCING START OF ACTIVITY or DEADLINE FOR SUBMITTAL AAO 1 14 days 30 days 45 days 45 days 45 da
166. 3 2007 Amendment 4 2008 Liquefied Petroleum Gas Code NFPA 70 2007 AMD 1 2008 National Electrica Code 2008 Edition SHEET METAL AND AIR CONDITIONING CONTRACTORS NATIONAL ASSOCIATI ON SMACNA SMACNA Seismic Restraint Mnl 1998 Addendum 2000 2nd Ed Seismic Restraint Manual Guidelines for Mechanical Systems THE SOCIETY FOR PROTECTIVE COATINGS SSPC SSPC SP 6 2000 E 2004 Commercial Blast Cleaning U S DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE DOD UFC 3 310 04 2007 Seismic Design for Buildings UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES UL UL Gas amp Oil Dir 2008 Flammable and Combustible Liquids and Gases Equipment Directory SECTION 23 11 25 Page 4 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 1 2 SYSTEM DESCRI PTI ON The gas piping system includes natural gas piping and appurtenances from point of connection with supply system as indicated to gas operated equipment within the facility Submit operation and maintenance data in accordance with 23 03 00 00 20 BASIC MECHANCIAL MATERIALS AND METHODS applies to this section with additions and modifications specified herein Provide cathodically protected insulating joints connecting aboveground piping fromthe meter to the building with lightning arrestors zinc grounding cells conforming to API RP 2003 installed where indicated Lead Gas Facility System and Equipment Operation Include shop drawings showing piping layout locations of system valves gas line markers step by step pro
167. 3 4 1 Equipment and Component Isolation Prior to testing equipment and components that cannot withstand the tests shall be properly isolated 3 4 2 Pressure Tests Each piping system shall be hydrostatically tested at a pressure not less than 188 psig for period of time sufficient to inspect every joint in the system and in no case less than 2 hours Test pressure shall be monitored by a currently calibrated test pressure gauge Leaks shall be repaired and piping retested until test requirements are met No leakage or reduction in gage pressure shall be allowed Leaks shall be repaired by rewelding or replacing pipe or fittings Caulking of joints will not be permitted Concealed and insulated piping shall be tested in place before concealing SECTION 23 64 26 Page 31 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Submit for approval pressure tests reports covering the above specified piping pressure tests describe the systems tested test results defects found and repaired and signature of the pressure tests director Obtain approval fromthe QC Manager before concealing piping or applying insulation to tested and accepted piping 3 4 3 Condenser Water Quality Test Reports The condenser water system shall be analyzed by the water treatment company a minimum of once a month for a period of one year after system acceptance Submit for approval the specified condenser water quality test reports The analysis and resulting rep
168. 3 65 00 00 10 Page 6 Lackland AFB Airmen Training Complex ATC Dormitory 1 LKATCD1 AMENDMENT 0003 Institue CTI Factory fabricated factory assembled towers which are shipped to the job site in separate cells or modules shall be provided with all appropriate manufacturer s hardware for assembly in the field Factory fabricated field assembled towers shall be assembled and adjusted at the job site by a factory representative 2 5 2 Framework Casing and Supports Towers shall be designed and constructed to withstand a wind pressure of not less than 30 pound force per square foot psf on external surfaces Framework structural supports and equipment supports shall be zinc coated steel Casing exterior enclosing walls shall be constructed of zinc coated steel or FRP Materials provided for framework casings and equipment supports shall be compatible Structural supports shall be provided in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer of the tower unless otherwise indicated 2 5 3 Foundations Cooling tower foundations shall meet the requirements of the cooling tower manufacturer and be as indicated Foundation design shall be based on the load conditions and soil bearing value indicated Foundation calculations shall be submitted with the equipment drawings 2 5 4 Stairways and Ladders Provide stairs 60 degree ship ladders or straight rung ladders of standard design starting at ground level and extending as high
169. 58 and MSS SP 69 2 6 8 Escutcheons Provide one piece or split hinge metal plates for piping entering floors walls and ceilings in exposed spaces Secure plates in place by internal Spring tension or set screws Provide polished stainless steel plates or chromium plated finish on copper alloy plates in finished spaces Provide paint finish on metal plates in unfinished spaces 2 6 9 Expansion Joints 2 6 9 1 Slip Tube Type Slip tube expansion joints ASTM F 1007 Class or Il Joints shall be provided with internally externally alignment guides injected semi plastic packing and service outlets End connections shall be flanged or beveled for welding as indicated Initial settings shall be made in accordance with the manufacturer s recommendations to compensate for ambient temperature at time of installation Pipe alignment guides shall be installed as recommended by the joint manufacturer 2 6 9 2 Flexible Ball Type Flexible ball expansion joints shall be capable of 360 degrees rotation plus 15 degrees angular flex movement Joints shall be constructed of carbon steel with the exterior spherical surface of carbon steel balls plated with a minimum 5 mils of hard chrome in accordance with j MA Stds Joint end connections shall be threaded for piping 2 inches or smaller Joint end connections larger than 2 inches shall be grooved flanged or beveled for welding Provide joint with pressure molded composition gaskets suitable for continuous ope
170. 64 00 00 10 Page 11 Lackland AFB Airmen Training Complex ATC Dormitory 1 LKATCD1 2 AMENDMENT 0003 including controls valves piping and additional storage vessels to allow cooling of chilled water by transferring heat to cold condenser water without operating the compressor This shall be a factory installed option on the centrifugal chiller The following details shall apply 1 Changeover from free cooling to mechanical cooling shall be initiated by the chiller plant controller 2 Interlock between free cooling cycle and normal operational cycle shall be provided to prevent compressor start up or operation during unsafe conditions 3 Manufacturers with systems requiring spray pumps shall be responsible for any special foundations required to provide adequate pump NPSH Net Positive Suction Head When pump is used provide necessary pump starter disconnect and wiring 4 Where spray nozzles are used provide access provision for removal and cleaning of nozzles B The contractor can as an option provide a plate frame heat exchanger with all the necessary piping pumps and controls to meet this performance Operation must be automatic and provide for switching from chiller to heat exchanger and back C Free cooling system shall provide a minimum of 10 OF delta T from entering to leaving water at 45 OF entering cooling water temperature and 2 3 evaporator flow rate and a minimum of 8 OF delta T from entering to lea
171. 998 Rev thru Mar 2006 Energy Management Equi pment 1 2 DEFINITIONS The following list of definitions may contain terms not found elsewhere in this Section but are included here for completeness Le 21 Application Specific Controller A device that is furnished with a pre established built in application that is configurable but not re programmable An ASC has a fixed factory installed application program i e Program ID with configurable settings SECTION 25 10 10 Page 3 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 1 2 2 Binary A two state system where an ON condition is represented by a high signa level and an OFF condition is represented by a low signal level Digital is sometimes used interchangeably with binary 1 2 3 Binding The act of establishing communications between CEA 09 1B devices by associating the output of a device to the input of another 1 2 4 Building Control Network The CEA 709 1B control network installed under Section 23 09 23 DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL FOR HVAC AND OTHER LOCAL BUILDING SYSTEMS consisting of a backbone and one or more local control busses 12s 5 Building Point of Connection BPOC The BPOC is the point of connection between the UMCS network backbone an IP network and the building control network backbone The hardware at this location that provides the connection is referred to as the BPOC Hardware In general the term BPOC Location means the place where this
172. A review of all topics in Basic Operator Training b CEA 709 1B 1 Network Management c M amp C Software Graphic Generation d M amp C Software Application Programming M amp C Software Programming Language e System Administrator including Operating System maintenance passwords networking firewalls and anti virus software 8 4 Operator Refresher Training The refresher course shall be taught at the project site for a period of two training days when approved by the Government and as specified in paragraph PROJECT SEQUENCING A maximum of ten personnel will attend the course The course shall be structured to address specific topics that the students need to discuss and to answer questions concerning the operation of the system Upon completion of the course the students should be fully proficient in system operation and have no unanswered questions regarding operation of the installed UMCS Any systemfailures discovered during the Operator Refresher Training shall be corrected by the Contractor at no cost SECTION 25 10 10 Page 46 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 to the Government SECTION 25 10 10 Page 47 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 APPENDIX A QC CHECKLIST This checklist is not all inclusive of the requirements of this specification and should not be interpreted as such This checklist is for check one Pre Construction QC Checklist Submittal Items 1 3 _ Pos
173. AL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERS 1 EEE EEE C02 41 1 2002 IEEE Guide on the Surges Environment in Low Voltage 1000 V and Less AC Power Circuits JER Co 41 2 2002 IEEE Recommended Practice on Characterization of Surges in Low Voltage 1000 V and Less AC Power Circuits EEE Std 142 1991 Errata 2006 Recommended Practice for Grounding of Industrial and Commercia Power Systems EEE Green Book Color Book Series LONMARK INTERNATI ONAL LonMark LonMark Interoperability Guide 2002 LonMark Application Layer Interoperability Guide Version 3 3 LonMark XIF Guide 2001 LonMark External Interface File Reference Guide Revision 4 0B NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION NEMA NEMA 250 2003 Enclosures for Electrical Equipment 1000 Volts Maxi mum NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION NFPA NFPA 70 2007 AMD 1 2008 National Electrical Code 2008 Edition NFPA 90A 2008 Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems SECTION 23 09 23 Page 2 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 4 UL UL UL UL UL l2 U S NATIONAL ARCHIVES AND RECORDS ADMINISTRATION NARA CFR 15 Radio Frequency Devices UNDERWRI TERS LABORATORIES UL 1585 1998 Rev thru May 2006 UL Standard for Safety Class 2 and Class 3 Transformers Fourth Edition 555 2006 Standard for Fire Dampers EN 1999 Rev thru Jul 2006 Smoke Dampers 916 1998 Rev thru Mar 2006 Energy
174. B U 0 35 C S5 1 0 Ce Ters TYPE OF MOUNTI NG SECTION 23 05 48 00 40 BASE Page 6 AND MINIMUM DEFLECTION IN INCHES Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 2 20 FOOT 30 FOOT 40 FOOT ROOF SPAN ROOF SPAN ROOF SPAN TYPE EQUI PMENT PROVI SI ONS PROVI SI ONS PROVI SI ONS 3 PIPE AND DUCT VIBRATION ISOLATI ON Type G Isolators shall be devices with in series contained steel springs and preformed fibrous glass or chloroprene elastomer elements for connecting to building structure attachments Devices shall be loaded by Supported system during operating conditions to produce a minimum spring and elastomer static deflection of 1 inch and 3 8 inch respectively Type H Isolators shall be devices with contained chloroprene el astomer elements for connecting to building structure attachments Devices shal be loaded by supported system during operating conditions to produce a minimum elastomer static deflection of 3 8 inch Type J Isolators shall be devices with elastomers mounted on floor supported columns or directly on the floor Devices shall be loaded by supported system during operating conditions to produce a minimum elastomer static deflection of 3 8 inch 3 1 Floor Mounted Piping Type K Isolators shall be devices with springs mounted on floor supported columns or directly on the floor Devices shall be loaded by supported system during operating conditions to produce a minimum Spring static de
175. CAN WATER WORKS ASSOCIATION AWWA AWWA C606 2006 Grooved and Shouldered joints AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY AWS AWS A5 8 A5 8M 2004 Errata 2004 Specification for Filler Metals for Brazing and Braze Welding AWS B2 2 1991 Brazing Procedure and Performance Qualification ASME INTERNATIONAL ASME ASME Bl 20 1 1983 R 2006 Pipe Threads General Purpose Inch ASME B16 11 2005 Forged Fittings Socket Welding and Threaded ASME B16 15 2006 Cast Bronze Threaded Fittings Classes 125 and 250 ASME B16 18 2001 R 2005 Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings ASME B16 20 1998 Addenda A 2000 R 2004 Metallic Gaskets for Pipe Flanges Ring Joint Spiral Wound and J acketed ASME B16 22 2001 R 2005 Standard for Wrought Copper SECTION 23 52 00 00 10 Page 1 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings ASME B16 26 2006 Standard for Cast Copper Alloy Fittings for Flared Copper Tubes ASME B16 3 2006 Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings Classes 150 and 300 ASME B16 34 2004 Valves Flanged Threaded and Wel ding End ASME B16 39 1998 R 2006 Standard for Malleable Iron Threaded Pipe Unions Classes 150 250 and 300 ASME B16 4 2006 Standard for Gray Iron Threaded Fittings Classes 125 and 250 ASME B16 5 2003 Standard for Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings NPS 1 2 Through NPS 24 ASME B16 9 2007 Standard for Factory Made Wr
176. CTI VE W9126G 09 R 0105 1 Verify M amp C software has the capability of performing demand limiting strategies I N TI AL REQU REMENTS CONDI TI ONS 1 Submittals a The contractor shal equipment being monitored b The contractor shal provide documentation of the specific provide documentation of the load shed priority and the equipment associated with the priorities 2 Equipment a The Contractor shal demand limit strategies 3 Reference Documentation ae VILIS manual testing user Date of Test Time of Test Contractor s Representative Government s Representative 4 5 6 7 TEST PROCEDURES Item Action Item UMS 1 From the home page of the M amp C go to or click on the graphical demand limiting page NOUEC Si 5 aa De ETALE cos 2 Document the present kW load _ __ 2 NOC Se a oN CITALA ua 3 Set kWlimit setpoint to cause programto shed load Notes SECTION 25 provide GPPC and ASC programmed for documentation and sections pertaining to the Expected Results Approved The demand limiting page will open without any errors The M amp C will display the actual kW 08 10 Page 59 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC Item Action Item 4 Turn off 25 of the mechanical equipment being monitored NOTESIE 5 aa a a a 5 Allow the building s to remain at 75 for a given time as to generate a temperature load NOC Ss eS nF AA ee NJ 6 After time period has
177. CTION 23 09 23 Page 28 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 rating greater than its connected load Contacts shall open or close upon drop of temperature below setpoint as shown and shall remain in this state until reset 2 8 18 2 Pipe Mount Temperature Limit Switch Aquastat Pipe mount temperature limit switches aquastats shall have a field adjustable setpoint between 60 and 90 degrees F an accuracy of 3 6 degrees F and a 10 degrees F fixed deadband The switch shall have two sets of contacts and each contact shall have a rating greater than its connected load Contacts shall open or close upon change of temperature above or below setpoint as shown 2 8 19 Damper End Switches Each end switch shall be a hermetically sealed switch with a trip lever and over travel mechanism The switch enclosure shall be suitable for mounting on the duct exterior and shall permit setting the position of the trip lever that actuates the switch The trip lever shall be aligned with the damper blade 2 9 NDI CATI NG DEVICES All indicating devices shall display readings in English inch pound units 2 9 1 Thermometers Thermometers shall not contain mercury Unless otherwise specified thermometers shall have an accuracy of 3 of scale range Thermometers shall have a range suitable for the application with an upper end of the range not to exceed 150 of the design upper limit 2 9 1 1 Piping System Thermometers Piping s
178. CTION 23 11 25 FACILITY GAS PIPING 11 08 PART 1 GENERAL E 1 REFERENCES The publications listed below forma part of this specification to the extent referenced The publications are referred to within the text by the basic designation only AMERI CAN GAS ASSOCIATI ON AGA AGA B109 1 2000 Diaphragm Type Gas Displacement Meters Under 500 cubic ft hour Capacity AGA B109 3 2000 Rotary Type Gas Displacement Meters AGA XR0603 2006 AGA Plastic Pipe Manual for Gas Service AMERI CAN NATI ONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE ANSI ANSI 221 45 1995 Flexible Connectors of Other Than All Metal Construction for Gas Appliances AMERI CAN PETROLEUM INSTITUTE API API 570 1998 Addendum 1 2000 Addendum 2 2001 Addendum 3 2003 Addendum 4 2006 Piping Inspection Code API RP 1110 2007 Pressure Testing of Liquid Petroleum Pipelines API RP 2003 2008 Protection Against I gnitions Arising out of Static Lightning and Stray Currents API RP 2009 2002 Safe Welding Cutting and Hot Work Practices in the Petroleum and Petrochemical Industries API Spec 15LR 2001 Specification for Low Pressure Fiberglass Line Pipe and Fittings API Spec 5CT 2005 Errata 2006 Errata 2006 Specification for Casing and Tubing API Spec 6D 2008 Errata 2008 Specification for Pipeline Valves API Std 598 2004 Valve Inspecting and Testing API Std 607 2005 Fire Test for Soft Seated SECTION 23 11 25 Page 1 Lackland Airmen Training Comple
179. CTION 23 82 19 Page 6 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 SECTION 25 08 10 UTILITY MONITORING AND CONTROL SYSTEM TESTING 04 06 PART 1 GENERAL The purpose of this Specification is to define generic Factory Performance Verification and Endurance Test procedures for Utility Monitoring and Control Systems UMCS and building level DDC These tests are to be used to assure that the physical and performance requirements of UMCS and building level DDC are tested and that the test results are adequately documented The Government will base certain contractual decisions on the results of these tests 1 1 REFERENCES The publications listed below forma part of this specification to the extent referenced The publications are referred to within the text by the basic designation only CONSUMER ELECTRONICS ASSOCIATION CEA CEA 709 18 2002 Control Network Protoco Specification CEA 709 3 1999 Free Topology Twisted Pair Channe Specification CEA 852 A 2004 Tunneling Component Network Protocols Over Internet Protocol Channels 1 2 DEFINITIONS 1 2 1 Al gorithm A set of well defined rules or procedures for solving a problem or providing an output froma specific set of inputs 1 2 2 Analog A continuously varying signal value temperature current velocity etc 1 2 3 Analog to Digital A D Converter An A D converter is a circuit or device whose input is information in analog form and whose output is the same
180. Chemicals shall meet required federal state and local environmental regulations for the treatment of boilers and discharge to the sanitary sewer The services of a company regularly engaged in the treatment of boilers shall be used to determine the correct chemicals and concentrations required for water treatment The company shall maintain the chemical treatment and provide all chemicals required for a period of 1 year fromthe date of occupancy Filming amines and proprietary chemicals shall not be used The water treatment chemicals shall remain stable throughout the operating temperature range of the system and shall be compatible with pump seals and other elements of the system 2d Boiler Water Limits The boiler manufacturer shall be consulted for the determination of the boiler water chemical composition limits The boiler water limits shall be as follows unless dictated differently by the boiler manufacturer s recommendations Causticity 20 200 ppm Total Alkalinity CACO3 900 1200 ppm Phosphate 30 60 ppm SECTION 23 52 00 00 10 Page 23 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Tanin Medium Dissolved Solids 3000 5000 ppm Suspended Solids 300 ppm Max Sodium Sulfite 20 40 ppm Max Silica Less than 150 ppm Dissolved Oxygen Less than 7 ppm Iron 10 ppm pH Condensate 7 8 Sodium Sulfite 20 40 ppm Hardness Less than 2 ppm pH 9 3 9 9 2 12 2 Chemical Feed Pumps One pump shall be provided for each chemical feed tan
181. Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 user manuals for all software delivered for this project shall be submitted with the software SD 05 Design Data Network Bandwidth Usage Calculations G DO Four copies of the Network Bandwidth Usage Calculations SD 06 Test Reports Existing Conditions Report G DO Four copies of the Existing Conditions Report Factory Test Procedures G DO Four copies of the Factory Test Procedures The Factory Test Procedures may be submitted as a Technical Data Package Factory Test Report G DO Four copies of the Factory Test Report The Factory Test Report may be submitted as a Technical Data Package Start Up and Start Up Testing Report G DO Four copies of the Start Up and Start Up Testing Report The Start Up and Testing report may be submitted as a Technical Data Package PVT Phase Procedures G DO Four copies of the PVT Phase Procedures The PVT Procedures may be submitted as a Technical Data Package PVT Phase Report G DO Four copies of the PVT Phase Report The PVT Phase Report may be submitted as a Technical Data Package PVT Phase II Report G DO Four copies of the PVT Phase Report The PVT Phase II Report may be submitted as a Technical Data Package Post Construction QC Checklist G DO Four copies of the Post Construction QC Checklist SD 10 Operation and Maintenance Data Preventive Maintenance Work Plan G DO Four copies of the Preventive Maintenance Work Plan The Preven
182. D 520 Type Where more than one coat of paint is specified apply the second coat after the preceding coat is thoroughly dry Lightly sand damaged painting and retouch before applying the succeeding coat Color of finish coat shall be aluminum or light gray a Temperatures Less Than 120 Degrees F Immediately after cleaning the metal surfaces subject to temperatures less than 120 degrees F shall receive one coat of pretreatment primer applied to a mini mum SECTION 23 64 26 Page 22 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 2 dry film thickness of 0 3 mil one coat of primer applied to a minimum dry film thickness of one mil and two coats of enamel applied to a minimum dry filmthickness of one mil per coat b Temperatures Between 120 and 400 degrees F Metal surfaces Subject to temperatures between 120 and 400 degrees F shal receive two coats of 400 degrees F heat resisting enamel applied to a total minimumthickness of 2 mils c Temperatures Greater Than 400 degrees F Metal surfaces subject to temperatures greater than 400 degrees F shall receive two coats of 600 degrees F heat resisting paint applied to a total minimum dry film thickness of 2 mils 14 FACTORY APPLIED NSULATI ON Factory insulated items installed outdoors are not required to be fire rated As a minimum factory insulated items installed indoors shal have a flame spread index no higher than 75 and a smoke developed index no higher than 150 Fa
183. DIGITAL CONTROL FOR HVAC AND OTHER BUILDING SYSTEMS index of tests provides a summary of which items numbers W9126G 09 R 0105 TEST PROCEDURES Test Index The following is an index of tests Tests one through twenty contain specific item s that apply to and 23 09 23 The following apply to which specification Sect 23 09 23 Test No Test Title Sect 25 10 10 UMCS DDC for HVAC One Initial System Items 1 thru 15 Items 16 thru 32 Equipment Verification Two System Start up Items 1 thru 4 Items 5 and 6 Three Monitor and Control Items 1 thru 5 Not Applicable Software Four Graphic Display of Data Items 1 thru 18 Not Applicable Five Graphic Navigation Scheme Items 1 and 2 Not Applicable Si Xx Command Functions Items 1 thru 6 Not Applicable Seven Command Input Errors Items 1 thru 6 Items 1 thru 6 Ei ght Special Functions Item 1 Not Applicable Ni ne Software Editing Tools Items 1 thru 42 Items 1 thru 42 Ten Scheduling Items 1 thru 7 Items 8 thru 10 Eleven Alarm function Items 1 thru 15 Item 16 Twelve Trending Items 1 thru 8 Not Applicable Thirteen Demand Limiting Items 1 thru 8 Not Applicable Fourteen Report Generation Items 1 thru 6 Not Applicable Fifteen UPS Test Items 1 thru 5 Not Applicable Sixteen EIA 709 1B to IP Items 1 thru 3 Not Applicable Router Test Seventeen EIA 709 1B Router Not Applicable Items 1 thru 4 and Repeater Eighteen EIA 709 1B Gateway Test Items 1 thru 5 Items 1 thru 5 Nineteen Local Display Panel
184. FIELD PAINTING Color code marking of piping shall be as specified in Section 09 90 00 PAINTS AND COATINGS Ferrous metal not specified to be coated at the factory shall be cleaned prepared and painted as specified in Section 09 90 00 PAINTS AND COATINGS Exposed pipe covering shall be painted as specified in Section 09 90 00 PAINTS AND COATINGS Aluminum sheath over insulation shall not be painted SECTION 23 52 00 00 10 Page 33 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 2 5 TEST OF BACKFLOW PREVENTION ASSEMBLIES Backflow prevention assemblies shall be tested in accordance with Section 22 00 00 PLUMBING GENERAL PURPOSE 6 HEATING SYSTEM TESTS The Contractor shall submit the Qualifications of the firms in charge of installation and testing as specified in the Submittals paragraph Before any covering is installed on pipe or heating equipment the entire heating system s piping fittings and terminal heating units shall be hydrostatically tested and proved tight at a pressure of 1 1 2 times the design working pressure but not less than 100 psi Before pressurizing system for test items or equipment e g vessels pumps instruments controls relief valves rated for pressures below the test pressure shal be blanked off or replaced with spool pieces Before balancing and final operating test test blanks and spool pieces shall be removed and protected instruments and equipment shall be reconnected With equipment ite
185. Fittings Vent piping shall be black steel Fittings shall be black malleable iron or cast iron to suit piping 3 2 3 Gauge Piping Piping shall be copper tubing 3 2 4 Joints Joints between sections of steel pipe and between steel pipe and fittings shall be threaded grooved flanged or welded as indicated or specified Except as otherwise specified fittings 1 inch and smaller shall be threaded fittings 1 1 4 inches and up to but not including 3 inches shal be either threaded grooved or welded and fittings 3 inches and larger shall be either flanged grooved or welded Pipe and fittings 1 1 4 inches and larger installed in inaccessible conduit or trenches beneath concrete floor slabs shall be welded Connections to equipment shall be made with black malleable iron unions for pipe 2 1 2 inches or smaller in diameter and with flanges for pipe 3 inchesinches or larger in diameter Joints between sections of copper tubing or pipe shall be flared soldered or brazed 3 2 4 1 Threaded Joints Threaded joints shall be made with tapered threads properly cut and shal be made perfectly tight with a stiff mixture of graphite and oil or with polytetrafluoroethylene tape applied to the male threads only and in no case to the fittings 3 2 4 2 Welded Joints Welded joints shall be in accordance with paragraph GENERAL REQUI REMENTS unless otherwise specified Changes in direction of piping shall be made with welding fittings only mitering or notchi
186. HEAT COOL OFF switch and providing corresponding outputs d A two position User Input Switch labeled with AUTO and ON positions and providing corresponding outputs e A multi position User Input Switch with OFF and at least two fan Speed positions and providing corresponding outputs 13 DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL DDC HARDWARE 13 4 General Requirements All DDC Hardware shall meet the following requirements a It shall incorporate a service pin which when pressed will cause the DDC Hardware to broadcast its 48 bit NodelD and its ProgramlD over the network The service pin shall be distinguishable and accessible SECTION 23 09 23 Page 31 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 b Iit shall incorporate a light to indicate the device is receiving power c It shall incorporate a TP FT 10 transceiver in accordance with CEA 709 3 and connections for TP FT 10 control network wiring It Shall not have connections to any other network media type d It shall communicate on the network using only the CEA 709 18 protocol e It shall be locally powered link powered devices are not acceptable f LonMark external interface files XIF files as defined in the LonMark XIF Guide shall be submitted for each type of DDC Hardware g Application programs and configuration settings shall be stored in a manner such that a loss of power does not result in a loss of the application program or configuration settings h lt
187. Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC PART 1 E 1 AIR SUPPLY GENERAL REFERENCES W9126G 09 R 0105 SECTION 23 00 00 DISTRIBUTION VENTILATION AND EXHAUST SYSTEMS O1 08 The publications listed below forma part of this specification to the exte AMCA AMCA AMCA AMCA AMCA ARI ARI ARI ARI nt referenced basic designation only The publications are referred to within the text by the AIR MOVEMENT AND CONTROL ASSOCIATION INTERNATIONAL AMCA 201 210 300 301 500 D 2002 Fans and Systems 1999 2001a Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Aerodynamic Performance Rating 2005 Reverberant Room Method for Sound Testing of Fans 2005 Methods for Calculating Fan Sound Ratings from Laboratory Test Data 1998 Laboratory Methods of Testing Dampers for Rating AI R CONDITIONING AND REFRIGERATION INSTITUTE ARI 260 410 430 880 885 DCAACP Guideline D 2001 Addendum 2002 Sound Rating of Ducted Air Moving and Conditioning Equi pment 2001 2002a Standard for Forced Circulation Air Cooling and Air Heating Coils 1999 Standard for Central Station Air Handling Units 1998 2002a Standard for Air Terminals 1998 2002a Procedure for Estimating Occupied Space Sound Levels in the Application of Air Terminals and Air Outlets Online Directory of Certified Applied Air Conditioning Products 1996 Application and Installation of Central Station
188. MTP DDC system shall send an e mai over IP Network The alarm handling node shall be capable of connecting to an IP network and sending e mail via Simple Mail Transfer Protoco SMTP Item Action Item DDC FOR HVAC 16 Initiate an alarm condition such as a fan fail to start NOTES ar lem naea a End of Test Specific Abbreviations Y Yes N No NA Not Applicable SECTION 25 08 10 Page 55 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 TEST NUMBER Twelve TITLE Trending OB ECTI VE 1 To validate the capability for historical trend data collection and presentation 2 To validate the capability for real time trend data collection and presentation I N TI AL REQU REMENTS CONDI TI ONS 1 Submittals a The Contractor shall provide documentation of trending capability in comparison with specification 2 Equipment a Provide GPPC or ASC and workstation server programmed with trend data 3 Reference Documentation a List user manual documentation and sections pertaining to the testing 4 Date of Test _________ 5 Time of Test _ ___ 6 7 Contractor s Representative Government s Representative TEST PROCEDURES Expected Item Action Item Results Approved UMS 1 Set up a trend with a It shall be possible to 1 second sample rate collect data on a 1 second Sample rate 2 LLL NOUOS EY ne oe 8 net Me ie ee nh ey ae Petey Sr he MO on ey See hay tae 2 Set up a trend to start It shall be
189. Modular Mechanical Sealing Assembl y At the option of the Contractor a modular mechanical type sealing assembl y may be installed in the annular space between the sleeve and conduit or pipe in lieu of a waterproofing clamping flange and caulking and sealing specified above The seals shall include interlocking synthetic rubber links shaped to continuously fill the annular space between the pipe conduit and sleeve with corrosion protected carbon steel bolts nuts and pressure plates The links shall be loosely assembled with bolts to forma continuous rubber belt around the pipe with a pressure plate under each bolt head and each nut After the seal assembly is properly positioned in the sleeve tightening of the bolt shall cause the rubber sealing elements to expand and provide a watertight seal between the pipe conduit and the sleeve Each seal assembly shall be sized as recommended by the manufacturer to fit the pipe conduit and sleeve involved 3 2 12 3 Optional Counterflashing As alternates to caulking and sealing the annular space between the pipe and flashing or metal jacket covered insulation and flashing counterflashing may consist of standard roof coupling for threaded pipe up to 6 inches in diameter lead flashing sleeve for dry vents with the sleeve turned down into the pipe to forma waterproof joint or a tack welded or banded metal rain shield around the pipe sealed as indicated 3 2 12 4 Fire Seal Where pipes pass through firewall
190. NG GENERAL PURPOSE Horizontal pipes larger than 2 inches and below 60 degrees F shal be supported on hangers with the addition of a Type 40 protection shield in accordance with MSS SP 69 An insulation insert of cellular glass calcium silicate or perlite above 80 degrees F or the necessary strength polyisocyanurate shall be installed above each shield The insert shall cover not less than the bottom 180 degree arc of the pipe Inserts shall be the same thickness as the insulation and shall extend 2 inches on each end beyond the protection shield When insulation inserts are required per the above and the insulation thickness is less than SECTION 23 07 00 Page 14 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 l inch wooden or cork dowels or blocks may be installed between the pipe and the shield to prevent the weight of the pipe from crushing the insulation as an option to installing insulation inserts The insulation jacket shall be continuous over the wooden dowel wooden block or insulation insert d Vertical pipes shall be supported with either Type 8 or Type 42 riser clamps with the addition of two Type 40 protection shields in accordance with MSS SP 69 covering the 360 degree arc of the insulation An insulation insert of cellular glass or calcium Silicate shall be installed between each shield and the pipe The insert shall cover the 360 degree arc of the pipe Inserts shal be the same thickness as the insulation and
191. Not Applicable Items 1 thru 5 Twenty Network Configuration Items 1 thru 8 Items 1 thru 8 Tool SECTION 25 08 10 Page 12 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Sect 23 09 23 Test No Test Title Sect 25 10 10 UMCS DDC for HVAC Twenty One Custom Tests Item 1 and 2 Item 1 and 2 SECTION 25 08 10 Page 13 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC PVT Checklist OB ECTI VE 1 Inspect test verify that build UFGS 23 09 23 and capable of integrat I N TI AL REQU REMENTS CONDI TI ONS 1 The following tests shall be c submitted by the contractor to the Go Date of Checklist Time of Checklist __________ Contractor s Representative Government s Representative PUMN CHECKLI ST PROCEDURES Item Action Item UMS AND DDC FOR HVAC 1 Draft or Final As Built Drawings Notes 2 222222222222 LLL 2 Network Bandwidth Test Report Notes SECTION 25 W9126G 09 R 0105 ing level DDC systemis compliant with ion with UMCS ompleted and documentation shall be vernment Expected Results Approved Drawings submitted and approved 2 LLL LLL Point schedule s showing all required UMCS SNVTs submitted 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 LLL LLL Point schedules s showing device network addresses submitted 2 2 2 2 2 2 LL LLL Local display panel LDP locations indicated on drawings submitted Test completed accepted and a report documenting results submitted Most recent version of the programming sof
192. OM Bound Instructions shall be indexed and tabbed Instructions in PDF form shall be a single PDF file or multiple PDF files with a PDF file table of contents containing links to the other files O amp M Instructions may be submitted as a Technical Data Package SD 11 Closeout Submittals Closeout QC Checklist G DO Four copies of the Closeout QC Checklist PROJ ECT SEQUENCING TABLE PROJECT SEQUENCING specifies the sequencing of submittals as specified in paragraph SUBMITTALS denoted by an S in the TYPE column and activities as specified in PART 3 EXECUTION denoted by an E in the TYPE column a Sequencing for submittals The sequencing specified for submittals is the deadline by which the submittal must be initially submitted to the Government Following submission there will be a Government review period as specified in Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES If the submittal is not accepted by the Government the Contractor shal revise the submittal and resubmit it to the Government within 14 days of notification that the submittal has been rejected Upon re submittal there shall be an additional Government review period If the submittal is not accepted the process repeats until the submitta is accepted by the Government SECTION 25 10 10 Page 11 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC ITEM me m pa ja ja ja un gt UNE DW COHAM WI amp S WP Fr pai pa jl oo sn o M3 W 21 22 23 24 25 26
193. ONSIBILITIES All TAB work specified herein and in related sections shall be performed under the direct guidance of the TAB Specialist The TAB specialist is required to be onsite on a daily basis to direct TAB efforts The TAB Specialist shall participate in the commissioning process specified in Section 23 08 00 00 10 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC SYSTEMS PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Applicable PART 3 EXECUTION 31 DESIGN REVIEW The TAB Specialist shall review the Contract Plans and Specifications and advise the Contracting Officer of any deficiencies that would prevent the effective and accurate TAB of the system The TAB Specialist shall provide a Design Review Report individually listing each deficiency and the corresponding proposed corrective action necessary for proper system operation 3 2 TAB RELATED HVAC SUBMITTALS The TAB Specialist shall prepare a list of the submittals fromthe Contract Submittal Register that relate to the successful accomplishment of all HVAC TAB The submittals identified on this list shall be accompanied by a letter of approval signed and dated by the TAB Specialist when submitted to the Government The TAB Specialist shall also ensure that the location and details of ports terminals connections etc necessary to perform TAB are identified on the submittals 3 3 TAB SCHEMATIC DRAWINGS AND REPORT FORMS A schematic drawing showing each system component including balancing devices shall be provided for each system Eac
194. PMENT PROVI SI ONS PROVISIONS PROVISIONS PROVI SI ONS Through 20 hp 250 to 300 rpm B U 0 35 C Ue 2 5 C U 2 5 C U 3 5 300 to SECTION 23 05 48 00 40 Page 5 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 ON GRADE ON GRADE ON GRADE BASEMENT 20 FOOT 30 FOOT 40 FOOT TYPE BELOW GRADE FLOOR SPAN FLOOR SPAN FLOOR SPAN EQUIPMENT PROVISIONS PROVISIONS PROVISIONS PROVI SI ONS 500 rpm B U 0 35 C U 1 75 C U 1 75 C U 2 5 500 rpm and over B U 0 35 C U 1 0 C U 1 0 C U 1 75 Over 20 hp 250 t0 300 rpm B U 0 35 C U 2 5 C Cl B 3 5 C Cl B 3 5 300 to 500 rpm B U 0 35 C U 2 5 C Cl B 2 5 C Cl B 3 5 500 rpm and over B U 0 35 C U 1 0 C ClB 1 75 C CIB 2 5 TYPE OF MOUNTING BASE AND MINIMUM DEFLECTION IN INCHES 2 2 5 Cross Flow Cooling Tower Locations 20 FOOT 30 FOOT 40 FOOT ROOF SPAN ROOF SPAN ROOF SPAN TYPE EQUI PMENT PROVI SI ONS PROVI SI ONS PROVI SI ONS Package under tower base to 500 rpm B U 0 35 D U 2 0 D U 2 5 500 rpm and over B U 0 35 D U 1 0 D U 1 75 Field erected under tower base all rpm Under mechanical equi pment Supporting frame to 500 rpm 500 rpm and over TYPE OF MOUNTING BASE AND MINIMUM DEFLECTION IN INCHES 2 2 6 Blow Through Cooling Tower Locations 20 FOOT 30 FOOT 40 FOOT ROOF SPAN ROOF SPAN ROOF SPAN TYPE EQUI PMENT PROVI SI ONS PROVI SI ONS PROVI SI ONS Under tower base to 500 rpm B U 0 35 C 5 2 5 C 5 3 5 500 rpm and over
195. Points overridden including time overridden and identification of operator overriding the point f Run Time Reports A report totalizing the accumulated run time of individual pieces of equipment The operator shall be able define equipment groupings and shall be able to generate reports based on these groupings g Cooling Tower Profiles A cooling tower profile for each cooling tower as shown including 1 Total daily and monthly on time each fan 2 Number of on and off transitions each fan 3 Maximum and minimum daily condenser water temperature and the time of occurrence for the current and previous months h Chiller usage Report A report of the operation of each chiller as shown on a daily and monthly basis including 1 Daily run time in each one of at least 10 discrete loading levels 2 Total on time for each level for the current month 3 Monthly average energy use in kWh or Mbtu for total on time at each evel 5 UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY UPS The uninterruptible power supply UPS shall be a self contained device Suitable for installation and operation at the location of Server and Workstation hardware and shall be sized to provide a minimum of 20 minutes of operation of the connected hardware Equipment connected to the UPS shall not be affected in any manner by a power outage of a duration less than the rated capacity of the UPS UPS shall be complete with al necessary power supplies transformers ba
196. QUI PMENT Provide materials and equipment which are the standard products of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacture of the products and that essentially duplicate items that have been in satisfactory use for at least 2 years prior to bid opening Asbestos or products containing asbestos are not allowed Submit catalog data and installation instructions for pipe valves all related system components pipe coating materials and application procedures Conformto NFPA 54 and with requirements specified herein Provide supply piping to appliances or equipment at least as large as the inlets thereof 232 GAS PIPING SYSTEM AND FITTINGS 22 1 Steel Pipe Joints and Fittings a Pipe Black carbon steel in accordance with ASTM A 53 A 53M Schedule 40 threaded ends for sizes 2 inches and smaller otherwise plain end beveled for butt welding b Threaded Fittings ASME B16 3 black malleable iron c Socket Welding Fittings ASME B16 11 forged steel d Butt Welding Fittings ASME B16 9 with backing rings of compatible material e Unions ASME B16 39 black malleable iron f Flanges and Flanged Fittings ASME B16 5 steel flanges or convoluted steel flanges conforming to ASME BPVC SEC VIII DI with flange faces having integral grooves of rectangular cross sections which afford containment for self energizing gasket material Provide steel pipe conforming to ASME B36 10M and malleable iron threaded fittings conforming to ASME B16 1 a
197. R 600 VOLTS 6 INDOOR AIR QUALITY All equipment and components furnished as part of this Section shal comply with the requirements of ASHRAE 62 1 unless more stringent requirements are specified herein a DUCT SYSTEMS 1 1 Metal Ductwork All aspects of metal ductwork construction including all fittings and components shall comply with SMACNA HVAC Duct Const Stds unless otherwise specified Elbows shall be radius type with a centerline radius of 1 5 times the width or diameter of the duct where space permits Otherwise elbows having a minimum radius equal to the width or diameter of the duct or square elbows with factory fabricated turning vanes may be used Ductwork shall meet the requirements of Seal Class A and C All ductwork in VAV systems upstream of the VAV boxes shall meet the requirements of Seal Class A Sealants shall conform to fire hazard classification specified in Section 23 07 00 THERMAL INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS and shall be suitable for the range of air distribution and ambient SECTION 23 00 00 Page 8 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 temperatures that it will be exposed to Do not use pressure sensitive tape as a sealant Spiral lock seam duct and flat oval shall be made with duct sealant and locked with not less than 3 equally spaced drive screws or other approved methods indicated in SMACNA HVAC Duct Const Stds Apply the sealant to the exposed male part of the fitting collar so that t
198. Section 23 64 26 CHILLED CHILLED HOT AND CONDENSER WATER PIPING SYSTEMS 2 14 2 Water or Steam Heating System Accessories The requirements for water or steam heating accessories such as expansion tanks and steamtraps are specified in Section 23 52 00 00 10 WATER AND STEAM HEATING OIL GAS OR BOTH UP TO 20 MBTUH 2 14 3 Condensate Drain Lines Provide and install condensate drainage for each item of equipment that generates condensate in accordance with Section 22 00 00 PLUMBING GENERAL PURPOSE or 23 64 26 CHILLED CHILLED HOT AND CONDENSER WATER PIPING SYSTEMS except as modified herein SECTION 23 00 00 Page 25 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 2 14 4 Backflow Preventers The requirements for backflow preventers are specified in Section 22 00 00 PLUMBI NG GENERAL PURPOSE 14 5 Insulation The requirements for shop and field applied insulation are specified in Section 23 07 00 THERMAL INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS 14 6 Controls The requirements for controls are specified in Section 23 05 93 00 10 TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING OF HVAC SYSTEMS and Section 23 09 23 DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL FOR HVAC AND OTHER LOCAL BUILDING SYSTEMS PART 3 EXECUTI ON 3 3 1 I NSTALLATI ON Installation shall be as shown and according to the manufacturer s diagrams recommendations and manufacturer s installation instructions 1 1 Condensate Drain Lines Water seals shall be provided in the condensate drain
199. System Tests Fuel System Tests Test reports for the heating systemtests and the fuel system test upon completion of testing complete with results Water Treatment Testing G a The water quality test report shall identify the chemi cal composition of the boiler water The report shall include a comparison of the condition of the boiler water with the manufacturer s recommended conditions Any required corrective action shall be documented within the report SD 07 Certificates Continuous Emissions Monitoring Written certification by the boiler manufacturer that each boiler furnished complies with Federal state and local regulations for emissions The certification shall also include a description of applicable emission regulations If any boiler is exempt fromthe emission regulations the certification shall indicate the reason for the exemption SD 10 Operation and Maintenance Data Operation and Maintenance Manuals Six complete copies of the manual in bound 8 1 2 x 11 inch booklets List step by step procedures required for system startup operation abnormal shutdown emergency shutdown and SECTION 23 52 00 00 10 Page 6 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 1 1 normal shutdown at least 4 weeks prior to the first training course The booklets shall include the manufacturer s name mode number and parts list The manuals shall include the manufacturer s name model number service manual and a brief desc
200. T 10 to IP Routers or IP Routers as specified b The systemshall perform supervisory monitoring and control functions including but not limited to Scheduling Alarm Handling Trending Report Generation and Electrical Peak Demand Limiting as specified c The system shall include a user interface which provide a Graphica User Interface which shall allow for graphical navigation between systems graphical representations of systems access to real time data for systems ability to override points in a system access to al Supervisory monitoring and control functions d All software used by the UMCS shall be licensed to and delivered to the installation as specified e All necessary documentation configuration information configuration tools programs drivers and other software shall be licensed to and otherwise remain with the Government such that the Government or their agents are able to performrepair replacement upgrades and expansions of the system without subsequent or future dependence on the Contractor f The Contractor shall provide sufficient documentation and data including rights to documentation and data such that the Government or their agents can execute work to performrepair replacement upgrades and expansions of the system without subsequent or future dependence on the Contractor g All communication between the UMCS and building networks shall be via the CEA 709 1B8 protocol over the IP network in accordance wit
201. Thermal Performance The fluid cooler shall be capable of cooling 905 gpm of water from 97 F to 82 F at a design entering air wet bulb temperature of 77 F Coil pressure drop shall not exceed 8 0445 psi The thermal performance rating shall be Certified by the Cooling Technology Institute AM 3 2 4 2 Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic FRP FRP components shall be inert corrosion resistant and fire retardant with a thickness of 12 ounces per square foot FRP components shall contain an ultraviolet UV ray inhibitor as per CTI Std 137 Grade 1 or 3 2 4 3 Polyvinyl Chloride PVC Formed Sheets ASTM D 1784 Type I Grade 1 with a flame spread rating of 25 or less per ASTM E 84 2 4 4 Concrete Concrete shall conform to Section 03 31 00 00 10 CAST IN PLACE STRUCTURAL CONCRETE Exposed concrete shall be rub finished for smooth and uniform surfaces free of form marks and defects Honeycomb concrete shall not be permitted 246 5 Hardware Bolts shall be cadmium plated zinc coated steel or Type 304 stainless steel Each bolt shall be provided with neoprene and cadmium plated steel washers under the heads Nails shall be silicon bronze commercial bronze or stainless steel Hardware shall meet the salt spray fog test as defined by ASTM B 117 2 5 COOLING TOWER 2 5 1 Type Tower shall be the induced mechanical draft type of the counterflow closed circuit fluid cooler design and shall be certified by the Cooling Tower SECTION 2
202. UMCS functionality The Network shall use the following protocols for layers 1 through 7 as defined in the ISO OSI Model a OSI Layer 1 The physical layer shall be in conformance with EEE Std 802 3 Ethernet and operate at at least 100 megabits per second Mbps 100Base T and 100Base FX Higher speed protocols may be used If higher speed physical layers are used bridging hardware shall be provided to ensure compatibility with 100 Mbps devices b OSI Layer 2 The data link layer shall be the IEEE Std 802 2 Logical Link Control LLC Type 1 Class 1 in combination with the IEEE Std 802 3 Protocol c OSI Layer 3 The network layer shall be the Internet Protocol IP RFC 791 the Internet Control Message Protocol ICMP RFC 792 and the Address Resolution Protocol ARP RFC 826 d Layers 4 7 Network shall support all layer 4 protocols supported by IP RFC 791 including but not limited to ICMP RFC 792 IGMP RFC 1112 TCP RFC 793 UDP RFC 768 1GP RFC 1371 GRE RFC 2784 and protocols required by CEA 852 A SECTION 25 10 10 Page 17 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 2 1 EQUI PMENT REQUI REMENTS 1 1 Product Certifications Computing devices as defined in 47 CFR 15 supplied as part of the UMCS shall be certified to comply with the requirements of Class B computing devices 1 2 Product Sourcing Contractor supplied units of the same type of equipment shall be products
203. Used threaded fitting conforming to ASME B16 3 Use threaded unions conforming to ASME B16 39 Use threaded pipe nipples conforming to ASTM A 733 2 3 2 2 Flanged Connections Flanges shall conform to ASME B16 1 Class 150 Gaskets shall be nonasbestos compressed material in accordance with ASME B16 21 1 16 inch thickness full face or self centering flat ring type These gaskets shal contain aramid fibers bonded with styrene butadeine rubber SBR or nitrile butadeine rubber NBR Bolts nuts and bolt patterns shall conform to ASME B16 1 2 3 2 3 Welded Connections Welded valves and pipe connections both butt welds and socket welds types shall conform to ASME B31 9 Butt welded fittings shall conformto ASME B16 9 Socket welded fittings shall conform to ASME B16 11 Welded fittings shall be identified with the appropriate grade and marking symbol 2 3 2 4 Grooved Mechanical Connections For Stee Rigid grooved mechanical connections may only be used in serviceable aboveground locations where the temperature of the circulating medium does not exceed 230 degrees F Flexible grooved connections shall be used only as a flexible connector with grooved pipe system Unless otherwise specified grooved piping components shall meet the corresponding criteria SECTION 23 64 26 Page 10 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 specified for the similar welded flanged or threaded component specified herein Each grooved mechan
204. Welding No welding shall be done on piping duct or equipment without written approval of the Contracting Officer The capacitor discharge welding process may be used for securing metal fasteners to duct 3 1 6 Pipes Ducts Equipment which Require Insulation Insulation is required on all pipes ducts or equipment except for omitted items as specified 32 PIPE INSULATION SYSTEMS INSTALLATI ON Install pipe insulation systems in accordance with the approved MICA Insulation Stds plates as supplemented by the manufacturer s published installation instructions Jael Pipe Insulation Joha La General Pipe insulation shall be installed on aboveground hot and cold pipeline systems as specified below to forma continuous thermal retarder barrier including straight runs fittings and appurtenances unless specified SECTION 23 07 00 Page 12 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 otherwise Installation shall be with full length units of insulation and using a single cut piece to complete a run Cut pieces or scraps abutting each other shall not be used Pipe insulation shall be omitted on the following a Pipe used solely for fire protection b Chromium plated pipe to plumbing fixtures However fixtures for use by the physically handicapped shall have the hot water supply and drain including the trap insulated where exposed c Sanitary drain lines d Air chambers e Adjacent insulation f ASME stamps g Access plates of
205. ________ 6 7 Contractor s Representative Government s Representative TEST PROCEDURES Expected Item Action Item Results Approved UMS 1 Demonstrate the creation Operator shall be able to of a hierarchical tree organize point data graphic structure for the display in a hierarchica presentation of point tree structure based on any data with at least five organization desired levels A typical organization could be Installation Building Building sub area Main System Unit Terminal Unit 2 2 NODESSS aint uh eens eh fa er Skt Rime On eee e Rae oa ee E eed Aas 2 Demonstrate the creation Operator shall be able or of a hierarchical organize the graphica navigation structure for navigation from page to the graphic pages page using any hierarchica structure desired SECTION 25 08 10 Page 34 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Expected Results Approved Examples Home page to building 1 Building 1 to AHU 1 Building 1 back to Home Page Building 1 to lst Floor Plan AHU 1 back to Building 1 AHU 1 back to Home Page AHU 1 to Terminal Unit Summar y Ist Floor Plan back to Building 1 Ist Floor Plan back to Home Page Ist Floor Plan to Any Terminal Device Terminal Unit Summary back to AHU 1 Terminal Unit Summary back to Building 1 Terminal Unit Summary back to Home Page Terminal Unit Summary to Individual Device Item Action Item NOUCS fe oo ana nA End of Test Specific Abbrevi
206. a presentation of real time shall be presented on a data graphics page LLL NOTCH A cb that nga inte E tee meee ten ob kote ger eta thse AEE eh Mes nares 3 Demonstrate the A user defined parameter presentation of user such as a setpoint shall be SECTION 25 08 10 Page 30 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC Item Action Item entered data NOG E OE A EEES 4 Demonstrate the presentation of a point in override NOTES ru o Oe oe A A A r 5 Demonstrate the presentation of a device in the alarm state MTE ee EO 6 Demonstrate the presentation of data that is out of range NOC Si 5 Sat ten Ae orks te 7 Demonstrate the presentation of missing data controller is offline SECTION 25 W9126G 09 R 0105 Expected Results presented on a graphics page Different types of data and states should be clearly distinguishable from each other Approved An indication of override condition shall be viewable on the graphic page Different types of data and states should be clearly distinguishable from each other An indication of the alarm state shall be viewable on the graphic page Different types of data and states should be clearly distinguishable from each other An indication of out of range condition shall be viewable on the graphic page Different types of data and states should be clearly distinguishable from each other An indication of missing data shall be viewable on the graphic page Di
207. a list of the parts recommended by the manufacturer to be replaced on a routine basis SECTION 23 64 26 Page 6 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 1 Water Treatment Systems G DO An operation manual in bound 8 1 2 by 11 inch booklets listing step by step procedures required for system startup operation abnormal shutdown emergency shutdown and normal shutdown Include testing procedures used in determining water quality A maintenance manual in bound 8 1 2 by 11 inch booklets listing routine maintenance procedures possible breakdowns and repairs and a trouble shooting guide Calibrated Balancing Valves Data Package 3 Automatic Flow Control Valves Data Package 3 Pump Discharge Valve Data Package 2 Water Temperature Mixing Valve Data Package 3 Water Temperature Regulating Valves Data Package 3 Water Pressure Reducing Valve Data Package 3 Pressure Relief Valve Data Package 2 Combi nation Pressure and Temperature Relief Valves Data Package 2 Expansion Joints Data Package 2 Pumps Data Package 3 Combi nation Strainer and Pump Suction Diffuser Data Package 2 Expansion Tanks Data Package 2 Air Separator Tanks Data Package 2 Compression Tanks Data Package 2 G DO 4 MODI FI CATI ONS TO REFERENCES In each of the publications referred to herein consider the advisory provisions to be mandatory as though the word shall had been substituted for should wherever it appears Interpret references in these publ
208. a specific interval of time usually expressed in kW 2 11 Diagnostic Program Machine executable instructions used to detect and isolate system and component malfunctions 2 12 Distributed Control A system whereby all control processing is decentralized and independent of a central computer In regards to a LonWorks based system it also means where the control logic for a single piece of building level control resides in more than one controller node 2513 Gat eway Text 2 14 Graphical User Interface GUI Human machine interfacing allows the operator to manage command monitor and program the system ede kd Integration Establishing communication between two or more systems to create a single system SECTION 25 08 10 Page 2 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 1 2 16 Interoperable Two devices are interoperable if installed into the same system and they communicate with each other without the use of another device Such as a gat eway 1 2 17 LonTal k r Open communication protocol developed by the Echelon r Corporation 1 2 18 LONWORKS r The communication technology developed by Echelon r Corporation for control systems developed The technology is based on the CEA 709 18 protocol and employs interoperable devices along with the capability to openly manage these devices using a network configuration tool 1 2 19 LONMARK r International LONMARK r Interoperability Association Standards commi
209. actuators and positioners for all actuated devices shall be verified and the signal levels shal be recorded for the extreme positions of each device The signa shall be varied from live zero to full range and it shall be verified that the actuators travel from zero stroke to full stroke within the signal range Where applicable it shall be verified that all sequenced actuators move from zero stroke to full stroke in the proper direction and move the connected device in the proper direction from one extreme position to the other c Weather Dependent Test Weather dependent test procedures that cannot be performed by simulation shall be performed in the appropriate climatic season When simulation is used the actual results shall be SECTION 23 09 23 Page 42 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 verified in the appropriate season Test Report Upon completion of the Start Up Test the Contractor shal prepare and submit a Start Up and Start Up Testing Report documenting the results of the tests performed and certifying that the systemis installed and functioning per this specification and is ready for the Performance Verification Test PVT 3 6 PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION TEST PVT 3 6 1 PVT Procedures The performance verification test procedures shall explain step by step the actions and expected results that will demonstrate that the control system performs in accordance with the sequences of operation and other con
210. ainer basket and internal straightening vanes a suction pipe support and a blowdown outlet and plug Strainer shall be in accordance with ASTM F 1199 except as modified and SECTION 23 64 26 Page 15 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Supplemented by this specification Unit body shall have arrows clearly cast on the sides indicating the direction of flow Strainer screen shall be made of minimum 22 gauge brass sheet monel corrosion resistant steel with small perforations numbering not less than 400 per square inchto provide a net free area through the basket of at least 3 30 times that of the entering pipe Flow shall be into the screen and out through the perforations Provide an auxiliary disposable fine mesh strainer which shall be removed 30 days after start up Provide warning tag for operator indicating scheduled date for removal Casing shall have connection sizes to match pump suction and pipe sizes and be provided with adjustable support foot or support foot boss to relieve piping strains at pump suction Provide unit casing with bl owdown port and plug Provide a magnetic insert to remove debris from system 2 6 4 Flexible Pipe Connectors Provide flexible bronze or stainless steel piping connectors with single braid Equip flanged assemblies with limit bolts to restrict maximum travel to the manufacturer s standard limits Unless otherwise indicated the length of the flexible connectors shall be as reco
211. ainless steel Working parts of joints and clevises shall be brass bronze or stainless steel Adjustments of crank arms shall control the open and closed positions of dampers T Damper Types 2 Fe bid Flow Control Dampers Outside air return air relief air exhaust face and bypass dampers shal be provided where shown and shall be parallel blade or opposed blade type as shown on the Damper Schedule Blades shall have interlocking edges and shall be provided with compressible seals at points of contact The channel frames of the dampers shall be provided with jamb seals to minimize air leakage Unless otherwise shown dampers shall be AMCA 500 D Class 2 and shall not leak in excess of 20 cfm per square foot at 4 inches water gauge static pressure when closed Outside air damper seals shall be Suitable for an operating temperature range of 40 to plus 167 degrees F Dampers shall be rated at not less than 2000 ft min air velocity SECTION 23 09 23 Page 19 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 2 7 3 2 Mechanical Rooms and Other Utility Space Ventilation Dampers Utility space ventilation dampers shall be as shown Unless otherwise shown dampers shall be AMCA 500 D class 4 and shall not leak in excess of 80 cfm per square foot at 4 inches water gauge static pressure when closed Dampers shall be rated at not less than 1500 ft min air velocity 2215329 Smoke Dampers Smoke damper and actuator assembly shall meet the current
212. all be graduated in 0 01 inch of water and shal have a minimum range of 1 inch of water beyond the specified final resistance for the filter bank on which each gauge is applied Each gauge shall incorporate a screw operated zero adjustment and shall be furnished complete with two static pressure tips with integral compression fittings two molded plastic vent valves two 5 foot minimumlengths of 1 4 inch diameter vinyl tubing and all hardware and accessories for gauge mounting 2 9 AIR HANDLING UNITS 2 9 1 Factory Fabricated Air Handling Units Units shall be single zone blow through dedicated outside air unit blow through triple deck type as indicated Units shall include fans coils airtight insulated casing prefilters secondary filter sections and adjustable V belt drives belt guards for externally mounted motors access sections where indicated combination sectional filter mixing box vibration isolators and appurtenances required for specified operation Vibration isolators shall be as indicated Each air handling unit shal have physical dimensions suitable to fit space allotted to the unit and shall have the capacity indicated Air handling unit shall be rated in accordance with ARI 430 and ARI certified for cooling 2 9 1 1 Casings Casing sections shall be 2 inch double wall type or as indicated constructed of a minimum 18 gauge galvanized steel or 18 gauge corrosion resisting sheet steel conforming to ASTM A 167 Type 304 dow
213. all data to a remote integrated DDC processor through a single shielded cable The data shall include as a minimum all system operating conditions capacity controls and safety shutdown conditions The control system shall also be capable of receiving at a minimum the following operating commands a Remote Unit Start Stop b Remote Chilled Water Reset om Remote Condenser Water Reset SECTION 23 64 00 00 10 Page 10 Lackland AFB Airmen Training Complex ATC Dormitory 1 LKATCD1 AMENDMENT 0003 AM 3 2 5 4 8 Chiller Plant Controller The chiller plant controller shall provide optimized start stop and runtime control of all chiller plant equipment See control drawings for details AM 3 2 5 5 Compressor s 23 5 SAL Centrifugal Compressor s Centrifugal compressors shall be single or multistage having dynamically balanced impellers either direct or gear driven by the compressor driver Impellers shall be over speed tested at 1 2 times the impeller shaft speed Impeller shaft shall be heat treated alloy steel with sufficient rigidity for proper operation at any required operating speed Centrifugal compressors shall include a Shaft main bearings that are the rolling element type in accordance with ABMA 9 or ABMA 11 journal type with bronze or babbitt liners or of the aluminum alloy one piece insert type Bearings shall be rated for an L 10 life of not less than 200 000 hours b Casing of cast iron aluminu
214. all display a text message SECTION 25 08 10 Page 52 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Expected Item Action Item Results Approved AE T E ETETE AEE EA EEEE AENEA ANEAN 2 Demonstrate the With a simple point and capability of associating click the operator shall a secondary text message have access to the with the alarm secondary text message 22222222L eT ENON ET E E E E E E E A EE E E 3 Acknowl edge the alarm The status of the alarm shall changed to acknowledged The user that acknowledged the alarm shall be recorded along with the date and time of the action oe NOC e at het tr tree oa ten he Path lye i en te ahead on nen eT eben 4 Demonstrate the pop up When the alarm occurs of the alarm window when the alarm window shal an alarm occurs automatically open LLL NOTES 6h Fel ce Ske suk en ohn Bc eye i ie eects E rales tuck R dha es 5 Demonstrate the The numeric page is Capability to send a received numeric page when an alarm occurs L LLL LLL A Se a ee estes a aa a A a a a 6 Demonstrate the The email shall be received capability to send an email when an alarm OC CUTS LLL LLL METES aa a et hh a eh ca a el A ol es Bl Sh i ee id a Sie Ea ee 7 Demonstrate the printing The printer shall print of an alarmon the alarm the alarm DIPRIEMTRG i we Fg eb te ee NOUS 3S ain fuk aap Co ee Sule Ae Ot ee pe abet aod Ok ee Ek ues Ba SECTION 25 08 10 Page 53 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09
215. am of building control network The Riser Diagram of the Building Control Network shall show all network cabling DDC Hardware and Network Hardware including 1 All DDC Hardware with room number and location within room 2 DDC Hardware unique identifiers and common descriptive names 3 All Network hardware with room number and location within room 4 Network hardware unique identifiers 5 All cabling SECTION 23 09 23 Page 40 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 3 6 Room number and location within room of all cabling termi nation points 7 Room number and location within room of all network interface jacks j A single riser diagram shall be submitted for each building k Control System Schematics The control system schematics shall be in the same formas the control system schematic Contract Drawing with Contractor updated information A control system schematic shall be submitted for each HVAC system l Sequences of Operation The HVAC control system sequence of operation and shall be in the same format as the Contract Drawings and shall refer to the devices by their unique identifiers No operationa deviations from specified sequences will be permitted without prior written approval of the Government Sequences of operation shall be submitted for each HVAC control system m Controller Motor Starter and Relay Wiring Diagram The controller wiring diagrams shall be functional wiring diagrams
216. amiliar with details of the work verify dimensions in the field and shall advise the Contracting Officer of any discrepancy before performing any work or ordering any materials 1 3 6 Wel ding Boilers and piping shall be welded and brazed in accordance with qualified procedures using performance qualified welders and welding operators Procedures and welders shall be qualified in accordance with ASME BPVC SEC X Welding procedures qualified by others and welders and welding operators qualified by another employer may be accepted as permitted by ASME B31 1 The Contracting Officer shall be notified 24 hours in advance of tests and the tests shall be performed at the work site if practical The welder or welding operator shall apply his assigned symbol near each weld he makes as a permanent record Structural members shall be welded in accordance with Section 05 05 23 WELDING STRUCTURAL 1 4 MANUFACTURER S SERVICES Services of a manufacturer s representative who is experienced in the installation adjustment and operation of the equipment specified shall be provided The representative shall supervise the installing adjusting and testing of the equipment Lig DELIVERY AND STORAGE Equipment delivered and placed in storage shall be protected fromthe weather humidity and temperature variations dirt and dust and other contami nants PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 BOILERS Each boiler shall have the output capacity in British thermal units per
217. ance of 25 Beach units is acceptable Vapor retarder shall have a maximum flame spread index of 25 and a maximum smoke developed index of 50 when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84 2 1 9 4 Polyvinylidene Chloride PVDC Film Vapor Retarder The PVDC film vapor retarder shall have a maximum moisture vapor transmission of 0 02 perms minimum puncture resistance of 150 Beach units a minimum tensile strength in any direction of 30 b inch when tested per ASTM D 882 and a maximum flame spread index of 25 and a maxi mum smoke developed index of 50 when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84 yee Bato Polyvinylidene Chloride Vapor Retarder Adhesive Tape Requirements must meet the same as specified for Laminated Film Vapor Retarder above 2 1 9 6 Vapor Barrier The vapor barrier shall be greater than 3 ply self adhesive laminate white vapor barrier jacket superior performance less than 0 0000 permeability when tested per ASTM E 96 E 96M Vapor barrier shall meet UL 723 or ASTM E 84 25 flame and 50 smoke requirements and UV resistant Minimum burst strength 185 psi per ASTM D 774 D 774M Tensile strength 68 b inch width PSTC 1000 Tape shall be as specified for laminated film vapor barrier above SECTION 23 07 00 Page 8 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 2 2 1 10 Vapor Retarder Not Required ASTM C 921 Type Il Class D minimum puncture resistance 50 Beach units on all surfaces except ductwork where Type IV
218. anchors shall be applied with a safety factor not less than 5 Supports shall not be attached to metal decking Supports shall not be attached to the underside of concrete filled floors or concrete roof decks unless approved by the Contracting Officer Masonry anchors for overhead applications shall be constructed of ferrous materials only Structural steel brackets required to support piping headers and equipment but not shown shall be provided under this section Material used for support shall be as specified under Section 05 12 00 STRUCTURAL STEEL 3 1 11 Pipe Alignment Guides Pipe alignment guides shall be provided where indicated for expansion loops offsets and bends and as recommended by the manufacturer for expansion joints not to exceed 5 feet on each side of each expansion joint and in lines 4 inches or smaller not more than 2 feet on each side of the joint 324 12 Pipe Anchors Anchors shall be provided where indicated Unless indicated otherwise anchors shall comply with the requirements specified Anchors shall consist of heavy steel collars with lugs and bolts for clamping and attaching anchor braces unless otherwise indicated Anchor braces shall be installed in the most effective manner to secure the desired results using turnbuckles where required Supports anchors or stays shall not be attached where they will injure the structure or adjacent construction during installation or by the wei ght of expansion of the pipel
219. and 2 13 3 Application Specific Controller ASC Application Specific Controllers ASCs have a fixed factory installed application program i e Program D with configurable settings ASCs shall meet the following requirements in addition to the General DDC Hardware and DDC Hardware Input Output 1 0 Function requirements a ASCs shall be LonMark Certified b Unless otherwise approved all necessary Configuration Parameters and network configuration inputs ncis for the sequence and application in which the ASC is used shall be fully configurable through an LNS plug in This plug in shall be submitted as specified for each type of ASC manufacturer and model Note configuration accomplished via hardware settings does not require configuration via plug in c Local Display Panel LDP The Local Display Panel shall be an Application Specific Controller ASC with a display and navigation buttons It shall provide display and adjustment of SNVT inputs and SNVT outputs as shown 2 13 4 General Purpose Programmable Controller GPPC A General Purpose Programmable Controller GPPC is not installed with a fixed factory installed application program GPPCs shall meet the following requirements in addition to the general DDC Hardware requirements and Hardware Input Output 1 0 Function a The programmed GPPC shall conformto the LonMark Interoperability Guide b All programming software required to program the GPPC shall be delivere
220. and headers to a report at the server 36 Demonstrate the time stamping of data in a report at the server Notes 37 Demonstrate the time stamping of the report generation at the server Notes 38 Demonstrate basic mathematical manipulation SECTION 25 W9126G 09 R 0105 Expected Results Approved The graphic display shal change as the dynamic variable changes Operator shall see how to access symbols fromthe Standard symbol library The executed report shal contain data fromthe database The executed report shal contain the comments and headers Data presented in a report shall include the date and time the data was sampled A report shal date and time include the it executed Report shall results of display the the mathematical 08 10 Page 46 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC Item Action Item of data within a report daily averages highs lows etc at the server Notes 39 Demonstrate the operator s ability to select either automatic or manual generation of a report 40 Demonstrate the selection of either display print to printer or print to file 41 Demonstrate how a modified application program is imported into the server database for presentation to the workstations Notes 42 Demonstrate how a new device is added to the server database for presentation to the workstations Notes End of Test W9126G 09 R 0105 Expected Results manipulati
221. and installation shall be as specified under Section 05 12 00 STRUCTURAL STEEL Pipe hanger loads suspended from steel joist between panel points shall not exceed 50 pounds Loads exceeding 50 pounds shall be suspended from panel points 3 2 9 2 Multiple Pipe Runs In the support of multiple pipe runs on a common base member a clip or clamp shall be used where each pipe crosses the base support member Spacing of the base support member shall not exceed the hanger and support Spacing required for any individual pipe in the multiple pipe run The clips or clamps shall be rigidly attached to the common base member A clearance of 1 8 inch shall be provided between the pipe insulation and the clip or clamp for piping which may be subjected to thermal expansion 3 2 10 Anchors Anchors shall be provided where necessary to localize expansion or to prevent undue strain on piping Anchors shall consist of heavy stee collars with lugs and bolts for clamping and attaching anchor braces unless otherwise indicated Anchor braces shall be installed in the most effective manner to secure the desired results using turnbuckles where required Supports anchors or stays shall not be attached where they will injure the structure or adjacent construction during installation or by the weight of expansion of the pipeline SECTION 23 52 00 00 10 Page 30 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 3 2 11 Valves Valves shall be installed where in
222. and of similar size DDC Hardware not meeting the two year field service requirement shall be acceptable provided it has been successfully used by the Contractor in a minimum of two previous projects The equipment items shall be supported by a service organization Items of the same type and purpose shall be identical including equipment assemblies parts and components Manufacturer s catalog data sheets documenting compliance with product specifications shall be submitted as specified for each product installed under this specification 2al 2 Operation Environment Requirements All products shall be rated for continuous operation under the following conditions a Pressure Pressure conditions normally encountered in the installed location b Vibration Vibration conditions normally encountered in the installed location c Temperature 1 Products installed indoors Ambient temperatures in the range of 32 to 112 degrees F and temperature conditions outside this range normally encountered at the installed location 2 Products installed outdoors or in unconditioned indoor spaces Ambient temperatures in the range of 35 to plus 151 degrees F and temperature conditions outside this range normally encountered at the installed location d Humidity 10 to 95 relative humidity noncondensing and humidity conditions outside this range normally encountered at the installed location SECTION 23 09 23 Page 15 Lackland Airmen Tra
223. and tapered roller bearings Bearings shall be rated at an L10 life of 40 000 hours or greater Combined capacity of all fan motors per cell shall not exceed 30 Hp Motor s shall be Totally Enclosed 1 15 service factor variable torque and specially insulated for fluid cooler duty Speed and electrical characteristics shall be 1800 rpm single winding 3 phase 60 hertz 480 volts AM 3 2 65410 Speed Reducers Gears and Drive Shaft Speed reducer gears shall be rated in accordance with CTI Std 111 Gear reducers shall be of the spiral or helical double reduction type Reducer shall be mounted in accordance with manufacturer s recommendations Each reducer shall be provided with an oil level cutoff switch interlocked to the fan motor Each reducer shall be provided with an oil level sight glass fill drain and vent lines located in a readily accessible position Drive shafts shall be the full floating type with flexible couplings at both ends and have a service factor of 1 0 or greater Drive shafts shall be of stainless steel fitted each end with flexible couplings stainless steel plate type Each drive shaft shall be provided with a galvanized steel guard to prevent damage to surrounding equipment in case of shaft failure Provision shall be made for lubrication of all bearings Bearings shall be accessible to the extent that each bearing can be lubricated without dismantling fan 2 5 11 Fan Motors Each motor shall be a singl
224. ar and emergency basis during the warranty period of the contract PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 2 1 STANDARD PRODUCTS Provide Components and equipment that are standard products of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacturing of products that are of a similar material design and workmanship Standard products is defined as being in satisfactory commercial or industrial use for 2 years before bid opening The 2 year manufacturer s experience shall include applications of components and equipment under similar circumstances and of similar size The 2 years must be satisfactorily completed by a product that is sold on the commercial market through advertisements manufacturers catalogs or brochures Products having less than a 2 year field service record will be acceptable if a certified record of satisfactory field operation for not less than 6000 hours exclusive of the manufacturer s factory tests can be shown The equipment items shall be Supported by a service organization Where applicable provide equi pment that is an ENERGY STAR Qualified product or a Federal Energy Management Program FEMP designated product lt 2 ASBESTOS PROHIBITION Asbestos and asbestos containing products shall not be used r3 NAMEPLATES All equipment shall have a nameplate installed by the manufacturer that identifies the manufacturer s name address type or style and model or serial number 4 EQUI PMENT GUARDS AND ACCESS Belts pulley
225. are accessible fromthe ceiling grid The color coding scheme shal consist of a color code board and colored metal disks Each colored meta disk shall be approximately 3 8 inch diameter and secured to removable ceiling panels with fasteners Insert each fastener into the ceiling pane so as to be concealed from view The fasteners shall be manually removable without the use of tools and shall not separate fromthe ceiling panels when the panels are dropped fromceiling height Installation of colored metal disks shall follow completion of the finished surface on which the disks are to be fastened The color code board shall be approximately 3 foot wide 30 inches high and 1 2 inches thick The board shall be made of wood fiberboard and framed under glass or 1 16 inch transparent plastic cover The color code symbols shall be approximately 3 4 inch in diameter and the related lettering in 1 2 inch high capital letters WwW 4 DUCTWORK LEAK TEST Perform ductwork leak test for the entire air distribution and exhaust system including fans coils Test procedure apparatus and report shal conform to SMACNA Leakage Test Mni Ductwork leak test shall be completed with satisfactory results prior to applying insulation to ductwork exterior SECTION 23 00 00 Page 29 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 2 5 DAMPER ACCEPTANCE TEST Operate all fire dampers and smoke dampers under normal operating conditions prior to the occupancy of
226. arranty period of the contract SD 10 Operation and Maintenance Data Operation and Maintenance Manuals G DO Six complete copies of an operation manual in bound 8 1 2 x 11 inch booklets List step by step procedures required for system startup operation abnormal shutdown emergency shutdown and normal shutdown at least 4 weeks prior to the first training course The booklets shall include the manufacturer s name model number and parts list The manuals shall include the manufacturer s name model number service manual and a brief description of all equipment and their basic operating features List routine maintenance procedures possible breakdowns and repairs and a trouble shooting guide The manuals shall include piping and equipment layouts and simplified wiring and control diagrams of the system as installed Provide spare parts data for each different item of equipment The data shall include a complete list of parts and supplies with current unit prices and source of supply a recommended spare parts list for 1 year of operation and a list of the parts recommended by the manufacturer to be replace on a routine basis A certified list of qualified permanent service organizations for support of the equipment which includes their addresses and qualifications The service organizations shall be reasonably convenient to the equipment installation and be able to render satisfactory service to the equipment on a regular and emergency
227. as per specification and the following a Activate cooling tower fan start using control system command This should first start condenser water pump establish flow delay fan start as specified to equalize flow in distribution basin and sump Verify fan start after timed delay __ 2 2222222222222 222222222222222 b After chiller startup control system should modulate bypass valve and two speed fan motor to maintain condenser water set point Verify function of bypass valve under varying loads c Verify cooling tower interlock with chiller d Verify makeup water float valve is functioning 22222222222222 e Activate chemical treatment feed valve verify makeup of chemi ca treatment system pump and controls f Record the following Entering water temperature Leaving water temperature ____ Measured water flow gpm Entering air wet bulb temperature _____ deg F 2 Compare results with test results from cooling tower specification test 3 a Stop all building cooling equipment so that cooling tower pumps stop Observe tower for at least 15 minutes and verify no overflow occurs b Start cooling tower pumps in hand and observe pumps for air binding cavitation none allowed _________ 4 Certification We the undersigned have witnessed the above functiona performance tests and certify that the item tested has met the performance requirements in this section of the specifications Signature and Date Contractor s Commiss
228. as required to gain access to fan decks and water distribution systems Stairways and ladders shall be hot dip zinc coated steel Ladders higher than 12 feet shall have a safety cage 23 BaD Handrailings Steel handrailings shall be not less than 42 inches high around the exterior of each working surface that is 12 feet or more above the ground roof or other supporting construction Railings shall be not smaller than 1 1 4 inch zinc coated steel pipe with standard zinc coated steel railing 2 5 6 Access Doors Each tower shall be provided with access doors at grade level to provide entry to the interior for service maintenance without removal of the fill Doors shall be provided on each endwall of each cooling tower cell Frame and brace access doors to prevent damage when opening and closing Doors shall be located adjacent to float controls 2D nT Louvers Air inlets for each cooling tower shall be provided with individually removable louvers arranged to prevent the escape of water Louvers shall be zinc coated steel Materials provided for casings and louvers shall be compatible one material shall not produce stains upon the other Air intakes shall be provided with 1 inch zinc coated steel mesh 25 38 Fan Deck and Cylinder Each fan shall be mounted in a fan cylinder or stack to elevate the fan intake air Total extension height shall not exceed the fan diameter SECTION 23 65 00 00 10 Page 7 Lackland AFB Airmen Training Com
229. as shown or as required for the application Pressure sensor ranges shall not exceed the high end range shown on the Points Schedule by more than 50 The over pressure rating shall be a minimum of 150 of the highest design pressure of either input to the sensor The accuracy shall be 2 of full scale SECTION 23 09 23 Page 22 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 2 2 2 2 8 5 2 Differential Pressure Switch The switch shall have a user adjustable setpoint The setpoint shall not be in the upper or lower quarters of the range The over pressure rating shall be a minimum of 150 of the highest design pressure of either input to the sensor The switch shall have two sets of contacts and each contact shall have a rating greater than it s connected load Contacts shall open or close upon rise of pressure above the setpoint or drop of pressure below the setpoint as shown 8 6 Flow Sensors 8 6 1 Airflow Measurement Array AFMA a Airflow Straightener AFMAs shall contain an airflow straightener if required by the AFMA manufacturer s published installation instructions The straightener shall be contained inside a flanged sheet metal casing with the AMFA located as specified according to the published recommendation of the AFMA manufacturer In the absence of published documentation airflow straighteners shall be provided if there is any duct obstruction within 5 duct diameters upstream of the AFMA Air flow st
230. ashers or shall be securely banded or wired in place on 12 inch maxi mum Cent rss g On equipment handling media above 600 degrees F insulation shal be applied in two or more layers with joints staggered h Upon completion of installation of insulation penetrations shal be caulked Two coats of adhesive shall be applied over insulation including removable sections with a layer of glass cloth embedded between the coats The total dry thickness of the finish shall be 1 16 inch Caulking shall be applied to parting line between equipment and removable section insulation 4 4 Equipment Exposed to Weather 4 4 1 Installation Equipment exposed to weather shall be insulated and finished in accordance with the requirements for ducts exposed to weather in paragraph DUCT I NSULATI ON INSTALLATI ON 4 4 2 Optional Panels At the option of the Contractor prefabricated metal insulation panels may be used in lieu of the insulation and finish previously specified Thermal performance shall be equal to or better than that specified for field applied insulation Panels shall be the standard catalog product of a manufacturer of metal insulation panels Fastenings flashing and support system shall conform to published recommendations of the manufacturer for weatherproof installation and shall prevent moisture from entering the insulation Panels shall be designed to accommodate thermal expansion and to support a 250 pound walking load without permanent
231. ate and time The destination of each report shall be selectable by the operator Dynamic operation of the system shal not be interrupted to generate a report The report generation mode either automatic or requested shall be operator assignable The report shall contain the time and date when the samples were taken and the time and date when the report was generated The software shall be capable of saving reports to a file If the file format is not in a format compatible with the provided Office Automation Software the Contractor shall provide a means to export or convert the file to a compatible format Software shall be provided to format and store all data trends profiles reports and logs specified herein in a comma delimited text format to any media supported by the operating system The software shall allow for automatic or manual generation of reports For automatic reports the operator shal be able to specify the time the initial report is to be generated the time interval between reports end of period and the output format for the report The operator shall be able to modify or inhibit a periodic report Manual report generation shall allow for the operator to request at any time the output of any report The software shall have a report generation utility capable of generating the following standard reports a Electrical Power Usage Report An electrical power Usage summary operator selectable for substations meters or transduc
232. ated Each discharge pipe for hot water service shall be pitched away fromthe valve seat 2 8 15 Strainers Basket and Y type strainers shall be the same size as the pipelines in which they are installed The strainer bodies shall be heavy and durable fabricated of cast iron and shall have bottoms drilled and tapped with a gate valve attached for blowdown purposes Strainers shall be designed for 125 psig service and 250 degrees F The bodies shall have arrows clearly cast on the sides indicating the direction of flow Each strainer shall be equipped with an easily removable cover and sediment screen The screen shall be made of 22 gauge thick brass sheet monel corrosion resistant stee with small perforations numbering not less than 400 square inch to provide a net free area through the basket of at least 3 30 times that of the entering pipe The flow shall be into the screen and out through the perforations 2 8 16 Pressure Gauges Gauges shall conformto ASME B40 100 and shall be provided with throttling type needle valve or a pulsation dampener and shutoff valve Minimum dial size shall be 3 1 2 inches A pressure gauge shall be provided for each boiler in a visible location on the boiler Pressure gauges shall be provided with readings in psi Pressure gauges shall have an indicating pressure range that is related to the operating pressure of the fluid in SECTION 23 52 00 00 10 Page 21 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 01
233. ated at least once every 5 seconds a Navigation Scheme System graphic displays of building leve systems and points shall be hierarchical displays using a building to equipment point and click navigation scheme Each display shall show the building name and number Each display shall show system wide data such as outside air temperature and humidity in the case of an HVAC system application 1 Each Building or Building Sub Area display shall show the building foot print and basic floor plan and shall clearly show and distinguish between the individual zones and the equi pment Serving each zone and space The building display shall also show all space sensor and status readings as applicable for the individual zones such as space temperature humidity occupancy status etc The building display shall show the locations of individual pieces of monitored and controlled equi pment 2 Each equipment display shall show a 3 dimensiona representation of the individual pieces of equipment using the symbols and M amp C point data types as specified Different colors and textures shall be used to indicate various components and rea time data Color and texture meanings shall be consistent across all displays 3 Each display shall clearly distinguish between the following point data types and information SECTION 25 10 10 Page 26 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 a Real time data b User entered data c Overrid
234. ated for all concealed valves vents controls and additionally for items requiring inspection or maintenance Access panels shall be of sufficient size and located so that the concealed items may be serviced and maintained or completely removed and replaced Access panels shall be as specified in Section 05 50 00 METAL MISCELLANEOUS AND FABRI CATI ONS Sd ELECTRICAL NSTALLATI ON Install electrical equipment in accordance with NFPA 70 and manufacturers instructions 33 CLEANING AND ADJ USTI NG Pipes shall be cleaned free of scale and thoroughly flushed of all foreign matter A temporary bypass shall be provided for all water coils to prevent flushing water from passing through coils Strainers and valves shall be thoroughly cleaned Prior to testing and balancing air shall be removed from all water systems by operating the air vents Temporary measures such as piping the overflow from vents to a collecting vesse shall be taken to avoid water damage during the venting process Air vents shall be plugged or capped after the system has been vented Control valves and other miscellaneous equipment requiring adjustment shall be adjusted to setting indicated or directed 3 4 FIELD TESTS Field tests shall be conducted in the presence of the QC Manager or his designated representative to verify systems compliance with specifications Any material equipment instruments and personne required for the test shall be provided by the Contractor
235. atic pressure and seal classifications and piping layout showing the location of guides and anchors the load imposed on each support or anchor not required for radiant floor tubing and typical support details Drawings shall include any information required to demonstrate that the system has been coordinated and will properly function as a unit and shall show equipment relationship to other parts of the work including clearances required for operation and maintenance SD 03 Product Data Materials and Equipment Manufacturer s catalog data shall be included with the detai drawings for the following items SECTION 23 52 00 00 10 Page 5 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 The data shall show model size options etc that are intended for consideration Data submitted shall be adequate to demonstrate compliance with contract requirements Data shal include manufacturer s written installation instructions and manufacturer s recommendations for operation and maintenance clearances for each item Boilers Unit Heaters Fuel Burning Equipment Combustion Control Equi pment Pumps Fittings and Accessories Water Treatment System Wel ding A copy of qualified welding procedures at least 2 weeks prior to the start of welding operations A list of names and identification symbols of qualified welders and welding operators at least 2 weeks prior to the start of welding operations SD 06 Test Reports Heating
236. ation LNS Plug in G DO LNS Plug ins for each Application Specific Controller shall be submitted as a Technical Data Package LNS Plug ins distributed under a license shall be licensed to the project site Plug ins shall be submitted on CD ROM Hard copy manuals if available shall be submitted for each plug in provided SD 05 Design Data Network Bandwidth Usage Calculations G DO Four copies of the Network Bandwidth Usage Calculations shall be submitted SD 06 Test Reports Start Up and Start Up Testing Report G DO Four copies of the Start Up and Start Up Testing Report shall be Submitted The Start Up and Testing report may be submitted as a Technical Data Package PVT Procedures G DO SECTION 23 09 23 Page 7 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 1 Four copies of the PVT Procedures shall be submitted The PVT Procedures may be submitted as a Technical Data Package PVT Report G DO Four copies of the PVT Phase Report shall be submitted The PVT Phase Report may be submitted as a Technical Data Package Pre Construction QC Checklist G DO Four copies of the Pre Construction QC Checklist shall be Submitted Post Construction QC Checklist G DO Four copies of the Post Construction QC Checklist shall be Submitted SD 10 Operation and Maintenance Data Operation and Maintenance O amp M Instructions G DO 2 copies of the Operation and Maintenance Instructions indexed and in booklet form shall
237. ations Y Yes N No NA Not Applicable SECTION 25 08 10 Page 35 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 TEST NUMBER Six TITLE Command Functions OB ECTI VE 1 To demonstrate the functionality and ability to execute command to the end devices I N TI AL REQU REMENTS CONDI TI ONS 1 Submittals a The Contractor shall provide documentation of all command functions prior to testing 2 Equipment a The contractor shall have all command functions programmed and functional 3 Reference Documentation a List user manual documentation and sections pertaining to the testing 4 Date of Test __ 5 Time of Test 6 7 Contractor s Representative Government s Representative TEST PROCEDURES Expected Item Action Item Results Approved UMS AND DDC FOR HVAC 1 From the tree structure The modified value shall be modify a parameter such as downloaded to the controller a set point without delay and the controller performance shal be viewable by the monitoring of other dynamic points NOI oe ee Ne el Ske ee te ee ee tt ke te E te 2 From a graphic page modify The modified value shall be a parameter such as a set downloaded to the controller point without delay and the controller performance shal be viewable by the monitoring of dynamic points LLL NO CS a 3S bac tos ole ER hhh ay el Cle be od cals Wl 8 Se tg ts es 3 From the tree structure The analog output point SECTION 25 08
238. ature 1 Operating Range 50 to 86 degrees F 2 Accuracy 1 degree F over the operating range 3 Drift Maximum 1 degree F per year b Unconditioned Space Temperature 1 Operating Range 20 to 150 degrees F 2 Accuracy 1 degree F over the range of 30 to 131 degrees F and 4 degrees F over the rest of the operating range 3 Drift Maximum 1 degree F per year SECTION 23 09 23 Page 20 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 C d 2 8 2 2 Point Duct Temperature 1 Operating Range 40 to 140 degrees F 2 Accuracy 2 degrees F 3 Drift Maximum 2 degrees F per year Outside Air Temperature 1 Operating Range 1 to 130 degrees F 2 Accuracy a 2 degrees F over the range of 30 to plus 130 degrees F b 1 degreeF over the range of 30 to 100 degrees F 3 Drift Maximum 1 degree F per year High Temperature Hot Water 1 Operating Range 150 to 450 degrees F 2 Accuracy 3 6 degrees F 3 Drift Maximum 2 degrees F per year Chilled Water 1 Operating Range 30 to 100 degrees F 2 Accuracy 0 8 degrees F over the range of 35 to 65 degrees F and 2 degrees F over the rest of the operating range 3 Drift Maximum 0 8 degrees F per year Heating Hot Water 1 Operating Range 70 to 250 degrees F 2 Accuracy 2 degrees F 3 Drift Maximum 2 degrees F per year Condenser Water 1 Operating Range 30 to 130 degrees F 2 Accuracy 1 degree F 3 Dri
239. aulic setting thermal insulating and finishing cement All cements that may come in contact with Austenitic Stainless steel must comply with ASTM C 795 2 1 6 Fibrous Glass Cloth and Glass Tape Fibrous glass cloth with 20X20 maximum mesh size and glass tape shal have maximum flame spread index of 25 and a maximum smoke developed index of 50 when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84 Tape shall be 4 inch wide rolls Class 3 tape shall be 4 5 ounces square yard 2 1 7 Staples Outward clinching type ASTM A 167 Type 304 or 316 stainless steel 2 1 8 Jackets 2 1 8 1 Aluminum Jackets Aluminum jackets shall be corrugated embossed or smooth sheet 0 016 inch nominal thickness ASTM B 209 Temper H14 Temper H16 Alloy 3003 5005 or 3105 Corrugated aluminum jacket shall not be used outdoors Aluminum jacket securing bands shall be Type 304 stainless steel 0 015 inch thick 1 2 inch wide for pipe under 12 inch diameter and 3 4 inch wide for pipe over 12 inch and larger diameter Aluminum jacket circumferential seam bands shall be 2 by 0 016 inch aluminum matching jacket material Bands for insulation below ground shall be 3 4 by 0 020 inch thick stainless steel or fiberglass reinforced tape The jacket may at the option of the Contractor be provided with a factory fabricated Pittsburgh or Z type longitudinal joint When the Z joint is used the bands at the circumferential joints shall be designed by the manufacturer to seal the joints and ho
240. ave a UL abel SECTION 23 00 00 Page 14 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 2 8 1 1 Centrifugal Fans Centrifugal fans shall be fully enclosed single width single inlet AMCA Pressure Class Il or III as required or indicated for the design system pressure Impeller wheels shall be rigidly constructed accurately balanced both statically and dynamically Fan blades may be forward curved or backward inclined airfoil design in wheel sizes up to 30 inches Fan blades for wheels over 30 inches in diameter shall be backward inclined airfoil design Booster fans for exhaust dryer systems shall be the open wheel radial type These fans shall be suitable for conveying lint and the temperatures encountered Equip the fan shaft with a heat slinger to dissipate heat buildup along the shaft Install an access Service door to facilitate maintenance to these fans Fan wheels over 36 inches in diameter shall have overhung pulleys and a bearing on each side of the wheel Fan wheels 36 inches or less in diameter may have one or more extra long bearings between the fan wheel and the drive Bearings shall be Sleeve type self aligning and self oiling with oil reservoirs or precision self aligning roller or ball type with accessible grease fittings or permanently lubricated type Grease fittings shall be connected to tubing and serviceable froma single accessible point Bearing life shal be L50 rated at not less than 200 000 hours as de
241. ay be connected to the backbone c The local control bus shall use CEA 709 1B over a TP FT 10 network in doubly terminated bus topology in accordance with CEA 709 3 d The local control busses shall be installed such that no node device connected to the control network has more than two CEA 709 1B Routers and CEA 709 3 Repeaters in any combination between it and the backbone including the router connected to the backbone e All DDC Hardware shall connect to a local control bus SECTION 23 09 23 Page 14 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 f All DDC Hardware shall be locally powered link power is not acceptable PART 2 PRODUCTS PART 2 of this specification covers requirements for Products equipment Installation requirements for these products are covered in PART 3 of this specification 2 1 EQUI PMENT 2 1 1 General Requirements Units of the same type of equipment shall be products of a single manufacturer Each major component of equipment shall have the manufacturer s name and address and the model and serial number in a conspicuous place Materials and equipment shall be standard products of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacturing of these and similar products The standard products shall have been in a satisfactory commercial or industrial use for two years prior to use on this project The two year use shall include applications of equipment and materials under similar circumstances
242. ay be used if they otherwise meet the requirements for Type 18 inserts 3 1 10 3 C Cl amps Type 19 and 23 C clamps shall be torqued per MSS SP 69 and have both locknuts and retaining devices furnished by the manufacturer Field fabricated C clamp bodies or retaining devices are not acceptable 3 1 10 4 Angle Attachments Type 20 attachments used on angles and channels shall be furnished with an added malleable iron heel plate or adapter 3 1 10 5 Saddles and Shields Where Type 39 saddle or Type 40 shield are permitted for a particular pipe attachment application the Type 39 saddle connected to the pipe shall be used on all pipe 4 inches and larger when the temperature of the medium is 60 degrees F or higher Type 40 shields shall be used on all piping less than 4 inches and all piping 4 inches and larger carrying mediumless than 60 degrees F A high density insulation insert of cellular glass shall be used under the Type 40 shield for piping 2 inches and larger 3 1 10 6 Horizontal Pipe Supports Horizontal pipe supports shall be spaced as specified in MSS SP 69 and a Support shall be installed not over 1 foot fromthe pipe fitting joint at each change in direction of the piping Pipe supports shall be spaced not over 5 feet apart at valves Pipe hanger loads suspended from steel joist with hanger loads between panel points in excess of 50 pounds shall have the excess hanger loads suspended from panel points 3 1 10 7 Vertical Pipe Sup
243. be 1 foot per second Sensor repeatability and linearity shall be 1 Materials which will be wetted shall be made from non corrosive materials and shall not contaminate water The sensor shall be rated for installation in pipes of 3 to 40 inch diameters The transmitter housing shall be a NEMA 250 Type 4 enclosure 2 8 6 10 Flow Switch Flow switch shall have a repetitive accuracy of 10 of actual flow setting Switch actuation shall be adjustable over the operating flow range The switch shall have Form C snap action contacts rated for the application The flow switch shall have non flexible paddle with magnetically actuated contacts and be rated for service at a pressure greater than the installed conditions Flow switch for use in sewage system shall be rated for use in corrosive environments encountered 2 8 6 11 Gas Utility Flow Meter Gas utility flow meter shall be diaphragm or bellows type gas positive displacement meters for flows up to 2500 SCFH and axial flow turbine type for flows above 2500 SCFH designed specifically for natural gas supply metering and rated for the pressure temperature and flow rates of the installation Meter shall have a minimum turndown ratio of 10 to 1 with an accuracy of 1 of actual flow rate The meter index shall include a direct reading mechanical totalizing register and electrical impulse dry contact output for remote monitoring For gas flows of less than 1500 cubic feet second the electr
244. be a standard unmodified digita computer of modular design currently being manufactured The modular components of the server shall be products of a single manufacturer which advertises service in all 48 contiguous states Server hardware shall meet the following mini mum requirements a Processor speed Minimum 250 of the stated requirements of the software to be installed on the server b Random Access Memory RAM Minimum 250 of the stated requirements of the software to be installed on the server c Communications ports One serial port one enhanced parallel port and one USB port in addition to any ports required for the keyboard and mouse d Hard Drives and Controller Controller and Drives shall provide at least 120GB usable disk space with an average seek time of 7 milliseconds or less using hardware RAID Redundant Array of Inexpensive Disks at levels 1 or 5 RAID 1 or RAID 5 e CD DVD RW Drive Combo CD RW with 32x read 24x write and 16x rewrite and DVD RW with 12x read 4x re write 2x write f Floppy Disk Drive and controller High density 1 44MB disk drive 3 5 inch diameter size g Video output card Support at least 16 bit color at a minimum resolution of 1280 by 1024 at a minimum refresh rate of 70 Hz h Network Interface Card NIC Integrated 100Base T Ethernet NIC with an RJ45 connector or 100Base FX Ethernet NIC with an SC connector SECTION 25 10 10 Page 21 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G
245. be constructed by forming the bottom and sides using joints that do not leave raw ends of insulation exposed Joints between sides and between sides and bottom shall be joined by adhesive with lap strips for rigid mineral fiber and contact adhesive for flexible elastomeric cellular insulation The box shall conform to the requirements of MICA Insulation Stds plate No 49 when using flexible elastomeric cellular insulation Joints between top cover and sides shall fit tightly forming a female shiplap joint on the side pieces and a male joint on the top cover thus making the top cover removable Exposed insulation corners shall be protected with corner angles Upon completion of installation of the insulation including removable sections two coats of vapor retarder coating shall be applied with a layer of glass cloth embedded between the coats The total dry thickness of the finish shall be 1 16 inch A parting line shall be provided between the box and the removable sections allowing the removable sections to be removed without disturbing the insulation coating Caulking shall be applied to parting line between equipment and removable section insulation and at all penetrations Cae Other Equi pment Insulation shall be formed or fabricated to fit the equipment To ensure a tight fit on round equipment edges shall be beveled and joints shall be tightly butted and staggered Insulation shall be secured in place with bands or wires at intervals as r
246. be submitted The Operation and Maintenance Instructions shall be a single volume or in separate volumes and may be submitted as a Technical Data Package Training Documentation G DO Training manuals shall be delivered for each trainee on the Course Attendee List with 2 additional copies delivered for archival at the project site 2 copies of the Course Attendee List shall be delivered with the archival copies The Training Documentation may be submitted as a Technical Data Package SD 11 Closeout Submittals Closeout QC Checklist G DO Four copies of the Closeout QC Checklist shall be submitted 4 SYSTEM DESCRI PTI ON The Direct Digital Control DDC system shall be a complete system suitable for the control of the heating ventilating and air conditioning HVAC and other building level systems as specified and shown 4 1 System Requirements Systems installed under this guide specification shall have the following characteristics a The DDC system shall be compatible with the existing base wide Energy management amp Control System EMCS front end located at 37th CES Building 5595 Room 111 The building automation amp control system BACS shall utilize intelligent distributed control modules communicating over a controller network in accordance with ASHRAE 135 The system shall provide the Direct Digital Control DDC Energy SECTION 23 09 23 Page 8 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 1 4 2 Manag
247. been published prior to the issuance date of this solicitation Materials furnished under this section of the specification shall be Submitted together in a booklet and in conjunction with the MICA plates booklet SD 02 Annotate the product data to indicate which MICA plate is applicable 5 STORAGE Materials shall be delivered in the manufacturer s unopened containers Materials delivered and placed in storage shall be provided with protection from weather humidity dirt dust and other contami nants The Contracting Officer may reject insulation material and supplies that become dirty dusty wet or contaminated by some other means 6 RECYCLED MATERIALS Provide thermal insulation containing recycled materials to the extent practicable provided that the materials meets all other requirements of this section The minimum recycled material content of the following insulation are Rock Wool 75 percent slag of weight Fiberglass 20 25 percent glass cullet by weight Rigid Foam 9 percent recovered materia PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 GENERAL MATERIALS Provide insulation that meets or exceed the requirements of ASHRAE 90 1 IP Insulation exterior shall be cleanable grease resistant non flaking and non peeling Materials shall be compatible and shall not contribute to corrosion soften or otherwise attack surfaces to which applied in either wet or dry state Materials to be used on stainless steel surfaces shal meet ASTM C 795 requ
248. broken by adding the required charge of dry refrigerant for which the system is designed in accordance with the manufacturer s recommendations Contractor shall provide the complete charge of refrigerant in accordance with manufacturer s recommendations Upon satisfactory completion of the system performance tests any refrigerant that has been lost from the system shall be replaced After the system is fully operational service valve seal caps and blanks over gauge points shall be installed and tightened b Refrigerant Leakage If a refrigerant leak is discovered after the system has been charged the leaking portion of the system shall immediately be isolated from the remainder of the system and the refrigerant shall be pumped into the system receiver or other suitable container The refrigerant shall not be discharged into the atmosphere c Contractor s Responsibility The Contractor shall at all times during the installation and testing of the refrigeration system take steps to prevent the release of refrigerants into the atmosphere The steps shall include but not be limited to procedures which will minimize the release of refrigerants to the atmosphere and the use of refrigerant recovery devices to remove refrigerant from the system and store the refrigerant for reuse or reclaim At no time shall more than 3 ounces of refrigerant be released to the atmosphere in any one occurrence Any system leaks within the first year shall be
249. cata A tonne ee 3 Use navigation buttons to display a control point such as a discharge air temperature setpoint Notes SECTION 25 documentation and sections pertaining to the Expected Results Approved LDP Controller should broadcast its neuron ID LCP should allow user to read all status points LCP should allow user to read all control points 08 10 Page 72 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Expected Item Action Item Results Approved 4 Use LDP to override System accepts new setpoint setpoint Verify system reacts to new setpoint 22222222L NOTE SKE 3 alaan Yena sO oe a a ts se ha aa had A e A a Naaa A 5 Use LDP to release local Verify system returns control override to normal control LLL NOES a OOP OTe OOP eS End of Test Specific Abbreviations Y Yes N No NA Not Applicable SECTION 25 08 10 Page 73 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 TEST NUMBER Twenty TI TLE Network Configuration Too OB ECTI VE 1 To validate the performance of the network configuration too I N TI AL REQU REMENTS CONDI TI ONS 1 Submittal a Network configuration too 2 Equipment a Hardware configuration too 3 Reference Documentation a List manual testing user 4 Date of Test 5 Time of Test _____2___ 6 7 Contractor s Representative Government s Representative TEST PROCEDURES Item Action Item gu AND DDC FOR HVAC Open ne
250. cating light where indicated 2 8 2 Coils Coils shall be fin and tube type constructed of seamless copper tubes and aluminum fins mechanically bonded or soldered to the tubes Copper tube wall thickness shall be a minimum of 0 020 inches Aluminum fins shall be 0 0055 inch minimumthickness Casing and tube support sheets shall be not lighter than 16 gauge galvanized steel formed to provide structura strength When required multiple tube supports shall be provided to prevent tube sag Each coil shall be tested at the factory under water at not less than 400 psi air pressure and shall be suitable for 200 ps working pressure and 300 degrees F operating temperature unless otherwise stated Mount coils for counterflow service Coils shall be rated and certified and meet the requirements of AR 410 SECTION 23 00 00 Page 15 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 2 8 2 1 Water Coils Install water coils with a pitch of not less than 1 8 inch foot of the tube length toward the drain end Use headers constructed of cast iron welded steel or copper Furnish each coil with a plugged vent and drain connection extending through the unit casing Water coils shall be removable and have drain pans 2 8 2 2 Eliminators Equip each cooling coil and exhaust side of the heat pipe IDEC energy recovery coil having an air velocity of over 400 fpm through the net face area with moisture eliminators unless the coil manufacturer guarantees ov
251. ccomplished using positioning type controls Air flow ratio and fuel control valve shall be controlled by relative positions of operative levers on a jackshaft responding to a water temperature controller Positioning type combustion control equipment shall include draft controls with synchronized fuel feed and combustion air supply controls and shall maintain the proper air fuel ratio The desired furnace draft shall be maintained within 0 01 inch of water column 3 5 Combustion Safety Controls and Equi pment Combustion safety controls and equipment shall be UL listed microprocessor based distributed process controller The system shal include mounting hardware wiring and cables and associated equipment The controller shall be mounted completely wired programmed debugged and tested to performall of its functions The controller shall process the signals for complete control and monitoring of the boiler This shall include maintaining boiler status starting and stopping all control functions sequencing control functions and signaling alarm conditions The program shall be documented and include cross references in description of coils and contacts Microprocessor shall be able to perform self diagnostics and contain a message center to provide operator with status and failure mode information Controllers for each boiler shall be mounted on a separate free standing panel adjacent to the boiler or for packaged boilers on the boiler supporting
252. ce Automation Software Notes 14 The virus protection software is installed and complies with specification paragraph titled Virus Protection Software Notes 15 The configuration server is installed and complies with specification paragraph titled CEA 852 A Configuration Server SECTION 25 08 10 Page 19 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Expected Item Action Item Results Approved OA E E AEE A E E E T benne sae ige fa DDC FOR HVAC 16 The CEA 709 1B Router is installed and complies with specification paragraph titled CEA 709 1B Router 17 The CEA 709 3 Repeater is installed and complies with specification paragraph titled CEA 709 3 Repeater Notes 18 The TP FT 10 network is installed in accordance with CEA 709 3 with double termi nated bus topology A oE K EESE E A O DE ee E e E 19 Network wiring extends to the location of UMCS BPOC L L LLL LL EO i O a a i anun 20 The Gateway is installed and complies with specification paragraph titled Gateway Notes 21 All control valves are installed and comply with their associated Specification paragraph under the section titled Control Valves Notes 22 All dampers are installed and SECTION 25 08 10 Page 20 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Expected Item Action Item Results Approved comply with their associated specification paragraph under the section titled Dampers Notes
253. cedures for system start up operation and shutdown index system components and equipment to the system drawings isolation procedures including valve operation to shutdown or isolate each section of the system index valves to the system maps and provide separate procedures for normal operation and emergency shutdown if required to be different Submit Data package No 4 2 2 Gas Facility System Maintenance Include maintenance procedures and frequency for system and equi pment identification of pipe materials and manufacturer by locations pipe repair procedures and jointing procedures at transitions to other piping material or material froma different manufacturer Submit Data Package No 4 ee Gas Facility Equipment Maintenance Include identification of valves shut offs disconnects and other equipment by materials manufacturer vendor identification and location maintenance procedures and recommended tool kits for valves and equi pment recommended repair methods i e field repair factory repair or replacement for each valve and piece of equipment and preventive maintenance procedures possible failure modes and troubleshooting guide Submit Data Package No 3 23 SUBMI TTALS Government approval is required for submittals with a G designation Submittals not having a G designation are for information only When used a designation following the G designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the Go
254. cessory of the damper manufacturer 2 7 2 4 Automatic Smoke Dampers UL listed multiple blade type supplied by smoke damper manufacturer with pneumatic damper operator as part of assembly Qualified under UL 5555 with a leakage rating no higher than class II or III at an elevated temperature Category B 250 degrees F for 30 minutes Pressure drop in the damper open position shall not exceed 0 1 inch water gauge with average duct velocities of 2500 fpm 2 7 2 5 Air Deflectors and Branch Connections Provide air deflectors at all duct mounted supply outlets at takeoff or extension collars to supply outlets at duct branch takeoff connections and at 90 degree elbows as well as at locations as indicated on the drawings or otherwise specified Conical branch connections or 45 degree entry connections may be used in lieu of deflectors for branch connections Furnish all air deflectors except those installed in 90 degree elbows with an approved means of adjustment Adjustment shall be made from easily accessible means inside the duct or from an adjustment with sturdy lock on the face of the duct When installed on ducts to be thermally insulated external adjustments shall be provided with stand off mounting brackets integral with the adjustment device to provide clearance between the duct surface and the adjustment device not less than the thickness of the thermal insulation Air deflectors shall be factory fabricated units consisting of curved t
255. ch in each direction 0 25 inch thick Type A base elastomer pads Type F Combination spring and rubber in shear elastomer in shear steel framed for hanger rod mounting Minimumtotal static deflection Shall be 1 inch 1 3 Bases Bases shall be Type U Unit isolators without rails structural steel bases or inertia blocks Type R Rails connected mill rolled structural steel of sufficient dimension to preclude deflection at midpoint of unsupported span in SECTION 23 05 48 00 40 Page 3 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 excess of 1 1 440th of the span between isolators power transmission component misalignment and any overhung weight Where Type R bases are specified and the equipment proposed requires additional base Support a Type S base shall be used Type S Structural steel bases common to a supported assembly made from welded joint mill rolled structural steel with closed peri meter configuration isolators attached to outrigger supports Height of steel members shall be sufficient to provide stiffness required to maintain equipment manufacturer s recommended alignment and duty efficiency of power transmission components Height of stee member shall not result in member deflection at midpoint of unsupported Span of more than 1 1 440th of the span between isolators Minimum height shall be 5 inches Type CIB Concrete inertia blocks shall be common to the entire assembly shall have welded joint constr
256. chanical fasteners are used self locking washers shall be installed and the pin trimmed and bent over f Jacket overlaps shall be secured with staples and tape as necessary to ensure a secure seal Staples tape and seams shal be coated with a brush coat of vapor retarder coating or PVDC adhesive tape or greater than 3 ply laminate minimum 2 mils adhesive 3 mils embossed less than 0 0000 perm adhesive tape g Breaks in the jacket material shall be covered with patches of the Same material as the vapor retarder jacket The patches shal extend not less than 2 inches beyond the break or penetration in all directions and shall be secured with tape and staples Staples and tape joints shall be sealed with a brush coat of vapor retarder coating or PVDC adhesive tape or greater than 3 ply laminate minimum 2 mils adhesive 3 mils embossed less than 0 0000 perm adhesive tape h At jacket penetrations such as hangers thermometers and damper operating rods voids in the insulation shall be filled and the SECTION 23 07 00 Page 24 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 3 3 2 penetration sealed with a brush coat of vapor retarder coating or PVDC adhesive tape greater than 3 ply laminate minimum 2 mils adhesive 3 mils embossed less than 0 0000 perm adhesive tape Insulation terminations and pin punctures shall be sealed and flashed with a reinforced vapor retarder coating finish or tape with a brush coat of vapor
257. charge or face velocities not in excess of the following Unit Capacity cfm Face Velocity fpm Up to 1 000 800 1 001 to 3 000 900 3 001 and over 1 000 2 6 2 Centrifugal Fan Heaters Heaters shall be arranged for floor or ceiling mounting as indicated Heating elements and fans shall be housed in steel cabinets of sectionalized steel plates or reinforced with angle iron frames Cabinets shall be constructed of not lighter than 18 gauge black steel Each unit heater shall be provided with a means of diffusing and distributing the SECTION 23 52 00 00 10 Page 13 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 air Fans shall be mounted on a common shaft with one fan to each air outlet Fan shaft shall be equipped with self aligning ball roller or Sleeve bearings and accessible means of lubrication Fan shaft may be either directly connected to the driving motor or indirectly connected by adjustable V belt drive rated at 150 percent of motor capacity All fans in any one unit heater shall be the same size 2 6 3 Heating Elements Heating coils and radiating fins shall be of suitable nonferrous alloy with brazed fittings at each end for connecting to external piping The heating elements shall be free to expand or contract without developing leaks and shall be properly pitched for drainage The elements shall be tested under a hydrostatic pressure of 200 psig and a certified report of the test shal be submitted to the Contracting O
258. chine 4 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE TESTS Ace General Requirements Before each refrigeration system is accepted tests to demonstrate the general operating characteristics of all equipment shall be conducted by a registered professional engineer or an approved manufacturer s start up representative experienced in system start up and testing at such times as directed Tests shall cover a period of not less than 48 hours for each system and shall demonstrate that the entire system is functioning in accordance with the drawings and specifications Corrections and adjustments shall be made as necessary and tests shall be re conducted to demonstrate that the entire system is functioning as specified Prior to acceptance service valve seal caps and blanks over gauge points shall be installed and tightened Any refrigerant lost during the system startup shall be replaced If tests do not demonstrate satisfactory system performance deficiencies shall be corrected and the system shall be retested Tests shall be conducted in the presence of the Contracting Officer Water and electricity required for the tests will be furnished by the Government Any material equipment instruments and personnel required for the test shall be provided by the Contractor Field tests shall be coordinated with Section 23 05 93 00 10 TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING OF HVAC SYSTEMS 4 2 Test Report The report shall document compliance with the specified
259. ckness and thermal conductivity c Rigid Preformed Where precut preformed is unavailable rigid preformed pipe insulation sections may be segmented into the shape required Insulation of the same thickness and conductivity as the adjoining pipe insulation shall be used If nesting size insulation is used the insulation shall be overlapped 2 inches or one pipe diameter Elbows insulated using segments shall conformto MICA Tables 12 20 Mitered Insulation Elbow SECTION 23 07 00 Page 21 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 3 2 4 Piping Exposed to Weather Piping exposed to weather shall be insulated and jacketed as specified for the applicable service inside the building After this procedure a laminated self adhesive minimum 2 mils adhesive 3 mils embossed vapor barrier weatherproofing jacket less than 0 0000 permeability greater than 3 ply standard grade silver white black and embossed aluminum jacket or PVC jacket shall be applied PVC jacketing requires no factory applied jacket beneath it however an all service jacket shall be applied if factory applied jacketing is not furnished Flexible elastomeric cellular insulation exposed to weather shall be treated in accordance with paragraph INSTALLATION OF FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC CELLULAR INSULATION in PART 3 eA Alumi num Jacket The jacket for hot piping may be factory applied The jacket shall overlap not less than 2 inches at longitudinal and circumferen
260. clinch type draw bands For rectangular ducts install the flexible material locked to metal collars SECTION 23 00 00 Page 9 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 using normal duct construction methods The composite connector system shall comply with NFPA 701 and be classified as flame retarded fabrics in UL Bld Mat Dir 2 7 1 4 High Temperature Service Duct Connections Material shall be approximately 3 32 inch thick 35 to 40 ounce per square yard weight plain weave fibrous glass cloth with nickel chrome wire reinforcement for service in excess of 1200 degrees F 2 7 1 5 Aluminum Ducts ASTM B 209 alloy 3003 H14 for aluminum sheet and alloy 6061 T6 or equivalent strength for aluminum connectors and bar stock 2 7 1 6 Copper Sheets ASTM B 152 B 152M light cold rolled temper 2 7 1 7 Corrosion Resisting Stainless Steel Sheets ASTM A 167 2 7 2 Ductwork Accessories 2 7 2 1 Duct Access Doors Provide hinged access doors conforming to SMACNA HVAC Duct Const Stds in ductwork and plenums where indicated and at all air flow measuring primaries automatic dampers fire dampers coils thermostats and other apparatus requiring service and inspection in the duct system Provide access doors upstream and downstream of air flow measuring primaries and heating and cooling coils Doors shall be minimum 15 x 18 inches unless otherwise shown Where duct size will not accommodate this size door the doors shall be made as
261. continuously fill the annular Space between the pipe conduit and sleeve with corrosion protected carbon steel bolts nuts and pressure plates Links shall be loosely assembled with bolts to forma continuous rubber belt around the pipe with a pressure plate under each bolt head and each nut After the seal assembly is properly positioned in the sleeve tightening of the bolt shall cause the rubber sealing elements to expand and provide a watertight seal rubber sealing elements to expand and provide a watertight seal between the pipe conduit sea between the pipe conduit and the sleeve Each seal assembly shal be sized as recommended by the manufacturer to fit the pipe conduit and sleeve involved The Contractor electing to use the modular mechanical type seals shall provide sleeves of the proper diameters 3 1 13 3 Fire Rated Penetrations Penetration of fire rated walls partitions and floors shall be sealed as specified in Section 07 84 00 FIRESTOPPING SECTION 23 64 26 Page 30 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 3 1 13 4 Escutcheons Finished surfaces where exposed piping bare or insulated pass through floors walls or ceilings except in boiler utility or equipment rooms shall be provided with escutcheons Where sleeves project slightly from floors special deep type escutcheons shall be used Escutcheon shall be Secured to pipe or pipe covering 3 1 14 Access Panels Access panels shall be provided where indic
262. control bus 7 All Application Specific Controllers ASCs are LonMark certified 8 Communication between DDC Hardware is only via CEA 709 1B ____ using SNVTs Other protocols and network variables other than SNVTs have not been used 9 Explicit messaging has not been used Ix ats 10 System Scheduler functionality has been installed for all frogs ae HVAC systems and default schedules have been configured at each System Scheduler 11 All sequences are performed as specified using DDC Hardware __ 12 Training schedule and course attendee list has been developed and coordinated with shops and submitted SECTION 23 09 23 Page 45 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 QC CHECKLIST Items verified for Closeout QC Checklists Submittal 13 Final As built Drawings including the Points Schedule drawings accurately represent the final installed system 14 LonWorks Network Services LNS Database is up to date and accurately represents the final installed system 15 LNS Plug ins have been submitted for all ASCs 16 Programming software has been submitted for all General Purpose Programmable Controllers GPPCs 17 All software has been licensed to the Government 18 O amp M Instructions have been completed and submitted 19 Training course has been completed QC Representative Signature Date End of Section SECTION 23 09 23 Page 46 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 SE
263. controller tuning required under Section 23 09 23 must be completed and SECTION 25 08 10 Page 5 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 approved before performing Performance Verification and Endurance Tests under this section 6 RELATED SECTI ONS The following Sections Section 25 10 10 UTILITY MONITORING AND CONTROL SYSTEM UMCS and Section 23 09 23 DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL FOR HVAC AND OTHER LOCAL BUILDING SYSTEMS must be part of the contract documents GENERAL REQUIREMENTS fel aol Factory Test The Contractor shall conduct a factory test at a company site The Contractor shall perform some of the basic functions of the UMCS and building level DDC to assure that the performance requirements of the specifications are met 7 2 Performance Verification and Endurance Test Performance Verification and Endurance Test shall a Be conducted on hardware and software installed at the jobsite to assure that the physical and performance requirements of specifications are met Tests on network media shall include all contractor furnished media and shall include at least one type of each device installed b Be conducted under normal mode operation unless otherwise indicated in the initial conditions description for each test System normal mode describes a condition in which the systemis performing its assigned tasks in accordance with the contract requirements c Utilize the operator workstation OWS to issue command
264. corded for each change in grooving tool setup to verify compliance with coupling manufacturer s tolerances Grooved joints shal not be used in concealed locations Mechanical joints shall use rigid mechanical pipe couplings except at equipment connections At equipment connections flexible couplings may be used Coupling shall be of the bolted type for use with grooved end pipes fittings valves and Strainers Couplings shall be self centering and shall engage in a watertight couple 3 2 4 4 Flared and Brazed Copper Pipe and Tubing Tubing shall be cut square and burrs shall be removed Both inside of fittings and outside of tubing shall be cleaned thoroughly with sand cloth or steel wire brush before brazing Annealing of fittings and hard drawn tubing shall not occur when making connections Installation shall be made in accordance with the manufacturer s recommendations Mitering of joints for elbows and notching of straight runs of pipe for tees will not be permitted Brazed joints shall be made in conformance with AWS B2 2 MSS SP 73 and CDA A4015 with flux Copper to copper joints shall include the use of copper phosphorous or copper phosphorous silver brazing metal without flux Brazing of dissimilar metals copper to bronze or brass shall include the use of flux with either a copper phosphorous copper phosphorous silver or a silver brazing filler metal Joints for flared fittings shall be of the compression pattern Swing joints o
265. correct SNVT types L LLL LLL Notes a ee a a a e OO Tose a End of Test Specific Abbreviations Y Yes N No NA Not Applicable End of Section SECTION 25 08 10 Page 75 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 SECTION 25 10 10 UTILITY MONI TORING AND CONTROL SYSTEM UMCS 04 06 PART 1 GENERAL L 1 REFERENCES The publications listed below forma part of this specification to the extent referenced The publications are referred to within the text by the basic designation only AMERI CAN NATI ONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE ANSI ANSI INCITS 154 1988 R 2004 Office Machines and Supplies Alphanumeric Machines Keyboard Arrangement AMERI CAN SOCIETY OF HEATING REFRIGERATING AND AIR CONDI TIONI NG ENGI NEERS ASHRAE ASHRAE 135 2004 Int 1 thru 5 2004 Addenda A 2004 Errata 2005 Int 6 thru 15 2005 Int 16 thru 18 2006 Addenda C 2006 Addenda D 2006 Errata to Addenda D 2006 Int 19 thru 22 2007 Addenda F 2007 Addenda E 2007 Errata 2007 Errata 2008 Errata 2008 Int 23 thru 28 2008 Addenda M 2008 BACnet ASHRAE FUN IP 2005 Fundamentals Handbook 1 P Edition CONSUMER ELECTRONICS ASSOCIATION CEA CEA 709 18 2002 Control Network Protoco Specification CEA 709 3 1999 Free Topology Twisted Pair Channe Specification CEA 852 A 2004 Tunneling Component Network Protocols Over Internet Protocol Channels INSTITUTE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERS IEEE ECE Cha gid 2002
266. cted to thermal expansion 3 13 ELECTRICAL BONDING AND GROUNDING Provide a gas piping system within the building which is electrically continuous and bonded to a grounding electrode as required by NFPA 70 3 14 SHUTOFF VALVE Install the main gas shutoff valve controlling the gas piping systemto be easily accessible for operation as indicated protected from physica damage and marked with a metal tag to clearly identify the piping system controlled 3 15 CATHODI C PROTECTION Provide cathodic protection for underground ferrous gas piping as specified in Section 26 42 14 00 10 CATHODIC PROTECTION SYSTEM SACRIFICIAL ANODE 3 16 TESTING Submit test reports in booklet formtabulating test and measurements performed dated after award of this contract and stating the Contractor s name and address the project name and location and a list of the specific requirements which are being certified Test entire gas piping system to ensure that it is gastight prior to putting into service Prior to testing blow out the system clean and clear all foreign material Test each joint with an approved gas detector soap and water or an equivalent nonflammable solution Inspect and test each valve in conformance with API Std 598 and AP Std 607 Complete testing before any work is covered enclosed or concealed and perform with due regard for the safety of employees and the public during the test Install bulkheads anchorage and bracing suitabl
267. cted value d Release the override of a SNVT e Modify time and event scheduling f Initiate reports g Generate and format reports 5 System Graphic Display Hierarchy The system graphic display shall have a hierarchical structure with at least five levels a Unit The unit that a point is associated with such as an AH b Building Sub Area A part of a building c Building The building that a point is located in or near d Building Group A group of buildings e Facility Installation included in the UMCS c Display Editor The display editor shall enable the user to create modify and delete displays and graphic symbols The primary use shal be for adding and modifying one line diagrams status displays system Summaries and system directories as new controllers points data and other necessary changes are made The basic functions shal include 1 Create and save displays and graphic symbols 2 Group and ungroup graphic symbols The grouped symbol shal be manipulated as a single symbol 5 Rotate and mirror a graphic symbol U9 Modify a portion of a graphic symbol gt Save graphic symbols as a library object 6 Delete a graphic symbol SECTION 25 10 10 Page 28 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 2 4 6 4 7 Place a graphic symbol on a display 8 Cancel the display of a graphic symbol 9 Assign conditions which automatically initiate the display 10
268. ctor are in accordance with the contract plans and specifications and all approved submittals I N TI AL REQU REMENTS CONDI TI ONS 1 Submittals a Submit a detailed list of all approved hardware with Manufacturer model number and location This list is based on the contract plans specifications change orders if any and approved submittals which must be available for reference purposes during the test b Submit a detailed list of all approved software with revision number and purpose of software This list is based on the contract plans specifications change orders if any and approved submittals which must be available for reference purposes during the test 2 Equipment a Verify all equipment is functional 3 Reference Documentation a List user manual documentation and sections pertaining to the testing 4 Date of Test 5 Time of Test _________ 6 Contractor s Representative 7 Government s Representative TEST PROCEDURES Expected Item Action Item Results Approved UMS 1 The workstation hardware is installed and complies with Specification paragraph titled Workstation Hardware 222 LLL LLL LLL DELORS pe ete ce aa e a aa aaa x es aaa aa aa a a 2 The Server hardware is installed and complies with specification paragraph titled Server Hardware Notes SECTION 25 08 10 Page 17 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Expected Item Action Item Results Approved 3 The fibe
269. ctory insulated items no jacket installed indoors and which are located in air plenums in ceiling spaces and in attic spaces shall have a flame spread index no higher than 25 and a smoke developed index no higher than 50 Flame spread and smoke developed indexes shall be determined by ASTM E 84 Insulation shall be tested in the same density and installed thickness as the material to be used in the actual construction Material supplied by a manufacturer with a jacket shall be tested as a composite material Jackets facings and adhesives shall have a flame spread index no higher than 25 and a smoke developed index no higher than 50 when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84 Ll5 NAMEPLATES Major equipment including pumps pump motors expansion tanks and air separator tanks shall have the manufacturer s name type or style model or serial number on a plate secured to the item of equipment The nameplate of the distributing agent will not be acceptable Plates shall be durable and legible throughout equipment life Plates shall be fixed in prominent locations with nonferrous screws or bolts 16 RELATED COMPONENTS SERVI CES 16 1 Drain and Make Up Water Piping Requirements for drain and make up water piping and backflow preventer s is specified in Section 22 00 00 PLUMBING SYSTEMS 16 2 Field Applied Insulation Requirements for field applied insulation is specified in Section 23 07 00 THERMAL INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS 16
270. ctural members except where indicated or approved Make all rectangular and square openings as detailed Extend each sleeve through its respective wall floor or roof and cut flush with each surface except in mechanical roomfloors not located on grade where clamping flanges or riser pipe clamps are used Extend sleeves in mechanical room floors above grade at least 4 inches above finish floor Unless otherwise indicated use sleeves large enough to provide a minimum clearance of 1 4 inch all around the pipe Provide steel pipe for sleeves in bearing walls waterproofing membrane floors and wet areas Provide sleeves in nonbearing walls floors or ceilings of steel pipe galvanized sheet metal with lock type longitudinal seam or moisture resistant fiber or plastic For penetrations of fire walls fire partitions and floors which are not on grade seal the annular space between the pipe and sleeve with fire stopping material and sealant that meet the requirement of Section 07 84 00 FIRESTOPPING 3 7 PIPES PENETRATING WATERPROOFING MEMBRANES Install pipes penetrating waterproofing membranes as specified in Section 22 00 00 PLUMBING GENERAL PURPOSE 3 8 FIRE SEAL Fire seal all penetrations of fire rated partitions walls and floors in accordance with Section 07 84 00 FIRESTOPPI NG 3 9 ESCUTCHEONS Provide escutcheons for all finished surfaces where gas piping passes through floors walls or ceilings except in boiler utility or equi pment
271. cy s Representative The team members shall be as follows Designation Function A Contractor s Commissioning Specialist M Contractor s Mechanical Representative SECTION 23 08 00 00 10 Page 4 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 E Contractor s Electrical Representative T Contractor s Testing Adjusting and Balancing TAB Specialist C Contractor s Controls Representative D Design Agency Representative 0 Contracting Officer s Representative U Using Agency s Representative Appendices A and B shall be completed by the commissioning team Acceptance by each commissioning team member of each Pre Functiona Performance Test Checklist item shall be indicated by initials and date unless an X is shown indicating that participation by that individual is not required Acceptance by each commissioning team member of each functional performance test itemshall be indicated by signature and date 3 2 TESTS The pre functional performance test checklists and functional performance tests shall be performed in a manner that essentially duplicates the checking testing and inspection methods established in the related Sections Where checking testing and inspection methods are not specified in other Sections methods shall be established which wil provide the information required Testing and verification required by this section shall be performed during the Commissioning phase Requirements in related Sections are independent
272. cy type in accordance with NEMA MG 1 c For polyphase motors provide squirrel cage medium induction motors including motors that are part of a system and that meet the efficiency ratings for premium efficiency motors in accordance with NEMA MG 1 Select premium efficiency polyphase motors in accordance with NEMA MG 10 d Provide motors in accordance with NEMA MG 1 and of sufficient size to drive the load at the specified capacity without exceeding the nameplate rating of the motor Motors shall be rated for continuous duty with the enclosure specified Motor duty requirements shall allow for maximum frequency start stop operation and minimum encountered interval between start and stop Motor torque shall be capable of accelerating the connected load within 20 seconds with 80 percent of the rated voltage maintained at motor terminals during one starting period Provide motor starters complete with thermal overload protection and other necessary appurtenances Motor bearings shall be fitted with grease supply fittings and grease relief to outside of the enclosure e Where two speed or variable speed motors are indicated solid state variable speed controllers may be provided to accomplish the same function Use solid state variable speed controllers for motors rated 10 hp or less and adjustable frequency drives for larger motors Provide variable frequency drives for motors as specified in Section 26 29 23 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE SYSTEMS UNDE
273. d Load limiting e System capacity control to adjust the unit capacity in accordance with the system load and the programmable setpoints Controls shall automatically re cycle the chiller on power interruption Es AM 3 Startup and head pressure controls to allow system operation at all ambient temperatures down to 55 degrees F condenser water Steartup and head pressure _ecentreis te attew system_operation_at all ambient temperatures_dewn to 45 degrees condenser water AM 3 g Variable flow compensation h Water Side Economization free cooling Control 254 2 Monitoring Capabilities During normal operations the control system shall be capable of monitoring and displaying the following operating parameters Access and operation of display shall not require opening or removing any panels or doors a Entering and leaving chilled water temperatures b Self diagnostic c Operation status d Operating hours e Number of starts f Compressor status on or off g Refrigerant discharge and suction pressures h Oil pressure i Condenser water entering and leaving temperatures j Number of purge cycles over the last 7 days 2 0443 Programmable Setpoints The control system shall be capable of being reprogrammed directly at the unit The programmable setpoints shall include the following as a minimum SECTION 23 64 00 00 10 Page 9 Lackland AFB Airmen Training Complex ATC Dormitory 1 LKATCD1 AMENDMENT 0003 a Leaving
274. d thermal conductivity The covers shall be secured by PVC vapor retarder tape adhesive seal welding or with tacks made for securing PVC covers Seams in the cover and tacks and laps to adjoining pipe insulation jacket shall be sealed with vapor retarder tape to ensure that the assembly has a continuous vapor seal 32243 Aboveground Hot Pipelines Bede dl General Requirements All hot pipe lines above 60 degrees F except those piping listed in Subparagraph Pipe Insulation in PART 3 as to be omitted shall be insulated per Table 2 This includes but is not limited to the following a Domestic hot water supply amp re circulating system b Condensate amp compressed air discharge c Hot water heating Insulation shall be covered in accordance with manufacturer s recommendations with a factory applied Type jacket or field applied aluminum where required or seal welded PVC 3 2 3 2 Insulation for Fittings and Accessories a General Pipe insulation shall be tightly butted to the insulation of the fittings and accessories The butted joints and ends shall be sealed with joint sealant Insulation shall be marked showing the location of unions strainers check valves and other components that would otherwise be hidden from view by the insulation b Precut or Preformed Precut or preformed insulation shall be placed around all fittings and accessories Insulation shall be the same insulation as the pipe insulation including same density thi
275. d Final As Built Drawings upon completion SECTION 25 10 10 Page 39 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 3 3 of PVT Phase Il 3 INSTALLATION REQUI REMENTS 3 1 General The Contractor shall install system components as shown and specified and in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions and shall provide necessary interconnections services and adjustments required for a complete and operable system Communication equipment and cable grounding shall be installed as necessary to preclude ground loops noise and surges from adversely affecting system operation Fiber Optic cables and wiring in exposed areas including low voltage wiring but not including network cable in telecommunication closets shall be installed in metallic raceways or EMT conduit as specified in Section 26 20 00 INTERIOR DISTRI BUTI ON SYSTEM r32 Isolation Penetrations of Buildings and Clearance from Equi pment The UMCS shall be completely installed and ready for operation as specified and shown Dielectric isolation shall be provided where dissimilar metals are used for connection and support Penetrations through and mounting holes in the building exteriors shall be made watertight Holes in concrete brick steel and wood walls shall be drilled or core drilled with proper equipment conduits installed through openings shall be sealed with materials which are compatible with existing materials Openings shall be sealed with materials which
276. d Ratings and Fatigue Life for Roller Bearings ABMA 9 1990 R 2000 Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Ball Bearings AMERICAN SOCIETY OF HEATING REFRIGERATING AND AIR CONDITIONING ENGINEERS ASHRAE ASHRAE 15 2007 Errata 2007 Safety Code for Refrigeration ASHRAE 34 2004 Designation and Safety Classification of Refrigerants ASHRAE 90 1 IP 2007 Errata 2008 Errata 2008 Errata 2008 Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low Rise Residential Buildings I P Edition AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY AWS AWS 249 1 2005 Safety in Welding Cutting and Allied Processes ASME INTERNATIONAL ASME ASME BPVC SEC IX 2007 Addenda 2008 Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section IX Welding and Brazing Qualifications ASME BPVC SEC VIII D1 2007 Addenda 2008 Boiler and Pressure SECTION 23 64 00 00 10 Page 1 Lackland AFB Airmen Training Complex ATC Dormitory 1 LKATCD1 I AMENDMENT 0003 Vessel Code Section VIII Pressure Vessels Division 1 Basic Coverage NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION NEMA NEMA MG 1 2007 Standard for Motors and Generators NEMA MG 2 2001 Safety Standard for Construction and Guide for Selection Installation and Use of Electric Motors and Generators 2 PROJECT REQUIREMENTS 2 1 Safety Exposed moving parts parts that produce high operating temperature parts which may be electrically energized and parts that may be a hazard to operating personnel shall be insulated fully
277. d Use of Single Phase Motors NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION NFPA NFPA 70 2007 AMD 1 2008 National Electrical Code 2008 Edition 2 RELATED REQUI REMENTS This section applies to all sections of Divisions 21 FIRE SUPPRESSION 22 PLUMBING and 23 HEATING VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING of this project specification unless specified otherwise in the individual section i3 QUALITY ASSURANCE 23 1 Material and Equipment Qualifications Provide materials and equipment that are standard products of manufacturers regularly engaged in the manufacture of such products which are of a similar material design and workmanship Standard products shall have been in satisfactory commercial or industrial use for 2 years prior to bid opening The 2 year use shall include applications of equipment and materials under similar circumstances and of similar size The product shall have been for sale on the commercial market through advertisements manufacturers catalogs or brochures during the 2 year period SECTION 23 03 00 00 20 Page 1 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 e ae Alternative Qualifications Products having less than a two year field service record will be acceptable if a certified record of satisfactory field operation for not less than 6000 hours exclusive of the manufacturer s factory or laboratory tests can be shown 1 3 3 Service Support The equipment items shall be supported by service
278. d by the tubing manufacturer a ie Thermoplastic Pipe Tubing Joints and Fittings Provide thermoplastic pipe tubing casing and joints and fittings conforming to ASTM D 2513 and API Spec 5CT 2 2 6 Fiberglass Pipe Joints and Fittings Provide fiberglass piping systems conforming to ASTM D 2517 and API Spec 15LR 2 2 7 Sealants for Steel Pipe Threaded Joints Provide joint sealing compound as listed in UL Gas amp Oil Dir Class 20 or less For taping use tetrafluoroethlene tape conforming to UL Gas amp Oil Dir 2 2 8 Warning and Identification Provide pipe flow markings warning and identification tape and metal tags as required 2 2 9 Flange Gaskets Provide gaskets of nonasbestos compressed material in accordance with ASME Bl6 21 1 16 inch thickness full face or self centering flat ring type containing aramid fibers bonded with styrene butadiene rubber SBR or nitrile butadiene rubber NBR suitable for a maximum 600 degree F service to be used for hydrocarbon service 2 2 10 Pipe Threads Provide pipe threads conforming to ASME B1 20 1 2 2 11 Escutcheons Provide chromium plated steel or chromium plated brass escutcheons either one piece or split pattern held in place by internal spring tension or set Screw 2 2 12 Gas Transition Fittings a Provide steel to plastic PE designed for steel to plastic with tapping tee or sleeve conforming to AGA XR0603 requirements for transitions fittings Coat or wrap exposed ste
279. d cap or plug shall be installed on the heat exchanger coil on each unit heater or unit ventilator and wherever required for thorough draining of the system 3 2 18 Strainer Blow Down Piping Strainer blow down connections shall be fitted with a black steel blow down pipeline routed to an accessible location and provided with a blow down valve 3 2 19 Direct Venting for Combustion Intake Air and Exhaust Air The intake air and exhaust vents shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 54 and boiler manufacturer s recommendations The exhaust vent shal be sloped 1 4 inch ft toward the boiler s flue gas condensate collection point 3 3 GAS FUEL SYSTEM Gas piping fittings valves regulators tests cleaning and adjustments shall be in accordance with the Section 23 11 25 FACILITY GAS PIPING NFPA 54 shall be complied with unless otherwise specified Burners pilots and all accessories shall be listed in UL Gas amp Oil Dir The fue system shall be provided with a gas tight manually operated UL listed stop valve at the gas supply connections a gas strainer a pressure regulator pressure gauges a burner control valve a safety shutoff valve Suitable for size of burner and sequence of operation and other components required for safe efficient and reliable operation as specified Approved permanent and ready facilities to permit periodic valve leakage tests on the safety shutoff valve or valves shall be provided 3 4 COLOR CODE MARKING AND
280. d has met the performance requirements in this section of the specifications Signature and Date Contractor s Commissioning Specialist Contractor s Mechanical Representative Contractor s Electrical Representative Contractor s TAB Representative Contractor s Controls Representative Design Agency Representative Contractor s Officer s Representative Using Agency s Representative SECTION 23 08 00 00 10 Page 50 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Functional Performance Test Checklist Energy Recovery System For Energy Recovery System __ 1 Functional Performance Test Contractor shall demonstrate operation of energy recovery system as per specifications including the following Start equipment to provide energy source for recovery system a Verify energy source is providing recoverable energy b Verify recovery system senses available energy and activates __ 2 Verify recovery systeminiet outlet readings compare to design conditions and manufacturer s performance data Design Actual Primary loop inlet temp degrees F Primary loop outlet temp degrees F Primary loop flow rate cfm Secondary loop inlet temp degrees F Secondary loop outlet temp degrees F Secondary loop flow rate cfm Primary loop energy BTU hr Secondary loop energy BTU hr 3 Verify that recovery system deactivates when recoverable energy is no longer available 4 Check and report unusual vibration noise etc 5 Ce
281. d input values I N TI AL REQU REMENTS CONDI TI ONS 1 Submittals a The contractor shall provide all command input error messages prior to testing 2 Equipment a UMCS and DDC hardware and software 3 Reference Documentation a List user manual documentation and sections pertaining to the testing 4 Date of Test _________ 5 Time of Test _ ___ 6 7 Contractor s Representative Government s Representative TEST PROCEDURES Expected Item Action Item Results Approved UMS AND DDC FOR HVAC 1 Login using a password Login occurs with point command MO Cre S er eae Pe a eee a eee a ae a a a a ee 2 Request a display of a The system displays the SNVT controllers SNVT value Mome Se oaea SO a a ea a a et Te a 3 Override the SNVT point The SNVT value override to a selected value changes the value in the CONC ON eh eee Soe Notes SECTION 25 08 10 Page 38 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC Item Action Item 4 Release the override of a SNVT NOUS gat re ra a aa 5 For an nvi to a controller with a limit of 50 to 80 command the nv to a value of 90 Notes 6 For an nvi to a controller for which the operator only has read privileges command the nvi to a value of 90 Notes End of Test Specific Abbreviations Y Yes N No NA Not Applicable SECTION 25 08 10 W9126G 09 R 0105 Expected Results Approved The SNVT value returns to formals 8 Se Ne The value will go the
282. d predicted demand shall be used by the demand limiting programto determine demand limit priority The EDT shall be user configurable When the actual demand exceeds the EDT a critical alarm shall be broadcast a Demand limit priority level The Demand limit priority level is a calculated value which is used by the M amp C server to determine the group or groups of equipment to be shut off or set points adjusted Chillers Six 6 levels of demand priority zero 0 through five 5 shall be defined When no loads are to be shut down the system shall be at demand limit level zero 0 When the predicted demand first exceeds the EDT the demand limiting program shall designate the demand limit priority to have a value of 1 Successive levels of demand limit priority shall be based upon the amount kW that the predicted demand exceeds the EDT and duration of this excess The minimum amount of time between changes to the demand limit priority level shall be operator adjustable with a default value of 15 minutes b Demand Limit Schedule and Monitoring Screen The demand limit software shall use a spreadsheet type table which shall include the following information SECTION 25 10 10 Page 32 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 1 Current demand predicted demand 2 Base wide EDT 4 For each system ww Time of day a Equipment Description b Equipment demand limit priority c SNVT name used to override
283. d smoke developed indexes shall be determined by ASTM E 84 NFPA 255 or UL 723 Insulation shall be tested in the same density and installed thickness as the material to be used in the actual construction Test specimens shall be prepared and mounted according to ASTM E 2231 Insulation materials located exterior to the building perimeter are not required to be fire rated 1 3 5 Identification of Materials Packages or standard containers of insulation jacket material cements adhesives and coatings delivered for use and samples required for approval shall have manufacturer s stamp or label attached giving the name of the manufacturer and brand and a description of the material Insulation packages and containers shall be asbestos free 1 4 SUBMI TTALS Government approval is required for submittals with a G designation submittals not having a G designation are for information only When used a designation following the G designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the Government The following shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Submit the three SD types SD 02 Shop Drawings SD 03 Product Data and SD 08 Manufacturer s Instructions at the same time for each system SD 02 Shop Drawings MICA Plates G DO Pipe Insulation Systems and Associated Accessories Duct Insulation Systems and Associated Accessories Equipment Insulation Systems and Associated Accessories A
284. d to and licensed to the project site as specified SECTION 23 09 23 Page 33 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 c Copies of the installed GPPC application programs as source code compatible with the supplied programming software shall be submitted as specified The submitted GPPC application program shall be the complete application necessary for the GPPC to function as installed and be sufficient to allow replacement of the installed controller with a GPPC of the same type PART 3 EXECUTI ON 3 1 EXISTING CONDITIONS SURVEY The Contractor shall performa field survey including testing and inspection of the equipment to be controlled and submit an Existing Conditions Report documenting the current status and it s impact on the Contractor s ability to meet this specification For those items considered nonfunctional the Contractor shall provide with the report specification sheets or written functional requirements to support the findings and the estimated costs to correct the deficiencies As part of the report the Contractor shall define the scheduled need date for connection to existing equi pment 2 CONTROL SYSTEM NSTALLATI ON 2al General Installation Requirements Zell HVAC Control System The HVAC control system shall be completely installed tested and ready for operation Dielectric isolation shall be provided where dissimilar metals are used for connection and support Penetrations through and moun
285. d water systems must be in operation providing design water temperatures 1 Functional Performance Test Contractor shall demonstrate operation of selected fan coils as per specifications including the following a Cooling only fan coils 1 Verify fan coil unit response to roomtemp set point adj ust ment Check blower fan airflow _____ cfm 2 Check cooling coil water flow _____ gpm 3 Verify proper operation of cooling water control valve 4 Cooling mode inlet air temperature __ deg F 5 Cooling mode outlet air temperature __ deg F 6 Calculate coil sensible capacity and compare to design Calculated _____ BTU hr Design BTU hr b Cooling heating fan coils 1 Verify fan coil unit response to roomtemp set point adj ust ment 1 Check blower fan airflow _____ cfm 2 Check cooling coil water flow _____ gpm 3 Verify proper operation of cooling water control valve o 4 Check cooling mode inlet air temperature _____ deg F 5 Check cooling mode outlet air temperature _____ degF 6 Calculate cooling coil sensible capacity and compare to design 7 Calculated ______ BTU hr Design ____ BTU hr 8 Check heating coil water flow ____ gpm 9 Verify proper operation of heating water control valve 10 Check heating mode inlet air temperature 11 Check heating mode outlet air temperature _____ degF 12 Calculate heating coil capacity and compare to design Calculated BTU hr or watts design BTU hr or watts 2 Certification W
286. dant jacket with or without integral vapor barrier as required by the service In exposed locations provide jacket with a white surface Suitable for field painting yee ee E Metal Jackets a Aluminum Jackets ASTM B 209 Temper H14 minimum thickness of 27 gauge 0 016 inch with factory applied polyethylene and kraft paper moisture barrier on inside surface Provide smooth surface jackets for jacket outside dimension 8 inches and larger Provide corrugated surface jackets for jacket outside dimension 8 inches and larger Provide stainless steel bands minimum width of 1 2 inch b Stainless Steel Jackets ASTM A 167 or ASTM A 240 A 240M Type 304 minimumthickness of 33 gauge 0 010 inch smooth surface with factory applied polyethylene and kraft paper moisture barrier on inside surface Provide stainless steel bands minimum width of 1 2 ine 2 353 Weatherproof Duct Insulation Provide ASTM C 591 Type polyurethane or polyisocyanate board insulation minimum density of 1 7 pcf and weatherproofing as specified in manufacturer s instruction 2 4 EQUIPMENT INSULATION SYSTEMS Insulate equipment and accessories as specified in Tables 4 and 5 In outside locations provide insulation 1 2 inch thicker than specified Increase the specified insulation thickness for equipment where necessary to equal the thickness of angles or other structural members to make a smooth exterior surface PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 APPLICATION GENERAL I
287. ddressing are possible but the Domain Subnet Node format is the established standard for this specification aa Node ID A unique 48 bit identifier assigned at the factory to each CEA 709 18 device sometimes called the Neuron ID bb Program ID An identifier number stored in the device usually EEPROM that identifies the node manufacturer functionality of device application amp sequence transceiver used and the intended device usage cc Repeater A device that connects two control network segments and retransmits all information received on one side onto the other dd Router A device that connects two channels and controls traffic between the channels by retransmitting signals received from one subnet onto the other based on the signal destination Routers are used to subdivide a control network and to control bandwidth usage ee Segment A single section of a control network that contains no repeaters or routers The device quantity limitation is dependent on the topology media and device type For example a TP FT 10 network with locally powered devices is limited to 64 devices per segment ff Service Pin A hardware push button on a device which causes the device to broadcast a message over the control network containing its Node ID and Program ID This broadcast can also be initiated via software gg Standard Configuration Parameter Type SCPT Pronounced skip it A standard format type maintained by LonMark
288. deck hot deck and supply air temperatures and determine damper leakage for a minimum of 2 zones Cold deck temperature degrees F Hot deck temperature 222 degrees F Zone ee Zone ____ Supply Air Temperature at Max Cooling ______ deg F Zone ____ Supply Air Temperature at Max Heating _______ deg F Zone ____Hot Deck Damper leakage at Max cooling ______ CFM Zone ____Cold Deck Damper leakage at Max heating _______ CFM ZOMG 2 Sinn Zone ____ Supply Air Temperature at Max Cooling __ deg F Zone ____ Supply Air Temperature at Max Heating ______ deg F Zone ____Hot Deck Damper leakage at Max cooling ______ CFM Zone ____Cold Deck Damper leakage at Max heating _______ CFM i Verify occupancy schedule is programmed into time clock UMCS SECTION 23 08 00 00 10 Page 43 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Functional Performance Test Checklist cont Multi zone Air Handling Unit 2 Certification We the undersigned have witnessed the above functional performance tests and certify that the itemtested has met the performance requirements in this section of the specifications Signature and Date Contractor s Commissioning Specialist Contractor s Mechanical Representative Contractor s Electrical Representative Contractor s TAB Representative Contractor s Controls Representative Design Agency Representative Contracting Officer s Representative Using Agency s Representative SECTION 23
289. den or operator disabled points d Devices in alarm unacknowl edged e Out of range bad or missing data b Navigation Commands The system graphic displays shall support English language operator commands via point and click mouse or keyboard entry for defining and selecting points parameters graphics report generation and all other functions associated with operation The operator commands shall be usable from any operator workstation with individual operator passwords as specified 1 Command Input Operator s commands shall be full words and acronyms selected to allow operators to use the system without extensive training or any data processing backgrounds The system shall prompt the operator in full words and acronyms for al required information identifying acceptable command formats The operator s response shall be a point and click selection word phrase or acronymincluding parameters where required 2 Command Input Errors The system shall supervise operator inputs to ensure they are correct for proper execution Operator input assistance shall be provided whenever a command cannot be executed because of operator input errors The system shal explain to the operator why the command cannot be executed Conditions for which operator error assist messages shall be generated include a The command used is incorrect or incomplete b The operator is restricted from using that command c The command addresses an out of range
290. dial with black figures and pointer zero adjustment Gauge range shall be suitable for the application with an upper end of the range not to exceed 150 of the design upper limit Accuracy shall be plus or minus two percent of scale range 10 OUTPUT DEVI CES Output Devices with SNVT input are ASCs and shall meet all ASC requirements in addition to the output device requirements Note ASCs are specified in paragraph DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL DDC HARDWARE 10 1 Actuators Actuators shall be electric electronic All actuators shall be normally open NO normally closed NC or fail in last position FILP as shown Normally open and normally closed actuators shall be of mechanical spring return type Electric actuators shall have an electronic cut off or other means to provide burnout protection if stalled Actuators shall have a visible position indicator Electric actuators shall provide position feedback to the controller as shown Actuators shall smoothly open or close the devices to which they are applied Electric actuators shall have a full stroke response time in both directions of 90 seconds or less at rated load Electric actuators shall be of the foot mounted type with an oil immersed gear train or the direct coupled type Where multiple electric actuators operate froma common signal the actuators shal provide an output signal identical to its input signal to the additiona devices 10 1 1 Valve Actuators Valve actuators shal
291. dicated specified and required for functioning and servicing of the systems Valves shall be safely accessible Swing check valves shall be installed upright in horizonta lines and in vertical lines only when flow is in the upward direction Gate and globe valves shall be installed with stems horizontal or above Valves to be brazed shall be disassembled prior to brazing and all packing removed After brazing the valves shall be allowed to cool before reassembling 3 2 12 Pipe Sleeves Pipe passing through concrete or masonry walls or concrete floors or roofs shall be provided with pipe sleeves fitted into place at the time of construction A waterproofing clamping flange shall be installed as indicated where membranes are involved Sleeves shall not be installed in structural members except where indicated or approved Rectangular and Square openings shall be as detailed Each sleeve shall extend through its respective wall floor or roof Sleeves through walls shall be cut flush with wall surface Sleeves through floors shall extend above top surface of floor a sufficient distance to allow proper flashing or finishing Sleeves through roofs shall extend above the top surface of roof at least 6 inches for proper flashing or finishing Unless otherwise indicated Sleeves shall be sized to provide a minimum clearance of 1 4 inch between bare pipe and sleeves or between jacket over insulation and sleeves Sleeves in waterproofing membrane floors bea
292. directions and connection attributes of network variables and the number of message tags Functional Profile The description of one or more LonMark Obj ects used to classify and certify devices m Gateway A device that translates from one protocol to another Gateways are also called Communications Bridges or Protocol Translators n General Purpose Programmable Controller GPPC Unlike an ASC a GPPC is not furnished with a fixed application program A GPPC can be re programmed usually using vendor supplied software o LonMark Object A collection of network variables configuration parameters and associated behavior defined by LonMark Internationa and described by a Functional Profile Defines how information is exchanged between devices on a network inputs from and outputs to the net work p LNS Plug in Software which runs in an LNS compatible software tool Device configuration plug ins provide a user friendly interface to configuration parameters q LonMark See LonMark International Also a certification issued by LonMark International to CEA 709 1B devices r LonMark International Standards committee consisting of numerous independent product developers and systems integrators dedicated to determining and maintaining the interoperability guidelines for the LonWorks industry Maintains guidelines for the interoperability of CEA 709 1B devices and issues the LonMark Certification for CEA 709 18 devices s Lo
293. dling Unit 5 Fan VAV controller receives signal from duct static pressure sensor and modulates fan to maintain supply duct static pressure set point Setpoint inches wg Actual inches wg e Unoccupied mode of operation 1 Observe fan starts when space temperature calls for heating and or cooling Note This does not apply to series boxes 2 All dampers in normal position oo 3 Verify space temperature is maintained as specified in sequence of operation f The following shall be verified when the supply and return fans off mode is initiated 1 All dampers in normal position 2 All valves in normal position 3 Fan de energizes 2 222 22222222 2222 2222222 22222222222222 LLL g Verify the chilled water coil control valve operation by setting all VAV s to maximum and mini mum cooling Max Cooling Supply air temp _____ deg F Verify cooling valve operation ______ Min cooling Supply air temp deg F Verify cooling valve operation h Verify safety shut down initiated by low temperature protection thermostat _________ ji Verify occupancy schedule is programmed into time clock UMCS _____ 2 Certification We the undersigned have witnessed the above functional performance tests and certify that the item tested has met the performance requirements in this section of the specifications Signature and Date Contractor s Commissioning Specialist Contractor s Mechanical Representative Contractor s Electrical
294. e Angle and Check Val ves MSS SP 85 2002 Standard for Cast Iron Globe amp Angle Valves Flanged and Threaded Ends NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION NEMA NEMA 250 2003 Enclosures for Electrical Equipment 1000 Volts Maxi mum NEMA MG 1 2007 Standard for Motors and Generators NEMA MG 11 1977 R 2007 Energy Management Guide for SECTION 23 64 26 Page 4 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Selection and Use of Single Phase Motors NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION NFPA NFPA 90A 2008 Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems U S GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION GSA CID A A 50541 Basic Notice 1 Valves Tank Float Angle and Globe Pattern Inch Pound 1 2 SYSTEM DESCRI PTI ON Provide the water systems having the minimum service design temperature pressure rating indicated Provision of the piping systems including materials installation workmanship fabrication assembly erection examination inspection and testing shall be in accordance with the required and advisory provisions of ASME B31 9 except as modified or Supplemented by this specification section or design drawings This specification section covers the water systems piping which is located within on and adjacent to building s within the building s 5 foot line E3 SUBMI TTALS Government approval is required for submittals with a G designation submittals not having a G de
295. e an alarm d Attempt to configure a SECTION 25 Sign in shall be successful Action shall be possible Action shall be possible Action shall be possible 08 10 Page 27 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC Item Action Item trend e Attempt to configure a report f Attempt to override a point g Attempt to configure an alarm h Attempt to configure a schedule i Attempt to configure a demand limiting parameter j Attempt to modify a graphic page k Attempt to create a custom program Expected Results W9126G 09 R 0105 Approved Action shall be possible Action shall be possible Action shall be possible Action shall be possible Action shall be possible Action shall be denied Action shall be denied Notes 5 Demonstrate level 4 authority a Sign in as the level 3 user b Attempt to view a system graphic c Attempt to acknowledge an alarm d Attempt to configure a trend e Attempt to configure a report f Attempt to override a point g Attempt to configure an alarm h Attempt to configure a schedule i Attempt to configure a demand limiting parameter j Attempt to modify a graphic page program k Attempt to create a custom program Sign in shall be successful Action shall be possible Action shall be possible Action shall be possible Action shall be possible Action shall be possible Action shall be possible Action shall be possible
296. e weight of the components to be supported Lines connected to the pump mounted on pedestal blocks shall be provided with flexible connectors Furnish foundation drawings bolt setting information and foundation bolts prior to concrete foundation construction for all equipment indicated or required to have concrete foundations Concrete for foundations shall be as specified in Section 03 31 00 00 10 CAST IN PLACE STRUCTURAL CONCRETE 3 Access Panels Install access panels for concealed valves vents controls dampers and SECTION 23 00 00 Page 26 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 items requiring inspection or maintenance Access panels shall be of sufficient size and located so that the concealed items may be serviced and maintained or completely removed and replaced Access panels shall be as specified in Section 05 50 00 METAL MISCELLANEOUS AND FABRI CATI ONS 3 1 4 Flexible Duct Install pre insulated flexible duct in accordance with the latest printed instructions of the manufacturer to ensure a vapor tight joint Hangers when required to suspend the duct shall be of the type recommended by the duct manufacturer and shall be provided at the intervals recommended 34 15 Metal Ductwork Installation shall be according to SMACNA HVAC Duct Const Stds unless otherwise indicated Duct supports for sheet metal ductwork shall be according to SMACNA HVAC Duct Const Stds unless otherwise specified Friction beam clam
297. e Contractor shall coordinate the testing schedule with the Government Coordination shall include controls specified in other sections or divisions which include controls and control devices that are to be part of or interfaced to the UMCS specified in this section 3 PROTECTION The Contractor shall protect all work and material from damage by the work or workers and shall be liable for all damage thus caused The Contractor shall be responsible for the work and equipment until finally inspected tested and accepted The Contractor shall protect the work against theft or damage and shall carefully store material and equipment received onsite that is not immediately installed 4 FACTORY TEST 4 1 Factory Test Plan Prior to the scheduling of the factory tests the Contractor shall provide the Government with a Factory Test Plan for approval and receive notification of approval of the Test Plan and Procedures The plan shal include the following as a minimum a System one line block diagram of equipment used in the factory test model indicating servers workstations peripherals network equipment controllers and instrumentation b System hardware description used in the factory test c System software description used in the factory test d Listing of control and status points in the factory test model plus a table with the following information Input and output variables SNVTs for each variable Expected engineering units f
298. e Teflon seals 2 8 6 7 Vortex Shedding Flowmeter Vortex Shedding Flowmeter accuracy shall be within 0 8 of the actual flow The flow meter body shall be made of austenitic stainless steel The vortex shedding flowmeter body shall not require removal fromthe piping in order to replace the shedding sensor 2 8 6 8 Positive Displacement Flow Meter The flow meter shall be a direct reading gerotor nutating disk or vane type displacement device rated for liquid service as shown A counter shall be mounted on top of the meter and shall consist of a non resettable mechanical totalizer for local reading and a pulse transmitter for remote SECTION 23 09 23 Page 24 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 reading The totalizer shall have a six digit register to indicate the volume passed through the meter in gallons and a sweep hand dial to indicate down to 0 25 gallons The pulse transmitter shall have a hermetically sealed reed switch which is activated by magnets fixed on gears of the counter The meter shall have a bronze body with threaded or flanged connections as required for the application Output accuracy shal be 2 of the flow range The maximum pressure drop at full flow shal be 5 psig 2 8 6 9 Flow Meters Paddle Type Sensor shall be non magnetic with forward curved impeller blades designed for water containing debris Sensor accuracy shall be 2 of rate of flow minimum operating flow velocity shall
299. e Test and the Chiller Sound Test The Chiller Performance Test schedule shall also allow the witnessing of the test by a Government Representative System Performance Tests A schedule at least 2 weeks prior to the start of related testing for the system performance tests The schedules shall identify the proposed date time and location for each test Demonstrations A schedule at least 2 weeks prior to the date of the proposed training course which identifies the date time and location for the training SD 06 Test Reports Factory Tests Six copies of the report shall be provided in bound 8 1 2 x 11 inch booklets Reports shall certify the compliance with performance requirements and follow the format of the required testing standard for both the Chiller Performance Tests and the Chiller Sound Tests Test report shall include certified calibration report of all test instrumentation Calibration report shall include certification that all test instrumentation has been calibrated within 6 months prior to the test date identification of all instrumentation and certification that all instrumentation complies with requirements of the test standard Test report shall be submitted 1 week after completion of the factory test System Performance Tests Six copies of the report shall be provided in bound 8 1 2 x 11 inch booklets SD 07 Certificates Refrigeration System Where the system components or equipment are specified to com
300. e interpreted to mean the lessor References to the permit holder shall be interpreted to mean the Contractor bedde Admi nistrative Interpretations For ICC Codes referenced in the contract documents the provisions of Chapter 1 Administrator do not apply These administrative requirements are covered by the applicable Federal Acquisition Regulations FAR included in this contract and by the authority granted to the Officer in Charge of Construction to administer the construction of this project References in the ICC Codes to sections of Chapter 1 shall be applied appropriately by the Contracting Officer as authorized by his admi nistrative cognizance and the FAR 1 4 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING Handle store and protect equipment and materials to prevent damage before and during installation in accordance with the manufacturer s recommendations and as approved by the Contracting Officer Replace SECTION 23 03 00 00 20 Page 2 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 damaged or defective items 1 5 ELECTRICAL REQUI REMENTS Furnish motors controllers disconnects and contactors with their respective pieces of equipment Motors controllers disconnects and contactors shall conformto and have electrical connections provided under Section 26 20 00 INTERIOR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM Furnish internal wiring for components of packaged equipment as an integral part of the equipment Extended voltage range motors will
301. e of 90 of full scale in one second and a linearity of 99 of theoretical electrode output measured at 76 degrees F 2 8 9 Oxygen Analyzer Oxygen analyzer shall consist of a zirconium oxide sensor for continuous Sampling and an air powered aspirator to draw flue gas samples The analyzer shall be equipped with filters to remove flue air particles Sensor probe temperature rating shall be 815 degrees F The sensor assembly shall be equipped for flue flange mounting 2 8 10 Carbon Monoxide Analyzer Carbon monoxide analyzer shall consist of an infrared light source in a weather proof steel enclosure for duct or stack mounting An optical detector analyzer in a similar enclosure suitable for duct or stack mounting shall be provided Both assemblies shall include internal blower systems to keep optical windows free of dust and ash at all times The third component of the analyzer shall be the electronics cabinet Automatic flue gas temperature compensation and manual automatic zeroing devices shall be provided Unit shall read parts per million ppm of SECTION 23 09 23 Page 26 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 carbon monoxide in the range of 100 to 1500 ppm and the response time shal be less than 3 seconds to 90 value Unit measurement range shall not exceed specified range by more that 50 Repeatability shall be 2 of full scale with an accuracy of 3 of full scale 2 8 11 Occupancy Sensors Occupancy sensors
302. e rating greater than its connected load Current sensing relays shall be of split core design The CSR shall be rated for operation at 200 of the connected load Voltage isolation shall be a minimum of 600 volts The CSR shall auto calibrate to the connected load 2 8 7 4 Voltage Transducers Voltage transducers shall accept an AC voltage input and have an accuracy of 0 25 of full scale An integral power supply shall be provided if required for the analog output signal The device shall have a means for calibration Line side fuses for transducer protection shall be provided 2 8 8 pH Sensor The sensor shall be suitable for applications and chemicals encountered in water treatment systems of boilers chillers and condenser water systems Construction wiring fittings and accessories shall be corrosion and chemical resistant with fittings for tank or suspension installation Housing shall be polyvinylidene fluoride with O rings made of chemical resistant materials which do not corrode or deteriorate with extended exposure to chemicals The sensor shall be encapsulated Periodic replacement shall not be required for continued sensor operation Sensors shall use a ceramic junction and pH sensitive glass membrane capable of withstanding a pressure of 100 psig at 150 degrees F The reference cel shall be double junction configuration Sensor range shall be 0 to 12 pH stability 0 05 sensitivity 0 02 and repeatability of 0 05 pH value respons
303. e shutoff against the system pump head valve bodies shall be provided with tapped openings and pipe extensions with shutoff valves outside of pipe insulation The pipe extensions shall be provided with quick connecting hose fittings and differential meter suitable for the operating pressure specified Provide the meter complete with hoses vent integral metering connections and carrying case as recommended by the valve manufacturer 2310 Pump Discharge Valve Valve shall shall performthe functions of a nonslam check valve a manua balancing valve and a shutoff Valve shall be of cast iron or ductile iron construction with bronze and or stainless steel accessories Provide an integral pointer on the valve which registers the degree of valve opening Flow through the valve shall be manually adjustable from bubble tight shutoff to full flow Valves smaller than 2 inches shall have NPT connections Valves 2 inches and larger shall have flanged or grooved end connections Valve design shall allow the back seat for the stemto be replaced in the field under full line pressure s9 Ll Water Temperature Mixing Valve Valve ASSE 1017 for water service a PE Water Temperature Regulating Valves Provide copper alloy body direct acting pilot operated for the intended service lt 5 13 Water Pressure Reducing Valve Valve ASSE 1003 for water service copper alloy body automatic re seating with test lever eJl Pressure Relief Valve Valve sha
304. e speed totally enclosed insulation Class B NEMA Design B continuous rated type which conforms to NEMA MG 1 Fan motors shall have totally enclosed enclosures and be located outside the discharge airstream Motors shall be mounted according to manufacturer s SECTION 23 65 00 00 10 Page 8 Lackland AFB Airmen Training Complex ATC Dormitory 1 LKATCD1 AMENDMENT 0003 recommendations Two speed motors shall have a single winding with variable torque characteristics 2r oa L2 Variable Frequency Drives Where variable speed motors are indicated solid state variable speed controllers may be provided to accomplish the same function Use solid state variable speed controllers for motors rated 3 75 kW 10 hp or less and adjustable frequency drives for larger motors 2 513 Code Water Basin Basin shall be completely watertight and constructed of zinc coated steel Type 304 stainless steel or FRP Basin shall be constructed and installed to ensure that air will not be entrained in outlets when operating and no water will overflow on shutdown Each individual sump shall be provided with an individual outlet Each outlet shall be provided with a 1 2 inch mesh zinc coated steel wire securely mounted to prevent trash from entering the outlet Each basin shall be provided with overflow and valved drain connections Each basin shall be provided with a float controlled makeup water valve as indicated The makeup water shall discharge not less than 2
305. e the undersigned have witnessed the above functional performance tests and certify that the itemtested has met the performance requirements in this section of the specifications Signature and Date Contractor s Commissioning Specialist Contractor s Mechanical Representative Contractor s Electrical Representative Contractor s TAB Representative Contractor s Controls Representative Design Agency Representative SECTION 23 08 00 00 10 Page 47 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Contracting Officer s Representative Using Agency s Representative SECTION 23 08 00 00 10 Page 48 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Functional Performance Test Checklist Unit Heaters The Contracting Officer will select unit heaters to be spot checked during the functional performance test The number of terminals shall not exceed 10 percent Hot water systems for hot water unit heaters must be in operation and supplying design hot water supply temperature water 1 Functional Performance Test Contractor shall demonstrate operation of selected unit heaters a Verify unit heater response to roomtemperature set point adjustment e b Check heating mode inlet air temperature _____ deg F Check heating mode outlet air temperature __ deg F Record manufacturer s submitted fan capacity cfm Calculate unit heater capacity using manufacturer s fan capacity and recorded temperatures and compare to d
306. e to accommodate physical characteristics of inorganic materials and to provide equal or better vibration isolation Weather exposed metal vibration isolator parts shall be corrosion protected Springs shall be chloroprene coated el 2 Mountings Mountings shall be Type A Composite pad with 0 25 inch thick elastomer top and bottom layers molded to contain a pattern with nonslip characteristics in all horizontal directions Elastomer loading shall not exceed 40 pounds per square inch psi Minimum overall thickness shall be 1 inch Maximum deflections up to 0 25 inch are allowed Type B Double rubber in shear elastomer in shear with molded in stee reinforcement in top and bottom Maximum deflections up to 0 50 inch are allowed Type C Free standing laterally stable open spring type for deflections over 0 50 inch with built in bearing and leveling provisions 0 25 inch thick Type A base elastomer pads and accessories Outside diameter of each spring shall be equal to or greater than 0 9 times the operating height of the spring under rated load Type D Partially housed type containing one or more vertically restrained springs with at least 0 50 inchclearance maintained around Springs with adjustable limit stops 0 25 inch thick Type A base elastomer pads and accessories Type E Pendulum suspension configuration with free standing stable spring with resilient horizontal and vertical restraints to allow maximum movements of 0 25 in
307. e to plain ASCII text This file shall maintain as a minimum a record of al operators logged onto the system alarm acknowledgments commands issued and all database modifications Passwords shall not be logged The activity log shall be maintained at the server hardware The system shal automatically provide a mechanism for archiving the log files for long term record storage 2 4 6 2 Protocol Drivers The M amp C Software may include drivers to other non CEA 709 18 protocols The protocol driver shall allow all M amp C Software functions to write values to and read values from points on the legacy system The M amp C software shall support reading points fromthe legacy system and writing these values to SNVTs on the CEA 709 1B network and reading SNVTs fromthe CEA 709 1B network and writing these values to points on the legacy network Use of the driver to integrate additional legacy systems shal not require programming but may require configuration 2 4 6 3 System Graphic Displays The monitoring and control M amp C software shall include graphical displays through which an operator can perform real time access and manipulation of the M amp C functions as specified and shown The graphical displays shal consist of building level system air handler units VAV boxes chillers boilers etc graphic displays alarm displays scheduling displays trending displays and demand limiting displays Data associated with an active display shall be upd
308. eam service shall have pigtail fittings with cock Thermometers and temperature sensing elements installed in liquid systems shall be installed in thermowells 3 2 8 Duct Smoke Detectors Duct smoke detectors will be provided in supply and return air ducts in accordance with Section 28 31 76 INTERIOR FIRE ALARM AND MASS NOTIFICATION SYSTEM Contractor shall connect the DDC Systemto the auxiliary contacts provided on the Smoke Detector as required for system safeties and to provide alarms to the DDC system 3 2 9 Occupancy Sensors A sufficient quantity of occupancy sensors shall be provided to provide complete coverage of the area room or space Occupancy sensors shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 70 requirements and the manufacturer s instructions Occupancy sensors shall not be located within 6 feet of HVAC outlets or heating ducts PIR and dual technology PIR ultrasonic sensors shall not be installed where they can See beyond any doorway Ultrasonic sensors shall not be installed in spaces containing ceiling fans Sensors shall detect motion to within 2 feet of all room entrances and shall not trigger due to motion outside the room The off delay timer shall be set to 15 minutes unless otherwise shown All sensor adjustments shall be made prior to beneficial occupancy but after installation of furniture systems shelving partitions etc Each controlled area shall have one hundred percent coverage capable of detecting small hand mo
309. echanical Shaft Seals Seals shall be single inside mounted end face elastomer bellows type with stainless steel spring brass or stainless steel seal head carbon rotating face and tungsten carbide or ceramic sealing face Glands shall be bronze and of the water flush design to provide lubrication flush across the face of the seal Bypass line from pump discharge to flush connection in gland shall be provided with filter or cyclone particle separator in line 2 8 EXPANS ON TANKS Tank shall be welded steel constructed for and tested to SECTION 23 64 26 Page 18 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 pressure temperature rating of 125 psi at 150 degrees F Provide tanks precharged to the minimum operating pressure Tank shall have a replaceable polypropylene or butyl lined diaphragm which keeps the air charge separated fromthe water shall be the captive air type Tanks shall accommodate expanded water of the system generated within the normal operating temperature range limiting this pressure increase at al components in the systemto the maximum allowable pressure at those components Each tank air chamber shall be fitted with a drain fill an air charging valve and systemconnections Tank shall be supported by steel legs or bases for vertical installation or steel saddles for horizontal installations The only air in the system shall be the permanent sealed in air cushion contained within the expansion tank 25 9
310. ecified range If for any reason the TAB Specialist determines during TAB Execution that any Contract requirement cannot be met the TAB Specialist shall immediately provide a written description of the deficiency and the corresponding proposed corrective action necessary for proper system operation to the Contracting Officer 5 4 TAB Verification The TAB Specialist shall recheck ten percent of the measurements listed in the Tab Report and prepare a TAB Verification Report The measurements selected for verification and the individuals that witness the verification will be selected by the Contracting Officer s Representative COR The measurements will be recorded in the same manner as required for the TAB Report All measurements that fall outside the acceptable operating range specified shall be accompanied by an explanation as to why the measurement does not correlate with that listed in the TAB Report and a description of corrective action performed to bring the measurement into the specified range The TAB Specialist shall update the original TAB report to reflect any changes or differences noted in the TAB verification report and submit SECTION 23 05 93 00 10 Page 6 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 the updated TAB report If over 20 percent of the measurements selected by the COR for verification fall outside of the acceptable operating range specified the COR will select an additional ten percent for verificati
311. ecommended by the manufacturer but not more than 12 inch centers except flexible elastomeric cellular which shall be SECTION 23 07 00 Page 30 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 adhered with contact adhesive Insulation corners shall be protected under wires and bands with suitable corner angles c Phenolic foaminsulation shall be set in a coating of bedding compound and joints shall be sealed with bedding compound as recommended by the manufacturer Cellular glass shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer s instructions Joints and ends shall be sealed with joint sealant and sealed with a vapor retarder coating d Insulation on heads of heat exchangers shall be removable Removable section joints shall be fabricated using a male female shiplap type joint The entire surface of the removable section shall be finished by applying two coats of vapor retarder coating with a layer of glass cloth embedded between the coats The total dry thickness of the finish shall be 1 16 inch e Exposed insulation corners shall be protected with corner angles f Insulation on equipment with ribs shall be applied over 6 by 6 inches by 12 gauge welded wire fabric which has been cinched in place or if approved by the Contracting Officer spot welded to the equipment over the ribs Insulation shall be secured to the fabric with J hooks and 2 by 2 inches washers or shall be securely banded or wired in place on 12 inch centers 3 4
312. ects in piping tubing or fittings is not allowed replace defective items when found 3 PROTECTIVE COVERING dial Underground Metallic Pipe Protect buried metallic piping from corrosion with protective coatings as specified in Section 33 51 15 NATURAL GAS LIQUID PETROLEUM GAS DISTRIBUTION When dissimilar metals are joined underground use gasti ght SECTION 23 11 25 Page 10 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 insulating fittings 3 3 2 Aboveground Metallic Piping Systems 3 3 2 1 Ferrous Surfaces Touch up shop primed surfaces with ferrous metal primer Solvent clean Surfaces that have not been shop primed Mechanically clean surfaces that contain loose rust loose mill scale and other foreign substances by power wire brushing or commercial sand blasted conforming to SSPC SP 6 and prime with ferrous metal primer or vinyl type wash coat Finish primed surfaces with two coats of exterior oil paint or vinyl paint 3 3 2 2 Nonferrous Surfaces Except for aluminum alloy pipe do not paint nonferrous surfaces Paint surfaces of aluminum alloy pipe and fittings to protect against externa corrosion where they contact masonry plaster insulation or are subject to repeated wettings by such liquids as water detergents or sewage Solvent clean the surfaces and treat with vinyl type wash coat Apply a first coat of aluminum paint and a second coat of alkyd gloss enamel or silicone alkyd copolymer enamel 3 4 I NSTALLATI ON
313. ed General Requirements of this section Submit the manufacturer s catalog data for the following items Coils G DO Casing G DO Enclosure G DO Motors G DO Fan G DO Drain Pans G DO Filters G DO Controls G DO SD 04 Samples Submit the Manufacturer s Standard Color Chart for fan coil units in accordance with paragraph entitled General Requirements of this section SD 07 Certificates Submit the Listing of Product Installations for fan coil units in accordance with paragraph entitled Installation of this section Submit the certificates for following items showing conformance with the referenced standards contained in this section Coils Casing Enclosure Motors Fan SECTION 23 82 19 Page 2 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 1 Drain Pans Filters Controls SD 10 Operation and Maintenance Data Six complete copies of the manual in bound 8 1 2 x 11 inch booklets List step by step procedures required for system startup operation abnormal shutdown emergency shutdown and normal shutdown at least 4 weeks prior to the first training course The booklets shall include the manufacturer s name mode number and parts list The manuals shall include the manufacturer s name model number service manual and a brief description of all equipment and their basic operating features Provide spare parts data for each different item of equipment The data shall include a complete
314. ed as indicated 2 8 13 2 Expansion Joints Expansion joints shall provide for either single or double slip of the connected pipes as required or indicated and for not less than the transverse indicated The joints shall be designed for a hot water working pressure not less than 125 psig and shall be in accordance with applicable requirements of E MA Stds and ASME B31 1 End connection shall be flanged Anchor bases or support bases shall be provided as indicated or required Sliding surfaces and water wetted surfaces shall be chromium plated or fabricated of corrosion resistant steel Initial setting shall be made in accordance with the manufacturer s recommendations to compensate for an ambient temperature at time of installation Pipe alignment guides shal be installed as recommended by the joint manufacturer but in any case shall not be more than 5 feet from expansion joint except in lines 4 inches or smaller guides shall be installed not more than 2 feet fromthe joint Service outlets shall be provided where indicated a Bellows type joints shall be flexible guided expansion joints SECTION 23 52 00 00 10 Page 18 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 The expansion element shall be stabilized corrosion resistant steel Bellows type expansion joints shall conform to the applicable requirements of EJMA Stds and ASME B31 1 with interna lines Guiding of piping on both sides of expansion joint shal be in accordance with
315. el pipe with heavy plastic coating b Plastic to Plastic Manufacturer s standard bolt on PVC to PE plastic tapping saddle tee UL listed for gas service rated for 100 psig and O ring seals Manufacturer s standard slip on PE mechanical coupling molded with stainless steel ring support conforming to SECTION 23 11 25 Page 8 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 RO ASTM A 666 O ring seals and rated for 150 psig gas service Manufacturer s standard fused tapping PE to PE tee assembly with shut off feature c Provide lever operated pressure lubricated plug type gas shut off valve conforming to CSA 3 11 CAN CGA 2 13 Insulating Pipe Joints 2 13 1 Insulating Joint Materia Provide insulating joint material between flanged or threaded metallic pipe systems where shown to control galvanic or electrical action 2a L32 Threaded Pipe Joints Provide threaded pipe joints of steel body nut type dielectric unions with insulating gaskets oki E E Flanged Pipe Joints Provide joints for flanged pipe consisting of full face sandwich type flange insulating gasket of the dielectric type insulating sleeves for flange bolts and insulating washers for flange nuts Provide lap joint flange pipe ends conforming to ASTM F 2015 2 14 Flexible Connectors a Provide flexible connectors for connecting gas utilization equipment to building gas piping conforming to CSA AM Z21 24 ANSI Z21 45 or CSA AM Z21 41 for quick
316. el tube sheets by rolling Tube baffles SECTION 23 64 00 00 10 Page 12 Lackland AFB Airmen Training Complex ATC Dormitory 1 LKATCD1 AMENDMENT 0003 shall be properly spaced to provide adequate tube support and cross flow Performance shall be based on a water velocity not less than 3 fps nor more than 12 fps and a fouling factor of 0 0001 h ft2 degrees F Btu 2 5 9 Water Cooled Condenser Coil Condenser shall be of the shell and coil or shell and tube type design Condenser s refrigerant side shall be designed and factory pressure tested to comply with ASHRAE 15 Condenser s water side shall be designed and factory pressure tested for not less than 150 psi Condensers shall be complete with refrigerant relief valve rupture disc assembly water drain connections and refrigerant charging valve Low pressure refrigerant condenser shall be provided with a purge valve located at the highest point in the condenser to purge non condensibles trapped in the condenser Condenser shell shall be constructed of seamless or welded steel Coil bundles shall be totally removable and arranged to drain completely Tubes shall be seamless copper plain integrally finned with smooth bore or integrally finned with enhanced bore Each tube shall be individually replaceable except for the coaxial tubes Tube baffles shall be properly spaced to provide adequate tube support and cross flow Performance shall be based on water velocities not less than 3 fps
317. ement and Building Automation functions for complete operation of th heating ventilation and air conditioning HVAC systems and other energy systems as described on the drawings The BACS shall provide communication and full programming and software as required to insure communication with the Johnson Controls incorporated JCI Metasys front end Provide NCU VMA and DX9100 controllers as manufactured by JCI or fully compatible equipment including any and all programming software etc to insure communication with Metasys front end Equipment such as the chillers boilers and water softening system shall have packaged microprocessor controls provided by the manufacturer This equipment shall be enabled disabled and monitored by the EMCS system through DDC control Air terminal units shall be equipped with factory mounted direct digital unitary controllers provided by the same manufacturer as the air handling unit DDC system b The hardware shall perform the control sequences as specified and shown to provide control of the equipment as specified and shown c Control sequence logic shall reside in DDC hardware in the building The building control network shall not be dependent upon connection to a Utility Monitoring and Control System UMCS for performance of control sequences in this specification The hardware shall to the greatest extent practical perform the sequences without reliance on the building network d The hardware shall
318. emperature and comparing to primary air temperature Primary air temp Supply air temp 2 Certification We the undersigned have witnessed the above functional performance tests and certify that the itemtested has met the performance requirements in this section of the specifications Signature and Date Contractor s Commissioning Specialist Contractor s Mechanical Representative Contractor s Electrical Representative Contractor s TAB Representative Contractor s Controls Representative Contracting Officer s Representative Design Agency Representative Using Agency s Representative SECTION 23 08 00 00 10 Page 35 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Functional Performance Test Checklist Variable Volume Air Handling Unit For Air Handling Unit Ta Functional Performance Test Contractor shall verify operation of air handling unit as per specification including the following a Ensure that a slight negative pressure exists on inboard side of the outside air dampers throughout the operation of the dampers Modulate OA RA and EA dampers from fully open to fully closed positions b The following shall be verified supply and return fans operating mode is initiated 1 All dampers in normal position prior to fan start 2 All valves in normal position prior to fan start 3 System safeties allow start if safety conditions are met _ 4 VAV fan controller shall soft start fan 2 222222222
319. ents of the chilled water chilled hot water and condenser water piping systems Instructors shal be thoroughly familiar with all parts of the installation and shall be instructed in operating theory as well as practical operation and maintenance work Submit a lesson plan for the instruction course for SECTION 23 64 26 Page 32 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 approval The lesson plan and instruction course shall be based on the approved operation and maintenance data and maintenance manuals Conduct a training course for the operating staff and maintenance staff selected by the Contracting Officer Give the instruction during the first regular work week after the equipment or system has been accepted and turned over to the Government for regular operation The number of man days 8 hours per day of instruction furnished shall be one man day Use approximately half of the time for classroominstruction and the other time for instruction at the location of equipment or system When significant changes or modifications in the equipment or system are made under the terms of the contract provide additional instruction to acquaint the operating personnel with the changes or modifications 3 6 ONE YEAR INSPECTION REPORT FOR COOLING WATER At the conclusion of the one year period each connecting cooling tower and liquid chiller condenser inspect for problems due to corrosion scale and biological growth If the equipment
320. eplate rating of the motor Motors shall be continuous duty with the enclosure specified Motor starters shall be provided complete with thermal overload protection and other appurtenances necessary for the motor control indicated Motors shall be furnished with a magnetic across the line or reduced voltage type starter as required by the manufacturer Motor duty requirements shall allow for maximum frequency start stop operation and minimum encountered interval between start and stop Motors shall be sized for the applicable loads Motor torque shall be capable of accelerating the connected load within 20 seconds with 80 percent of the rated voltage maintained at motor terminals during one starting period Motor bearings shall be fitted with grease supply fittings and grease relief to outside of enclosure Manual or automatic control and protective or signal devices required for the operation specified and any control wiring required for controls and devices specified but not shown shall be provided SECTION 23 64 00 00 10 Page 6 Lackland AFB Airmen Training Complex ATC Dormitory 1 LKATCD1 2 AMENDMENT 0003 4 SELF CONTAINED LIQUID CHILLER Unless necessary for delivery purposes units shall be assembled leak tested charged refrigerant and oil and adjusted at the factory In lieu of delivery constraints a chiller may be assembled leak tested charged refrigerant and oil and adjusted at the job site by a factory rep
321. ept internal wiring for components of package equipment shall be provided as an integral part of the equipment When motors and equipment furnished are larger than sizes indicated provide any required changes to the electrical Service as may be necessary and related work as a part of the work for the section specifying that motor or equipment 1 6 2 High Efficiency Motors 1 6 2 1 High Efficiency Single Phase Motors Unless otherwise specified single phase fractional horsepower alternating current motors shall be high efficiency types corresponding to the applications listed in NEMA MG 11 1 6 2 2 High Efficiency Polyphase Motors Unless otherwise specified polyphase motors shall be selected based on high efficiency characteristics relative to the applications as listed in NEMA MG 10 Additionally polyphase squirrel cage medium induction motors with continuous ratings shall meet or exceed energy efficient ratings in accordance with Table 12 6C of NEMA MG 1 SECTION 23 03 00 00 20 Page 3 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 1 6 3 Three Phase Motor Protection Provide controllers for motors rated one one horsepower and larger with electronic phase voltage monitors designed to protect motors from phase loss undervoltage and overvoltage Provide protection for motors from immediate restart by a time adjustable restart relay Lad INSTRUCTION TO GOVERNMENT PERSONNEL When specified in other sections furnish the services
322. er Apply insulation with joints tightly butted Neatly bevel insulation around name plates and access plates and doors Insulation shall be impaled on the fasteners self locking washers shall be installed and the pin trimmed and bent over Joints in the insulation jacket shall be sealed with a 4 inch wide strip of tape Tape seams shall be sealed with a brush coat of vapor retarder coating Breaks and ribs or standing seam penetrations in the jacket material shall be covered with a patch of the same material as the jacket Patches shall extend not less than 2 inches beyond the break or penetration and shall be secured with tape and stapled Staples and joints shall be sealed with a brush coat of vapor retarder coating At jacket penetrations such as hangers thermometers and damper operating rods the voids in the insulation shall be filled and the penetrations sealed with a brush coat of vapor retarder coating Insulation terminations and pin punctures shall be sealed and SECTION 23 07 00 Page 25 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 flashed with a reinforced vapor retarder coating finish The coating shall overlap the adjoining insulation and un insulated Surface 2 inches Pin puncture coatings shall extend 2 inches fromthe puncture in all directions h Oval and round ducts flexible type shall be insulated with factory Type jacket insulation with minimum density of 3 4 pcf attached as per MICA standards 3 3
323. er Fitting and coupling houses shall be ductile iron conforming to ASTM A 536 Gaskets shall be molded synthetic rubber with central cavity pressure responsive configuration and shall conformto ASTM D 2000 for circulating medium up to 230 degrees F Grooved joints shall conform to AWWA C606 Coupling nuts and bolts shall be steel and shall conformto ASTM A 183 SECTION 23 52 00 00 10 Page 16 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 2 2 8 9 Copper Tubing and Fittings 8 9 1 Copper Tubing Tubing shall be ASTM B 88 ASTM B 88M Type K or L Adapters for copper tubing shall be brass or bronze for brazed fittings 8 9 2 Solder Joint Pressure Fittings Wrought copper and bronze solder joint pressure fittings shall conformto ASME Bl6 22 and ASTM B 75 Cast copper alloy solder joint pressure fittings shall conform to ASME B16 18 and ASTM B 828 8 9 3 Flared Fittings Cast copper alloy fittings for flared copper tube shall conformto ASME B16 26 and ASTM B 62 8 9 4 Adapters Adapters may be used for connecting tubing to flanges and to threaded ends of valves and equipment Extracted brazed tee joints produced with an acceptable tool and installed as recommended by the manufacturer may be used 8 9 5 Threaded Fittings Cast bronze threaded fittings shall conformto ASME B16 15 8 9 6 Brazing Material Brazing material shall conform to AWS A5 8 A5 8M 8 9 7 Brazing Flux Flux shall be in paste or liquid form
324. er based or elastomeric type that have a maximum flame spread index of 25 and a maximum smoke developed index of 50 when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84 The adhesive shall not adversely affect initially or in service the insulation to which it is applied nor shall it cause any corrosive effect on metal to which it is applied Any solvent dispersing medium or volatile component of the adhesive shall have no objectionable odor and shall not contain any benzene or carbon tetrachloride The dried adhesive shall not emit nauseous irritating or toxic volatile matters or aerosols when the adhesive is heated to any temperature up to 212 degrees F The dried adhesive shall be nonflammable and fire resistant Natural cross ventilation local mechanical pickup and or general area mechanical ventilation shall be used to prevent an accumulation of solvent vapors keeping in mind the ventilation pattern must remove any heavier than air solvent vapors from lower levels of the workspaces Gloves and spectacle type safety glasses are recommended in accordance with safe installation practices 2 1 3 Caul king ASTM C 920 Type S Grade NS Class 25 Use A 2 1 4 Corner Angles Nominal 0 016 inch aluminum 1 by 1 inch with factory applied kraft backing Aluminum shall be ASTM B 209 Alloy 3003 3105 or 5005 SECTION 23 07 00 Page 6 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 2 1 5 Finishing Cement ASTM C 449 C 449M Mineral fiber hydr
325. er s instructions Field painting is required for surfaces not otherwise specified and finish painting of items only primed at the factory paints are specified in Section 09 90 00 PAINTS AND COATINGS 3 PERFORMANCE TESTS After a cooling tower has been found acceptable under a visual and dimensional examination a field performance test shall be performed in accordance with ASME PTC 23 or CTI ATC 105 The salt spray test is not required The cooling tower test shall be performed in the presence of a Government representative Water and electricity required for the tests will be furnished by the Government Any material equipment instruments and personnel required for the test shall be provided by the Contractor The services of a qualified technician shall be provided as required to perform all tests and procedures indicated herein Field tests shall be coordinated with Section 23 05 93 00 10 TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING OF HVAC SYSTEMS 4 CLEANING AND ADJUSTING Equipment shall be wiped clean with all traces of oil dust dirt or paint spots removed System shall be maintained in this clean condition until final acceptance Bearings shall be properly lubricated with oil or grease as recommended by the manufacturer Belts shall be tightened to proper tension SECTION 23 65 00 00 10 Page 11 Lackland AFB Airmen Training Complex ATC Dormitory 1 LKATCD1 333 AMENDMENT 0003 5 DEMONSTRATIONS Contracto
326. er the signature of a responsible company official that no moisture wil be carried beyond the drip pans under actual conditions of operation Construct of minimum 24 gage zinc coated steel copper copper nickel or stainless steel removable through the nearest access door in the casing or ductwork Eliminators shall have not less than two bends at 45 degrees and shall be spaced not more than 2 1 2 inches center to center on face Each bend shall have an integrally formed hook as indicated in the SMACNA FGDCS Deb Air Filters Air filters shall be listed according to requirements of UL 900 except high efficiency particulate air filters of 99 97 percent efficiency by the DOP Test method shall be as listed under the Label Service and shall meet the requirements of UL 586 2 8 3 1 Extended Surface Pleated Panel Filters Filters shall be 2 inch depth sectional disposable type of the size indicated and shall have a MERV of 8 when tested according to ASHRAE 52 2 Initial resistance at 500 fpm shall not exceed 0 36 inches water gauge Filters shall be UL Class 2 Media shall be nonwoven cotton and synthetic fiber mat A wire support grid bonded to the media shall be attached to a moisture resistant fiberboard frame All four edges of the filter media shall be bonded to the inside of the frame to prevent air bypass and increase rigidity 2 8 3 2 Cartridge Type Filters Filters shall be 12 inch depth sectional replaceable dry media type of the size
327. ergized and parts that may be a hazard to operating personnel shall be insulated fully enclosed guarded or fitted with other types of safety devices Safety devices shall be installed so that proper operation of equipment is not impaired 6 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING Protect stored items fromthe weather humidity and temperature variations dirt and dust or other contaminants Proper protection and care of al material both before and during installation shall be the Contractor s responsibility Any materials found to be damaged shall be replaced at the Contractor s expense During installation cap piping and similar openings to keep out dirt and other foreign matter Any porous materials found to be contaminated with mold or mildew will be replaced at the Contractor s expense Non porous materials found to be contaminated with mold or mildew will be disinfected and cleaned prior to installation 7 PROJ ECT SITE CONDI TI ONS 1 1 Verification of Dimensions The Contractor shall become familiar with all details of the work verify all dimensions in the field and advise the Contracting Officer of any discrepancy before performing any work were Drawings Because of the small scale of the drawings it is not possible to indicate all offsets fittings and accessories that may be required The Contractor shall carefully investigate the plumbing fire protection electrical structural and finish conditions that would affect the work
328. erm BPOC is used to mean either and its actual meaning i e location or hardware is determined by the context in which it is used f Channel A portion of the control network consisting of one or more segments connected by repeaters Channels are separated by routers The device quantity limitation is dependent on the topology media and device type For example a TP FT 10 network with locally powered devices is limited to 128 devices per channel SECTION 23 09 23 Page 3 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 g Configuration Parameter Controller setting usually written to EEPROM Also see Standard Configuration Parameter Type SCPT h Control Logic Diagram A graphical representation of control logic for multiple processes that make up a system i Domain A grouping of up to 32 385 nodes that can communicate directly with each other Devices in different domains cannot communicate directly with each other Part of the Node Addressing scheme j Explicit Messaging A method of communication between devices where each message contains a message code that identifies the type of message and the devices use these codes to determine the action to take when the message is received These messages are non standard and often vendor application dependent k External Interface File XIF A file which documents a device s external interface specifically the number and types of LonMark objects the number types
329. ermal Insulation 1997 R 2002 Bursting Strength of Paper 2002 Tensile Properties of Thin Plastic Sheeting SECTION 23 07 00 Page 2 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 ASTM E 2231 2007 Specimen Preparation and Mounting of Pipe and Duct Insulation Materials to Assess Surface Burning Characteristics ASTM E 84 2008a Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials ASTM E 96 E 96M 2005 Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials MANUFACTURERS STANDARDIZATION SOCIETY OF THE VALVE AND FITTINGS NDUSTRY MSS MSS SP 69 2003 R 2004 Standard for Pipe Hangers and Supports Selection and Application MI DWEST INSULATION CONTRACTORS ASSOCIATION MICA MICA Insulation Stds 1999 National Commercial amp Industrial Insulation Standards NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION NFPA NFPA 255 2005 Errata 2006 Standard Method of Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials U S DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE DOD MI L A 3316 Rev C Am 2 Adhesives Fire Resistant Thermal Insulation UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES UL UL 723 2008 Standard for Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials Led SYSTEM DESCRI PTI ON Field applied insulation and accessories on mechanical systems shall be as specified herein factory applied insulation is specified under the piping duct or equipment to be insulated Insulation of heat dist
330. ers a Feedwater Regulator with Low Water Cutoff Regulator shall be an SECTION 23 52 00 00 10 Page 11 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 approved design sized for the application A regulator shall be provided for each boiler The feeder shall be so arranged that water will be fed to the boiler automatically when the water leve in the boiler drops below a preset point and will actuate the alarm bell when the water level reaches the low danger point The boiler feeder shall be arranged so that the burner and forced draft fan will stop whenever the water level drops below a preset danger point The boiler feeder shall be constructed so that the feedwater valve and seat are isolated fromthe float chamber to prevent overheating of the feed water and precipitation of scale on either the valve or seat Each float mechanism valve and seat shall be constructed of an approved durable corrosion resistant steel alloy Valve seats shall be removable and renewable The regulator shall be equipped with a large self cleaning strainer The drain valve on the regulator shall be the gate or other straight through type b Pump Controller with Low Water Cutoff Controller shall be a design approved by the boiler manufacturer lt A pump controller shall be provided for each boiler which is used for space heating and process steam loads or long distribution lines Pump controller shall control the operation of the burner forced draft
331. ers individua meters and transducers any group of meters and transducers and al meters for an operator selected time period The report shall include the voltage current power factor electrical demand electrical power consumption reactive power Kvar for each substation facility system or equipment as selected by the operator The report shall be automatically printed at the end of each summary period and shal include 1 Total period consumption 2 Demand interval peak for the period with time of occurrence 3 Energy consumption kWh over each demand interval 4 Time of use peak semi peak off peak or baseline total kWh consumption 5 Reactive power during each demand interval SECTION 25 10 10 Page 35 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 6 Power factor during each demand interval 7 Outside air OA temperature and relative humidity RH taken at the maximum and minimum of OA temperature of the report period with the time and dates of occurrence At the installation s peak demand interval the OA temperature and RH shall also be recorded 8 Calculated heating and cooling degree days based on a 65 degreesF balance point Heating and cooling degree day balance point may be operator adjustable b Electrical Peak Demand Prediction Report A report based on the demand limiting program The report shall include 1 Electrical Demand Target EDT 2 Actual peak and predicted peak for each
332. ertification prior to Contract completion and must be performed by an approved successor These TAB Services are to assist the prime Contractor in performing the quality oversight for which it is responsible The TAB Firm shall be a Subcontractor of the prime Contractor and shall be financially and corporately independent of the mechanical subcontractor and shall report to and be paid by the prime Contractor ee TAB Specialist The TAB Specialist shall be either a member of AABC an experienced technician of the Firmcertified by the NEBB or a Supervisor certified by the TABB The certification shall be maintained for the entire duration of duties specified herein If for any reason the Specialist loses subject certification during this period the Contractor shall immediately notify the Contracting Officer and submit another TAB Specialist for approval SECTION 23 05 93 00 10 Page 4 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Any individual that has been the subject of disciplinary action by either the AABC the NEBB or the TABB within the five years preceding Contract Award shall not be eligible to perform any duties related to the HVAC systems including TAB All work specified in this Section and in other related Sections performed by the TAB Specialist shall be considered invalid if the TAB Specialist loses its certification prior to Contract completion and must be performed by the approved successor 1 6 TAB SPECIALIST RESP
333. es and manual air vent on returns Make provisions for coil removal SECTION 23 82 19 Page 4 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 2 6 DRAIN PANS Size and locate drain pans to collect condensed water dripping from any item within the unit enclosure Do not construct drain pans of lighter than 20 gage galvanized steel thermally insulated to prevent condensation Coat thermal insulation with a waterproofing compound Not less than 3 4 inch National Pipe Thread NPT or 5 8 inch od copper drain connection shall be provided in the drain pan Pans shall slope not less than 1 8 inch per foot to drain 2 7 FILTERS Provide filters for each unit that are glass fiber throwaway or permanent washable type l inch nominal thickness in conformance with UL Bld Mat Dir Ensure filters are removable without tools 2 8 MOTORS Provide motors that are direct connected two bearing permanent split capacitor type with built in overload protection conform to NEMA MG 1 and mounted on a resilient base Design motors for 1 060 revolutions per minute maximum on 115 volt single phase 60 hertz power Furnish motors with three built in speeds with four insulated leads common high medium and low to terminate in a control junction box Provide a solid state variable speed controller capable of not less than 50 percent speed reduction in lieu of step speed control when so specified 29 CONTROLS Applicable requirements of Sectio
334. esign he Calculated BTU hr or watts Design BTU hr or Watts c d e 2 Certification We the undersigned have witnessed the above functional performance tests and certify that the item tested has met the performance requirements in this section of the specifications Signature and Date Contractor s Commissioning Specialist Contractor s Mechanical Representative Contractor s Electrical Representative Contractor s TAB Representative Contractor s Controls Representative Design Agency Representative Contracting Officer s Representative Using Agency s Representative SECTION 23 08 00 00 10 Page 49 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Functional Performance Test Checklist HVAC Controls For HVAC System __ The Contracting Officer will select HVAC control systems to undergo functional performance testing The number of systems shall not exceed 10 percent Performthis test simultaneously with FPT for AHU or other controlled equi pment Ly Functional Performance Test Contractor shall verify operation of HVAC controls by performing the Performance Verification Test PVT test for that system Contractor to provide blank PVT test procedures previously done by the controls Contractor 2 Verify interlock with UMCS system 3 Verify all required I O points function fromthe UMCS system 4 Certification We the undersigned have witnessed the Performance Verification Test and certify that the itemteste
335. esting Adjusting and Balancing TAB A M E a TAB Report approved gt LL LL X SECTION 23 08 00 00 10 Page 18 W9126G 09 R 0105 TO Ge 46 T cC 0 A poea X Xoo OD er e A oe T 9 E te ty oot fe EC 30 X Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Pre Functional Performance Test Checklist Exhaust Fan For Exhaust Fan Checklist Item Installation A M E T C 0 a Fan belt adjusted L Ke yaaa AD Maa Electrical A M E T C 0 a Power available to fan disconnect 22L LL Xo b Proper motor rotation verified St AE Ge c Verify that power disconnect is located within sight of the unit it controls 2 22 oo Controls A M E T C 0 a Control interlocks properly installed 222 nL K pasg ae b Control interlocks operable 2 LLL LL K anea fam c Dampers actuators properly installed 22 n0 K n ea os d Dampers actuators operable LL a ee e Verify proper location and installation of thermostat LLL L M ce aaa oe Testing Adjusting and Balancing TAB A M E T C 0 a TAB Report approved 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 LL Kin cone ORE ue SECTION 23 08 00 00 10 Page 19 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Pre Functional Performance Test Checklist HVAC System Controls For HVAC System Checklist Item Installation A M E T C 0 a Layout of control panel matches drawings ___ Koo XP Boe b Framed instructions mounted in or near control panel 22 2 2 LLL X Xo are c Components pr
336. et trend interval requirements 3 Alarm SNVTs shall be bound fromthe device originating the alarmto the M amp C Software Alarms shall be bound shall use the acknowl edged service 4 SNVTs used for scheduling shall be bound to the appropriate System Scheduler with a maximum send time minimum time between Subsequent transmissions of the SNVT of 45 minutes shall be of type SNVT_occupancy and support the following values OC_OCCUPIED OC_UNOCCUPIED and OC_ STANDBY 5 SNVTs used for overrides shall be polled to the device receiving the override SNVTs for overriding schedules via the System Scheduler shall be of type SNVT_occupancy and shal Support the following values OC OCCUPIED OC_UNOCCUPI ED OC_STANDBY and OC_NUL SNVTs used to override schedules or setpoints for Demand Limiting functions shall use the acknowl edged SECTION 25 10 10 Page 42 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC 3 3 Service e Configure M amp C Software functionality 1 Create graphical pages for System Graphic Displays including overrides as shown on the Points Schedule and as specified SNVTs for monitoring shall be updated while the monitoring graphic for that SNVT is active 2 Configure alarm handling as shown on the Points Schedule and Alarm Routing Schedules and as specified 3 Configure the scheduling function of the M amp C software to schedule systems SNVTs as shown on the Points Schedule and as specified Label schedules a
337. exceed 0 25 inch water gauge at 500 fpm face velocity The MERV of the combination shall be not less than 15 when tested according to ASHRAE 52 2 at an average operating resistance of 0 50 inch water gauge Where the dry agglomerator electrostatic filter is indicated to be of the extended surface nonsupported pocket filter type the storage section shal be as specified for extended surface non supported pocket filters with sectional holding frames or side access housings as indicated Initial air flow resistance of the dry agglomerator extended surface nonsupported pocket filter section combination after installation of clean filters shall not exceed 0 65 inch water gauge at 500 fpmface velocity The MERV of the combination shall be not less than 16 when tested according to ASHRAE 52 2 Front access filters shall be furnished with full height air distribution baffles and upper and lower mounting tracks to permit the baffles to be moved for agglomerator cell inspection and service When used in conjunction with factory fabricated air handling units side access housings shall be supplied which have dimensional compatibility 2 8 3 4 Holding Frames Fabricate frames from not lighter than 16 gauge sheet steel with rust inhibitor coating Equip each holding frame with suitable filter holding devices Holding frame seats shall be gasketed All joints shal be airtight 2 8 3 5 UV C Emitters Ultraviolet light C band UV C emitters shall be incorporated
338. expansion and contraction between boiler foundation and floor This joint shall be packed with suitable nonasbestos rope and filled with suitable compound that will not become soft at a temperature of 100 degrees F Boilers and firing equipment shall be supported fromthe foundations by structural steel completely independent of all brickwork Boiler supports shall permit free expansion and contraction of each portion of the boiler without placing undue stress on any part of the boiler or setting Boiler breeching shall be as indicated with full provision for expansion and contraction between all interconnected components we PIPING INSTALLATI ON Unless otherwise specified nonboiler external pipe and fittings shal conform to the requirements of ASME B31 1 Pipe installed shall be cut accurately to suit field conditions shall be installed without springing or forcing and shall properly clear windows doors and other openings Cutting or other weakening of the building structure to facilitate piping installation will not be permitted Pipes shall be free of burrs oil grease and other foreign material and shall be installed to permit free expansion and contraction without damaging the building structure pipe pipe joints or pipe supports Changes in direction shall be made with fittings except that bending of pipe 4 inches and smaller will be permitted provided a pipe bender is used and wide sweep bends are formed The centerline radius of bends shall
339. f a total of 20 hours of normal working time and shall start after all work specified herein is functionally completed and the Performance Tests have been approved The field instruction shal SECTION 23 00 00 Page 30 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 cover all of the items contained in the Operation and Maintenance Manuals as well as demonstrations of routine maintenance operations Notify the Contracting Officer at least 14 days prior to the date of proposed conduct of the training course End of Section SECTION 23 00 00 Page 31 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 SECTION 23 03 00 00 20 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 01 07 PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 REFERENCES The publications listed below forma part of this specification to the extent referenced The publications are referred to within the text by the basic designation only ASTM INTERNATI ONAL ASTM ASTM B 117 2007a Standing Practice for Operating Salt Spray Fog Apparatus INSTITUTE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONI CS ENGINEERS 1 EEE EEE 2 2007 Errata 2007 INT 2008 National Electrical Safety Code NATI ONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION NEMA NEMA MG 1 2007 Standard for Motors and Generators NEMA MG 10 2001 R 2007 Energy Management Guide for Selection and Use of Fixed Frequency Medium AC Squirrel Cage Polyphase Induction Motors NEMA MG 11 1977 R 2007 Energy Management Guide for Selection an
340. fferent types of data and states should be clearly distinguishable from each other 08 10 Page 31 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Expected Item Action Item Results Approved 8 Demonstrate an error An error message shall be message when the operator displayed attempts to execute in improper command LLL LLL NORE SEA 5 a A Sait E a ep A oh A A A Rw acme aA 9 Demonstrate point and click Operator shall be able to access to context sensitive easily access context help sensitive help using the mouS i a a EE OR NE E 10 Demonstrate point and click Operator shall be able to access to an engineering access an engineering diagram diagram using the mouse ___ NOG Se ph La Ul we Pek ot ins Oe tuk so Mer dah ae tual at heer aa E NA 11 Demonstrate the creation of Operator shall be able to an engineering diagram create an engineering diagram t a a O AE a rE Eaa Clee a See ed ead a a a a oh deel 12 Demonstrate the printing of Operator shall be able to a prepared report print a report using the MOUSE LLL LLL Notere fe ea A ee ee a a a a eee a an ee a aa ae ee 13 Demonstrate the display of Operator shall be able to one or more points request the display of one or more points LLL NOUS 7 te A PN en oes aa a a ne aaa aa et a a 14 Demonstrate the operator Operator shall be able to override of a point override a point gt LLL Notes SECTION 25 08 10 Page 32 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC Item Actio
341. fficer Heating coils shall be as specified in Section 23 00 00 AIR SUPPLY DISTRIBUTION VENTILATION AND EXHAUST SYSTEM for types indicated Coils shall be suitable for use with water up to 250 degrees F 2 6 4 Motors Motors shall be provided with NEMA 250 general purpose enclosure Motors and motor controls shall otherwise be as specified in Section 26 20 00 INTERIOR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 2 6 5 Motor Switches Motors shall be provided with manual selection switches with Off and Automatic positions and shall be equipped with thermal overload protection 2 6 6 Controls Controls shall be provided as specified in Section 23 09 23 DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL FOR HVAC AND OTHER LOCAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 2 7 AIR HANDLING UNITS Air handling units and associated equipment shall be in accordance with Section 23 00 00 AIR SUPPLY DISTRIBUTION VENTILATION AND EXHAUST SYSTEM 2 8 FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES Boiler fittings and accessories shall be installed with each boiler in accordance with ASME BPVC SEC IV unless otherwise specified 2 8 1 Continuous Emissions Monitoring 2 8 1 1 Wiring The CEMS equipment shall be provided with plug in prefabricated cable for interconnection between components Power supply to the equipment shall be 2 wire 120 volt nominal or less 60 Hz with one side grounded Electrical devices shall be connected as specified in Section 26 20 00 INTERIOR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 2 8 2 Direct Vents Direct venting shall be used f
342. fied that power and main air are available where required and that all output devices are in their failsafe and normal positions Each local display panel and each M amp C Client shall be inspected to verify that all displays indicate shutdown conditions 2 Step 2 Calibration Accuracy Check A two point accuracy check of the calibration of each HVAC control system sensing element and transmitter shall be performed by comparing the SNVT output fromthe DDC Hardware the sensor is connected to the actua value of the variable measured at the sensing element Digital indicating test instruments shall be used such as digital thermometers motor driven psychrometers and tachometers The test instruments shall be at least twice as accurate as the specified sensor accuracy The calibration of the test instruments shall be traceable to National Institute Of Standards And Technology standards The first check point shall be with the HVAC systemin the shutdown condition and the second check point shall be with the HVAC systemin an operational condition Calibration checks shall verify that the sensing element to DDC system readout accuracies at two points are within the specified product accuracy tolerances If not the device shall be recalibrated or replaced and the calibration check repeated 3 Step 3 Actuator Range Check With the system running a Signal shall be applied to each actuator through the DDC Hardware controller Proper operation of the
343. final connections to residential dryers Flexible connectors may be used for final connections to gas utilization equipment In addition to cautions listed in instructions required by ANSI standards for flexible connectors insure that flexible connectors do not pass through equipment cabinet Provide accessible gas shutoff valve and coupling for each gas equipment item 4 8 Seismic Requirements Support and brace piping and attached valves to resist seismic loads in conformance with ASCE 25 and as specified in UFC 3 310 04 22 PIPE JOINTS Design and install pipe joints to effectively sustain the longitudina pull out forces caused by contraction of the piping or superimposed loads 5 1 Threaded Metallic Joints Provide threaded joints in metallic pipe with tapered threads evenly cut and made with UL approved graphite joint sealing compound for gas service or tetrafluoroethylene tape applied to the male threads only Threaded joints up to 1 1 2 inches in diameter may be made with approved tetrafluoroethylene tape Threaded joints up to 2 inches in diameter may be made with approved joint sealing compound After cutting and before threading ream pipe and remove all burrs Caulking of threaded joints to stop or prevent leaks is not permitted SECTION 23 11 25 Page 12 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 a 5 2 Welded Metallic Joints Conform beveling alignment heat treatment and inspection of welds to NFPA 54 Re
344. fined by ABMA 9 and ABMA 11 Fan shafts shall be steel accurately finished and shall be provided with key seats and keys for impeller hubs and fan pulleys Each fan outlet shall be of ample proportions and shall be designed for the attachment of angles and bolts for attaching flexible connections Automatically operated outlet dampers shall be provided Motors unless otherwise indicated shall not exceed 1800 rpm and shall have open dripproof or totally enclosed enclosures Where variable frequency drives are not provided motor starters shall be reduced voltage start type with general purpose enclosure Provide remote manual switch with pilot indicating light where indicated 2 8 1 2 In Line Centrifugal Fans In line fans shall have centrifugal backward inclined blades stationary discharge conversion vanes internal and external belt guards and adjustable motor mounts Mount fans in a welded tubular casing Air shal enter and leave the fan axially Streamline inlets with conversion vanes to eliminate turbulence and provide smooth discharge air flow Enclose and isolate fan bearings and drive shafts fromthe air stream Fan bearings shall be sealed against dust and dirt and shall be permanently lubricated and shall be precision self aligning ball or roller type Bearing life shall be L50 rated at not less than 200 000 hours as defined by ABMA 9 and ABMA 11 Motors shall have open dripproof enclosure Provide remote manual switch with pilot indi
345. flection of 1 inch 23d Vertical Piping Type L Isolators shall be pipe base support devices with one or more contained steel springs Devices shall be loaded by supported system during operating conditions to produce a minimum static deflection of 1 inch Devices shall be equipped with precompression and vertical limit features as well as a minimum 1 4 inch thick elastomer sound pad and isolation washers for mounting to floor Type M Isolators shall be elastomer mounted baseplate and riser pipe guide devices Elastomer elements shall be contained double acting and elastomers under rated load shall have a minimum static deflection of 3 8 inch Isolator shall be sized to accommodate thermal insulation within the stationary guide ring PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 I NSTALLATI ON Equipment shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer s recommendations Rails structural steel bases and concrete inertia blocks shall be raised not less than 1 inch above the floor and shall be level when equipment supported is under operating load Vibration isolation installation and deflection testing after equi pment start up shall be directed by a competent representative of the manufacturer SECTION 23 05 48 00 40 Page 7 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC 3 W9126G 09 R 0105 2 TESTS AND REPORTS Vibration isolation devices shall be deflection tested Test reports shal be submitted in accordance with paragraph entitled Submittal P
346. fpmin occupied zone or dead spots anywhere in the conditioned area Outlets for diffusion spread throw and noise level shall be as required for specified performance Performance shall be certified according to ASHRAE 70 Inlets and outlets shall be sound rated and certified according to ASHRAE 70 Sound power level shall be as indicated Diffusers and registers shall be provided with volume damper with accessible operator unless otherwise indicated or if standard with the manufacturer an automatically controlled device will be acceptable Volume dampers shall be opposed blade type for all diffusers and registers except linear slot diffusers Provide linear slot diffusers with round or elliptical balancing dampers Where the inlet and outlet openings are located less than 7 feet above the floor they shall be protected by a grille or screen according to NFPA 90A 2 7 4 1 Diffusers Diffuser types shall be as indicated Furnish ceiling mounted units with anti smudge devices unless the diffuser unit minimizes ceiling smudging through design features Provide diffusers with air deflectors of the type indicated Air handling troffers or combination light and ceiling diffusers shall conformto the requirements of UL Electrical Constructn for the interchangeable use as cooled or heated air supply diffusers or return air units Install ceiling mounted units with rims tight against ceiling Provide sponge rubber gaskets between ceiling and surface moun
347. frequency of the maintenance activity and the fourth column for additional comments or reference d Qualified service organization list e Start Up and Start Up Testing Report f Performance Verification Test PVT Procedures and Reports 1 8 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICE The Contractor shall performinspection testing cleaning and part or component replacement as specified and as required to maintain the warranty Work includes providing necessary preventive and unscheduled maintenance and repairs to keep the UMCS operating as specified and accepted by the Government and other services as specified Work shal comply with manufacturer s recommendations and industry standards The Contractor shall provide technical support via telephone during Contractor s regular working hours 1 8 1 Work Coordination The Contractor shall schedule and arrange work to cause the least interference with the normal Government business and mission In those cases where some interference may be essentially unavoidable the Contractor shall coordinate with the Government to minimize the impact of the interference inconvenience equipment downtime interrupted service and personnel discomfort 1 8 2 Work Control When the Contractor completes work on a systemor piece of equipment that system or piece of equipment shall be free of missing components or defects which would prevent it from functioning as originally intended and designed Replacements shall conformto
348. ft Maximum 1 degree F per year Point Temperature Sensors Sensors shall be encapsulated in epoxy series 300 stainless steel anodized aluminum or copper SECTION 23 09 23 Page 21 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 2 8 2 3 Averaging Temperature Sensors Averaging sensors shall be a continuous element with a minimum length equal to 1 foot square foot of duct cross sectional area at the installed location The sensing element shall have a bendable copper sheath 2 8 2 4 Ther mowel ls Thermowells shall be Series 300 stainless steel with threaded brass plug and chain 2 inch lagging neck and extension type well Inside diameter and insertion length shall be as required for the application 2 8 3 Relative Humidity Sensor Relative humidity sensors shall use bulk polymer resistive or thin film capacitive type non saturating sensing elements capable of withstanding a saturated condition without permanently affecting calibration or sustaining damage The sensors shall include removable protective membrane filters Where required for exterior installation sensors shall be capable of surviving below freezing temperatures and direct contact with moisture without affecting sensor calibration When used indoors the sensor shal be capable of being exposed to a condensing air stream 100 RH with no adverse effect to the sensor s calibration or other harm to the instrument The sensor shall be of the wall mounted or duct mou
349. fter approval of materials and prior to applying insulation submit a booklet containing completed MICA Insulation Stds plates detailing each insulating systemfor each pipe duct or equipment insulating system a The MICA plates shall detail the materials to be installed the specific insulation application Submit all MICA plates SECTION 23 07 00 Page 4 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 1 required showing the entire insulating system including plates required to show insulation penetrations vessel bottom and top heads legs and skirt insulation as applicable The MICA plates shall present all variations of insulation systems including locations materials vaporproofing jackets and insulation accessories b If the Contractor elects to submit detailed drawings instead of edited MICA Plates the detail drawings shall be technically equivalent to the edited MICA Plate submittal SD 03 Product Data Pipe Insulation Systems G DO Duct Insulation Systems G DO Equipment Insulation Systems G DO A complete list of materials including manufacturer s descriptive technical literature performance data catalog cuts and installation instructions The product number k value thickness and furnished accessories including adhesives sealants and jackets for each mechanical system requiring insulation shall be included The product data must be copywrited have an identifying or publication number and shall have
350. g The boiler water shall be analyzed prior to the acceptance of the facility by the water treatment company The analysis shall include the following information recorded in accordance with ASTM D 596 Date of Sample Temperature 2 degrees F Silica Si02 00 ppm mg 1 Insoluble 2 ppm mg 1 Iron and Aluminum Oxides gt ppm mg 1 Calcium Ca L ppm mg 1 Magnesium Mg a LL ppm mg 1 Sodium and Potassium Na and K 2 ppm mg 1 Carbonate HCO3 LLL ppm mg 1 Sulfate S04 00 ppm mg 1 Chloride Cl 2 ppm mg 1 Nitrate N03 000 ppm mg 1 Turbidity 22 2 unit PHO Residual Chlorine 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 LL ppm mg 1 Total Alkalinity 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 epm meq 1 Noncarbonate Hardness 2 epm meq 1 Total Hardness 2 2 2 2 2 2 epm meq 1 Dissolved Solids 2 2 2 2 ppm mg 1 Fluorine gt LLL ppm mg 1 Conductivity Oo LLL mi cro mho cm If the boiler water is not in conformance with the boiler manufacturer s recommendations the water treatment company shall take corrective action SECTION 23 52 00 00 10 Page 35 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 3 3 7 CLEANING 7 1 Boilers and Piping After the hydrostatic tests have been made and before the system is balanced and operating tests are performed the boilers and feed water piping shall be thoroughly cleaned by filling the system with a solution consisting of either 1 pound of caustic soda or 1 pound of trisodium phosphate per 50 gallons of water
351. g Materials UL 746C 2004 Rev thru Feb 2006 Polymeric Materials Use in Electrical Equipment Evaluations UL 900 2004 Standard for Air Filter Units UL Bld Mat Dir 2009 Building Materials Directory UL Electrical Constructn 2007 Electrical Construction Equi pment Directory UL Fire Resistance 2007 Fire Resistance Directory 1 2 COORDI NATION OF TRADES Furnish ductwork piping offsets fittings and accessories as required to provide a complete installation and to eliminate interference with other construction 1 3 DELIVERY AND STORAGE Store equipment at the jobsite so that it is protected fromthe weather humidity and temperature variations dirt and dust or other contaminants Additionally cap or plug all pipes until installed 1 4 FIELD MEASUREMENTS After becoming familiar with all details of the work the Contractor shal verify all dimensions in the field and shall advise the Contracting SECTION 23 00 00 Page 4 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Officer of any discrepancy before performing the work 1 5 SUBMI TTALS Government approval is required for submittals with a G designation Submittals not having a G designation are for information only When used a designation following the G designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the Government Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES SD 02 Shop Drawings Drawings G DO Draw
352. g data shall be submitted for the following i tems Mountings G DO Bases G DO Isolators G DO Floor Mounted Piping G DO Vertical Piping G DO SD 06 Test Reports Test reports shall be submitted for deflection tests in accordance with the paragraph entitled Type of Vibration Isolation Provisions of this section Reports shall include the following information Type of Isolator Type of Base Allowable Deflection Measured Deflection PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 TYPE OF VIBRATION ISOLATI ON PROVI SI ONS Design for vibration isolation using ASHRAE HA IP Chapter 47 as applicable to the following sections Test reports for deflection tests shall be submitted for each Type of Isolator and each Type of Base and meet referenced standards contained within this section Test reports shall also include Allowable Deflection and Measured Deflection also meeting referenced standards within this section SECTION 23 05 48 00 40 Page 2 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 2 2 ll Materials Rubber shall be natural rubber Elastomer shall be chloroprene Shore A durometer measurement of both materials shall range between 40 and 60 Inorganic materials such as precompressed high density fibrous glass encased in a resilient moisture impervious membrane may be used in lieu of specified natural rubber and elastomers Where this substitution is made specified deflections shall be modified by the manufacturing sourc
353. guarantees shall be part of this contract For systems or system components not covered in the TAB Standard TAB procedures shall be developed by the TAB Specialist Where new procedures requirements etc applicable to the Contract requirements have been published or adopted by the body responsible for the TAB Standard used AABC NEBB or TABB the requirements and recommendations contained in these procedures and requirements shall be considered mandatory a QUALI FI CATI ONS neo TAB Firm The TAB Firm shall be either a member of AABC or certified by the NEBB or the TABB and certified in all categories and functions where measurements or performance are specified on the plans and specifications including TAB of environmental systems and the measuring of sound and vibration in environmental systems The certification shall be maintained for the entire duration of duties specified herein If for any reason the firm loses subject certification during this period the Contractor shal immediately notify the Contracting Officer and submit another TAB Firm for approval Any firmthat has been the subject of disciplinary action by either the AABC the NEBB or the TABB within the five years preceding Contract Award shall not be eligible to perform any duties related to the HVAC systems including TAB All work specified in this Section and in other related Sections to be performed by the TAB Firm shall be considered invalid if the TAB Firm loses its c
354. h CEA 852 A 352 Symbols Definition and Abbreviations Symbols definitions and engineering unit abbreviations used in information displays submittals and reports shall be as shown in the contract drawings Symbols definitions and abbreviations not in the contract drawings shall conform at a minimum to IEEE Std 100 and the ASHRAE FUN IP as applicable 634 3 System Units and Accuracy System displays print outs and calculations shall be performed in English SECTION 25 10 10 Page 8 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 inch pound units Calculations shall have accuracy equal to or exceeding Sensor accuracy as specified in Section 23 09 23 DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL FOR HVAC AND OTHER LOCAL BUILDING SYSTEMS Displays and printouts shall have precision and resolution equal to or exceeding sensor accuracy as specified in Section 23 09 23 DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL FOR HVAC AND OTHER LOCAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 1 4 SUBMI TTALS Government approval is required for submittals with a G designation submittals not having a G designation are for information only When used a designation following the G designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the Government Technical data packages consisting of computer software and technical data meaning technical data which relates to computer software which are specifically identified in this project and which may be defined required in other specifications
355. h drawing shall be accompanied by a copy of all report forms required by the TAB Standard used for that system Where applicable the acceptable range of operation or appropriate setting for each component shall be included on the forms or as an attachment to the forms The schematic drawings shall identify all testing points and cross reference these points to the report forms and procedures 3 4 DUCTWORK LEAK TESTING The TAB Specialist shall witness the Ductwork Leak Testing specified in Section 23 00 00 AIR SUPPLY DISTRIBUTION VENTILATION AND EXHAUST SYSTEM and approve the results as specified in Paragraph TAB RELATED HVAC SUBMI TTALS SECTION 23 05 93 00 10 Page 5 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 3 3 5 TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING 5 1 TAB Procedures Step by step procedures for each measurement required during TAB Execution shall be provided The procedures shall be oriented such that there is a Separate section for each system The procedures shall include measures to ensure that each system performs as specified in all operating modes interactions with other components such as exhaust fans kitchen hoods fume hoods relief vents etc and systems and with all seasona operating differences diversity simulated loads and pressure relationships required Sed Systems Readiness Check The TAB Specialist shall inspect each systemto ensure that it is complete including installation and operation
356. hall be maintained for the UMCS Complete logs shall be kept and shall be available for inspection on site demonstrating that planned and systematic adjustments and repairs have been accomplished for the UMCS 1 8 8 Preventive Maintenance Requirements The Contractor shall perform maintenance procedures as described below or more often if required by the equipment manufacturer 1 8 8 1 Preventive Maintenance Work Plan The Contractor shall prepare a Preventive Maintenance Work Plan to schedule all required preventive maintenance Government approval of the Work Plan shall be obtained as specified in paragraph PROJECT SEQUENCING The Contractor shall strictly adhere to the approved work plan to facilitate Government verification of work If the Contractor finds it necessary to reschedule maintenance a written request shall be made to the Government detailing the reasons for the proposed change at least five days prior to the originally scheduled date Scheduled dates shall be changed only with the prior written approval of the Government 1 8 8 2 Semi annual Maintenance Contractor shall perform the following Semiannual Maintenance as specified a Perform data backups on all Server Hardware b Run system diagnostics and correct diagnosed probl ems c Perform fan checks and filter changes for UMCS hardware d Performall necessary adjustments on printers e Resolve all outstanding problems f Install new ribbons ink cartridges and toner cartridges i
357. hase PVT Phase I shall consist of Basic Operator Training Failures or deficiencies of the UMCS during Basic Operator Training shall be considered PVT failures Upon completion of PVT Phase and as specified the SECTION 25 10 10 Page 44 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Contractor shall prepare and submit the PVT Phase I Report documenting any failures which occurred and repairs performed during PVT Phase 3 8 TRAINING The Contractor shall conduct training courses for designated personnel in the maintenance service and operation of the system as specified including specified hardware and software The training shall be oriented to the specific system provided under this contract The Contractor is responsible for providing audiovisual equipment and other training material and supplies When training is conducted at Government facilities the Government reserves the right to videotape the training sessions for later use A training day is defined as 8 hours of classroom instruction excluding lunchtime Monday through Friday during the daytime shift in effect at the training facility For guidance in planning the required instruction the Contractor should assume that attendees will be tradesmen such as electricians or boiler operators Approval of the Contractor s training schedule shall be obtained fromthe Government at least 30 days prior to the first day of training 3 8 1 Training Documentation The C
358. he compressor shall be designed for low maintenance under rugged duty conditions and provide sound suppression The unit shall include a safety valve and filter silencer Vertical wal mounting is acceptable 115V 1 60 The instrument air compressor shall run when the sum pump is operating and when the sump pump is shut off the instrument air compressor shall be shut off 2 Wie Wrap Around Heat Pipe Device shall be a factory fabricated assembled and tested counterflow arrangement air to air heat exchanger for transfer of sensible heat between exhaust and supply streams Device shall deliver an energy transfer effectiveness not less than that indicated without cross contamination Heat exchanger tube core shall be 5 8 inch nomina diameter seamless aluminum or copper tube with extended surfaces utilizing wrought aluminum Alloy 3003 or Alloy 5052 temper to suit Maximum fins per unit length and number of tube rows shall be as indicated Tubes shall be fitted with internal capillary wick filled with an ASHRAE 15 Group 1 refrigerant working fluid selected for system design temperature range and hermetically sealed Heat exchanger frame shall be constructed of not less than 16 gauge galvanized steel and fitted with intermediate tube supports and flange connections Tube end covers and a partition of galvanized steel to separate exhaust and supply air streams without cross contamination and in required area ratio shall be provided A drain pan
359. he finished floor or in locations indicated 2 6 6 1 Stem Cased Glass Stem cased glass case shall be polished stainless steel or cast aluminum 9 inches long with clear acrylic lens and non mercury filled glass tube with indicating fluid column 2 6 6 2 Bi metallic Dial Bi metallic dial type case shall be not less than 3 1 2 inches stainless SECTION 23 64 26 Page 16 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 steel and shall be hermetically sealed with clear acrylic lens Bimetallic element shall be silicone dampened and unit fitted with external calibrator adjustment 2 6 6 3 Liquid Solid and Vapor Filled Dial Liquid solid and vapor filled dial type cases shall be not less than 3 1 2 inches stainless steel or cast aluminum with clear acrylic lens Fill shall be nonmercury suitable for encountered cross ambients and connecting capillary tubing shall be double braided bronze 2 6 6 4 Thermal Wel Thermal well shall be identical size 1 2 or 3 4 inch NPT connection brass or stainless steel Where test wells are indicated provide captive plug fitted type 1 2 inch NPT connection suitable for use with either engraved stem or standard separable socket thermometer or thermostat Mercury shall not be used in thermometers Extended neck thermal wells shall be of sufficient length to clear insulation thickness by 1 inch 2 6 7 Pipe Hangers Inserts and Supports Pipe hangers inserts guides and supports to MSS SP
360. he problem was and what was done to correct it The Contractor shall provide onsite technical support to performthe PVT ATTACHMENT A presents the generic Test Procedures with the following information a Test identification number b Test title c Objective d Initial conditions if applicable e Test equipment if required f Sequence of events g Expected results 35 0 FIELD TEST REQUIREMENTS The UMCS contractor shall perform and document contractor start up and field tests as required by Sections 25 10 10 UTILITY MONITORING AND CONTROL SYSTEM UMCS and 23 09 23 DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL FOR HVAC AND OTHER LOCAL BUILDING SYSTEMS The field test validates that the UMCS and building level DDC are in operation without any problems or system errors prior to Starting a PVT The Contractor is required to validate that all software along with all hardware is installed to meet or exceed the contract document requirements This includes all LONWORKS r networking and monitoring hardware and all peripherals associated with the network and hardware Start up and field testing must include a Start up Testing All testing listed in Sections 25 10 10 and 23 09 23 shall be completed b Point to Point Testing All point to point testing of end field devices through proper input output to graphic and operator interface shall be completed and approved c All field calibration shall be completed and approved d Detailed functional tests verif
361. he sealer will be on the inside of the joint and fully protected by the metal of the duct fitting Apply one brush coat of the sealant over the outside of the joint to at least 2 inch band width covering all screw heads and joint gap Dents in the male portion of the slip fitting collar will not be acceptable Fabricate outdoor air intake ducts and plenums with watertight soldered or brazed joints and seams 2 7 1 1 Metallic Flexible Duct a Duct shall conformto UL 181 and NFPA 90A with factory applied insulation vapor barrier and end connections Fire hazard rating of duct assembly shall not exceed 25 for flame spread and 50 for smoke developed Proved ducts designed for working pressures of two inches water gauge positive and 1 5 inches water gauge negative Flexible round duct length shall not exceed five feet Secure connections by applying adhesive for two inches over rigid duct apply flexible duct two inches over rigid duct apply metal clamp and provide mini mum of three No 8 sheet metal screws through clamp and rigid duct b Inner duct core Flexible core shall be interlocking spiral or helically corrugated and constructed of zinc coated steel aluminum or Stainless steel or shall be constructed of inner liner of continuous galvanized spring steel wire helix fused to continuous fire retardant flexible vapor barrier film inner duct core c Insulation Inner duct core shall be insulated with mineral fiber blanket type flexible ins
362. hed commands via SNVTs to 200 devices ina 1 minute interval e Viewing of 2 system display graphic screens of 50 points each via browsers 3 2 2 UMCS Contractor Design Drawings Contractor shall revise and update the Contract Drawings to include details of the system design Drawings shall be on ISO Al 34 by 22 inches or A3 17 by 11 inches sheets Details to be shown on the Design Drawing include a Details on logical structure of the network This includes logica location of all network hardware b Manufacturer and model number for each piece of computer and network hardware c Physical location for each piece of network or computer hardware 32243 As Built Drawings The Contractor shall prepare draft as built drawings consisting of Points Schedule drawings for the entire UMCS and an updated Design Drawing including details of the actual installed systemas it is at the conclusion of Start Up and Start Up Testing In addition to the details shown in the design drawings the as built drawing shall include a IP address es as applicable for each piece of network hardware b IP address for each computer server workstation and networked printer c Network identifier name for each printer computer server and computer workstation d CEA 709 1B address domain subnet node address for each CEA 709 1B TP FT 10 to IP Router Contractor shall prepare Draft As Built Drawings upon the completion of Start Up and Start Up Testing an
363. hes and spray nozzles Spray nozzles shall be stainless steel bronze polypropylene or high impact plastic Nozzles shall be cleanable nonclogging removable and spaced for even distribution SECTION 23 65 00 00 10 Page 9 Lackland AFB Airmen Training Complex ATC Dormitory 1 LKATCD1 AMENDMENT 0003 25152 Basin Cover Hot water distribution basins shall be provided with the tower manufacturer s standard removable zinc coated steel stainless steel or FRP covers Covers shall prevent airborne debris from entering the basin 2 5 16 Drift Eliminators Eliminators shall be provided in the tower outlet to limit drift loss to not over 0 02 percent of the circulating water rate Eliminators shall be constructed of polyvinyl chloride PVC Eliminators shall be of the multi pass zigzag type assembled into sections making a strong stable unit Eliminators sections shall be supported on PVC or FRP tee sections AM 3 2 5 17 Coil s Coil s shall consist of fully welded box headers with serpentine coils and hot dip galvanized after fabrication Coils shall be tested to 400 psi 2757 kPa air pressure while immersed in water Maximum operating design pressure shall be 225 psi 1551 kPa The coil shall be designed for free drainages of fluid at shutdown AM 3 25 FH Heat Transfer Surface Fewer fiH shah be the _fiim type i materiat shalt be free te expand ex eontract without warping _ereracking Ne plastici
364. hilled water flow switch installed and tested e Chilled water pump interlock installed and tested g Condenser water flow switch installed and tested i Condenser water pump interlock installed and tested SECTION 23 08 00 00 10 Centrifugal W9126G 09 R 0105 Chiller aas Se ees Whe oa ee ee A ee AR ok Ste X X Page 14 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC Pre Functiona For Cooling Tower Checklist Performance Test Checklist Item Installation a Cooling tower properly piped b Cooling tower fan drive adjusted c Cooling tower makeup water supply piped d Verify makeup control valve shutoff e Fan lubricated and blade pitch adjusted Electrical a Power available to tower disconnect b Power available to electric sump heater c Control system interlocks functional d Motor and fan rotation checked e Verify that power disconnect is located within sight of the unit is controls Piping a Condenser water treatment functional b All required temperature sensing wells pressure ports and flow sensors have been installed for performance tests Testing Adjusting and Balancing TAB a TAB report approved SECTION 23 08 00 00 10 W9126G 09 R 0105 Cooling Tower Bee BS Be Bid Se BOO ea OSS nse EDERSE E ASS PRE Aonad AN aa X X Bem OA aa OP Mele ae Beste a A fase Ge cel eke Soe eae AS Sete RAE et OP neta A Betas Seu X X Page 15 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC
365. hop applied and shal be as specified herein and provided under each individual section 3 1 1 Factory Painting Systems Manufacturer s standard factory painting systems may be provided subject to certification that the factory painting system applied will withstand 125 hours in a salt spray fog test except that equipment located outdoors shall withstand 500 hours in a salt spray fog test Salt spray fog test shall be in accordance with ASTM B 117 and for that test the acceptance criteria shall be as follows immediately after completion of the test the paint shall show no signs of blistering wrinkling or cracking and no loss of adhesion and the specimen shall show no signs of rust creepage beyond 0 125 inch on either side of the scratch mark The film thickness of the factory painting system applied on the equipment SECTION 23 03 00 00 20 Page 4 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 shall not be less than the filmthickness used on the test specimen If manufacturer s standard factory painting systemis being proposed for use on surfaces subject to temperatures above 120 degrees F the factory painting system shall be designed for the temperature service 3 1 2 Shop Painting Systems for Metal Surfaces Clean pretreat prime and paint metal surfaces except aluminum surfaces need not be painted Apply coatings to clean dry surfaces Clean the Surfaces to remove dust dirt rust oil and grease by wire brushing and sol
366. ical impulse dry contact output shall provide not less than 1 pulse per 100 cubic feet of gas and shall not exceed 15 pulses per second for the installed application For gas flows 1500 cubic feet second or greater the pulse rate shall not be the greatest pulse rate available but not to exceed 15 pulses per second for the installed application The electrical impulse dry contact output shall not require field adjustment or calibration 2 8 7 Electrical Instruments Electrical Instruments shall have an input range as shown or sized for the application Unless otherwise specified AC instrumentation shall be Suitable for 60 Hz operation 2 8 7 1 Watt or Watthour Transducers Watt transducers shall measure voltage and current and shall output kW kWh or kKWand kWh as shown kW outputs shall have an accuracy of 0 25 over a power factor range of 0 1 to 1 kWh outputs shall be a pulse output and shall have an accuracy of 0 5 over a power factor range of SECTION 23 09 23 Page 25 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 0 1 to l 2 8 7 2 Current Transducers Current transducers shall accept an AC current input and shall have an accuracy of 2 of full scale An integral power supply shall be provided if required for the analog output signal The device shall have a means for calibration 2 8 7 3 Current Sensing Relays CSRs Current sensing relays CSRs shall provide a normally open contact with a voltage and amperag
367. ical joint shall be a system including coupling housing gasket fasteners all furnished by the same manufacturer Joint installation shall be in compliance with joint manufacturer s written instructions Use fitting and coupling houses of malleable iron conforming to ASTM A 47 A 47M Grade 32510 ductile iron conforming to ASTM A 536 Grade 65 45 12 or steel conforming ASTM A 106 A 106M Grade B or ASTM A 53 A 53M Use gaskets of molded synthetic rubber with central cavity pressure responsive configuration and conforming to ASTM D 2000 Grade No 2CA615A15B44F17Z for circulating medium up to 230 degrees F or Grade No M3BA610A15B44Z for circulating medium up to 200 degrees F Grooved mechanical connections shall conformto AWWA C606 Coupling nuts and bolts shall be steel and shall conformto ASTM A 183 Pipe connections and fittings shall be the product of the same manufacturer Provide joint installation be in compliance with joint manufacturer s written instructions 23 2405 Dielectric Waterways and Flanges Provide dielectric waterways with a water impervious insulation barrier capable of limiting galvanic current to 1 percent of short circuit current in a corresponding bimetallic joint When dry insulation barrier shall be able to withstand a 600 volt breakdown test Provide dielectric waterways constructed of galvanized steel and have threaded end connections to match connecting piping Dielectric waterways shall be suitable for the required
368. icated Motors shall be of sufficient capacity to drive the equipment at the specified capacity without exceeding the nameplate rating on the motor 9 2 Motor Controls Motor controllers shall be provided complete with properly sized thermal overload protection Manual or automatic control and protective or signa devices required for the operation specified and any wiring required to such devices shall be provided Where two speed or variable speed motors are indicated solid state variable speed controllers may be provided to accomplish the same function Solid state variable speed controllers shal be utilized for fractional through 10 hp ratings Adjustable frequency drives shall be used for larger motors 10 NSULATI ON Shop and field applied insulation shall be as specified in Section 23 07 00 THERMAL INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS 11 TOOLS Special tools shall be furnished Special tools shall include uncommon tools necessary for the operation and maintenance of boilers burners pumps fans controls meters special piping systems and other equipment Small hand tools shall be furnished within a suitable cabinet mounted where directed 12 BOILER WATER TREATMENT The water treatment system shall be capable of feeding chemicals and bleeding the system to prevent corrosion and scale within the boiler and piping distribution system The water shall be treated to maintain the conditions recommended by the boiler manufacturer
369. ications to the authority having jurisdiction or words of similar meaning to mean the Contracting Officer 4 1 Definitions For the International Code Council CC Codes referenced in the contract documents advisory provisions shall be considered mandatory the word should shall be interpreted as Shall Reference to the code official shall be interpreted to mean the Contracting Officer For Navy owned property references to the owner shall be interpreted to mean the Contracting Officer For leased facilities references to the owner shall be interpreted to mean the lessor References to the permit holder shall be interpreted to mean the Contractor SECTION 23 64 26 Page 7 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 1 4 2 Administrative Interpretations For ICC Codes referenced in the contract documents the provisions of Chapter 1 Administrator do not apply These administrative requirements are covered by the applicable Federal Acquisition Regulations FAR included in this contract and by the authority granted to the Officer in Charge of Construction to administer the construction of this project References in the ICC Codes to sections of Chapter 1 shall be applied appropriately by the Contracting Officer as authorized by his administrative cognizance and the FAR i SAFETY REQUIREMENTS Exposed moving parts parts that produce high operating temperature parts which may be electrically en
370. ide of the gateway b When the Gateway performs protocol translation to CEA 709 18 an CEA 709 1B TP FT 10 to IP Router shall be installed on configured to connect the gateway to the UMCS IP Network c Establish network variable bindings for all alarms as shown d Configure M amp C functionality as specified in paragraph Integration of CEA 709 1B per Section 23 09 23 Systems 5 4 Integration of Legacy non CEA 709 1B Systems at M amp C Server via Protocol Driver When integrating non CEA 709 1B legacy systems at the M amp C Server the SECTION 25 10 10 Page 43 W9126G 09 R 0105 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 a Contractor shall a Extend the legacy system network to the M amp C Server b Configure the M amp C software protocol driver to provide read and write access to required legacy system data as shown c Configure M amp C functionality as specified in paragraph Integration of CEA 709 1B per Section 23 09 23 Systems 6 START UP AND START UP TESTING Contractor shall test all equipment and perform all other tests necessary to ensure the systemis installed and functioning as specified Contractor shall prepare a Start Up and Start Up Testing Report documenting all tests performed and their results and certifying that the system meets the requirements specified in the contract documents al PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION TEST PVT 7 1 PVT Phase Procedures PVT Procedures shall include a Ne
371. ied by the Government that the system operation adheres to the Sequences of Operation e Alarms and Interlocks All alarm limits and testing shall be compl et ed f System schedules and setpoints All schedule start stops and system setpoints shall be entered operating and approved SECTION 25 08 10 Page 8 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 3 3 3 6 PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION TEST 6 1 Test Plan Prior to the scheduling of the performance verification tests the Contractor shall provide the Government with a Performance Verification and Endurance Test Plan and Procedures for approval and receive notification of approval of the Test Plan and Procedures The plan shall include the following as a minimum a Installed system one line block diagram indicating servers workstations peripherals network equipment controllers and instrumentation b Installed system hardware description c Installed system software description including any software revisions made since the factory test d Listing of control and status points installed in the system plus a table with the following information 1 Input and output variables 2 SNVTs for each variable 3 Expected engineering units for each variable 4 Node ID 5 Domain amp subnet addressing e Required passwords for each operator access level f List of other test equipment 6 2 Test Procedures The performance verification test proced
372. inches or two pipe diameters whichever is greater above the top of the basin AM 3 2 5 13 1 Sump Pumps Two 2 7 5 Hp Recirculation pump s shall be mounted one to each collection basin in conjunction with a suction assembly The total power of all pumps shall not exceed 15Hp Recirculation piping shall be schedule 40 PVC A blowdown line with metering valve shall be connected directly to the fluid cooler overflow AM 3 2 5 14 Electric Basin Heater Heater shall be the electric immersion type with water tight junction boxes mounted in the basin with sufficient capacity to maintain the basin water temperature above 40 degrees F at an ambient temperature of 25 degrees F Heater shall be complete with control thermostat transformer contactor and low water level heater protection 2515 Hot Water Distribution System Water distribution shall be the pressurized flow type system which distributes waters evenly over the entire fill surface Each tower cell shall be designed so that a water flow of 140 percent capacity will not cause overflowing or splashing The distribution system for each cell shall include adjustable flow control valves The entire distribution system shall be self draining and nonclogging Piping shall be either cast iron ductile iron threaded glass fiber reinforced epoxy pipe polypropylene PVC or Schedule 80 black steel 2 5 15 1 Pressurized Flow System System shall include piping fittings branc
373. indicated and shall have a MERV of 13 when tested according to ASHRAE 52 2 Initial resistance at 500 fpm shall not exceed 0 56 inches water gauge Filters shall be UL class 1 Media shall be pleated microglass paper media with corrugated aluminum separators sealed inside the filter cell to forma totally rigid filter assembly Fluctuations in filter face velocity or turbulent airflow will have no effect on filter integrity or performance Each filter shall be installed with an extended surface pleated media panel filter as a prefilter in a factory preassembled side access housing or a factory made sectional frame bank as indicated 2 8 3 3 Electrostatic Filters Electrostatic filters shall be the combination dry agglomerator extended Surface nonsupported pocket filter or the combination dry agglomerator automatic renewable media roll type as indicated except as modified Each dry agglomerator electrostatic air filter shall be SECTION 23 00 00 Page 16 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Supplied with the correct quantity of fully housed power packs and equipped with silicon rectifiers manual reset circuit breakers low voltage safety cutout relays for field wiring to remote indication of primary and secondary voltages and lamps mounted in the cover to indicate these functions locally Power pack enclosure shall be equipped with externa mounting brackets and low and high voltage terminals shall be fully exposed with
374. ine Where pipe and conduit penetrations of vapor barrier sealed surfaces occur these items shall be anchored immediately adjacent to each penetrated surface to provide essentially zero movement within penetration seal 3 1 13 Building Surface Penetrations Sleeves shall not be installed in structural members except where indicated or approved Except as indicated otherwise piping sleeves shall comply with requirements specified Sleeves in nonload bearing surfaces shall be galvanized sheet metal conforming to ASTM A 653 A 653M Coating Class G 90 20 gauge Sleeves in load bearing surfaces shall be uncoated carbon stee pipe conforming to ASTM A 53 A 53M Schedule 20 Sealants shall be applied to moisture and oil free surfaces and elastomers to not less than 1 2 inch depth Sleeves shall not be installed in structural members SECTION 23 64 26 Page 29 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 3 1513 1 General Service Areas Each sleeve shall extend through its respective wall floor or roof and shall be cut flush with each surface Pipes passing through concrete or masonry wall or concrete floors or roofs shall be provided with pipe Sleeves fitted into place at the time of construction Sleeves shall be of such size as to provide a minimum of 1 4 inch all around clearance between bare pipe and sleeves or between jacketed insulation and sleeves Except in pipe chases or interior walls the annular space between pipe and sleeve
375. information in digital form 1 2 4 CEA 709 18 Control Network Protocol Specification Standard communication protoco for networked control systems that provides peer to peer communi cations 1 2 5 Application Specific Controller A device that is furnished with a pre established built in application that is configurable but not re programmable SECTION 25 08 10 Page 1 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 1 2 6 Architecture Architecture is the general organization and structure of hardware and software edad Binary A two state system where an ON condition is represented by a high signa level and an OFF condition is represented by a low signal level ne Building Point of Connection BPOC The point of connection between the UMCS network backbone and the building network backbone The hardware at this location which performs provides the connection is referred to as the BPOC Hardware 2 9 Control Wiring This includes conduit wire and wiring devices to install complete HVAC control systems including motor control circuits interlocks sensors PE and EP switches and like devices This also includes all wiring from node to node and nodes to all sensors and points defined in the 1 0 summary shown on drawings or specified herein and required to execute the sequence of operation Does not include line voltage power wiring SALO Demand The maximum rate of use of electrical energy averaged over
376. ing Plan the Contractor shall revise the Contract NAS schedule to reflect the schedule requirements in the Commissioning Plan Le SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING The work described in this Section shall begin only after all work required in related Sections has been successfully completed and all test and inspection reports and operation and maintenance manuals required in these Sections have been submitted and approved Pre Functional Performance Test Checklists shall be performed at appropriate times during the construction phase of the Contract 1 8 ENERGY Formal LEED certification is not required however the Contractor is required to provide documentation that meets the LEED Energy amp Atmosphere EA Prerequisite 1 Fundamental Commissioning For New Construction and Major Revisions the Contractor shall also provide documentation that meets EA Credit 3 Enhanced Commissioning The Contractor shall provide documentation for as many LEED credits as possible to support LEED Silver certification of the project PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Applicable PART 3 EXECUTION 32d COMMI SSI ONI NG TEAM AND TEST FORMS AND CHECKLISTS The Contractor shall designate Contractor team members to participate in the Pre Functional Performance Test Checklists and the Functiona Performance Tests specified herein In addition the Government team members will be include a representative of the Contracting Officer the Design Agent s Representative and the Using Agen
377. ing Tower test 1 Demonstrate operation of chilled water system as per specifications including the following Start building air handler to provide load for chiller Activate controls systemchiller start sequence as follows a Time of day startup program initiates chiller start _ b Start condenser water pump and establish condenser water flow Verify chiller condenser water proof of flow switch operation __ c Start chilled water pump and establish chilled water flow Verify chiller chilled water proof of flow switch operation d Verify control system energizes chiller start sequence e Verify chiller senses chilled water temperature above set point and control system activates chiller start fs Verify functioning of soft start sequence g Record data in 2 3 and 4 below on fully load chiller h Shut off air handling equipment to remove load on chilled water system Verify chiller shutdown sequence is initiated and accomplished after load is removed 3 o 8 i Restart air handling equipment one minute after chiller shut down Verify condenser water pump cooling tower and chiller restart Sequence 2 Verify chiller inlet outlet pressure and flow reading compare to Testing Adjusting and Balancing TAB Report chiller design conditions and chiller manufacturer s performance data DES GN TAB REPORT ACTUAL Chiller inlet pressure psig Chiller outlet pressure psig Chiller flow GPM 33 Measure chil
378. ing equipment layout wiring and control diagrams piping valves and control sequences and typed condensed operation instructions The condensed operation instructions shall include preventative maintenance procedures methods of checking the system for normal and safe operation and procedures for safely starting and stopping the system The posted instructions shall be framed under glass or laminated plastic and be posted where indicated by the Contracting Officer Verification of Dimensions A letter at least 2 weeks prior to beginning construction including the date the site was visited conformation of existing conditions and any discrepancies found Coil Corrosion Protection Product data on the type coating selected the coating thickness the application process used the estimated heat transfer loss of the coil and verification of conformance with the salt spray test requirement Manufacturer s Multi Year Compressor Warranty SECTION 23 64 00 00 10 Page 3 Lackland AFB Airmen Training Complex ATC Dormitory 1 LKATCD1 AMENDMENT 0003 AM 3 Chiller warranty to include 10 year parts and labor warranty on motors and compressors AM 3 Manufacturer s multi year warranty for compressor s in air cooled liquid chillers as specified Factory Tests Schedules at least 2 weeks prior to the factory test which identify the date time and location for each test Schedules shall be submitted for both the Chiller Performanc
379. ing fittings for tubing joints N Solder or Brazed Joints Make all joints in metallic tubing and fittings with materials and procedures recommended by the tubing supplier Braze joints with materia having a melting point above 1000 degrees F containing no phosphorous 5 6 Joining Thermoplastic or Fiberglass to Metallic Piping or Tubing When compression type mechanical joints are used provide gasket materi al in the fittings compatible with the plastic piping and with the gas in the system Use an internal tubular rigid stiffener in conjunction with the fitting flush with end of the pipe or tubing extending at least to the outside end of the compression fitting when installed Remove all rough or Sharp edges fromstiffener Do not force fit stiffener in the plastic Split tubular stiffeners are not allowed Del Press Connections Make press connections in accordance with manufacturer s installation instructions using tools approved by the manufacturer Fully insert the tubing into the fitting and then mark at the shoulder of the fitting Check the fitting alignment against the mark on the tubing to assure the tubing is fully inserted before the joint is pressed 6 PIPE SLEEVES Provide pipes passing through concrete or masonry walls or concrete floors SECTION 23 11 25 Page 13 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 or roofs with pipe sleeves fitted into place at the time of construction Do not install sleeves in stru
380. ing service Furnish materials required to make connections into existing systems and perform excavating backfilling compacting and other incidental labor as required Furnish labor and tools for making actua connections to existing systems 1 1 Welding Provide welding work specified this section for piping systems in conformance with ASME B31 9 as modified and supplemented by this specification section and the accompanying drawings The welding work includes qualification of welding procedures welders welding operators brazers brazing operators and nondestructive exami nation personnel maintenance of welding records and examination methods for welds peed Employer s Record Documents For Wel ding Submit for review and approval the following documentation This documentation and the subject qualifications shall be in compliance with ASME B31 9 a List of qualified welding procedures that is proposed to be used to provide the work specified in this specification section b List of qualified welders brazers welding operators and brazing operators that are proposed to be used to provide the work specified in this specification section c List of qualified weld examination personnel that are proposed to be used to provide the work specified in this specification SECTION 23 64 26 Page 24 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 section 3 1 1 2 Welding Procedures and Qualifications a Specifications and
381. ing valves on water coils shall have not less than 1 8 inch threaded end connections Air venting valves on water mains shall have not less than 3 4 inch threaded end connections Air venting valves on al other applications shall have not less than 1 2 inch threaded end connections 2 5 19 Vacuum Relief Valves CSA ANSI 221 22 2 6 PIPING ACCESSORIES 2 6 1 Strainer Strainer ASTM F 1199 except as modified and supplemented in this Specification Strainer shall be the cleanable basket or Y type the Same size as the pipeline Strainer bodies shall be fabricated of cast iron with bottoms drilled and tapped Provide blowoff outlet with pipe nipple gate valve and discharge pipe nipple The bodies shall have arrows clearly cast on the sides indicating the direction of flow Provide strainer with removable cover and sediment screen The screen shall be made of minimum 22 gauge brass sheet monel corrosion resistant steel with small perforations numbering not less than 400 per square inch to provide a net free area through the basket of at least 3 30 times that of the entering pipe The flow shall be into the screen and out through the perforations 2 6 2 Cyclonic Separator Metal bodied with removal capability of removing solids 45 microns 325 mesh in size and heavier than 1 20 specific gravity maximum pressure drop of 5 psid with cleanout connection 2 6 3 Combination Strainer and Pump Suction Diffuser Angle type body with removable str
382. ings showing equipment layout including assembly and installation details and electrical connection diagrams ductwork layout showing the location of all supports and hangers typical hanger details gauge reinforcement reinforcement spacing rigidity classification and static pressure and sea classifications Include any information required to demonstrate that the system has been coordinated and will properly function as a unit on the drawings and shall show equipment relationship to other parts of the work including clearances required for operation and maintenance SD 03 Product Data Components and Equi pment Manufacturer s catalog data included with the detail drawings for the following items Highlight the data to show model size options etc that are intended for consideration provide adequate data to demonstrate compliance with contract requirements for the following Metallic Flexible Duct Insulated Nonmetallic Flexible Duct Runouts Duct Connectors Duct Access Doors Fire Dampers Manual Balancing Dampers Automatic Smoke Dampers Acoustical Duct Liner Diffusers Registers and Grilles Louvers Air Vents Penthouses and Goosenecks Centrifugal Fans In Line Centrifugal Fans Propeller Type Power Wall Ventilators Ceiling Exhaust Fans Air Handling Units G DO Constant Volume Single Duct Terminal Units G DO Variable Volume Single Duct Terminal Units G DO Variable Volume Single Duct Fan Powered Terminal Un
383. ining Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 2 2 2 ENCLOSURES AND WEATHERSHI ELDS 2 1 Enclosures Enclosures shall meet the following minimum requirements a Outdoors Enclosures located outdoors shall meet NEMA 250 Type 4 requirements b Mechanical and Electrical Rooms Enclosures located in mechanica or electrical rooms shall meet NEMA 250 Type 2 or Type 4 requirements c Other Locations Enclosures in other locations including but not limited to occupied spaces above ceilings and plenum returns shal meet NEMA 250 Type 1 requirements Enclosures supplied as an integral pre packaged part of another product are acceptable Dit Weathershields Weathershields for sensors located outdoors shall prevent the sun from directly striking the sensor The weathershield shall be provided with adequate ventilation so that the sensing element responds to the ambi ent conditions of the surroundings The weathershield shall prevent rain from directly striking or dripping onto the sensor Weathershields installed near outside air intake ducts shall be installed such that normal outside air flow does not cause rainwater to strike the sensor Weathershields shall be constructed of galvanized steel painted white unpainted aluminum aluminum painted white or white PVC 3 TUBI NG 35 1 Copper Copper tubing shall conformto ASTM B 88 and ASTM B 88M FE Stainless Stee Stainless steel tubing shall conform to ASTM A 269 N Plastic Plastic tubing
384. insulation shall be terminated on the finished side of the wall i e insulation must cover the pipe throughout the wall penetration The insulation shall be protected with two coats of vapor barrier coating with a minimumtotal thickness of 1 16 inch The coating shall extend out onto the insulation 2 inches and shall seal the end of the insulation The annular space between the outer Surface of the pipe insulation and the wall penetration shall be caulked with an approved fire stop material having vapor retarder properties The pipe and wall penetration shall be covered with a properly sized well fitting escutcheon plate The escutcheon plate shall overlap the wall penetration by at least 3 8 inches Pipes Passing Through Hangers Insulation whether hot or cold application shall be continuous through hangers All horizontal pipes 2 inches and smaller shal be supported on hangers with the addition of a Type 40 protection shield to protect the insulation in accordance with MSS SP 69 Whenever insulation shows signs of being compressed or when the insulation or jacket shows visible signs of distortion at or near the support shield insulation inserts as specified below for piping larger than 2 inches shall be installed or factory insulated hangers designed with a load bearing core can be used Horizontal pipes larger than 2 inches at 60 degrees F and above shall be supported on hangers in accordance with MSS SP 69 and Section 22 00 00 PLUMBI
385. insulation with factory applied jacket shall be formed with minimum jacket seams and each piece of rigid insulation shall be fastened to the duct using mechanical fasteners When the hei ght of projection is less than the insulation thickness insulation shall be brought up to standing seams reinforcing and other vertical projections and shall not be carried over the projection Jacket shall be continuous across seams reinforcing and projections Where the height of projections is greater than the insulation thickness insulation and jacket shall be carried over the projection Insulation shall be impaled on the fasteners self locking washers shall be installed and pin trimmed and bent over Joints on jacketed insulation shall be sealed with a 4 inch wide strip of tape and brushed with vapor retarder coating Breaks and penetrations in the jacket material shall be covered with a patch of the same material as the jacket Patches shal extend not less than 2 inches beyond the break or penetration and shall be secured with adhesive and stapled Insulation terminations and pin punctures shall be sealed with tape and brushed with vapor retarder coating Oval and round ducts flexible type shall be insulated with factory Type jacket insulation minimum density of 3 4 pcf SECTION 23 07 00 Page 27 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 attached by staples spaced not more than 16 inches and not more than 6 inches fromthe
386. integral to the boiler shell Each boiler shall conformto the commercia design used by the manufacturer and shall permit free thermal expansion without placing undue stress on any part of the boiler Each boiler which experiences the formation of condensate within the flue gas shall be specifically designed for condensing application Each boiler shal withstand the corrosive effects of condensate for each part which may be in contact with the condensate at all possible operating conditions Each boiler shall be provided with a separate air intake exhaust and condensate drain Each boiler shall be designed to withstand the water temperature differentials anticipated at the required operating conditions without experiencing any damage due to thermal shock eli 2 Modular Configuration Modular boilers shall be of the condensing type Modular boilers shall have the capability of independent operation Upon failure of any module the remaining modules shall be capable of operating at their designed capacity The size of the individual modules shall be as indicated 2 FUEL BURNING EQUI PMENT Boiler shall be designed to burn gas Each boiler shall comply with Federal state and local emission regulations 2 1 Burners ei tel Gas and Combination Gas Oi Fired Burners and Controls Burners shall be UL approved mechanical draft burners with all air necessary for combustion supplied by a blower where the operation is coordinated with the burner Burne
387. intenance Data Operation and Maintenance Manuals G Six complete copies of the manual in bound 8 1 2 x 11 inch booklets List step by step procedures required for system Startup operation abnormal shutdown emergency shutdown and normal shutdown at least 4 weeks prior to the first training course The booklets shall include the manufacturer s name mode number and parts list The manuals shall include the manufacturer s name model number service manual and a brief description of all equipment and their basic operating features Provide spare parts data for each different item of equipment The data shall include a complete list of parts and supplies with current unit prices and source of supply a recommended spare parts list for 1 year of operation and a list of the parts recommended by the manufacturer to be replace on a routine basis SECTION 23 00 00 Page 6 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 List routine maintenance procedures possible breakdowns and repairs and a trouble shooting guide The manuals shall include piping and equipment layouts and simplified wiring and control diagrams of the system as installed A certified list of qualified permanent service organizations which includes their addresses and qualifications for support of the equipment The service organizations shall be reasonably convenient to the equipment installation and be able to render satisfactory service to the equipment on a regul
388. ioning Specialist Contractor s Mechanical Representative Contractor s Electrical Representative Contractor s TAB Representative Contractor s Controls Representative Contracting Officer s Representative Design Agency Representative Using Agency s Representative SECTION 23 08 00 00 10 Page 30 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 SECTION 23 08 00 00 10 Page 31 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Functional Performance Test Checklist VAV Terminals The Contracting officer will select VAV terminals to be spot checked during the functional performance test The number of terminals selected shal not exceed 10 percent 1 Functional Performance Test Contractor shall demonstrate operation of selected VAV boxes as per specifications including the following a Cooling only VAV boxes 1 Verify VAV box response to roomtemperature set point adjustment Turn thermostat to 5 degrees F below ambient and measure maximum airflow Turn thermostat to 5 degrees F above ambient and measure minimum airflow Setting Measured Design Maximum flow cfm Minimum flow cfm b Cooling with reheat VAV boxes 1 Verify VAV box response to roomtemperature set point adjustment Turn thermostat to 5 degrees F above ambient and measure maximum airflow Turn thermostat to 5 degrees F below ambient and measure minimum airflow Setting Measured Design Maximum flow cfm Minimum flow LLL cfm 2 Verify reheat coil
389. ir vent Test coils hydrostatically at 300 psi or under water at 250 psi air pressure Coils shall be suitable for 200 psi working pressure Make provisions for coil removal 2 10 2 Variable Air Volume VAV Terminal Units VAV and dual duct terminal units shall be the type size and capacity shown and shall be mounted in the ceiling or wall cavity and shall be Suitable for single or dual duct system applications Actuators and SECTION 23 00 00 Page 20 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 controls shall be as specified in paragraph CONTROLS Unit enclosures shall be constructed of galvanized steel not lighter than 22 gauge or aluminum sheet not lighter than 18 gauge Single or multiple discharge outlets shall be provided as required Units with flow limiters are not acceptable Unit air volume shall be factory preset and readily field adjustable without special tools Provide reheat coils as indicated Attach a flow chart to each unit Base acoustic performance of the terminal units upon units tested according to AR 880 with the calculations prepared in accordance with ARI 885 Sound power level shall be as indicated Discharge sound power shall be shown for minimum and 1 1 2 inches water gauge inlet static pressure Acoustical lining shall be according to NFPA 90A 2 10 2 1 Constant Volume Single Duct Terminal Units Constant volume single duct terminal units shall contain within the casing a constant volume regulator
390. irements Materials shall be asbestos free and conform SECTION 23 07 00 Page 5 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 to the following 2 1 1 Adhesives 2 1 1 1 Acoustical Lining Insulation Adhesive Adhesive shall be a nonflammable fire resistant adhesive conforming to ASTM C 916 Type Ded de 2 Mineral Fiber Insulation Cement Cement shall be in accordance with ASTM C 195 2 1 1 3 Lagging Adhesive Lagging is the material used for thermal insulation especially around a cylindrical object This may include the insulation as well as the cloth material covering the insulation Lagging adhesives shall be nonflammable and fire resistant and shall have a maximum flame spread index of 25 and a maximum smoke developed index of 50 when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84 Adhesive shall be Mi L A 3316 Class 1 pigmented white or red and be suitable for bonding fibrous glass cloth to faced and unfaced fibrous glass insulation board for bonding cotton brattice cloth to faced and unfaced fibrous glass insulation board for sealing edges of and bonding glass tape to joints of fibrous glass board for bonding lagging cloth to thermal insulation or Class 2 for attaching fibrous glass insulation to metal surfaces Lagging adhesives shall be applied in strict accordance with the manufacturer s recommendations for pipe and duct insulation 2 1 2 Contact Adhesive Adhesives may be any of but not limited to the neoprene based rubb
391. irmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 TEST NUMBER Ni ne TITLE Software editing tools OB ECTI VE 1 To validate the performance of the M amp C application programming too for the GPPC 2 To validate the performance of the display editing tool 3 To validate the performance of the report generation display tool I N TI AL REQU REMENTS CONDI TI ONS 1 Submittals a The contractor shall provide documentation and a backup softcopy of the editing tool prior to testing b The contactor shall provide documentation of any future software upgrade versions that pertain to the software editing tool 2 Equipment a The contractor shall have working knowledge of the full capability of the software editing tool 3 Reference Documentation a List user manual documentation and sections pertaining to the testing 4 Date of Test 5 Time of Test _________ 6 Contractor s Representative 7 Government s Representative TEST PROCEDURES Expected Item Action Item Results Approved UMS and DDC for HVAC 1 Demonstrate the Operator shall be able to programming of an override use the programmed function function in a GPPC to override an output point KM GRR G e 5 8 8 EB Nala a NOISE spe al yt ol er Mag lanl SW send pte lasel Sb se Me ae ll A 2 Demonstrate software that Operator shall be able to enables the monitoring of monitor points froma GPPC data froma GPPC L LLL LLL NOCES We AS hae a a Ea a a a heh Ea A a ES a a
392. is found not to conformto the manufacturers recommended conditions and the water treatment company recommendations have been followed the water treatment company shal provide all chemicals and labor for cleaning or repairing the equipment as required by the manufacturer s recommendations End of Section SECTION 23 64 26 Page 33 Lackland AFB Airmen Training Complex ATC Dormitory 1 LKATCD1 AMENDMENT 0003 SECTION 23 65 00 00 10 COOLING TOWER AM 3 PART 1 GENERAL dL REFERENCES The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced The publications are referred to within the text by the basic designation only AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE ANST ANSI S1 13 1995 R 1999 Methods for the Measurement of Sound Pressure Levels in Air ASA 118 AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY AWS AWS 249 1 2005 Safety in Welding Cutting and Allied Processes ASME INTERNATIONAL ASME ASME PTC 23 2003 Atmospheric Water Cooling Equipment ASTM INTERNATIONAL ASTM ASTM B 117 2007a Standing Practice for Operating Salt Spray Fog Apparatus ASTM D 1784 2007 Standard Specification for Rigid Poly Vinyl Chloride PVC Compounds and Chlorinated Poly Vinyl Chloride CPVC Compounds ASTM D 520 2000 R 2005 Zinc Dust Pigment ASTM E 84 2008a Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials COOLING TECHNOLOGY INSTITUTE CTI CTI ATC 105 2000 Acceptance
393. itable for temperatures from 20 to plus 250 degrees F The rated Kv Cv for butterfly valves shall be the value Kv Cv at 70 60 degrees open position Valve leakage shall meet FC 70 2 Class VI leakage rating 6 3 Two Way Valves Two way modulating valves used for liquids shall have an equal percentage characteristic Two way modulating valves used for steam shall have a linear characteristic 6 4 Three Way Valves Three way modulating valves shall provide equal percentage flow control with constant total flow throughout full plug travel 6 5 Duct Coil and Terminal Unit Coil Valves Control valves with either flare type or solder type ends shall be provided for duct or terminal unit coils Flare nuts shall be provided for each flare type end valve 6 6 Valves for Chilled Water Condenser Water and Glycol Service Valve internal trimshall be Type 316 stainless steel Valves 4 inches and SECTION 23 09 23 Page 18 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 larger shall be butterfly valves 2 6 7 Valves for High Temperature Water Hot Water and Dual Temperature Service a Valves for hot water service between 210 and 250 degrees F and dual temperature service shall have internal trim including seats seat rings modulating plugs and springs of Type 316 stainless steel Internal trim for valves controlling water below 210 degrees F shall be brass bronze or Type 316 stainless steel Nonmetallic valve parts shal
394. ith flat faces and full face gaskets Union or flange joints shall be provided in each line immediately preceding the connection to each piece of equipment or material requiring maintenance such as coils pumps control valves and other similar items Dielectric pipe unions shall be provided between ferrous and nonferrous piping to prevent galvanic corrosion The dielectric unions shall have metal connections on both ends The ends shall be threaded flanged or brazed to match adjacent piping The metal parts of the union shall be separated so that the electrical current is below 1 percent of the galvanic current which would exist upon metal to metal contact Gaskets flanges and unions shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer s recommendations 3 2 6 Branch Connections 3 2 6 1 Branch Connections for Hot Water Systems Branches fromthe main shall pitch up or down as shown to prevent air entrapment Connections shall ensure unrestricted circulation eliminate air pockets and permit complete drainage of the system Branches shal pitch with a grade of not less than 1 inch in 10 feet When indicated special flow fittings shall be installed on the mains to bypass portions of the water through each radiator Special flow fittings shall be standard catalog products and shall be installed as recommended by the manufacturer 3e 2a Flared Brazed and Soldered Copper Pipe and Tubing Copper tubing shall be flared brazed or soldered Tubing sha
395. its G DO Reheat Units G DO Energy Recovery Devices G DO Coils SECTION 23 00 00 Page 5 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Test Procedures Proposed test procedures and test schedules for the ductwork leak test and performance tests of systems at least 2 weeks prior to the start of related testing Diagrams G DO Proposed diagrams at least 2 weeks prior to start of related testing System diagrams that show the layout of equipment piping and ductwork and typed condensed operation manuals explaining preventative maintenance procedures methods of checking the system for normal safe operation and procedures for safely starting and stopping the system shall be framed under glass or laminated plastic After approval these items shall be posted where directed Operation and Maintenance Training Proposed On site Training schedule submitted concurrently with the Operation and Maintenance Manuals SD 06 Test Reports Performance Tests G DO Test reports for the ductwork leak test and performance tests in booklet form upon completion of testing Document phases of tests performed including initial test summary repairs adjustments made and final test results in the reports Damper Acceptance Test G Proposed schedule at least 2 weeks prior to the start of test SD 08 Manufacturer s Instructions Manufacturer s Installation Instructions Operation and Maintenance Training SD 10 Operation and Ma
396. ity of 100 points per second The M amp C software shall be capable of displaying and printing a graphical representation of each trend and of multiple trended points on the same graph The software shall be capable of saving trend logs to a file If the file format is not plain ASCII text in a Comma Separated Value CSV format the Contractor shall provide a means to export or convert the file to plain ASCII text in a CSV format Each trend shall be user configurable for a Point to trend b Sampling interval with a minimum sampling interval no greater than 1 second and a maximum sampling interval no less than 1 hour c Start and Stop Time of Trend Start and stop times shall be determined by one or more of the following methods 1 Start Time and Stop Time 2 Start Time and Duration 3 Start Time and number of samples 2 4 6 7 Electrical Power Demand Limiting The UMCS shall be able to monitor and limit the electrical demand using a demand limiting program subject to the availability of appropriate data and control hardware The demand limiting program shall operate continuously and shall execute at the M amp C Software Server It shall obtain electrical demand fromthe installation electric utility meters a mini mum of once per minute and predict the electrical peak demand 30 minutes into the future This predicted peak demand value shall be recalculated at a minimum of one 1 minute intervals The Electrical Demand Target EDT an
397. k The chemical feed pumps shall be positive displacement diaphragmtype The capacity of the pumps shall be adjustable from 0 to 100 percent while in operation The discharge pressure of the pumps shall be not less than 1 5 times the pressure at the point of connection The pumps shall be provided with a pressure relief valve and a check valve mounted in the pump discharge 2 12 3 Tanks The tanks shall be constructed of high density polyethylene with a hinged cover The tanks shall have sufficient capacity to require recharging only once per 7 days during normal operation A level indicating device shal be included with each tank An electric agitator shall be provided for each tank 2 12 4 Injection Assemblies An injection assembly shall be provided at each chemical injection point located along the boiler piping as indicated The injection assemblies shall be constructed of stainless steel The discharge of the assemblies shall extend to the centerline of the piping Each assembly shall include a shutoff valve and check valve at the point of entrance into the water line 2 12 5 Water Meter The water meter shall be provided with an electric contacting register and remote accumulative counter The meter shall be installed within the makeup water line as indicated 2 12 6 Water Treatment Control Pane The control panel shall be a NEMA 12 single door wall mounted box conforming with NEMA 250 The panel shall be constructed of stainless stee
398. l Purpose Programmable Controller Notes 32 LNS based system used to address nodes bind variables and LNS database of network exists on system Notes End of Test Specific Abbreviations y Yes N No NA Not Applicable SECTION 25 08 10 Page 22 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC TEST NUMBER Two TI TLE System Start up BJ ECTI VE W9126G 09 R 0105 1 To validate that the system properly initializes and that the GU properly reconnects to al 2 To validate that retain all vital I N TI AL REQU REMENTS CONDI TI ONS 1 Submittals a Contractor shal b Contractor shal provide a list of al to verify point connection at field leve provide a list of al communicating devices both application specific and programmable devices information upon a power cycle will be used interface software that controllers and user software need to verify application specific and programmable controller start up 2 Equipment a All requirements b The workstation shal c All controls shal d A programmable and application specific controller shal randomly selected for the test Date of Test Time of Test Contractor s Representative Government s Representative 3 4 5 6 TEST PROCEDURES Item Action Item UMS 1 Energize the workstation a Operating system b Start Network Configuration Tool c Start the System Plug in d Start the Server e Start the Workstati
399. l be provided by the Contractor for receipt of service calls during regular working hours Service calls shall be considered received by the Contractor at the time and date the telephone call is placed by the authorized Government representative c The Contractor shall separately record each service call request as received on the Service Call Work Authorization form and shal complete the Service Call Work Authorization form for each service call The completed form shall include the serial number identifying the component involved its location date and time the call was received nature of trouble names of the service personnel assigned to the task instructions describing what has to be done the amount and nature of the materials to be used the time and date work started and the time and date of completion d The Contractor shall respond to each service call request within SECTION 25 10 10 Page 16 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 two working hours The status of any item of work must be provided within four hours of the inquiry during regular working hours and within 16 hours after regular working hours or as needed to meet the Equipment Repair requirements as specified 1 8 10 Service Call Work Warranty The Contractor shall provide a 1 year unconditional warranty on service call work The warranty shall include labor and material necessary to restore the equipment involved in the initial service call to
400. l be provided between dissimilar metals 3 1 4 Fittings and End Connections 3 1 4 1 Threaded Connections Threaded connections shall be made with tapered threads and made tight with PTFE tape complying with ASTM D 3308 or equivalent thread joint compound applied to the male threads only Not more than three threads shall show after the joint is made 3 1 4 2 Brazed Connections Brazing AWS BRH except as modified herein During brazing the pipe and fittings shall be filled with a pressure regulated inert gas such as nitrogen to prevent the formation of scale Before brazing copper joints both the outside of the tube and the inside of the fitting shall be cleaned with a wire fitting brush until the entire joint surface is bright and clean Do not use brazing flux Surplus brazing material shall be removed at all joints Steel tubing joints shall be made in accordance with the manufacturer s recommendations Piping shall be supported prior to brazing and not be sprung or forced 3 1 4 3 Welded Connections Branch connections shall be made with welding tees or forged welding branch outlets Pipe shall be thoroughly cleaned of all scale and foreign matter before the piping is assembled During welding the pipe and fittings shall be filled with an inert gas such as nitrogen to prevent the formation of scale Beveling alignment heat treatment and inspection of weld shall conform to ASME B31 9 Weld defects shall be removed and rewelded at no
401. l control the fuel burning equipment to maintain set boiler water temperature within 2 percent Controller shall be furnished with necessary equipment to automatically adjust the setting to suit the outside weather conditions The outside air reset controller shall be operated in such a manner that the operating temperatures required by the boiler manufacturer are not compromised 3 3 Boiler Plant Master Controller A boiler plant master controller sensitive to a temperature transmitter in the return water header for the boiler shall be furnished to provide anticipatory signals to all boiler controllers Boiler controllers shal react to anticipatory signals fromthe plant master controller as necessary in response to the boiler temperature indication to maintain the preset temperature An automatic manual switch shall be provided to allow the sequence of boiler loading to be varied to distribute equal firing time on all boilers in the plant The plant master controller shall load the boilers one at a time as the plant load increases 3 4 Boiler Combustion Controls and Positioners a Gas boiler units shall be provided with three position high low off or modulating combustion controls with gas pilot or spark ignition Modulating controls shall be provided with a means for manually controlling the firing rate SECTION 23 52 00 00 10 Page 10 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 2 b Modulating control function shall be a
402. l provide shutoff pressures and torques as shown on the Valve Schedule 10 132 Damper Actuators Damper actuators shall provide the torque necessary per damper manufacturer s instructions to modulate the dampers smoothly over its ful range of operation and torque shall be at least 6 inch pounds 1 square foot of damper area for opposed blade dampers and 9 inch pounds 1 square foot of damper area for parallel blade dampers 10 1 3 Positive Positioners Positive positioners shall be a pneumatic relay with a mechanical position feedback mechanism and an adjustable operating range and starting point 10 2 Relays Control relay contacts shall have utilization category and ratings selected for the application with a minimum of two sets of contacts enclosed in a dust proof enclosure Each set of contacts shall incorporate a normally open NO normally closed NC and common contact Relays shall be rated for a minimum life of one million operations Operating time shall be 20 milliseconds or less Relays shall be equipped with coil transient Suppression devices to limit transients to 150 of rated coil voltage SECTION 23 09 23 Page 30 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 2 2 2 11 USER INPUT DEVICES User Input Devices including potentiometers switches and momentary contact push buttons with SNVT output are Application Specific Controllers ASCs and shall meet all ASC requirements Note ASCs are specified in
403. lar feed through clamp style with recessed captive screw type clamping mechanism shall be suitable for rail mounting and shall have end plates and partition plates for separation or shall have enclosed sides 2 5 2 Control Wiring for Binary Signals Control wiring for binary signals shall be 18 AWG copper and shall be rated for 300 volt service 2 5 3 Wiring for 120 Volt Circuits Wiring for 120 volt circuits shall be 18 AWG or thicker stranded copper and shall be rated for 600 volt service 2 5 4 Control Wiring for Analog Signals Control Wiring for Analog Signals shall be 18 AWG copper single or multiple twisted minimum 2 inch lay of twist 100 shielded pairs and shall have a 300 volt insulation Each pair shall have a 20 AWG tinned copper drain wire and individual overall pair insulation Cables shall have an overall aluminum polyester or tinned copper cable shield tape overall 20 AWG tinned copper cable drain wire and overall cable insulation AgS Transformers Transformers shall be UL 1585 approved Transformers shall be sized so that the connected load is no greater than 80 of the transformer rated capacity 2 6 AUTOMATIC CONTROL VALVES Valves shall have stainless steel stems and stuffing boxes with extended necks to clear the piping insulation Valve bodies shall meet ASME B16 34 or ASME B16 15 pressure and temperature class ratings based on the design operating temperature and 150 of the system design operating
404. large as practicable Equip doors 24 x 24 inches or larger with fasteners operable frominside and outside the duct Use insulated type doors in insulated ducts 2 7 2 2 Fire Dampers Use 1 5 hour rated fire dampers unless otherwise indicated Fire dampers shall conformto the requirements of NFPA 90A and UL 555 The Contractor shall performthe fire damper test as outlined in NFPA 90A Provide a pressure relief damper upstream of the fire damper If the ductwork connected to the fire damper is to be insulated then this pressure relief damper shall be factory insulated Fire dampers shall be automatic operating type and shall have a dynamic rating suitable for the maxi mum air velocity and pressure differential to which it will be subjected Fire dampers shall be approved for the specific application and shall be installed according to their listing Fire dampers shall be equipped with a steel sleeve or adequately sized frame installed in such a manner that disruption of the attached ductwork if any will not impair the operation of the damper Equip sleeves or frames with perimeter mounting angles attached on both sides of the wall or floor opening Construct ductwork in fire rated floor ceiling or roof ceiling assembly systems with air ducts that pierce the ceiling of the assemblies in conformance with UL Fire Resistance Fire dampers shall be curtain type with damper blades out of the air stream Dampers shall not reduce the duct or the air transfer
405. ld the jacket in place 2 1 8 2 Polyvinyl Chloride PVC Jackets Polyvinyl chloride PVC jacket and fitting covers shall have high impact strength UV resistant rating or treatment and moderate chemical resistance with minimum thickness 0 030 inch 2 1 8 3 Vapor Barrier Weatherproofing Jacket Vapor barrier weatherproofing jacket shall be laminated self adhesive greater than 3 plys standard grade silver white black and embossed or greater than 8 ply minimum 2 9 mils adhesive with 0 0000 permeability when tested per ASTM E 96 E 96M heavy duty white or natural and UV resistant 2 1 9 Vapor Retarder Required ASTM C 921 Type minimum puncture resistance 50 Beach units on al Surfaces except concealed ductwork where a minimum puncture resistance of 25 Beach units is acceptable Minimumtensile strength 35 pounds inch width ASTM C 921 Type Il minimum puncture resistance 25 Beach units tensile strength minimum 20 pounds inch width Jackets used on insulation exposed in finished areas shall have white finish suitable for painting without sizing Based on the application insulation materials that require factory applied jackets are mineral fiber cellular glass SECTION 23 07 00 Page 7 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 polyisocyanurate and phenolic foam Insulation materials that do not require jacketing are flexible elastomerics All non metallic jackets shall have a maximum flame spread index of 25 and a
406. le where required or indicated At the factory each coil shall be tested at not less than 250 psi air pressure and shall be suitable for 200 psi working pressure Install drainable coils in the air handling units with a pitch of not less than 1 8 inch per foot of tube length toward the drain end Coils shall conformto the provisions of ARI 410 11 ENERGY RECOVERY DEVICES 11 1 Direct Evaporative Spray and Heat Recovery Heat Pipe Device shall be a factory fabricated assembled and tested counterflow arrangement air to air heat exchanger for transfer of sensible heat between exhaust and supply streams Device shall deliver an energy transfer effectiveness not less than that indicated without cross contamination Heat exchanger tube core shall be 5 8 inch nomina diameter seamless aluminum or copper tube with extended surfaces utilizing wrought aluminum Alloy 3003 or Alloy 5052 temper to suit Maximum fins per unit length and number of tube rows shall be as indicated Tubes shall be fitted with internal capillary wick filled with an ASHRAE 15 Group 1 refrigerant working fluid selected for system design temperature range and hermetically sealed Heat exchanger frame shall be constructed of not less than 16 gauge galvanized steel and fitted with intermediate tube supports and flange connections Tube end covers and a partition of galvanized steel to separate exhaust and supply air streams without cross contamination and in required area ratio sha
407. ler amperage each phase and voltage phase to phase and phase to ground for both the fully loaded condition Motor F L AMPS Amperage Phase 1 Phase 2 Phase 3 Voltage Phi Ph2 Phi Ph3 Ph2 Ph3 Voltage Phil gnd SECTION 23 08 00 00 10 Page 28 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Functional Performance Test cont Centrifugal Chiller 4 a Record the following information Desi gn Ambient dry bulb temperature __________ Ce Qi Be E 5 ae oe Entering chilled water temperature _____ degen Leaving chilled water temperature ______ deg Fs b Calculate chiller load at ambient conditions and compare to chiller rated capacity from manufacturer s literature Calculated Ton Rated yet a tp oc Ton 5 Unusual vibration noise etc 6 Certification We the undersigned have witnessed the above functiona performance tests and certify that the itemtested has met the performance requirements in this section of the specifications Signature and Date Contractor s Commissioning Specialist Contractor s Mechanical Representative Contractor s Electrical Representative Contractor s TAB Representative Contractor s Controls Representative Contracting Officer s Representative Design Agency Representative Using Agency s Representative SECTION 23 08 00 00 10 Page 29 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Functional Performance Test Cooling Tower l Demonstrate operation of the cooling tower
408. less from 20 gauge galvanized steel Install collars with fasteners a maximum of 6 inches on center Attach to collars a minimum of 4 fasteners where the opening is 12 inches in diameter or less and a minimum of 8 fasteners where the opening is 20 inches in diameter or less e Firestopping Where ducts pass through fire rated walls fire partitions and fire rated chase walls seal the penetration with fire stopping materials as specified in Section 07 84 00 FIRESTOPPI NG 3 3 FIELD PAINTING AND IDENTIFICATION SYSTEMS 3 3 1 Identification Tags Provide identification tags made of brass engraved laminated plastic or engraved anodized aluminum indicating service and item number on al valves and dampers Tags shall be 1 3 8 inch minimum diameter and marking shall be stamped or engraved Indentations shall be black for reading clarity Tags shall be attached to valves with No 12 AWG copper wire chrome plated beaded chain or plastic straps designed for that purpose 3 3 2 Finish Painting The requirements for finish painting of items only primed at the factory and surfaces not specifically noted otherwise are specified in Section 09 90 00 PAINTS AND COATINGS 3 3 3 Color Coding Scheme for Locating Hidden Utility Components Use scheme in buildings having suspended grid ceilings The color coding scheme shall identify points of access for maintenance and operation of components and equipment that are not visible fromthe finished space and
409. licable SECTION 25 08 10 W9126G 09 R 0105 Expected Results Approved The report shall include the date and time of the report generation The report shall be saved in a xls format The comma delimited data shall be produced Page 63 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC TEST NUMBER Fifteen TITLE UPS Test OB ECTI VE 1 Validate UPS requirements I N TI AL REQU REMENTS CONDI TI ONS 1 Submittals W9126G 09 R 0105 a The contractor provides documentation on UPS 2 Equipment a The server workstation and the UPS needs to be on and operating for a minimum of one week 3 Reference Documentation a List user manual testing 4 Date of Test _ ___ 5 Time of Test ___ 6 Contractor s Representative 7 Government s Representative TEST PROCEDURES Item Action Item UMS 1 The UMCS home graphic page is called up NOUS HS pg a a 2 Unplug the UPS fromthe wall outlet NOUS S aint kes eee pd Oa etre ak 3 Log out of the home page of the M amp C and then log back into it Notes SECTION 25 documentation and sections pertaining to the Expected Results Approved The home page is displayed The UMCS home page remains displayed UPS LED warning lights if applicable UPS sound audible warning alarmif applicable The UPS will not affect the UMCS hardware and all associated software 08 10 Page 64 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC Item Action Item
410. liseconds or less 2 Laptop 40GB formatted disk space with an average seek time of 10 milliseconds or less e CD RW Drive 24x read 12x re write 24x write For laptops the CD RW drive shall be a fixed modular bay or external drive f Floppy Disk Drive and controller High density 1 44MB disk drive 90mm 3 5inch diameter size For laptop workstations the floppy disk drive shall be a fixed modular bay or external drive g Video output card 1 Desktop Support at least 32 bit color at a minimum resolution of 1280 by 1024 at a minimumrefresh rate of 70 Hz 2 Laptop Support at least 16 bit color at a minimum resolution of 1024 by 768 at a minimumrefresh rate of 60 Hz SECTION 25 10 10 Page 22 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 2 h Network Interface Card NIC 1 Desktop Integrated 100Base TX Ethernet NIC with an RJ45 connector or 100Base FX Ethernet NIC with an SC connector 2 Laptop Integrated or PCMCIA 100Base TX Ethernet NIC with an RJ45 connector i Monitor 1 Desktop Monitor sized as shown but no less than 19 inches with a maximum supported resolution of no less of 1280 by 1024 pixels non interlaced and a maximum dot pitch of 0 28 millimeters 2 Laptop LCD Screen sized as shown but no less than 12 inches with a maximum supported resolution of no less than 1024 by 768 pixels j Keyboard 1 Desktop 101 key keyboard having a minimum 64 character standard ASCII character
411. list of parts and supplies with current unit prices and source of supply a recommended spare parts list for 1 year of operation and a list of the parts recommended by the manufacturer to be replace on a routine basis List routine maintenance procedures possible breakdowns and repairs and a trouble shooting guide The manuals shall include piping and equipment layouts and simplified wiring and control diagrams of the system as installed A certified list of qualified permanent service organizations which includes their addresses and qualifications for support of the equipment The service organizations shall be reasonably convenient to the equipment installation and be able to render Satisfactory service to the equipment on a regular and emergency basis during the warranty period of the contract 3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section 23 00 00 AIR SUPPLY DISTRIBUTION AND EXHAUST SYSTEMS applies to work specified in this section PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 GENERAL Units shall include an enclosure for cabinet models and casing for concealed models Base unit shall be complete with galvanized casing water coil assembly with auxiliary water heating coil valve and piping package drain pans air filter fan motor and motor control Sound power level decibels reference 10 to the minus 12 power watt at the fan operating speed selected to meet the specified capacity shall not exceed the following values at the midfrequency of each octave band
412. ll be cut square and burrs shall be removed Both inside of fittings and outside of tubing shall be cleaned thoroughly with sand cloth or steel wire brush before brazing Annealing of fittings and hard drawn tubing shall not occur when making connections Installation shall be made in accordance with the manufacturer s recommendations Mitering of joints for elbows and notching of straight runs of pipe for tees will not be permitted Joints for flared fittings shall be of the compression pattern Swing joints or offsets shall be provided on branch connections mains and risers to provide for expansion and contraction forces without undue stress to the fittings or to short lengths of pipe or tubing Pipe adapters shall be provided where necessary for joining threaded pipe to copper tubing Brazed joints shall be made in conformance with MSS SP 73 and CDA A4015 Copper to copper joints shall include the use of copper phosphorous or copper phosphorous silver brazing metal without flux Brazing of dissimilar metals copper to bronze or brass shall include the use of flux with either a copper phosphorous copper phosphorous silver or a silver brazing filler metal Soldered joints shall be made with flux and are only acceptable for lines 2 inches or smaller Soldered joints shall conformto ASME B31 5 and shall be in accordance with CDA A4015 SECTION 23 52 00 00 10 Page 28 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 3 2 8 Copper T
413. ll be either a member of ACG or certified by the NEBB or the TABB and certified in all categories and functions where measurements or performance are specified on the plans and specifications The certification shall be maintained for the entire duration of duties specified herein If for any reason the firm loses subject certification during this period the Contractor shall immediately notify the Contracting Officer and submit another Commissioning Firmfor approval Any firmthat has been the subject of disciplinary action by the ACG the NEBB or the TABB within the five years preceding Contract Award shall not be eligible to perform any duties related to the HVAC systems including Commissioning All work specified in this Section and in other related Sections to be performed by the Commissioning Firm shall be considered invalid if the Commissioning Firm loses its certification prior to Contract completion and must be performed by an approved successor These Commissioning services are to assist the prime Contractor in performing the quality oversight for which it is responsible The Commissioning Firm shall be a subcontractor of the prime Contractor and shall be financially and corporately independent of all other subContractors The Commissioning Firm shall report to and be paid by the prime Contractor 20 2 Commissioning Specialist The Commissioning Specialist shall be an ACG Certified Commissioning Agent a NEBB Qualified Commissioning Admi
414. ll be provided A drain pan constructed of welded Type 304L series stainless steel shall be provided Heat recovery regulation shall be provided bysystem face and bypass dampers and related control system as indicated The wrap around heat pipe will be self controlling Coil shall be fitted with pleated flexible connectors oddly Le fl Water Blowdown Equi pment Water shall be periodically dumped approximately every six to twelve hours This shall be done by either the use of a mechanical timer or by measuring the conductivity and dumping the water when the conductivity reaches 1500 2000 micro mhos ele l2 Water Distribution Header The water distribution header shall be a nonwettable nondrip type Water shall be distributed by means of PVC header and nozzles which shall impart a fine water mist into the scavenger air side of the heat exchanger p11 1 3 Water Pump The water pump shall be a self priming centrifugal type with capacity and head characteristics for the specified operation of the unit The motor shaft shall be constructed of stainless steel cadmium coated steel or hot dip zinc galvanized steel The impeller shall be constructed of stainless steel or polymeric material conforming to UL 746C Pump housing shall be constructed of factory hot dip zinc coated steel or polymeric material conforming to UL 746C Pump housing bottom shall be removable for impeller cleaning and shall not permit galvanic action with cooler bottom Pump sha
415. ll fans that are operated during construction and new filters shall be installed after all construction dirt has been removed from the building System shall be maintained in this clean condition until final acceptance Bearings shall be properly lubricated with oil or grease as recommended by the manufacturer Belts shall be tightened to proper tension Control valves and other miscellaneous equipment requiring adjustment shall be adjusted to setting indicated or directed Fans shall be adjusted to the speed indicated by the manufacturer to meet specified conditions Testing adjusting and balancing shall be as specified in Section 23 05 93 00 10 TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING OF HVAC SYSTEMS 6 DEMONSTRATIONS Contractor shall conduct a training course for the operating staff as designated by the Contracting Officer The training period shall consist of a total 16 hours of normal working time and start after the system is functionally completed but prior to final acceptance tests The field posted instructions shall cover all of the items contained in the approved operation and maintenance manuals as well as demonstrations of routine maintenance operations End of Section SECTION 23 64 00 00 10 Page 18 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 SECTION 23 64 26 CHILLED CHILLED HOT AND CONDENSER WATER PIPING SYSTEMS 01 07 PART 1 GENERAL E 1 REFERENCES The publications listed below forma part of
416. ll have permanently sealed and lubricated bearings and fan cooled motor with moisture proof winding Pump motor shall be provided with a factory installed three conductor rubber sheathed flexible cord with the SECTION 23 00 00 Page 23 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 third wire being the grounding conductor Water pump shall be provided with a filter screen constructed of plastic which shall project 1 inch above the high water level of the water tank ZA dah Water Treatment for the Evaporative Cooling System Provide complete and ready for operation factory packaged water treatment unit for ozone treatment of water The water treatment shall generate ozone by passing 15 to 30 psig instrument quality compressed air through an ultra violet lamp panel sized for the unit water flow and airflow The reaction column shall be sized diameter and length to provide a minimum of a 3 second control time of the evaporative cooling sump water being exposed the bubbling ozone The reaction column shall be constructed of clear PVC allowing the ozoneated compressed air bubbles to be directly observed It is recommended that the reaction column should be 5 feet long 2 All LD Air Compressor The instrument air compressor shall be oil free design that produces instrument quality air The compressor shall be designed to operate continuously and to supply the optimum air pressure to drive both the amp panel and the Reaction Column T
417. ll prevent excessive pressure in the piping system when the piping system reaches its maximum heat buildup Valve CSA AM Z21 22 and shal have cast iron bodies with corrosion resistant internal working parts The discharge pipe fromthe relief valve shall be the size of the valve outlet unless otherwise indicated 2015 Combination Pressure and Temperature Relief Valves CSA AM Z21 22 copper alloy body automatic re seating test lever and discharge capacity based on AGA temperature steam rating SECTION 23 64 26 Page 14 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 2 5 16 Float Valve Valve CID A A 50541 Style A angle pattern or Style B globe pattern Where float rods are extended for tank applications extension shall be properly supported and guided to avoid bending of float rod or stressing of valve pilot linkage 2 5 17 Drain Valves Valves MSS SP 80 gate valves Valve shall be manually operated 3 4 inch pipe size and above with a threaded end connection Provide valve with a water hose nipple adapter Freeze proof type valves shall be provided in installations exposed to freezing temperatures 2 5 18 Air Venting Valves Manually operated general service type air venting valves brass or bronze valves that are furnished with threaded plugs or caps Automatic type air venting shall be the ball float type with brass bronze or brass bodies 300 series corrosion resistant steel float linkage and removable seat Air vent
418. low The Endurance Test shall not be started until the Government notifies the Contractor in writing that the Performance Verification Tests have been satisfactorily completed training as specified has been completed correction of al outstanding deficiencies has been satisfactorily completed and that the Contractor has permission to start the Endurance Test The Contractor shall provide an operator to man the system eight hours per day during first shift operations including weekends and holidays during Phase and Phase III Endurance testing in addition to any Government personnel that may be made available The Government may terminate testing at any time if the systemfails to performas specified Upon termination of testing by the Government or by the Contractor the Contractor shall commence an assessment period as described for Phase I and Phase IV Upon successfu completion of the Endurance Test the Contractor shall deliver test reports to the Government prior to acceptance of the system The Contractor shal keep a record of the time and cause of each outage that takes place during the test period 1 2 Phase During the Phase testing the system shall be operated as specified for 24 hours per day 7 days per week for 15 consecutive calendar days including holidays The Contractor shall not make repairs during this phase of testing unless authorized by the Government in writing If the system experiences no failures during the Phase
419. ltage fluctuations of the operating area Detector shall have an adjustable sensitivity such that it can detect refrigerant at or above 3 parts per million ppm Detector shall be supplied factory calibrated for the appropriate refrigerant s Detector shall be provided with an alarm relay output which energizes when the detector detects a refrigerant level at or above the TLV TWA or toxicity measurement consistent therewith for the refrigerant s in use The detector s relay shall be capable of initiating corresponding alarms and ventilation systems as indicated on the drawings Detector shall be provided with a failure relay output that energizes when the monitor detects a fault in its operation Detector shall be capable with the facility s energy management and control system EMCS The EMCS shall be capable of generating an electronic log of the refrigerant level in the operating area monitoring for detector malfunctions and monitoring for any refrigerant alarm conditions 2 62 Refrigerant Relief Valve Rupture Disc Assembly The assembly shall be a combination pressure relief valve and rupture disc designed for refrigerant usage The assembly shall be in accordance with ASME BPVC SEC VIII D1 and ASHRAE 15 The assembly shall be provided with a pressure gauge assembly which will provide local indication if a rupture disc is broken Rupture disc shall be the non fragmenting type 2 6 3 Refrigerant Signs Refrigerant signs shall be a
420. ly preceding the connection to each piece of equipment or material requiring maintenance such as coils pumps control valves and other similar items Flanged joints shall be assembled square end tight with matched flanges gaskets and bolts Gaskets shall be Suitable for the intended application 3 1 5 Valves Isolation gate or ball valves shall be installed on each side of each piece of equipment at the midpoint of all looped mains and at any other points indicated or required for draining isolating or sectionalizing purpose Isolation valves may be omitted where balancing cocks are installed to provide both balancing and isolation functions Each valve except check valves shall be identified Valves in horizontal lines shall be installed with stems horizontal or above 3 1 6 Air Vents Air vents shall be provided at all high points on all water coils and where indicated to ensure adequate venting of the piping system 3 1 7 Drains Drains shall be provided at all low points and where indicated to ensure complete drainage of the piping Drains shall be accessible and shal consist of nipples and caps or plugged tees unless otherwise indicated 3 1 8 Flexible Pipe Connectors Connectors shall be attached to components in strict accordance with the latest printed instructions of the manufacturer to ensure a vapor tight joint Hangers when required to suspend the connectors shall be of the type recommended by the flexible pipe connecto
421. m Action Item 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 Position and edit alphanumeric descriptors at the server Notes Draw lines on a graphic at the server Notes Associate source of dynamic data for presentation on a graphic at the server Notes Display analog data on a graphic page at the server Notes Demonstrate the movement of the curser crosshairs by the use of the mouse at the server Notes Demonstrate the simultaneous use of multiple graphics coincident graphics at the server Notes Associate graphic properties such as color with the values from dynamic variables at SECTION 25 08 10 W9126G 09 R 0105 Expected Results Approved The alphanumeric display shal be as designed Lines shall drawn display as Correct data shall be displayed Correct data shall be displayed Crosshairs shall follow the commands fromthe mouse Operator shall see the use of the tile function and the use of the tab function to manage multiple graphics Graphic properties shal change as the value of the dynamic variable changes Page 45 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC Action Item the server Item Notes 32 Create conditiona displays based on the value of a dynamic variable at the server Notes 33 Review the standard symbol library at the 34 Demonstrate how to move data fromthe database to a report at the server Notes 35 Add comments
422. m or steel plate with split sections gasketed and bolted or clamped together c Lubrication system of the forced feed type that provides oil at the proper pressure to all parts requiring lubrication d Provisions to ensure proper lubrication of bearings and shaft seals prior to starting and upon stopping with or without electric power supply On units providing forced feed lubrication prior to starting a differential oil pressure cutout interlocked with the compressor starting equipment shall allow the compressor to operate only when the required oil pressure is provided to the bearings e Oil sump heaters controlled as recommended by the manufacturer f Temperature or pressure actuated prerotation vane or suction damper to provide automatic capacity modulation from 100 percent capacity to 10 percent capacity If operation to 10 percent capacity cannot be achieved without providing hot gas bypass then the Contractor shall indicate in the equipment submittal the load percent at which hot gas bypass is required AM 3 g Variable flow compensation Chillers shall be capable to respond to abrupt changes in load The chillers shall be able to vary cooling capability by 50 per minute with no significant change in chilled water supply temperature h Water side economization free cooling control A A free cooling cycle shall be provided for the centrifugal chiller The proposed chiller shall provide required material SECTION 23
423. m AABC Term NEBB Term TABB Term TAB Standard National Standards for Procedural Standards SMACNA s Testing and Balancing for Testing Adjusting Procedures Heating Ventilating and Balancing of and Air Conditioning Environmental Systems Systems TAB Specialist TAB Engi neer TAB Supervisor TAB Supervisor Systems Construction Phase Field Readiness Field Readiness Inspection Check amp Preliminary Readiness Check Field Procedures Check amp Prelim Field SECTION 23 05 93 00 10 Page 3 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 1 SIMILAR TERMS Procedures 4 TAB STANDARD TAB shall be performed in accordance with the requirements of the standard under which the TAB Firm s qualifications are approved i e AABC MN 1 NEBB TABES or SMACNA HVACTAB unless otherwise specified herein All recommendations and suggested practices contained in the TAB Standard shal be considered mandatory The provisions of the TAB Standard including checklists report forms etc shall as nearly as practical be used to satisfy the Contract requirements The TAB Standard shall be used for al aspects of TAB including qualifications for the TAB Firm and Specialist and calibration of TAB instruments Where the instrument manufacturer calibration recommendations are more stringent than those listed in the TAB Standard the manufacturer s recommendations shall be adhered to All quality assurance provisions of the TAB Standard such as performance
424. m total thickness of 1 16 inch applied with glass tape embedded between coats Tape seams shall overlap 1 inch The coating shall extend out onto the adjoining pipe insulation 2 inches Fabricated insulation with a factory vapor retarder jacket shall be protected with either greater than 3 ply laminate jacket less than 0 0000 perm adhesive tape standard grade Silver white black and embossed or PVDC adhesive tape or two coats of vapor retarder coating with a minimumthickness of 1 16 inch and with a 2 inch wide glass tape embedded between coats Where fitting insulation butts to pipe insulation the joints shall be sealed with a vapor retarder coating and a 4 inch wide AS tape which matches the jacket of the pipe insulation SECTION 23 07 00 Page 20 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 d Anchors attached directly to the pipe shall be insulated for a sufficient distance to prevent condensation but not less than 6 inches fromthe insulation surface e Insulation shall be marked showing the location of unions strainers and check valves Poka Lag Optional PVC Fitting Covers At the option of the Contractor premolded one or two piece PVC fitting covers may be used in lieu of the vapor retarder and embedded glass tape Factory precut or premolded insulation segments shall be used under the fitting covers for elbows Insulation segments shall be the same insulation as the pipe insulation including same density thickness an
425. maximum of 80 The operator will be denied the ability to command the nvi to any value Page 39 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 TEST NUMBER Ei ght TITLE Special Functions OB ECTI VE 1 Verify system has special integration as defined I N TI AL REQUI REMENTS CONDI TI ONS 1 Submittals a The Contractor shall provide documentation of all integrations prior to testing 2 Equipment a The contractor shall have all UMCS and DDC hardware and software programmed integrated and completed 3 Reference Documentation a List user manual documentation and sections pertaining to the testing 4 Date of Test _ __ 5 Time of Test _ ___ 6 7 Contractor s Representative Government s Representative TEST PROCEDURES Expected Item Action Item Results Approved UMS 1 Verify that a building Data fromthe other vendors that uses controls froma controllers shall be integrated vendor other than the one into the GUI and the same being installed can be functionality that would exist integrated into the GUI if the controllers were from without any loss of the same manufacture shal functionality exist A simulated building wil be set up using an P L router and controllers from Honeywell TAC Trane ete 2 2 2 2 LL No tiese te tt e etn a et ete te tp a oe ek tet tm Na ane de ta te End of Test Specific Abbreviations Y Yes N No NA Not Applicable SECTION 25 08 10 Page 40 Lackland A
426. media converter shall provide media conversion between layer 1 copper and fiber media to support data rates equal to the greater of the physical layer or 100 Mbps as specified in IEEE Std 802 3 2 2 3 4 Ethernet Switch Switches shall be IEEE Std 802 3 bridges which shall function as the center SECTION 25 10 10 Page 20 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 of a distributed star architecture and shall be learning bridges with Spanning tree algorithms per IEEE Std 802 1D The switch shall support the connected media types and shall have a minimum of 150 the required ports and no fewer than 4 ports One port shall be switch selectable as an uplink port 2 2 3 5 IP Router The Contractor shall provide IP router network equipment The routers shall be fully configurable for protocol types security and routing selection of sub networks The router shall meet all requirements of RFC 1812 2 3 COMPUTER HARDWARE 2 3 1 Nameplates Lami nated plastic nameplates shall be provided for each server and workstation Each nameplate shall identify the function network address and identifier of the server or workstation Laminated plastic shall be 0 125 inch thick white with black center core Nameplates shall be a mi ni mum of 1 by 3 inches with minimum 0 25 inch high engraved block lettering All nameplates shall be attached to the device in conspicuous location 23 2 Server Hardware Computer Server Hardware server shall
427. medium weight aluminum type with a baked enamel finish Signs shall be suitable for indoor or outdoor service Signs shall have a white background with red letters not less than 0 5 inches in height 2 6 3 1 Installation Identification Each new refrigerating system shall be provided with a refrigerant sign which indicates the following as a minimum a Contractor s name b Refrigerant number and amount of refrigerant c The lubricant identity and amount d Field test pressure applied SECTION 23 64 00 00 10 Page 14 Lackland AFB Airmen Training Complex ATC Dormitory 1 LKATCD1 AMENDMENT 0003 2 6 3 2 Controls and Piping Identification Refrigerant systems containing more than 110 lb of refrigerant shall be provided with refrigerant signs which designate the following as a minimum a Valves or switches for controlling the refrigerant flow the ventilation system and the refrigerant compressor s b Pressure limiting device s 2 7 SUPPLEMENTAL COMPONENTS SERVICES 227A Chilled and Condenser Water Piping and Accessories Chilled and condenser water piping and accessories shall be provided and installed in accordance with Section 23 64 26 CHILLED CHILLED HOT AND CONDENSER WATER PIPING SYSTEMS 2 7 2 Cooling Tower Cooling towers shall be provided and installed in accordance with Section 23 65 00 00 10 COOLING TOWER Qe E Temperature Controls Chiller control packages shall be fully coordinated with and integrated into
428. men Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Analysis of Water COPPER DEVELOPMENT ASSOCIATI ON CDA CDA A4015 1994 R 1995 Copper Tube Handbook CSA AMERICA INC CSA AM CSA AM 221 13 2005 A 2005 Gas Fired Low Pressure Steam and Hot Water Boilers EXPANSION JOINT MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION EJ MA EJ MA Stds 2003 EJ MA Standards HYDRONICS INSTITUTE DIVISION OF GAMA HYI HYI 005 2004 B R Ratings for Boilers Baseboard Radiation and Finned Tube Commercial MANUFACTURERS STANDARDI ZATION SOCIETY OF THE VALVE AND FITTINGS NDUSTRY MSS MSS SP 110 1996 Ball Valves Threaded Socket Welding Solder Joint Grooved and Flared Ends MSS SP 25 1998 Standard Marking System for Valves Fittings Flanges and Unions MSS SP 58 2002 Standard for Pipe Hangers and Supports Materials Design and Manufacture MSS SP 69 2003 R 2004 Standard for Pipe Hangers and Supports Selection and Application MSS SP 70 2006 Standard for Cast Iron Gate Valves Flanged and Threaded Ends MSS SP 71 2005 Standard for Gray Iron Swing Check Valves Flanged and Threaded Ends MSS P 72 1999 Standard for Ball Valves with Flanged or Butt Welding Ends for Genera Service MSS SP 73 2003 Brazing Joints for Copper and Copper Alloy Pressure Fittings MSS SP 78 2005a Cast Iron Plug Valves Flanged and Threaded Ends MSS SP 80 2008 Bronze Gate Globe Angle and Check Valves MSS SP 85 2002 Standard for Cast Iron Globe amp
429. mes to be customized 2 2 2 2 LLL Check total capacity of Gateway shall have 50 Gateway extra capacity to map over additional points o_ NOUS SE fe eal ee cae men sp ecg eA ee oe Nt aes See ie ena pe oe ie 4 Press service pin on Gateway should broadcast gateway the neuron ID and Program ID over the network 9 8 ooo NOOR e ah re a en e fen a A he a 5 Remove power source from Gateway should retain al gateway for two hours configuration data Then return power to ga t ewa Y LLL LL ROT N os to a a e e al Oe a a End of Test Specific Abbreviations Y Yes N No NA Not Applicable SECTION 25 08 10 Page 71 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC TEST NUMBER Nineteen TITLE Local Display Pane BJ ECTI VE 1 To demonstrate capability of the Loca override control points I N TIAL REQU REMENTS CONDI TI ONS 1 Submittal a 0 amp M Manual for LDP 2 Equipment W9126G 09 R 0105 LDP display panel to view and a Hardware and software to connect and demo LDPconfiguration too 3 Reference Documentation a List manual testing user Date of Test Time of Test Contractor s Representative Government s Representative 4 D 6 7 TEST PROCEDURES Item Action Item DDC FOR HVAC 1 Connect LDP to LON bus Push service pin button on LDP NOCES gta Senha ie asses it ah ost 2 Use navigation buttons on LDP to display a status point such as a temperature or fan status NOTES
430. metals Dielectric flanges shall meet the performance requirements described herein for dielectric waterways 2 8 11 Flexible Pipe Connectors Flexible pipe connectors shall be designed for 125 psi or 150 psi service Connectors shall be installed where indicated The flexible section shal be constructed of rubber tetrafluoroethylene resin or corrosion resisting steel bronze monel or galvanized steel Materials used and the configuration shall be suitable for the pressure vacuum and temperature medium The flexible section shall be suitable for service intended and may have threaded welded soldered flanged or socket ends Flanged assemblies shall be equipped with limit bolts to restrict maximumtravel to the manufacturer s standard limits Unless otherwise indicated the length of the flexible connectors shall be as recommended by the manufacturer for the service intended Internal sleeves or liners compatible with circulating medium shall be provided when recommended by the manufacturer Covers to protect the bellows shall be provided where indicated 2 8 12 Pipe Supports Pipe supports shall conform to MSS SP 58 and MSS SP 69 2 8 13 Pipe Expansion 2 8 13 1 Expansion Loops Expansion loops and offsets shall provide adequate expansion of the main straight runs of the system within the stress limits specified in ASME B31 1 The loops and offsets shall be cold sprung and installed where indicated Pipe guides and anchors shall be provid
431. mless Copper Water Tube ASTM D 2513 2008a Thermoplastic Gas Pressure Pipe Tubing and Fittings ASTM D 2517 2006 Reinforced Epoxy Resin Gas Pressure Pipe and Fittings ASTM F 2015 2000 Standard Specification for Lap Joint Flange Pipe End Applications CANADIAN STANDARDS ASSOCIATION CSA CSA 3 11 CAN CGA 1988 R 2003 Lever Operated Pressure Lubricated Plug Type Gas Shut Off Valves CSA AMERICA INC CSA AM CSA AM Z21 15 1997 R 2003 A 2006 Manually Operated SECTION 23 11 25 Page 3 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Gas Valves for Appliances Appliance Connector Valves and Hose End Valves CSA AM 221 24 2006 Connectors for Gas Appliances CSA AM Z21 41 2003 A 2005 Errata 2007 Quick Disconnect Devices for Use with Gas Fuel Appliances CSA AM 221 69 2002 Addenda A 2003 Addenda B 2006 R 2007 Connectors for Movable Gas Appliances CSA AM Z21 80 2005 R 2008 Line Pressure Regul ators MANUFACTURERS STANDARDI ZATION SOCIETY OF THE VALVE AND FITTINGS NDUSTRY MSS MSS SP 25 1998 Standard Marking System for Valves Fittings Flanges and Unions MSS SP 58 2002 Standard for Pipe Hangers and Supports Materials Design and Manufacture MSS SP 69 2003 R 2004 Standard for Pipe Hangers and Supports Selection and Application NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION NFPA NFPA 54 2008 National Fuel Gas Code NFPA 58 2007 Amendment 1 2007 Amendment 2 2007 Amendment
432. mmended by the manufacturer for the service intended Internal sleeves or liners compatible with circulating medium shall be provided when recommended by the manufacturer Provide covers to protect the bellows where indicated 2 6 5 Pressure and Vacuum Gauges Gauges ASME B40 100 with throttling type needle valve or a pulsation dampener and shut off valve Provide gauges with 4 5 inch dial brass or aluminum case bronze tube and siphon Gauge shall have a minimum of with a range from 0 psig to approximately 1 5 times the maximum system working pressure Each gauge range shall be selected so that at normal operating pressure the needle is within the middle third of the range 2 6 6 Temperature Gauges Temperature gauges shall be the industrial duty type and be provided for the required temperature range Provide gauges with fixed thread connection dial face gasketed within the case and an accuracy within 2 percent of scale range Gauges shall have Fahrenheit scale in 2 degree graduations scale black numbers on a white face The pointer shall be adjustable Rigid stemtype temperature gauges shall be provided in thermal wells located within 5 feet of the finished floor Universal adjustable angle type or remote element type temperature gauges shall be provided in thermal wells located 5 to 7 feet above the finished floor or in locations indicated Remote element type temperature gauges shall be provided in thermal wells located 7 feet above t
433. move weld defects and make repairs to the weld or remove the weld joints entirely and reweld After filler metal has been removed from its original package protect and store so that its characteristics or welding properties are not affected adversely Do not use electrodes that have been wetted or have lost any of their coating oss Thermoplastic and Fiberglass Joints a Thermoplastic and Fiberglass Conform jointing procedures to AGA XR0603 Do not make joints with solvent cement or heat of fusion between different kinds of plastics b PE Fusion Welding Inspection Visually inspect butt joints by comparing with manufacturer s visual joint appearance chart Inspect fusion joints for proper fused connection Replace defective joints by cutting out defective joints or replacing fittings Inspect in conformance with API 570 100 percent of all joints and re inspect al corrections Arrange with the pipe manufacturer s representative in the presence of the Contracting Officer to make first time inspection 5 4 Flared Metallic Tubing Joints Make flared joints in metallic tubing with special tools recommended by the tubing manufacturer Use flared joints only in systems constructed from nonferrous pipe and tubing when experience or tests have demonstrated that the joint is suitable for the conditions and when adequate provisions are made in the design to prevent separation of the joints Do not use metallic ball sleeve compression type tub
434. ms protected the system shall be pressurized to test pressure Pressure shall be held for a period of time sufficient to inspect al welds joints and connections for leaks but not less than 2 hours No loss of pressure will be allowed Leaks shall be repaired and repaired joints shall be retested Repair joints shall not be allowed under the floor for floor radiant heating systems If a leak occurs in tubing located under the floor in radiant heating systems the entire zone that is leaking shall be replaced If any repair is made above the floor for floor radiant heating systems access shall be provided for the installed joint Caulking of joints shall not be permitted System shall be drained and after instruments and equipment are reconnected the system shall be refilled with service medium and maximum operating pressure applied The pressure shall be held while inspecting these joints and connections for leaks The leaks shall be repaired and the repaired joints retested Upon completion of hydrostatic tests and before acceptance of the installation the Contractor shall balance the heating systemin accordance with Section 23 05 93 00 10 TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING OF HVAC SYSTEMS and operating tests required to demonstrate satisfactory functional and operational efficiency shall be performed The operating test shall cover a period of at least 24 hours for each system and shall include as a minimum the following specific information
435. n 23 09 23 DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL FOR HVAC AND OTHER LOCAL BUILDING SYSTEMS shall apply Unit manufacturer shall factory install control valves furnished by the automatic temperature control manufacturer Install the controls in a unit mounted control panel Provide remote mounted controllers where indicated Motor speed control switch shall provide speed selection and off position and be mounted for convenient use from an access door 2 10 NSULATI ON Contain all thermal and acoustical insulation within a double walled enclosure or seal with a coating impervious to moisture PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 I NSTALLATI ON Install equipment as indicated and specified and in accordance with manufacturer s recommendations Set dampers in a fixed position to provide the outside air quantity scheduled Submit Installation Drawings for fan coil systems in accordance with referenced standards in this section SECTION 23 82 19 Page 5 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 3 2 TESTS Hydrostatically test coils at 250 pounds per square inch psi or under water at 250 psi air pressure Ensure the coils are suitable for 200 ps working pressure 3 OPERATI ON AND MAINTENANCE Contractor shall submit 6 copies of the Operation and Maintenance Manuals 30 calendar days prior to testing the fan coil units Update and resubmit data for final approval no later than 30 calendar days prior to contract completion End of Section SE
436. n Item 15 Demonstrate the modification of a time schedule Notes 16 Demonstrate the execution of a report Notes 17 Demonstrate the presentation of an alarm to include a Identification b Date and ti me c Alarm Type d Set Points e Units f Current Value g Priority h Associated message amp Secondary message MODES gee Sele Sle T 18 Demonstrate the presentation of real time trend data Notes End of Test Specific Abbreviations y Yes N No NA Not Applicable W9126G 09 R 0105 Expected Results Operator shall be able to modify a time schedule Approved Operator shall be able to initiate a report Operator shall be able to view an alarm with all of the required data Operator shall be able to view real time trend data as a function of time SECTION 25 08 10 Page 33 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 TEST NUMBER Five TI TLE Graphic Navigation Scheme OB ECTI VE 1 To validate hierarchical graphic displays from main screen to end devices I N TI AL REQU REMENTS CONDI TI ONS 1 Submittals a The contractor shall provide a hierarchical block diagram of the system network prior to testing 2 Equipment a The contractor shall have all programming completed to demonstrate graphic display 3 Reference Documentation a List user manual documentation and sections pertaining to the testing 4 Date of Test _________ 5 Time of Test _
437. n PART 3 column TYPE and in the col umn The sequencing specified for submittals shal be initially submitted to be a Government review the the Contractor shal Upon resubmittal the the submittal is The sequencing specified for activities indicates the earliest the activity may begin c Abbreviations approval TYPE MMMM mmm Mmmmwm of In TABLE the abbreviation AAO is used for after and ACO is used for after completion of TABLE PROJECT SEQUENCING SEQUENCING START OF ACTIVITY or DESCRI PTI ON DEADLINE FOR SUBMITTAL Existing Conditions Report DDC Contractor Design Drawings Manufacturer s Catalog Data Network Bandwidth Usage Calculations Pre construction QC Checklist Install Building Control System AAO 1 thru 5 Start Up and Start Up Testing ACO 6 Post Construction QC Checklist 7 days ACO 7 Programming Software 7 days ACO 7 XIF Files 7 days ACO 7 LNS Plug ins 7 days ACO 7 Start Up and Start Up 7 days ACO 7 Testing Report Draft As Built Drawings 7 days ACO 7 PVT Procedures 7 days before schedule start of 15 and AAO 12 PVT AAO 13 and 14 SECTION 23 09 23 Page 10 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 TABLE PROJECT SEQUENCING SEQUENCING START OF ACTIVITY or ITEM TYPE DESCRI PTI ON DEADLINE FOR SUBMITTAL 16 S PVT Report 7 days ACO 15 17 S GPPC Application Programs 7 days AAO 16 18 S LNS Database 7 days AAO 16 19 S Final As Built Drawi
438. n be retested until it has been completed with no errors 3 3 COMMI SSI ONI NG REPORT The Commissioning Report shall consist of completed Pre Functiona Performance Test Checklists and completed Functional Performance Tests organized by system and by subsystem and submitted as one package The Commissioning Report shall also include all HVAC systems test reports SECTION 23 08 00 00 10 Page 5 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 inspection reports Preparatory Initial and Follow up inspections start up reports TAB report TAB verification report Controls start up test reports and Controls Performance Verification Test PVT report The results of failed tests shall be included along with a description of the corrective action taken SECTION 23 08 00 00 10 Page 6 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 APPENDIX A PRE FUNCTI ONAL PERFORMANCE TEST CHECKLISTS SECTION 23 08 00 00 10 Page 7 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Pre Functional Performance Test Checklist Multizone Air Handling Unit For Air Handling Unit Checklist Item Installation a Inspection and access doors are operable and sealed b Condensate drainage is unobstructed Visually verify pan drains completely by pouring a cup of water into drain pan c Fan belt adjusted Electrical a Power available to unit disconnect b Power available to unit control panel c Proper motor rotation
439. n exterior walls that are associated with the air Supply and distribution system shall be as specified in Section 08 91 00 METAL WALL AND DOOR LOUVERS 2 7 6 Air Vents Penthouses and Goosenecks Fabricate Air vents penthouses and goosenecks from galvanized stee sheets with galvanized structural shapes Sheet metal thickness reinforcement and fabrication shall conformto SMACNA HVAC Duct Const Stds Accurately fit and secure louver blades to frames Fold or bead edges of louver blades for rigidity and baffle these edges to exclude driving rain Provide air vents penthouses and goosenecks with bird screen 2 7 7 Bird Screens and Frames Bird screens shall conformto ASTM E 2016 No 2 mesh aluminum or stainless steel Aluminum screens shall be rated medium i ght Stainless steel screens shall be rated light Frames shall be removable type and fabricated from either stainless steel or extruded alumi num 2 8 AIR SYSTEMS EQUI PMENT 2 8 1 Fans Fans shall be tested and rated according to AMCA 210 Calculate system effect on air moving devices in accordance with AMCA 201 where installed ductwork differs fromthat indicated on drawings Install air moving devices to minimize fan system effect Where system effect is unavoidable determine the most effective way to accommodate the inefficiencies caused by system effect on the installed air moving device The sound power leve of the fans shall not exceed 85 dBA when tested per AMCA 300 and rated
440. n of Dimensions After becoming familiar with all details of the work the Contractor shal verify all dimensions in the field and shall advise the Contracting SECTION 23 09 23 Page 9 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC Officer of 1 4 3 The Government may be required on the drawings investigate the mechanical affect the work to be performed that shal t3 TABLE TYPE ITEM Drawings provide al will not indicate all offsets electrical shal PROJ ECT SEQUENCING a Sequencing for submittals is the deadline by which the submittal Following submission there wil period as specified in Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES If accepted by the Government it to the Government within 14 days has been rejected review period If accepted the process repeats unti the Government submittal revise the submittal of notification that there shal submittal is not and resubmit the submittal be an additional Government is not accepted by the Government b Sequencing for Activities fittings The Contractor shal and finish conditions that arrange such work accordingly work necessary to meet such conditions in the EXECUTION denoted by an E W9126G 09 R 0105 any discrepancy before performing any work and accessories carefully could and PROJ ECT SEQUENCING lists the sequencing of submittals as specified in paragraph SUBMITTALS denoted by an S activities as specified i
441. n on a device which causes the device to broadcast a message over the control network containing its Node ID and Program ID This broadcast can also be initiated via software 1 2 33 Standard Configuration Parameter Type SCPT Pronounced skip it lt A standard format type maintained by LonMark International for Configuration Parameters 1 2 34 Standard Network Variable Type SNVT Pronounced snivet A standard format type maintained by LonMark International used to define data information transmitted and received by the individual nodes The term SNVT is used in two ways Technically it is the acronym for Standard Network Variable Type and is sometimes used in this manner However it is often used to indicate the network variable itself i e it can mean a network variable of a standard network variable type In general the intended meaning should be clear fromthe context 1 2 35 Subnet Consists of a logical not physical grouping of up to 127 nodes where the logical grouping is defined by node addressing Part of the Node Addressing scheme 1 2 36 TP FT 10 A Free Topology Twisted Pair network defined by CEA 709 3 This is the most common media type for an ANSI 709 1 control network 1 2 37 UMCS Net work An IP network connecting multiple building level control networks using the CEA 852 A standard 1 2 38 User defined Configuration Parameter Type UCPT Pronounced u keep it lt A Configuration Parameter format t
442. nMark Interoperability Association See LonMark International t LonWorks The overall communications technology developed by Echelon Corporation for control systems The termis often used to refer to the technology in general and may include reference to any all of the protocol network management and interoperability guidelines where the technology is based on the CEA 709 1B8 protocol and SECTION 23 09 23 Page 4 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 employs interoperable devices along with the capability to openly manage these devices via multiple vendors using a network configuration or service tool u LonWorks Network Services LNS A network management and database standard for CEA 709 1B devices v Monitoring and Control M amp C Software The UMCS front end software which performs supervisory functions such as alarm handling scheduling and data logging and provides a user interface for monitoring the system and configuring these functions w Network Variable See Standard Network Variable Type SNVT x Network Configuration Tool The software used to configure the control network and set device configuration properties This software creates and modifies the control network database LNS Database y Node A device that communicates using the CEA 709 1B protocol and is connected to an CEA 709 1B network z Node Address The logical address of a node on the network Variations in node a
443. nches Service Material lt 1 l lt 1 5 1 5 lt 4 4 lt 8 gt or to 8 Chilled Water Cellular Glass 1 5 2 2 205 3 Supply amp Faced Phenol Foam 1 1 1 1 5 15 Return Polyisocianurate 1 i 1 1 1 Mineral Fiber with 1 lS 1 5 2 2 40 F Wicking Material Nomi nal Cellular Glass 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 2 Flex Elas Cell r 1 1 1 N A N A Faced Phenol Foam 1 1 1 1 15 Heating Hot Water Mineral Fiber 1S 1 5 2 re Supply amp Return Calcium Silicate 2 5 2 5 3 3 3 Max Cellular Glass 2 2 5 3 3 3 250 F Perlite 2 5 2 5 3 3 3 Polyisocianurate l 1 1 4 ee ee Cold Domestic Cellular Glass 1 5 15 1 5 1 5 1 5 Water Piping Flex Elas Cell r 1 1 1 N A N A Makeup Water amp Faced Phenol Foam 1 1 1 1 1 Drinking Fountain Polyisocianurate 1 1 1 1 1 Drain Piping Hot Domestic Mineral Fiber i i 1 LS 0 5 Water Supply and Cellular Glass 15 15 15 2 2 Recirculating Flex Elas Cell r 1 1 1 N A N A Piping Max 200 F Polyisocianurate 1 1 1 1 1 9 Refrigerant Flex Elas Cell r 0 5 0 5 1 N A N A Suction Piping Cellular Glass 1 5 1 5 1 3 1 5 1 5 35 F nominal Faced Phenol Foam 1 1 1 1 1 Polyisocianurate 1 1 1 1 1 Exposed Lavatory Flex Elas Cell r 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 Drains Exposed Domestic Water Piping amp Drains SECTION 23 07 00 Page 17 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 TABLE 2 Piping Insulation Thickness inch and F Tube And Pipe Size Inches Service Material zi ls 21455 1 5 lt 4 4 lt 8 gt or to 8 to Areas for Handica
444. nclosure specified Motor starters shall be provided complete with thermal overload protection and other appurtenances necessary for the motor control indicated Motors shall be furnished with a magnetic across the line or reduced voltage type starter as required by the manufacturer Motor duty requirements shall allow for maximum frequency start stop operation and minimum encountered interval between start and stop Motors shall be sized for the applicable loads Motor torque shall be capable of accelerating the connected load within 20 seconds with 80 percent of the rated voltage maintained at motor terminals during one starting period Motor bearings shall be fitted with grease supply fittings and grease relief to outside of enclosure Manual or automatic control and protective or signal devices required for the operation specified and any control wiring required for controls and devices specified but not shown shall be provided AM 3 2 3 1 Electrical Single Electrical Connection terminal box shall be wired for operation and provided by manufacturer A single pole double throw vibration limit switch in a NEMA 4 housing shall be installed on the mechanical equipment support for wiring into the owner s control panel The purpose of this switch will be to interrupt power to the motor in the event of excessive vibration It shall be adjustable for sensitivity and shall require manual reset The fluid cooler shall be equipped with a UL 508
445. nctional parts or materials or replacement of the entire unit or system 8 5 Replacement Modernization Renovation The Government may replace renovate or install new equipment at Government expense and by means not associated with this contract Replaced improved updated modernized or renovated systems and equipment interfaced to the system may be added to the Contractor s maintenance and service effort as a modification 8 6 Access To UMCS Equi pment Access by the Contractor shall be in accordance with the following a The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating access to facilities and arranging that they be opened and closed during and after the accomplishment of the work effort For Contractor access to a controlled facility the Contractor shall contact the Government for assistance b The Government may provide keys for access to UMCS equipment where the Government determines such key issuance is appropriate The Contractor shall establish and implement methods of ensuring that keys issued to the Contractor by the Government are not lost or misplaced are not used by unauthorized persons and are not duplicated SECTION 25 10 10 Page 14 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 1 8 7 Records Logs and Progress Reports The Contractor shall keep records and logs of each task and shall organize cumulative chronological records for each major component and for the complete system A continuous log s
446. nd ASME B16 3 Provide steel pipe flanges and flanged fittings including bolts nuts and bolt pattern in accordance with ASME B16 5 and ASTM A 105 A 105M Provide wrought stee buttwelding fittings conforming to ASME B16 9 Provide socket welding and threaded forged steel fittings conforming to ASME Bl6 11 and ASTM A 181 A 181M Class 60 2 2 2 Aluminum Alloy Pipe and Tubing Joints and Fittings Provide aluminum alloy pipe conforming to ASTM B 241 B 241M except that alloy 5456 is not allowed Mark the ends of each length of pipe indicating it conforms to NFPA 54 NFPA 58 Thread flange braze or weld pipe joints Provide aluminum alloy tubing conforming to ASTM B 210 Type A or B or ASTM B 241 8 241M Type A or equivalent with joints made up with gas tubing fittings recommended by the tubing manufacturer 2 2 3 Copper Tubing Joints and Fittings Provide copper tubing conforming to ASTM B 88 Type K or L or ASTM B 280 with tubing joints made up with tubing fittings recommended by the tubing SECTION 23 11 25 Page 7 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 manufacturer Provide copper and copper alloy press fittings with sealing elements of Hydrogenated Nitrile Butadiene Rubber HNBR factory installed or an alternative supplied by the fitting manufacturer 2 2 4 Steel Tubing Joints and Fittings Provide steel tubing conforming to ASTM 01 01 and ASTM A 513 with tubing joints made up with gas tubing fittings recommende
447. nd accessories shall be installed in accordance with MICA Insulation Stds plates except where modified herein or on the drawings 3 102 Firestopping Where pipes and ducts pass through fire walls fire partitions above grade floors and fire rated chase walls the penetration shall be sealed with fire stopping materials as specified in Section 07 84 00 FIRESTOPPING 3 1 3 Painting and Finishing Painting shall be as specified in Section 09 90 00 PAINTS AND COATINGS 3 1 4 Installation of Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Insulation Flexible elastomeric cellular insulation shall be installed with seams and joints sealed with rubberized contact adhesive Flexible elastomeric cellular insulation shall not be used on surfaces greater than 200 degrees F Seams shall be staggered when applying multiple layers of insulation Insulation exposed to weather and not shown to have jacketing shall be protected with two coats of UV resistant finish or PVC or metal jacketing as recommended by the manufacturer after the adhesive is dry and cured A brush coating of adhesive shall be applied to both butt ends to be joined and to both slit surfaces to be sealed The adhesive shall be allowed to set until dry to touch but tacky under slight pressure before joining the Surfaces Insulation seals at seams and joints shall not be capable of being pulled apart one hour after application Insulation that can be pulled apart one hour after installation shall be replaced 3 1 5
448. nd scheduled points with ful English language descriptors For scheduling and schedule overrides including Demand Limiting SNVT values of OC_OCCUPIED correspond to the system operating in occupied mode OC UNOCCUPI ED corresponds to unoccupied mode and OC STANDBY corresponds to Warm Up Cool Down mode For overrides OC_NUL corresponds to a no override and is used to release an override 4 Create trends for required points as shown on the Points Schedule and as specified Trend points at 15 minute intervals 5 Configure Demand Limiting as shown on the Demand Limit Schedule and Points Schedule and as specified dad Integration of Legacy CEA 709 1B Systems The Contractor shall perform all tasks not per Section 23 09 23 required to integrate a CEA 709 1B System installed per Section 23 09 23 DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL FOR HVAC AND OTHER LOCAL BUILDING SYSTEMS oud Integration of Legacy non CEA 709 1B Systems at Building via Gateway When integrating a non CEA 709 1B Legacy system using a CEA 709 1B Gateway the Contractor shall performthe following tasks a Install and configure the CEA 709 1B8 Gateway including adding the gateway to the LNS database and network drawing The gateway shall be configured such that the required data points as shown fromthe Legacy system can be read as SNVTs on the CEA 709 18 side of the gateway and that required commands as shown on the legacy side of the gateway can be written as SNVTs on the CEA 709 18 s
449. nels Factory applied fibrous glass insulation shall conform to ASTM C 1071 except that the minimum thickness and density requirements do not apply and shall meet the requirements of NFPA 90A Air handling unit casing insulation shall be uniform over the entire casing Foil faced insulation shall not be an acceptable substitute for use on double wall access doors and inspections doors and casing sections Duct liner material coating and adhesive shall conformto fire hazard requirements specified in Section 23 07 00 THERMAL INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS Protect exposed insulation edges and joints where insulation panels are butted with a metal nosing strip or shall be coated to conformto meet erosion resistance requirements of ASTM C 1071 Provide a latched and hinged inspection door in the fan and coil sections Provide additional inspection doors access doors and access sections where indicated 2 9 1 2 Heating and Cooling Coils Coils shall be provided as specified in paragraph AIR SYSTEMS EQUI PMENT 2 9 1 3 Air Filters Air filters shall be as specified in paragraph AIR SYSTEMS EQUIPMENT for types and thickness indicated 2 9 1 4 Fans Provide fans that meet the requirements of ASHRAE 90 1 IP as specified in paragraph AIR SYSTEMS EQUIPMENT Fans shall be double inlet centrifuga type with each fan in a separate scroll Fans and shafts shall be dynamically balanced prior to installation into air handling unit then the SECTION 23 00 0
450. nerators 2001 R 2007 Energy Management Guide for Selection and Use of Fixed Frequency Medium AC Squirrel Cage Polyphase Induction Motors 1977 R 2007 Energy Management Guide for Selection and Use of Single Phase Motors NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION NFPA 70 701 90A 2007 AMD 1 2008 National Electrical Code 2008 Edition 2004 Fire Tests for Flame Propagation of Textiles and Films 2008 Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems SHEET METAL AND AIR CONDITIONING CONTRACTORS NATIONAL ASSOCIATI ON SMACNA 2003 7th Ed Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standards SECTION 23 00 00 Page 3 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 SMACNA HVAC Duct Const Stds 1995 Addendum 1997 2nd Ed HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible SMACNA Install Fire Damp HVAC 2002 5th Ed Fire Smoke and Radiation Damper Installation Guide for HVAC Systems SMACNA Leakage Test Mnl 1985 Ist Ed HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES UL UL 181 2005 Standard for Factory Made Air Ducts and Air Connectors UL 555 2006 Standard for Fire Dampers Ub 5555 1999 Rev thru Jul 2006 Smoke Dampers UL 586 1996 Rev thru Aug 2008 Standard for High Efficiency Particulate Air Filter Units UL 705 2004 Rev thru Mar 2006 Standard for Power Ventilators UL 723 2008 Standard for Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Buildin
451. ners 150 psig and 150 degrees F Maxi mum CSA AM 1999 R 2004 A 2000 2001 Relief Valves for Hot Water Supply Systems EXPANSION JOINT MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION EJ MA EJ MA Stds 2003 EJ MA Standards SECTION 23 64 26 Page 3 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 HYDRAULIC INSTITUTE HI Hl 1 1 1 5 1994 Centrifugal Nomenclature INSTITUTE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERS 1 EEE EEE Std 515 2004 Standard for the Testing Design Installation and Maintenance of Electrical Resistance Heat Tracing for Industrial Applications MANUFACTURERS STANDARDI ZATION SOCIETY OF THE VALVE AND FITTINGS NDUSTRY MSS MSS SP 110 1996 Ball Valves Threaded Socket Welding Solder Joint Grooved and Flared Ends MSS SP 25 1998 Standard Marking System for Valves Fittings Flanges and Unions MSS SP 58 2002 Standard for Pipe Hangers and Supports Materials Design and Manufacture MSS SP 67 2002a R 2004 Standard for Butterfly Val ves MSS SP 69 2003 R 2004 Standard for Pipe Hangers and Supports Selection and Application MSS SP 70 2006 Standard for Cast Iron Gate Valves Flanged and Threaded Ends MSS SP 71 2005 Standard for Gray Iron Swing Check Valves Flanged and Threaded Ends MSS SP 72 1999 Standard for Ball Valves with Flanged or Butt Welding Ends for General Service MSS SP 78 2005a Cast Iron Plug Valves Flanged and Threaded Ends MSS SP 80 2008 Bronze Gate Glob
452. ng Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 2 b It shall be capable of executing LNS plug ins c It shall be capable of performing network database reconstruction of an CEA 709 18 control network such that if connected to an existing CEA 709 1B network it has the ability to query the network and create an LNS database for that network and an associated network drawing d It shall allow configuration of the network while off line such that an operator may set up changes to the network while disconnected fromthe network and then execute all of them once connected e It shall have a graphics based user interface and be able to display and print a graphical representation of the control network f it shall be capable of generating and printing the following reports 1 Table containing domain subnet node address and node identifier for the entire network or any subset thereof selected by the user 2 Table containing Standard Network Variable SNVT input and output details for any CEA 709 1B device on the network 3 Table containing Standard and User Defined Configuration Properties SCPTs and UCPTs for any CEA 709 18 device on the network g it shall be capable of merging two existing standard LNS databases into a single standard LNS database 4 6 Monitoring and Control M amp C Software The monitoring and control M amp C software shall be an LNS compati ble client server software package The software shall accommodate 5000 p
453. ng or PVDC adhesive tape or greater than 3 ply laminate jacket less than 0 0000 perm adhesive tape The patch shal extend not less than 1 1 2 inches past the break g At penetrations such as thermometers the voids in the insulation shall be filled and sealed with vapor retarder coating or PVDC adhesive tape or greater than 3 ply laminate jacket less than 0 0000 perm adhesive tape or greater than 3 ply laminate jacket SECTION 23 07 00 Page 19 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 3 2 2 4 less than 0 0000 perm adhesive tape Installation of flexible elastomeric cellular pipe insulation shall be by slitting the tubular sections and applying them onto the piping or tubing Alternately whenever possible slide un slit sections over the open ends of piping or tubing Al seams and butt joints shall be secured facing up and sealed with adhesive When using self seal products only the butt joints shall be secured with adhesive Insulation shall be pushed on the pipe never pulled Stretching of insulation resulting in open Seams and joints is not permitted All edges shall be clean cut Rough or jagged edges of the insulation shall not be permitted Proper tools such as sharp knives shall be used Grade 1 Type sheet insulation when used on pipe larger than 6 inches shall not be stretched around the pipe On pipes larger than 12 inches adhere sheet insulation directly to the pipe on the lower 1 3 of the pipe Insulation fo
454. ng pipe to form elbows and tees or other similar type construction will not be permitted Branch connections may be made with either welding tees or forged branch outlet fittings either being acceptable without size limitation Branch outlet fittings where used shall be forged flared for improved flow SECTION 23 52 00 00 10 Page 26 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 characteristics where attached to the run reinforced against externa strains and designed to withstand full pipe bursting strength Socket weld joints shall be assembled so that the space between the end of the pipe and the bottom of the socket is no less than 1 16 inch and no more than 1 8 i neh 3 2 4 3 Grooved Mechanical Joints Grooved mechanical joints may be provided for hot water systems in lieu of unions welded flanged or screwed piping connections in low temperature hot water systems where the temperature of the circulating medium does not exceed 230 degrees F Grooves shall be prepared according to the coupling manufacturer s instructions Pipe and groove dimensions shall comply with the tolerances specified by the coupling manufacturer The diameter of grooves made in the field shall be measured using a go no go gauge vernier or dial caliper narrow land micrometer or other method specifically approved by the coupling manufacturer for the intended application Groove width and dimension of groove from end of pipe shal be measured and re
455. ngs 7 days AAO 16 20 S O amp M Instructions AAO 19 21 S Training Documentation AAO 12 and 7 days before scheduled start of 22 22 E Training AAO 20 and 21 23 5 Closeout QC Checklist ACO 22 1 6 QUALITY CONTROL QC CHECKLISTS The Contractor s Chief Quality Control QC Representative shall complete the QC Checklist in APPENDIX A and submit a Pre Construction QC Checklist Post Construction QC Checklist and a Closeout QC Checklist as specified The QC Representative shall verify each itemin the Checklist and initial in the provided area to indicate that the requirement has been met The QC Representative shall sign and date the Checklist prior to submission to the Government 1 7 DELIVERY AND STORAGE Products shall be stored with protection fromthe weather humidity and temperature variations dirt and dust and other contaminants within the storage condition limits published by the equipment manufacturer 1 8 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE O amp M INSTRUCTI ONS The HVAC control System Operation and Maintenance Instructions shal include a Manufacturer Data Package 3 as specified in Section 01 78 23 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA for each piece of control equipment b HVAC control system sequences of operation formatted as specified c Procedures for the HVAC system start up operation and shut down including the manufacturer s supplied procedures for each piece of equipment and procedures for the overall HVAC system d As built
456. nied Action shall be denied Action shall be denied Page 26 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Approved Expected Results Action shall be denied Action shall be denied Action shall be denied Action shall be denied Action shall be denied Action shall be denied Sign in shall be successful Action shall be possible Action shall be possible Action shall be possible Action shall be possible Action shall be denied Action shall be denied Action shall be denied Action shall be denied Action shall be denied Action shall be denied Item Action Item f Attempt to override a point g Attempt to configure an alarm h Attempt to configure a schedule i Attempt to configure a demand limiting parameter j Attempt to modify a graphic page k Attempt to create a custom program Notes 3 Demonstrate level 2 authority a Sign in as the level 2 user b Attempt to view a system graphic c Attempt to acknowl edge an alarm d Attempt to configure a trend e Attempt to configure a report f Attempt to override a point g Attempt to configure an alarm h Attempt to configure a schedule i Attempt to configure a demand limiting parameter j Attempt to modify a graphic page k Attempt to create a custom program Notes 4 Demonstrate level 3 authority a Sign in as the level 3 user b Attempt to view a system graphic c Attempt to acknowl edg
457. ning Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Corporation 1 2 27 Node An intelligent LONWORKS r device with a node ID and communicates via CEA 709 1B and is connected to an CEA 709 1B network 1 2 28 Operating System 0S Software which controls the execution of computer programs and which provides scheduling debugging input output controls accounting compilation storage assignment data management and related services 1 2 29 Operator Workstation OWS The OWS consists of a high level processing desktop or laptop computer that provides a graphic user interface to network 1 2 30 Peripheral Input Output 1 0 equipment used to communicate to and fromthe computer and make hard copies of system outputs and magnetic files 1 2 31 Router A device which routes messages destined for a node on another segment Subnet or domain of the control network The device controls message traffic based on node address and priority Routers may also serve as communication links between powerline twisted pair fiber coax and RF medi a 1 2 32 Standard Network Variable Type SNVT A network variable of a standard format type used to define data information transmitted and receive by the individual nodes 1 2 33 UMCS Network Media Transmission equipment including cables and interface modules excluding MODEMs permitting transmission of digital information 1 2 34 XI F External Interface File contains the contents of the manufacturer s product
458. nished with an air vent gauge glass funnel valves fittings and piping 2 11 4 Condenser Water The water treatment system shall be capable of automatically feeding chemicals and bleeding the systemto prevent corrosion scale and biological formations Automatic chemical feed systems shall automatically feed chemicals into the condenser water based on varying system conditions 2 11 4 1 Chemical Feed Pump One pump shall be provided for each chemical feed tank The chemical feed pumps shall be positive displacement diaphragmtype The flow rate of the pumps shall be adjustable from 0 to 100 percent while in operation The discharge pressure of pumps shall not be less than 1 5 times the line pressure at the point of connection The pumps shall be provided with a pressure relief valve and a check valve mounted in the pump discharge r a As 2 Tanks Two chemical tanks shall be provided The tanks shall be constructed of high density polyethylene with a hinged cover The tanks shall have sufficient capacity to require recharging only once per 7 days during normal operation A level indicating device shall be included with each tank An electric agitator shall be provided for each tank 2 11 4 3 Injection Assembl y An injection assembly shall be provided at each chemical injection point along the condenser water piping as indicated The injection assemblies shall be constructed of stainless steel The discharge of the assemblies shall extend
459. nistrator or a TABB Certified Commissioning Supervisor and shall be an employee of the approved Commissioning Firm The certification shall be maintained for the entire SECTION 23 08 00 00 10 Page 3 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 duration of duties specified herein If for any reason the Commissioning Specialist loses subject certification during this period the Contractor shall immediately notify the Contracting Officer and submit another Commissioning Specialist for approval Any individual that has been the Subject of disciplinary action by the ACG the NEBB or the TABB within the five years preceding Contract Award shall not be eligible to perform any duties related to the HVAC systems including Commissioning All work specified in this Section and in other related Sections performed by the Commissioning Specialist shall be considered invalid if the Commissioning Specialist loses his certification prior to Contract completion and must be performed by the approved successor 1 6 COMMI SSI ONI NG SPECIALIST RESPONSIBILITIES All Commissioning work specified herein and in related sections shall be performed under the direct guidance of the Commissioning Specialist The Commissioning Specialist shall prepare the Commissioning Plan which wil be a comprehensive schedule and shall include all submittal requirements for procedures notifications reports and the Commissioning Report After approval of the Commission
460. nized sheet steel Furnish cooling coil drain pans with 1 inch threaded outlet to collect condensation fromthe cooling coils Fabricate drain pans from not lighter than 16 gauge steel galvanized after fabrication or of 18 gauge corrosion resisting sheet stee conforming to ASTM A 167 Type 304 welded and stiffened Thermally insulate drain pans exposed to the atmosphere to prevent condensation Insulation shall be coated with a flame resistant waterproofing material Provide separate drain pans for each vertical coil section and a separate drain line for each pan Size pans to ensure capture of entrained moisture on the downstream air side of the coil Seal openings in the casing such as for piping connections to prevent air leakage Size the water seal for the drain to maintain a pressure of at least 2 inch water gauge greater than the maximum negative pressure in the coil Space 2 7 3 2 Casing Terminate casings at the curb line and bolt each to the curb using galvanized angle as indicated in SMACNA HVAC Duct Const Stds 2 7 3 3 Access Doors Provide access doors in each section of the casing Weld doorframes in place gasket each door with neoprene hinge with minimum of two brass hinges and fasten with a minimum of two brass tension fasteners operable frominside and outside of the casing Where possible doors shall be 36 x 18 inches located 18 inches above the floor Where the space available will not accommodate doors of this size use doo
461. nly VAV controls verified auae Aa s TA ed c Reheat VAV terminal controls set Pat A Kee aA AS Aa d Reheat terminal coil controls verified ada A EN A a a Testing Adjusting and Balancing TAB A M E T C 0 a TAB report approved gt 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 LL Ke ho MS oO SECTION 23 08 00 00 10 Page 12 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC Pre Functional Performance Test Checklist For Pump __ Checklist Item Installation a Piping systeminstalled Electrical a Power available to pump disconnect b Pump rotation verified c Control systeminterlocks functional Testing Adjusting and Balancing TAB a Pressure temperature gauges installed b TAB Report approved SECTION 23 08 00 00 10 Pumps Page 13 W9126G 09 R 0105 T se n Xo Xoo T sts 26 Xo Xoo Xo Xoo Be Senne T 20 te PA de X Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC Pre Functional Performance Test Checklist For Chiller Checklist Item Installation a Chilled water connections properly piped b Condenser water connections properly piped c Refrigerant leak detector installed d Oxygen sensor installed and tested e Mechanical room ventilation installed as specified Electrical a Power available to unit starter b Power available to unit control panel c Verify that power disconnect is located within sight of the unit it controls Controls a Factory startup and checkout complete b Chiller safety protection devices tested c C
462. nnel 9 3 Scheduled Inspections Two inspections shall be performed at six month intervals and all work required shall be performed Inspections shall be scheduled in June and December These inspections shall include a Visual checks and operational tests of equipment b Fan checks and filter changes for control system equipment c Clean control system equipment including interior and exterior Surfaces d Check and calibrate each field device Check and calibrate 50 percent of the total analog inputs and outputs during the first inspection Check and calibrate the remaining 50 percent of the analog inputs and outputs during the second major inspection Certify analog test instrumentation accuracy to be twice the specified accuracy of the device being calibrated Randomly check at least 25 percent of al digital inputs and outputs for proper operation during the first inspection Randomly check at least 25 percent of the remaining digital inputs and outputs during the second inspection e Run system software diagnostics and correct diagnosed problems f Resolve any previous outstanding problems 9 4 Scheduled Work This work shall be performed during regular working hours Monday through Friday excluding Federal holidays SECTION 23 09 23 Page 12 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 1 9 5 Emergency Service The Government will initiate service calls when the systemis not functioning properly Qualified
463. noid Valve Filter Condensing Unit Cooling Tower Variable Frequency Drive VFD Heat Exchanger Current Sensing Relays Symbols shall at a minimum conform to ASHRAE FUN IP where applicable Scheduling The M amp C software shall be capable of changing the value of any SNVT in the LNS Database and any point available froma connected legacy system via the protocol driver to any legal value according to a schedule A mini mum of SECTION 25 10 10 Page 29 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 200 user definable schedules shall be supported and the specified scheduling functions shall be operator accessible and adjustable via graphics display The graphics display shall include the following fields and functions a Current date and time The OS and M amp C software shal automatically make Daylight Savings Time adjustments Daylight savings time adjustment shall be capable of being disabled by the operator b Building name and number C System identifier and name d System group Systems shall be capable of being grouped by the user to perform according to a common schedule e Weekly schedules Each system shall have a weekly schedule based on a seven day per week schedule with independent schedules for each day of the week including no less than 6 value changes per day f Holiday and special event schedules System scheduling shal Support holiday and special event calendar schedules independent of the daily sched
464. nser Water Water to be used in the chilled and condenser water systems shall be treated to maintain the conditions recommended by this specification as well as the recommendations fromthe manufacturers of the condenser and evaporator coils Chemicals shall meet all required federal state and local environmental regulations for the treatment of evaporator coils and direct discharge to the sanitary Sewer 2 412 Water Treatment Services The services of a company regularly engaged in the treatment of condenser and chilled water systems shall be used to determine the correct chemicals required the concentrations required and the water treatment equipment SECTION 23 64 26 Page 19 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 sizes and flow rates required The company shall maintain the chemica treatment and provide all chemicals required for the condenser and chilled and heating water systems for a period of 1 year fromthe date of occupancy The chemical treatment and services provided over the 1 year period shall meet the requirements of this specification as well as the recommendations fromthe manufacturers of the condenser and evaporator coils Acid treatment and proprietary chemicals shall not be used 2113 Chilled and Closed Condenser Water System A shot feeder shall be provided on the chilled water piping as indicated Size and capacity of feeder shall be based on local requirements and water analysis The feeder shall be fur
465. nser Water Quality Test Reports G DO Test reports each month for a period of one year after project completion in bound 8 1 2 by 11 inch booklets In the reports identify the chemical composition of the condenser water Also include the comparison of the manufacturer s recommended operating conditions for the cooling tower and condenser in relation to the condition of the condenser water Document in the report any required corrective action taken One Year Inspection Report For Cooling Water G DO At the completion of one year of service in bound 8 1 2 by 11 inch booklets In the report identify the condition of each cooling tower and condenser Include a comparison of the condition of the cooling tower and condenser with the manufacturer s recommended operating conditions Identify all actions taken by the Contractor and manufacturer to correct deficiencies during the first year of service SD 08 Manufacturer s Instructions Lesson plan for the Instruction Course G DO SD 10 Operation and Maintenance Data Requirements for data packages are specified Section 01 78 23 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA except as supplemented and modified by this specification section Submit spare parts data for each different item of equipment specified with operation and maintenance data packages Include a complete list of parts and supplies with current unit prices and source of supply a recommended spare parts list for 1 year of operation and
466. nsions ratings service requirements and weights of equi pment Equipment and Performance Data for vibration isolator systems shall include equipment base design inertia block mass relative to support equi pment weight spring loads and free operating and solid heights of spring spring diameters nonmetallic isolator loading and deflection disturbing frequency natural frequency of mounts deflection of working member and SECTION 23 05 48 00 40 Page 1 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 anticipated amount of physical movement at the reference points Mount all overhead utilities and other equipment weighing 31 pounds or more with bracing in accordance with AT FP criteria Design all equipment mountings to resist forces of 0 5 times the equipment weight in any direction and 1 5 times the equipment weight in the downward direction 1 3 SUBMI TTALS Government approval is required for submittals with a G designation submittals not having a G designation are for Contractor Quality Control approval Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMI TTAL PROCEDURES SD 02 Shop Drawings Installation Drawings and Outline Drawings shall be submitted in accordance with paragraph entitled General Requirements of this section SD 03 Product Data Equipment and Performance Data shall be submitted in accordance with paragraph entitled General Requirements of this section Manufacturer s catalo
467. nstream of the exhaust side of the heat pipe shall be 304L stainless steel Inner casing of double wall units shall be minimum 20 gauge solid galvanized steel or corrosion resisting sheet steel conforming to ASTM A 167 Type 304 Design and construct casing with an integral insulated structural galvanized steel frame such that exterior panels are non load bearing Exterior panels shall be individually removable with standard tools Removal shall not affect the structural integrity of the unit Furnish casings with inspection doors access sections and access doors all capable of opening a minimum of 90 degrees as indicated Inspection and access doors shall be insulated fully gasketed double wall type of a SECTION 23 00 00 Page 18 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 minimum 18 gauge outer and 20 gauge inner panels made of either galvanized steel or corrosion resisting sheet steel conforming to ASTM A 167 Type 304 Doors shall be rigid and provided with heavy duty hinges and latches Inspection doors shall be a minimum 12 inches wide by 12 inches high Access doors shall be minimum 24 inches wide and shall be the ful height of the unit casing or a minimum of 6 foot whichever is less A minimum 8 by 8 inches sealed glass window suitable for the intended application shall be installed in all access doors Access Sections shal be according to paragraph AIR HANDLING UNITS Drain pan shall be double wall insulated type thickness
468. nsulation inside the building to be protected with an aluminum jacket or greater than 3ply vapor barrier weatherproofing self adhesive minimum 2 SECTION 23 07 00 Page 18 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 mils adhesive 3 mils embossed product less than 0 0000 permeability standard grade Embossed Silver White amp Black shall have the insulation and vapor retarder jacket installed as specified herein The aluminum jacket or greater than 3ply vapor barrier weatherproofing self adhesive minimum 2 mils adhesive 3 mils embossed product less than 0 0000 permeability standard grade embossed silver White amp Black shall be installed as specified for piping exposed to weather except sealing of the laps of the aluminum jacket is not required In high abuse areas such as janitor closets and traffic areas in equipment rooms kitchens and mechanical rooms aluminum jackets or greater than 3ply vapor barrier weatherproofing self adhesive minimum 2 mils adhesive 3 mils embossed product less than 0 0000 permeability standard grade embossed Silver white amp black shall be provided for pipe insulation to the 6 ft level Shi Dads Installing Insulation for Straight Runs Hot and Cold Pipe a Insulation shall be applied to the pipe with joints tightly butted All butted joints and ends shall be sealed with joint sealant and sealed with a vapor retarder coating greater than 3 ply laminate jacket less than 0 0000
469. nsulation shall only be applied to unheated and uncooled piping and equipment Flexible elastomeric cellular insulation shall not be compressed at joists studs columns ducts hangers etc The insulation shall not pull apart after a one hour period any insulation found to pul apart after one hour shall be replaced 3 1 1 Installation Except as otherwise specified material shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer s written instructions Insulation materials shal not be applied until tests and heat tracing specified in other sections of this specification are completed Material such as rust scale dirt and moisture shall be removed from surfaces to receive insulation Insulation shall be kept clean and dry Insulation shall not be removed fromits shipping containers until the day it is ready to use and shall be returned to like containers or equally protected from dirt and moisture at the end SECTION 23 07 00 Page 11 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 of each workday Insulation that becomes dirty shall be thoroughly cleaned prior to use If insulation becomes wet or if cleaning does not restore the surfaces to like new condition the insulation will be rejected and shall be immediately removed fromthe jobsite Joints shall be staggered on multi layer insulation Mineral fiber thermal insulating cement shal be mixed with demineralized water when used on stainless steel surfaces Insulation jacketing a
470. nt Drain Piping Polyisocianurate Cellular Glass Hot Domestic Water Supply amp Recirculating Piping Max 200 F Flex Elast Cell r Faced Phenol Foam Mineral Fiber Cellular Glass Flex Elast Cell r Faced Phenol Foam Polyisocianurate Refrigerant Suction Piping 35 F nomi nal Flex Elast Cell r Cellular Glass Faced Phenol Foam Polyisocianurate Exposed Lav ry Drains Expo d Domestic Water Piping amp Drains to Areas for Flex Elast Cell r Handicap Personne Horizontal Roof Drain Leaders Including Underside of Roof Drain Fittings Polyisocianurate Flex Elast Cell r Faced Phenol Foam Cellular Glass A C condensate Drain Located Polyisocianurate Cellular Glass SECTION 23 07 00 Spec ASTM C 552 ASTM C 534 ASTM C 1126 ASTM C 591 ASTM C 547 ASTM C 533 ASTM C 552 ASTM C 1126 ASTM C 610 ASTM C 591 ASTM C 591 ASTM C 552 ASTM C 534 ASTM C 1126 ASTM C 547 ASTM C 552 ASTM C 534 ASTM C 1126 ASTM C 591 ASTM C 534 ASTM C 552 ASTM C 1126 ASTM C 591 ASTM C 534 ASTM C 591 ASTM C 534 ASTM C 1126 ASTM C 552 ASTM C 591 ASTM C 552 Page 16 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 TABLE 1 Insulation Material For Piping F Service Material Spec Type Class Vapor Retarder Vapor Barrier Required Inside Bldg Flex Elast Cell r ASTM C 534 00 WQ Faced Phenol Foam ASTM C 1126 II Yes TABLE 2 Piping Insulation Thickness inch and F Tube And Pipe Size I
471. nt below the backup material to a point 12 inches above material to a minimum distance of 2 inches above the flashing For other areas the metal jacket shall extend froma point below the backup material to a point 12 inches above the floor when passing through walls above grade the jacket shall extend at least 4 inches beyond each side of the wall SECTION 23 52 00 00 10 Page 31 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 3 2 12 1 Pipes Passing Through Waterproofing Membranes In addition to the pipe sleeves referred to above pipes passing through waterproofing membranes shall be provided with a 4 pound lead flashing or a 16 ounce copper flashing each within an integral skirt or flange Flashing shall be suitably formed and the skirt or flange shall extend not less than 8 inches fromthe pipe and shall set over the membrane in a troweled coating of bituminous cement The flashing shall extend above the roof or floor a minimum of 10 inches The annular space between the flashing and the bare pipe or between the flashing and the metal jacket covered insulation shall be sealed as indicated Pipes up to and including 10 inches in diameter which pass through waterproofing membrane may be installed through a cast iron sleeve with caulking recess anchor lugs flashing clamp device and pressure ring with brass bolts Waterproofing membrane shall be clamped into place and sealant shall be placed in the caulking recess 3 2 12 2 Optional
472. nted type as required by the application and shall be provided with any required accessories Sensors used in duct high limit applications shall have a bulk polymer resistive sensing element Duct mounted sensors shall be provided with a duct probe designed to protect the sensing element from dust accumulation and mechanical damage Relative humidity RH sensors shall measure relative humidity over a range of 0 to 100 with an accuracy of 3 RH sensors shall function over a temperature range of 25 to 130 degrees F and shall not drift more than 2 per year 2 8 4 Carbon Dioxide C02 Sensors Carbon dioxide C02 sensors shall measure C02 concentrations between 0 to 2000 parts per million ppm using non dispersive infrared NDI R technology with an accuracy of 75 ppm and a maximum response time of 1 minute The sensor shall be rated for operation at ambient air temperatures within the range of 32 to 122 degrees F and relative humidity within the range of 0 to 95 non condensing The sensor shall have a maximum drift of 2 The sensor chamber shall be manufactured with a non corrosive material such as gold plating that does not affect carbon dioxide sample concentration Duct mounted sensors shall be provided with a duct probe designed to protect the sensing element from dust accumulation and mechanical damage 2 8 5 Differential Pressure Instrumentation 2 8 5 1 Differential Pressure Sensors Differential Pressure Sensor range shall be
473. nto printers and ensure that there is at least one spare ribbon or cartridge located at each printer 1 8 8 3 Maintenance Procedures a Maintenance Coordination Any scheduled maintenance event that may result in component downtime shall be coordinated with the Government as follows Time periods shall be measured as actual elapsed time from beginning of equipment off line period including working and non working hours 1 For non redundant computer server hardware provide 14 days notice components shall be off line for no more than 8 hours 2 For non redundant computer workstation hardware provide 7 days notice components shall be off line for no more than 8 hours 3 for redundant computer server hardware provide 7 days notice SECTION 25 10 10 Page 15 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 1 9 components shall be off line for no more than 36 hours 4 For redundant computer workstation hardware provide 4 days notice components shall be off line for no more than 48 hours 5 For active powered network hardware provide 14 days notice components shall be off line for no more than 6 hours 6 For cabling and other passive network hardware provide 21 days notice components shall be off line for no more than 12 hours b Software Firmware Software firmware maintenance shall include operating systems application programs and files required for the proper operation of the UMCS regardless of st
474. oCAD format Final As Built Drawings G DO Final As Built Drawings shall be submitted in hard copy and on SECTION 23 09 23 Page 6 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 CDROM in AutoCAD format SD 03 Product Data Manufacturer s Catalog Data G DO Product specific catalog cuts shall be submitted for each product provided under this specification Programming Software G DO The most recent version of the Programming software for each type manufacturer and model of General Purpose Programmable Controller GPPC shall be submitted as a Technical Data Package and shall be licensed to the project site Software shall be Submitted on CD ROM and 8 hard copies of the software user manual shall be submitted for each piece of software provided GPPC Application Programs G DO All installed GPPC Application Programs shall be submitted on CD ROM as a Technical Data Package The CD ROM shall include a list or table of contents clearly indicating which application programis associated with each device 2 copies of the GPPC Application Program s CD ROM shall be submitted LNS Database G DO Two copies of the LNS Database for the complete control network provided under this specification shall be submitted as a Technical Data Package Each copy shall be on CD ROM and shall be clearly marked identifying it as the LNS Database for the work covered under this specification and with the date of the most recent database modific
475. of competent instructors to give full instruction to the designated Government personne in the adjustment operation and maintenance including pertinent safety requirements of the specified equipment or system Instructors shall be thoroughly familiar with all parts of the installation and shall be trained in operating theory as well as practical operation and maintenance work Instruction shall be given during the first regular work week after the equipment or system has been accepted and turned over to the Government for regular operation The number of man days 8 hours per day of instruction furnished shall be as specified in the individual section When more than 4 man days of instruction are specified use approximately half of the time for classroominstruction Use other time for instruction with the equipment or system When significant changes or modifications in the equipment or system are made under the terms of the contract provide additional instruction to acquaint the operating personnel with the changes or modifications 1 8 ACCESSIBILITY Install all work so that parts requiring periodic inspection operation maintenance and repair are readily accessible Install concealed valves expansion joints controls dampers and equipment requiring access in locations freely accessible through access doors PART 2 PRODUCTS Not used PART 3 EXECUTION Se PAINTING OF NEW EQUI PMENT New equipment painting shall be factory applied or s
476. of controls and that all aspects of the facility that have any bearing on the HVAC systems including installation of ceilings walls windows doors and partitions are complete to the extent that TAB results will not be affected by any detai or touch up work remaining The TAB Specialist shall also verify that al items such as ductwork and piping ports terminals connections etc necessary to perform TAB shall be complete during the Systems Readiness Check oad Preparation of TAB Report Preparation of the TAB Report shall begin only when the Systems Readiness Report has been approved The Report shall be oriented so that there is a Separate section for each system The Report shall include a copy of the appropriate approved Schematic Drawings and TAB Related Submittals such as pump curves fan curves etc along with the completed report forms for each system The operating points measured during successful TAB Execution and the theoretical operating points listed in the approved submittals shall be marked on the performance curves and tables Where possible adjustments shall be made using an industry standard technique which would result in the greatest energy savings such as adjusting the speed of a fan instead of throttling the flow Any deficiencies outside of the realm of normal adjustments and balancing during TAB Execution shall be noted along with a description of corrective action performed to bring the measurement into the sp
477. of the UMCS as specified The Contractor is responsible for providing personnel equipment instrumentation and supplies necessary to perform required testing Written notification of planned testing shall be given to the Government at least 21 days prior to testing and in no case shall notice be given unti after the Contractor has received written Government approval of the specific Factory Test Procedures The Factory Test Procedures shall define the tests required to ensure that the system meets technical operational and performance specifications The Procedures shall define location of tests milestones for the tests and identify simulation programs equipment personnel facilities and supplies required The test procedures shall provide for testing all capabilities and functions specified and shown The Procedures shall be developed fromthe design documentation using the requirements of MIL STD 2202 as a technical and format requirement The Procedures shall cover actual equipment to be used by the Contractor for the specified project and shall consist of detailed instructions for test setup execution and evaluation of test results Upon completion of the Factory Test the Contractor shall prepare a Factory Test Report documenting the results of the Factory Test and submit it as specified PART 3 EXECUTI ON 3 1 EXISTING CONDITIONS SURVEY The Contractor shall performa field survey including but not limited to testing and inspection
478. oints and shall be expandable via licensing upgrade to accommodate up to 50 000 points without requiring additional software installation The server software shall support clients as specified and shown and shall be expandable via licensing upgrade to support no less than 50 total clients and no less than 20 clients simultaneously without requiring additiona server software installation 4 6 1 Passwords The M amp C software shall provide user based access to M amp C functionality The M amp C Software shall obtain user information fromthe OS or manage M amp C user information and shall recognize at least 100 separate users and have at least 4 levels of user permissions User permission levels from most restrictive to most permissive shall include a Permission Level 1 View System Graphic Displays b Permission Level 2 Permission Level 1 plus acknowledge alarms and set up configure trends and reports c Permission Level 3 Permission Level 2 plus override SNVTs and set up configure alarms schedules and demand limiting d Permission Level 4 Permission Level 3 plus create and modify SECTION 25 10 10 Page 25 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 System Graphic Displays and create custom programs Passwords shall not be displayed The system shall maintain a disk file logging all activity of the system If the file format is not plain ASCI text the Contractor shall provide a means to export or convert the fil
479. on If over 20 percent of the total tested including both test groups fal outside of the acceptable range the TAB Report shall be considered invalid and all contract TAB work shall be repeated beginning with the Systems Readiness Check 355009 Marking of Setting Following approval of TAB Verification Report the setting of all HVAC adjustment devices including valves splitters and dampers shall be permanently marked by the TAB Specialist so that adjustment can be restored if disturbed at any time 3 5 6 Identification of Test Ports The TAB Specialist shall permanently and legibly identify the location points of duct test ports If the ductwork has exterior insulation the identification shall be made on the exterior side of the insulation All penetrations through ductwork and ductwork insulation shall be sealed to prevent air leakage or to maintain integrity of vapor barrier End of Section SECTION 23 05 93 00 10 Page 7 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 SECTION 23 07 00 THERMAL INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS 01 08 PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 REFERENCES The publications listed below forma part of this specification to the extent referenced The publications are referred to within the text by the basic designation only At the discretion of the Government the manufacturer of any material supplied will be required to furnish test reports pertaining to any of the tests necessary to assure compliance with
480. on SECTION 25 peripherals and cables shal be connected per manufacturer s be in the off mode be fully functional and tested be Expected Results Approved The workstation wil power up and perform its start up procedure without generating any errors or problems Operating system shal be latest version of windows 2 _______ The Network Configuration Tool drawing will open 2222 The System plug in wil opene ee OB hp Bn The Server will start San eis cake pes The Workstation will start The operator shall now have the ability to view data from any device on the 08 10 Page 23 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC Item Action Item MIES a naL 2 Check the communication from the server to the controllers NOCES E et EEn 3 Verify on line status NODES eanna Ne a as 4 View data from the graphical environment MITET O e a a nuh DDC FOR HVAC 5 Verify that configuration data in application specific controllers is written to EEPROM a Open the LONWORKS plug in b Note severa parameters such as temperature setpoints and flow settings Remove power from the controller for a mi ni mum of 3 minutes Replace power to the controller Using the plug in verify that the parameters have not SECTION 25 W9126G 09 R 0105 Expected Results Approved net work Within the workstation software when a device selected dynamic points lists become visible Dynamic data rep
481. on instructions Aluminum jacket with factory applied moisture retarder shall be applied with the joints lapped not less than 3 inches and secured with bands located at circumferential laps and at not more than 12 inch intervals throughout Horizontal joints shall lap down to shed water and located at 4 or 8 o clock position Joints shall be sealed with caulking to prevent moisture penetration Where jacketing abuts an un insulated surface joints shall be sealed with caulking Zega ee Fittings Fittings and other irregular shapes shall be finished as specified for rectangular ducts bee ae ee Rectangular Ducts Two coats of weather barrier mastic reinforced with fabric or mesh for outdoor application shall be applied to the entire surface Each coat of weatherproof mastic shall be 1 16 inch minimum thickness The exterior shall be a metal jacketing applied for mechanical abuse and weather protection and secured with screws SECTION 23 07 00 Page 28 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 3 3 3 4 EQUIPMENT INSULATION SYSTEMS INSTALLATI ON Install equipment insulation systems in accordance with the approved MICA Insulation Stds plates as supplemented by the manufacturer s published installation instructions oh I General Removable insulation sections shall be provided to cover parts of equipment that must be opened periodically for maintenance including vessel covers fasteners flanges and accessories Equipmen
482. ons Approved Reports shall execute per the operator s instructions Report one shall execute per the operator s instructions Report two shall execute automatically on a time basis per operator s instructions Reports shall execute per the operator s instructions Report one is printed to printer Report two is printed to file Modified list of variables shall be available from a workstation New list of variables from the new device shall be available froma workstation SECTION 25 08 10 Page 47 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC Expected Item Action Item Results Specific Abbreviations Y Yes N No NA Not Applicable SECTION 25 08 10 Page 48 W9126G 09 R 0105 Approved Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 TEST NUMBER Ten TI TLE Scheduling OB ECTI VE l1 Verify that M amp C software has ability to operate end devices off a time of day schedule utilizing defined parameters I N TI AL REQU REMENTS CONDI TI ONS 1 Submittals a The contractor shall provide documentation of the mini mum programmable schedules in comparison to the specification requirement prior to testing b The contractor shall provide documentation of all schedules programmed in the UMCS prior to testing c The contractor shall provide a trend or report log of al equipment on a schedule prior to testing 2 Equipment a The contractor shall have GPPC and ASC with all scheduling comple
483. ontractor shall prepare training documentation for each course Basic Operator Training Documentation Advanced Operator Training Documentation and Operator Refresher Training Documentation shall each consist of a Course attendance list A list of course attendees shall be developed in coordination with and signed by the Controls HVAC Electrical shop supervisor b Training Manuals Training manuals shall include an agenda defined objectives for each lesson and a detailed description of the subject matter for each lesson Where the Contractor presents portions of the course material by audiovisuals copies of those audiovisuals shall be delivered to the Government as a part of the printed training manuals 3 8 2 Basic Operator Training The Basic Operator Training course shall be taught at the project site on the installed system for a period of no less than 5 training days during Phase 2 of the PVT A maximum of ten personnel will attend this course This training shall be targeted towards training personnel in the day to day operation and basic maintenance of the system Upon completion of this course each student using appropriate documentation should be able to start the system operate the system recover the system after a failure perform routine maintenance and describe the specific hardware architecture and operation of the system This course shall at a minimum include a General system architecture b Functional operation of
484. operly labeled on inside and outside of panel 2222222 LL X X L d Control components piped and or wired to each labeled terminal strip X KX e EMCS connection made to each labeled terminal strip as shown 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 X Xo are f Control wiring and tubing labeled at al terminations splices and junctions X X Main Power and Control Air a 120 volt AC power available to panel 222 222 LL Se b 138 kPa gauge 20 psig compressed air available to panel 2 ae See Testing Adjusting and Balancing TAB A M E T C 0 a TAB Report submitted 2 2 2 2 2 LL Ue SS Wns aaa SECTION 23 08 00 00 10 Page 20 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Pre Functional Performance Test Checklist Make Up Air Handling Unit For Air Handling Unit Checklist Item Installation A M E T C 0 a Inspection and access doors are operable and sealed gt LL LLL X S b Condensate drainage is unobstructed 2 222 nL X X XX oO c Fan belt adjusted LL X o K Electrical A M E T C 0 a Power available to unit disconnect gt 222 22L LL X XX o b Power available to unit control panel 2 222 2L X 0 c Proper motor rotation verified ee ee oe AN ee d Verify that power disconnect is located within sight of the unit it controls 2 22 LL X 0 e Power available to transformers ___ X 0 Coils A M E T C 0 a Chilled water piping properly connected o L L b Hot water piping properly connected L Ke toa epee ccc
485. or S Grade A or B black steel standard weight 2 8 8 2 Steel Pipe Fittings Fittings shall have the manufacturer s trademark affixed in accordance with MSS SP 25 so as to permanently identify the manufacturer 2 8 8 3 Steel Flanges Flanged fittings including flanges bolts nuts bolt patterns etc shal be in accordance with ASME B16 5 class 150 and shall have the manufacturers trademark affixed in accordance with MSS SP 25 Flange material shal conformto ASTM A 105 A 105M Flanges for high temperature water systems shall be serrated or raised face type Blind flange material shall conform to ASTM A 516 A 516M cold service and ASTM A 515 A 515M for hot service Bolts shall be high strength or intermediate strength with material conforming to ASTM A 193 A 193M 2 8 8 4 Welded Fittings Welded fittings shall conformto ASTM A 234 A 234M with WPA marking Buttwelded fittings shall conformto ASME B16 9 and socket welded fittings shall conform to ASME B16 11 2 8 8 5 Cast lron Fittings Fittings shall be ASME B16 4 Class 125 type required to match connecting pi ping 2 8 8 6 Malleable lron Fittings Fittings shall be ASME B16 3 type as required to match connecting piping 2 8 8 7 Unions Unions shall be ASME B16 39 Class 150 2 8 8 8 Threads Pipe threads shall conform to ASME B1 20 1 2 8 8 9 Grooved Mechanical fittings Joints and fittings shall be designed for not less than 125 psig service and shall be the product of the same manufactur
486. or Supervisor 4 COMMI SSI ONI NG STANDARDS Commissioning shall be performed in accordance with the requirements of the standard under which the Commissioning Firm s qualifications are approved i e ACG Commissioning Guideline NEBB Commissioning Standard or SMACNA Commissioning Manual unless otherwise stated herein All recommendations and suggested practices contained in the Commissioning Standard shall be considered mandatory The Commissioning Standard shal be used for all aspects of Commissioning including qualifications for the Commissioning Firm and Specialist and calibration of Commissioning instruments Where the instrument manufacturer calibration recommendations are more stringent than those listed in the Commissioning Standard the manufacturer s recommendations shall be adhered to All quality assurance provisions of the Commissioning Standard such as performance guarantees shall be part of this contract For systems or system components not covered in the Commissioning Standard Commissioning procedures shall be developed by the Commissioning Specialist Where new procedures requirements etc applicable to the Contract requirements have been published or adopted by the body responsible for the Commissioning Standard used ACG NEBB or TABB the requirements and recommendations contained in these procedures and requirements shall be considered mandatory 9 QUALI FI CATI ONS 25 1 Commissioning Firm The Commissioning Firm sha
487. or bad data point d The command addresses a point that does not exist e The command would violate constraints 3 Special Functions The system shall provide the following point and click mouse functions in addition to all other commands specified a HELP shall produce an indexed or menu driven display of all commands available to the operator The HELP command followed by a specific command shall produce a context sensitive listing with a short explanation of the purpose use and systemreaction to that command b DISPLAY DIAGRAM shall display diagrams of specific utility systems or other systems as specified c DIAGRAM DEVELOPMENT shall allow the user to develop diagrams of specific utility systems or other systems as specified SECTION 25 10 10 Page 27 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 d PRINT REPORT Shall allow the operator to initiate printing of reports 4 Operator s Commands The operator s commands shall provide the means for entry of control and monitoring commands and for retrieval of information Processing of operator commands shal commence within 1 second of entry with some form of acknowledgment provided at that time The operator s commands shall performtasks including a Request a display of any SNVT or calculated point or any group of related SNVTs and calculated points b Startup and shutdown selected systems or devices c Override any SNVT point to an operator sele
488. or condensing type boilers Both the air SECTION 23 52 00 00 10 Page 14 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 intake and exhaust vents shall be sized and located as indicated on the drawings and as recommended by the boiler manufacturer 2 8 2 1 Exhaust Vent The exhaust vent piping shall be constructed of stainless steel conforming to UL 1738 and the boiler manufacturer s recommendations Plastic materials polyetherimide PEI and polyethersulfone PES are forbidden to be used for vent piping of combustion gases The exhaust vent shall be Suitable for the maximum anticipated boiler exhaust temperature and shal withstand the corrosive effects of the condensate A 0 3125 inch diameter hole shall be provided in the stack not greater than 6 inches fromthe boiler flue outlet for sampling of the exit gases A method shall be provided to seal the hole to prevent exhaust gases from entering the boiler room when samples are not being taken Each exhaust stack shall be provided complete with bird screen 2 8 3 Expansion Tank The hot water pressurization system shall include a diaphragm type expansion tank which will accommodate the expanded water of the system generated within the normal operating temperature range limiting the pressure increase at all components in the systemto the maximum allowable pressure at those components The only air in the system shall be the permanent sealed in air cushion contained in the diaphragmtype
489. or each variable Node ID Domain amp subnet addressing on amp S WwW YF e Required passwords for each operator access level f List of other test equipment 4 2 Test Procedures The factory test procedures shall be developed fromthe generic test procedures in ATTACHMENT A The test procedures shall consist of detailed instructions for test setup execution and evaluation of test results The Contractor shall edit the generic test procedure for the provided UMCS and building level DDC The Contractor shall performa factory test on a model of the UMCS and building level DDC for the Government to verify the system will function to the requirements of the contract documents The test architecture shall mimic a two building arrangement There shall be a SECTION 25 08 10 Page 7 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 TCP IP layer with two Internet Protocol IP to Lon routers Below each of the routers shall be both programmable GPPC and application specific controllers ASC One server and one workstation with printers shall be connected to the IP layer There shall be simulated input devices connected to controllers to enable the creation of changing variables If during testing the system fails a portion of a test the Government wil informthe Contractor if the entire test or only the portion that failed must be re performed The Contractor shall give the Government a written report of those items which failed what t
490. orage medium User project site developed software is not covered by this contract except that the UMCS software firmware shall be maintained to allow user creation modification deletion and proper execution of such user developed software as specified The Contractor shall perform diagnostics and corrective reprogramming as required to maintain total UMCS operations as specified The Contractor shall back up software before performing any computer hardware and software maintenance The Contractor shall not modify any parameters without approval from the Government Any approved changes and additions shall be properly documented and the appropriate manuals shall be updated c Network Network maintenance shall include testing transmission media and equipment to verify signal levels system data rates errors and overall system performance Service Call Reception a A Government representative will advise the Contractor by phone or in person of all maintenance and service requests as well as the classification of each based on the definitions specified A description of the problem or requested work date and time notified location classification and other appropriate information will be placed on a Service Call Work Authorization Form by the Government b The Contractor shall have procedures for receiving and responding to service calls 24 hours per day seven days a week including weekends and holidays A single telephone number shal
491. organizations Submit a certified list of qualified permanent service organizations for support of the equipment which includes their addresses and qualifications These service organizations shall be reasonably convenient to the equipment installation and able to render satisfactory service to the equipment on a regular and emergency basis during the warranty period of the contract 1 3 4 Manufacturer s Nameplate Each item of equipment shall have a nameplate bearing the manufacturer s name address model number and serial number securely affixed in a conspicuous place the nameplate of the distributing agent will not be acceptable 13 4 Modification of References In each of the publications referred to herein consider the advisory provisions to be mandatory as though the word shall had been Substituted for should wherever it appears Interpret references in these publications to the authority having jurisdiction or words of Similar meaning to mean the Contracting Officer 1 3 5 1 Definitions For the International Code Council CC Codes referenced in the contract documents advisory provisions shall be considered mandatory the word should shall be interpreted as shall Reference to the code official shall be interpreted to mean the Contracting Officer For Navy owned property references to the owner shall be interpreted to mean the Contracting Officer For leased facilities references to the owner shall b
492. orts shall include the following information recorded in accordance with ASTM D 596 Date of Sample Temperature 2 2 degrees F Silica S 07 f O a a aaa ppm mg 1 Insoluble LLL ppm mg 1 Iron and Aluminum Oxides gt 2 2 2 ppm mg 1 Calcium Ca LLL ppm mg 1 Magnesium Mg LLL ppm mg 1 Sodium and Potassium Na and D 0 ppm mg 1 Carbonate HC03 0 O LLL ppm mg 1 Sulfate S04 LLL ppm mg 1 Chloride Cl 2 f O a aaaa o auei ppm mg 1 Nitrate N03 LLL ppm mg 1 Turbidity 2222 00 unit PH Residual Chlorine 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 ppm mg 1 Total Alkalinity 2 2 222222 epm meq 1 Non Carbonate Hardness 2 2 2 2 2 2 epm meq 1 Total Hardness 2 2 2 LLL epm meq 1 Dissolved Solids 22222 ppm mg 1 Fluorine gt LLL ppm mg 1 Conductivity 2 2 2 2 2 i aaou mi crmho cm 3 4 4 Related Field Inspections and Testing 3 4 4 1 Piping Welds Examination of Piping Welds is specified in the paragraph above entitled Examination of Piping Welds 3 4 4 2 HVAC TAB Requirements for testing adjusting and balancing TAB of HVAC water piping and associated equipment is specified in Section 23 05 93 00 10 TESTING ADJ USTING AND BALANCING OF HVAC SYSTEMS 3 5 INSTRUCTION TO GOVERNMENT PERSONNEL Furnish the services of competent instructors to give full instruction to the designated Government personnel in the adjustment operation and maintenance including pertinent safety requirem
493. otor assembly fromthe casing to minimize vibration transmission Fan control shall be factory furnished and wired into the unit control system Provide a factory mounted pressure switch to operate the unit fan whenever pressure exists at the unit primary air inlet or when the control system fan operates 2 10 2 4 Series Fan Powered Variable Air Volume VAV Terminals Provide units factory assembled designed tested and rated in accordance with ARI 880 Units shall be ARI certified and listed in the ARI DCAACP Units shall provide a supply air discharge mix by modulation of conditioned primary air and recirculating of return air Units shall include casing centrifugal fan and motor primary VAV damper or valve electronic volume regulator discharge air damper primary air inlet cone with high and low pressure flow sensors recirculating air filter frames filter and electrical disconnect Provide hot water heating coils integral to the terminal or provide insulated hot water coil section attached to the SECTION 23 00 00 Page 21 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 discharge of the terminal a Casing Provide removable full bottom access panels for servicing internal components without disturbing duct connections Insulate inside of casing with manufacturer s standard insulation Units shal have recirculating air inlet equipped with filter frame round primary damper or valve and unit mounting brackets b Fans and moto
494. otor rotation verified TE E E K man d Verify that power disconnect is located within sight of the unit it controls aaa Aa ana Ae A Aa Coils Ae Mo HES p CGS AO a Chilled water piping properly connected __ X X Xoo b Hot water piping properly connected nL Xo X XX oo SECTION 23 08 00 00 10 Page 10 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Pre Functional Performance Test Checklist Variable Volume Air Handling Unit Controls A M E T C 0 a Control valves actuators properly installed ara Se A 2 ak Ao b Control valves actuators operable X X EEN c Dampers actuators properly installed Sea A X Ke Drass Po d Dampers actuators operable woe OX X Ket Aste seth e Verify proper location installation and calibration of duct static pressure sensor set fe ORR AALS URS ofan BS obite f Fan air volume controller operable X X aa aa g Air handler controls system operational adua X X Xe Testing Adjusting and Balancing TAB A M E T C 0 a Construction filters removed and replaced L L ae e ee b TAB report approved X S Le SECTION 23 08 00 00 10 Page 11 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Pre Functional Performance Test Checklist VAV Termina For VAV Terminal ____ Checklist Item A M E T C 0 Installation a Reheat coil connected to hot water pipe ___ My Sodas Sh Chae Controls A M E T c 0 a Cooling only VAV terminal controls set e Wha R AN aie ri b Cooling o
495. ought Steel Buttwelding Fittings ASME B31 1 2007 Addenda 2008 Power Piping ASME B31 5 2006 Refrigeration Piping and Heat Transfer Components ASME B40 100 2006 Pressure Gauges and Gauge Attachments ASME BPVC SEC IV 2007 Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section IV Recommended Rules for the Care and Operation of Heating Boilers ASME BPVC SEC IX 2007 Addenda 2008 Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section IX Welding and Brazing Qualifications ASME BPVC SEC VIII Dl 2007 Addenda 2008 Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section VIII Pressure Vessels Division 1 Basic Coverage ASME CSD 1 2006 Control and Safety Devices for Automatically Fired Boilers ASTM INTERNATIONAL ASTM ASTM A 105 A 105M 2005 Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Forgings for Piping Applications ASTM A 167 1999 R 2004 Standard Specification for Stainless and Heat Resisting Chromium Nickel Steel Plate Sheet and Strip ASTM A 183 2003 Standard Specification for Carbon SECTION 23 52 00 00 10 Page 2 Lackland ASTM A ASTM A ASTM A ASTM A ASTM A ASTM A ASTM A ASTM B ASTM B ASTM B ASTM B ASTM B ASTM B ASTM B ASTM D ASTM D Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 193 A 193M 234 A 234M 515 A 515M 516 A 516M 537A 53M 536 653 A 653M 32 62 Hi 813 88 88M 2000 396 Steel Track Bolts and Nuts 2007 Standard Specification for Alloy Steel and
496. ox Verify what data is configured to pass through router NOTES nea a a a E a 3 Using repeater SECTION 25 and router repeater documentation and sections pertaining to the Expected Results Approved Tool shall identify function network address and identifier of the devices Only the data that configured to pass through the router is being sent is Dialog box opens 08 10 Page 68 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Expected Item Action Item Results Approved configuration tool open the properties dialog box l L LLL LLL NO eee Aa Aa a E ea aeaa a e ea A aa a end Aa cd Sa leh 4 Verify that repeater is Verify that all data is configured as a repeater being sent through the and that all data is repeater being sent LLL LLL NOLES ar ee ee te a eaa a ee a a a a he a ee a a a a ee End of Test Specific Abbreviations Y Yes N No NA Not Applicable SECTION 25 08 10 Page 69 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC TEST NUMBER Eighteen TITLE ElA 709 1B Gateway Test OB ECT VE W9126G 09 R 0105 1 Validate ElA 709 1B Gateway requirements I N TI AL REQU REMENTS CONDI TI ONS 1 Submittals a Contractor shal provide a list of al software that will be used to verify ANSI 709 1 Gateway configuration b Provide a LonMark external 2 Equipment interface file XIF for the gateway a The gateway needs to be on and operating b Provide a LonWorks
497. p Personne Horizontal Roof Cellular Glass 1 5 L5 15 l5 R5 Drain Leaders Flex Elas Cell r 1 1 1 1 1 including Faced Phenol Foam 1 1 1 1 1 Underside of Roof Polyisocianurate 1 1 1 1 1 Drain Fitting A C condensate Cellular Glass 125 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 Drain Located Flex Elas Cell r 1 1 1 N A N A Inside Bldg Faced Phenol Foam 1 1 1 1 1 Bele d Aboveground Cold Pipelines The following cold pipelines for minus 30 to plus 60 degrees F shall be insulated per Table 2 except those piping listed in subparagraph Pipe Insulation in PART 3 as to be omitted This includes but is not limited to the following a Domestic cold water b Make up water c Horizontal and vertical portions of interior roof drains d Refrigerant suction lines e Chilled water f Air conditioner condensate drains g Exposed lavatory drains and domestic water lines serving plumbing fixtures for handicap persons dude Lol Insulation Material and Thickness Insulation thickness for cold pipelines shall be determined using Table 2 Sc dutad Jacket for Mineral Fiber Cellular Glass Phenolic Foam and Polyisocyanurate Foam Insulated Pipe Insulation shall be covered with a factory applied vapor retarder jacket vapor barrier or field applied seal welded PVC jacket or greater than 3 ply laminated self adhesive minimum 2 mils adhesive 3 mils embossed vapor barrier weatherproofing jacket less than 0 0000 permeability standard grade sliver white black and embossed I
498. perational or for open loop systems ensure that the sumps are filled to the proper level l Activate pump start using control system commands a Verify correct operation in b Verify pressure drop across strainer Strainer inlet pressure psig Strainer outlet pressure psig c Verify pump inlet outlet pressure reading compare to Testing Adjusting and Balancing TAB Report and pump design conditions DESI GN TAB ACTUAL Pump inlet pressure psig Pump outlet pressure psig d Operate pump at shutoff and at 100 percent of designed flow when al components are in full flow Plot test readings on pump curve and compare results against readings taken from flow measuring devices SHUT OF F 100 percent Pump inlet pressure psig ts Rea L22222 Pump outlet pressure psig LL22 LL22 Pump flow rate gpm 2 2 LLL LLL LLL SETPOINT Differential Pressure Transmitter SECTION 23 08 00 00 10 Page 25 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Functional Performance Test cont Pump e For variable speed pumps operate pump at shutoff shutoff to be done in manual on varlable speed drive at the minimumrpmthat the systemis being controlled at and at minimum flow or when all components are in ful by pass Plot test readings on pump curve and compare results against readings taken from flow measuring devices SHUT OF F 100 percent Pump inlet pressure psig gt L LLL LLL LLL Pump outlet pressure psig gt 22L LLL LLL LLL Pump flow
499. perm adhesive tape or PVDC adhesive tape b Longitudinal laps of the jacket material shall overlap not less than 1 1 2 inches Butt strips 3 inches wide shall be provided for circumferential joints c Laps and butt strips shall be secured with adhesive and stapled on 4 inch centers if not factory self sealing If staples are used they shall be sealed per item e below Note that staples are not required with cellular glass systems d Factory self sealing lap systems may be used when the ambient temperature is between 40 and 120 degrees F during installation The lap system shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer s recommendations Stapler shall be used only if specifically recommended by the manufacturer Where gaps occur the section shall be replaced or the gap repaired by applying adhesive under the lap and then stapling e All Staples including those used to repair factory self seal lap systems shall be coated with a vapor retarder coating or PVDC adhesive tape or greater than 3 ply laminate jacket less than 0 0000 perm adhesive tape All seams except those on factory self seal systems shall be coated with vapor retarder coating or PVDC adhesive tape or greater than 3 ply laminate jacket less than 0 0000 perm adhesive tape f Breaks and punctures in the jacket material shall be patched by wrapping a strip of jacket material around the pipe and securing it with adhesive stapling and coating with vapor retarder coati
500. plex ATC Dormitory 1 LKATCD1 AMENDMENT 0003 Each fan cylinder shall be provided with a zinc coated steel 12 gauge wire mesh securely mounted to the top of the cylinder in accordance with manufacturer s recommendations Fan decks shall be designed to withstand a live load of not less than 60 psf in addition to the concentrated or distributed loads of equipment mounted on the fan decks Fan deck and cylinders shall be constructed of zinc coated steel or FRP and be compatible with the entire tower construction 2653 9 Fans Fans shall be the centrifugal or adjustable pitch propeller type constructed of zinc coated steel Type 304 stainless steel aluminum or an aluminum alloy Propeller type shall have a maximum tip speed of 10 800 fpm Fan blade assembly shall be both statically and dynamically balanced after assembly of the cooling tower Fan hub shall be constructed of a material compatible with fan blades with adequate surface protection against corrosion Complete fan assembly fan and mounting shall be designed to give maximum fan efficiency and long life when handling saturated air at high velocities Each cooling tower fan shall be provided with a ball and pedestal type vibration limit switch which shall stop the corresponding fan motor in the event of sensing excessive fan vibration AM 3 2 5 9 1 Fans Fan s shall be heavy duty axial flow design Fan s shall be driven through an industrial grade system of V belts pulleys
501. ply with requirements of AGA NFPA ARI ASHRAE ASME or UL 1 copy of proof of such compliance shall be provided The label or listing of the specified agency shall be acceptable evidence In lieu of the label or listing a written certificate from an SECTION 23 64 00 00 10 Page 4 Lackland AFB Airmen Training Complex ATC Dormitory 1 LKATCD1 a AMENDMENT 0003 approved nationally recognized testing organization equipped to perform such services stating that the items have been tested and conform to the requirements and testing methods of the specified agency may be submitted When performance requirements of this project s drawings and specifications vary from standard ARI rating conditions computer printouts catalog or other application data certified by ARI or a nationally recognized laboratory as described above shall be included If ARI does not have a current certification program that encompasses such application data the manufacturer may self certify that his application data complies with project performance requirements in accordance with the specified test standards Service Organization A certified list of qualified permanent service organizations for support of the equipment which includes their addresses and qualifications The service organizations shall be reasonably convenient to the equipment installation and be able to render satisfactory service to the equipment on a regular and emergency basis during the w
502. ports Vertical pipe shall be supported at each floor except at slab on grade and at intervals of not more than 15 feet not more than 8 feet from end of risers and at vent terminations 3 1 10 8 Pipe Guides Type 35 guides using steel reinforced polytetrafluoroethylene PTFE or graphite slides shall be provided where required to allow longitudinal pipe movement Lateral restraints shall be provided as required Slide materials shall be suitable for the system operating temperatures atmospheric conditions and bearing loads encountered 3 1 10 9 Steel Slides Where steel slides do not require provisions for restraint of lateral movement an alternate guide method may be used On piping 4 inches and SECTION 23 64 26 Page 28 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 larger a Type 39 saddle shall be used On piping under 4 inches a Type 40 protection shield may be attached to the pipe or insulation and freely rest on a steel slide plate 3 1 10 10 Multiple Pipe Runs In the support of multiple pipe runs on a common base member a clip or clamp shall be used where each pipe crosses the base support member Spacing of the base support members shall not exceed the hanger and support Spacing required for an individual pipe in the multiple pipe run 3 1 10 11 Structural Attachments Attachment to building structure concrete and masonry shall be by cast in concrete inserts built in anchors or masonry anchor devices Inserts and
503. pped 3 16 3 Purging After testing is completed and before connecting any appliances fully purge all gas piping Conform testing procedures to API RP 1110 Do not purge piping into the combustion chamber of an appliance Do not purge the open end of piping systems into confined spaces or areas where there are ignition sources unless the safety precautions recommended in NFPA 54 are followed 3 16 4 Labor Materials and Equipment Furnish all labor materials and equipment necessary for conducting the testing and purging 3 17 PIPE COLOR CODE MARKING Provide color code marking of piping as specified in Section 09 90 00 PAINTS AND COATINGS conforming to ASME Al3 1 End of Section SECTION 23 11 25 Page 16 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 SECTION 23 52 00 00 10 WATER AND STEAM HEATING OIL GAS OR BOTH UP TO 20 MBTUH 10 07 PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 REFERENCES The publications listed below forma part of this specification to the extent referenced The publications are referred to within the text by the basic designation only AIR MOVEMENT AND CONTROL ASSOCIATION INTERNATIONAL AMCA AMCA 801 2001 Industrial Process Power Generation Fans Specification Guidelines AMERICAN SOCIETY OF HEATING REFRIGERATING AND AIR CONDITIONING ENGINEERS ASHRAE ASHRAE 52 1 1992 Gravimetric and Dust Spot Procedures for Testing Air Cleaning Devices Used in General Ventilation for Removing Particulate Matter AMERI
504. pressure SECTION 23 09 23 Page 17 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 2 Unless otherwise specified or shown valve leakage shall meet FCI 70 2 Class IV leakage rating 0 01 of valve Kv Unless otherwise specified or shown valves shall have globe style bodies Unless otherwise specified a bodies for valves 1 5 inches and smaller shall be brass or bronze with threaded or union ends b bodies for 2 inch valves shall have threaded ends g c bodies for valves 2 to 3 inches shall be of brass bronze or iron d bodies for valves 2 5 inches and larger shall be provided with flanged end connections e for modulating applications valve Kv Cv shall be within 100 to 125 of the Kv Cv shown f for two position applications where the two positions are ful open and full closed the Kv Cv shall be the largest available for the valve size f valve and actuator combination shall be normally open or normally closed as shown 6 1 Ball Valves Balls shall be stainless steel or nickel plated brass Valves shall have blow out proof stems In steam and high temperature hot water applications the valve to actuator linkage shall provide a thermal break 6 2 Butterfly Valves Butterfly valves shall be threaded lug type suitable for dead end service and modulation to the fully closed position with carbon steel bodies and non corrosive discs stainless steel shafts supported by bearings and EPDM seats su
505. ps indicated in SMACNA HVAC Duct Const Stds shall not be used Risers on high velocity ducts shall be anchored in the center of the vertical run to allow ends of riser to move due to thermal expansion Supports on the risers shall allow free vertical movement of the duct Supports shall be attached only to structural framing members and concrete Slabs Supports shall not be anchored to metal decking unless a means is provided and approved for preventing the anchor from puncturing the meta decking Where supports are required between structural framing members Suitable intermediate metal framing shall be provided Where C clamps are used retainer clips shall be provided 3 1 6 Acoustical Duct Lining Lining shall be applied in cut to size pieces attached to the interior of the duct with nonflammable fire resistant adhesive conforming to ASTM C 916 Type NFPA 90A UL 723 and ASTM E 84 Top and bottom pieces shall lap the side pieces and shall be secured with welded pins adhered clips of metal nylon or high impact plastic and speed washers or welding cup head pins installed according to SMACNA HVAC Duct Const Stds Welded pins cup head pins or adhered clips shall not distort the duct burn through nor mar the finish or the surface of the duct Pins and washers shall be flush with the surfaces of the duct liner and all breaks and punctures of the duct liner coating shall be sealed with the nonflammable fire resistant adhesive Exposed edges of the
506. r Electronic AFMAs shall have an accuracy of 3 percent over a range of 125 to 2 500 fpm and the output shall be temperature compensated over a range of 32 to 212 degrees F 8 6 2 Orifice Plate Orifice plate shall be made of an austenitic stainless steel sheet of 0 125 inch nominal thickness with an accuracy of 1 of full flow The orifice plate shall be flat within 0 002 inches The orifice surface roughness shall not exceed 20 micro inches The thickness of the SECTION 23 09 23 Page 23 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 cylindrical face of the orifice shall not exceed 2 of the pipe inside diameter or 12 5 of the orifice diameter whichever is smaller The upstream edge of the orifice shall be square and sharp Where orifice plates are used concentric orifice plates shall be used in al applications except steam flow measurement in horizontal pipelines 2 8 6 3 Flow Nozzle Flow nozzle shall be made of austenitic stainless steel with an accuracy of 1 of full flow The inlet nozzle form shall be elliptical and the nozzle throat shall be the quadrant of an ellipse The thickness of the nozzle wall and flange shall be such that distortion of the nozzle throat from strains caused by the pipeline temperature and pressure flange bolting or other methods of installing the nozzle in the pipeline shal not cause the accuracy to degrade beyond the specified limit The outside diameter of the nozzle flange or the
507. r offsets shall be provided in all branch connections mains and risers to provide for expansion and contraction forces without undue stress to the fittings or to short lengths of pipe or tubing Flared or brazed copper tubing to pipe adapters shall be provided where necessary for joining threaded pipe to copper tubing 3 2 4 5 Soldered Joints Soldered joints shall be made with flux and are only acceptable for lines 2 inches and smaller Soldered joints shall conformto ASME B31 5 and CDA A4015 3 2 4 6 Copper Tube Extracted Joint An extruded mechanical tee joint may be made in copper tube Joint shal be produced with an appropriate tool by drilling a pilot hole and drawing out the tube surface to forma collar having a minimum height of three SECTION 23 52 00 00 10 Page 27 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 times the thickness of the tube wall To prevent the branch tube from being inserted beyond the depth of the extracted joint dimpled depth stops shall be provided The branch tube shall be notched for proper penetration into fitting to assure a free flow joint Extracted joints shall be brazed using a copper phosphorous classification brazing filler metal Soldered joints will not be permitted 3 2 5 Flanges and Unions Flanges shall be faced true provided with 1 16 inch thick gaskets and made square and tight Where steel flanges mate with cast iron flanged fittings valves or equipment they shall be provided w
508. r or symbol that will be used in identifying the work of each welder to the Contracting Officer Weld all structural members in accordance with Section 05 05 23 WELDING STRUCTURAL and in conformance with AWS A5 8 A5 8M and AWS WHB 2 9 1 4 2 Jointing Thermoplastic and Fiberglass Piping Perform all jointing of piping using qualified joiners and qualified procedures in accordance with AGA XR0603 Furnish the Contracting Officer with a copy of qualified procedures and list of and identification symbols of qualified joiners Submit manufacturer s installation instructions and manufacturer s visual joint appearance chart including all PE pipe and fittings 1 4 3 Shop Drawings Submit drawings for complete Gas Piping System within 30 days of contract award showing location size and all branches of pipeline location of al required shutoff valves and instructions necessary for the installation of gas equipment connectors and supports Include LP storage tank pad and mounting details rie DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING Handle transport and store plastic pipe and fittings carefully Plug or cap pipe and fittings ends during transportation or storage to minimize dirt and moisture entry Do not subject piping to abrasion or concentrated external loads Discard PE pipe sections and fittings that have been damaged SECTION 23 11 25 Page 6 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 MATERIALS AND E
509. r Fittings and Accessories Pipe insulation shall be tightly butted to the insulation of the fittings and accessories The butted joints and ends shall be sealed with joint sealant and sealed with a vapor retarder coating or PVDC adhesive tape or greater than 3 ply laminate jacket less than 0 0000 perm adhesive tape Precut or preformed insulation shall be placed around all fittings and accessories and shall conformto MICA plates except as modified herein 5 for anchors 10 11 and 13 for fittings 14 for valves and 17 for flanges and unions Insulation shall be the same insulation as the pipe insulation including same density thickness and thermal conductivity Where precut preformed is unavailable rigid preformed pipe insulation sections may be segmented into the shape required Insulation of the same thickness and conductivity as the adjoining pipe insulation shall be used If nesting size insulation is used the insulation shall be overlapped 2 inches or one pipe diameter Elbows insulated using segments shall conformto MICA Tables 12 20 Mitered Insulation El bow Upon completion of insulation installation on flanges unions valves anchors fittings and accessories terminations seams joints and insulation not protected by factory vapor retarder jackets or PVC fitting covers shall be protected with PVDC or greater than 3 ply laminate jacket less than 0 0000 perm adhesive tape or two coats of vapor retarder coating with a minimu
510. r information only When used a designation following the G designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the Government The following shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES SD 02 Shop Drawings SECTION 23 64 00 00 10 Page 2 Lackland AFB Airmen Training Complex ATC Dormitory 1 LKATCD1 AMENDMENT 0003 Drawings Drawings at least 5 weeks prior to beginning construction provided in adequate detail to demonstrate compliance with contract requirements as specified SD 03 Product Data Refrigeration System G DO Manufacturer s standard catalog data at least 5 weeks prior to the purchase or installation of a particular component highlighted to show material size options performance charts and curves etc in adequate detail to demonstrate compliance with contract requirements Data shall include manufacturer s recommended installation instructions and procedures Data shall be adequate to demonstrate compliance with contract requirements as specified within the paragraphs a Liquid Chiller b Chiller Components c Accessories If vibration isolation is specified for a unit vibration isolator literature shall be included containing catalog cuts and certification that the isolation characteristics of the isolators provided meet the manufacturer s recommendations Posted Instructions Posted instructions at least 2 weeks prior to construction completion includ
511. r manufacturer and shall be provided at the intervals recommended 3 1 9 Temperature Gauges Temperature gauges shall be located on coolant supply and return piping at each heat exchanger on condenser water piping entering and leaving a condenser at each automatic temperature control device without an integral thermometer and where indicated or required for proper operation of equipment Thermal wells for insertion thermometers and thermostats shal extend beyond thermal insulation surface not less than 1 inch 3 1 10 Pipe Hangers Inserts and Supports Pipe hangers inserts and supports shall conform to MSS SP 58 and MSS SP 69 except as supplemented and modified in this specification section Pipe hanger types 5 12 and 26 shall not be used Hangers used to support piping 2 inches and larger shall be fabricated to permit adequate adjustment after erection while still Supporting the load Piping Subjected to vertical movement when operating temperatures exceed ambi ent temperatures shall be supported by variable spring hangers and supports or by constant support hangers SECTION 23 64 26 Page 27 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 3 1 10 1 Hangers Type 3 shall not be used on insulated piping Type 24 may be used only on trapeze hanger systems or on fabricated frames 3 1 10 2 Inserts Type 18 inserts shall be secured to concrete forms before concrete is placed Continuous inserts which allow more adjustments m
512. r optic patch panel is installed and complies with specification paragraph titled Fiber Optic Patch Panel Notes 4 The fiber optic media converter is installed and complies with specification paragraph titled Fiber Optic Media Converter Notes 5 The Ethernet switch is installed and complies with specification paragraph titled Ethernet Switch Notes 6 The IP router is installed and complies with specification paragraph titled IP Router Notes 7 The ELA 709 1B to IP router is installed and complies with specification paragraph titled ELA 709 1B to IP Router Notes 8 The ElA 709 1B gateway is installed and complies with specification paragraph titled ELA 709 1B Gateway Notes 9 The alarm printer is installed and complies with specification SECTION 25 08 10 Page 18 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Expected Item Action Item Results Approved paragraphs titled PRINTERS and Alarm Printer Notes 10 The laser printer is installed and complies with specification paragraphs titled PRINTERS and Laser Printer Notes 11 The color printer is installed and complies with specification paragraphs titled PRINTERS and Color Printer Notes 12 The operating system is installed and complies with specification paragraph titled Operating System 0S Notes 13 The office automation software is installed and complies with specification paragraph titled Offi
513. r shall be provided complete with fuel Supply systemin conformance with the following safety codes or standards a Gas fired units with inputs greater than 400 000 Btuh per combustion chamber shall conformto UL 795 Gas fired units less than 12 500 000 Btuh input shall conform to CSA AM Z21 13 Single and multiple burner gas fired units greater than or equal to 12 500 000 Btuh input shall conformto NFPA 85 2 2 Draft Fans Fans conforming to AMCA 801 forced draft shall be furnished as an integra part of boiler design Fans shall be centrifugal with backward curved blades radial tip blades or axial flow type Each fan shall be sized for output volume and static pressure rating sufficient for pressure losses excess air requirements at the burner leakages temperature and elevation corrections for worst ambient conditions all at full combustion to meet net rated output at normal firing conditions plus an overall excess air volume of 10 percent against a 20 percent static overpressure Noise levels for fans shall not exceed 85 decibels in any octave band at a 3 foot station ey el Draft Fan Control Forced draft centrifugal fans shall have inlet vane controls or shall have SECTION 23 52 00 00 10 Page 9 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 2 variable speed control where indicated Inlet vanes shall be suitable for use with combustion control equi pment 2 2 2 Draft Fan Drives Fans shall be driven by electric mo
514. r shall conduct a training course for the operating staff as designated by the Contracting Officer The training period shall consist of a total 8 hours of normal working time and start after the system is functionally completed but prior to final acceptance tests The field posted instructions shall cover all of the items contained in the approved Operation and Maintenance Manuals as well as demonstrations of routine maintenance operations End of Section SECTION 23 65 00 00 10 Page 12 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 SECTION 23 82 19 FAN COIL UNITS 08 08 PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 REFERENCES The publications listed below forma part of this specification to the extent referenced The publications are referred to within the text by the basic designation only ACOUSTICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA ASA ASA 12 23 1989 R 2006 Method for the Designation of Sound Power Emitted by Machinery and Equi pment AI R CONDITIONING AND REFRIGERATION INSTITUTE ARI ARI 440 2005 Standard for Room Fan Coils and Unit Ventilators INTERNATIONAL ORGANI ZATION FOR STANDARDI ZATION 150 ISO 1940 1 2003 Corrigendum 2005 Mechanica Vibration Balance Quality Requirements for Rotors in a Constant Rigid State Part 1 Specification and Verification of Balance Tolerance International Restrictions NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION NEMA NEMA MG 1 2007 Standard for Motors and Generators NATIONAL
515. r the particular application and adjusted as required The output shall be temperature compensated over a range of 0 to 212 degrees F The accuracy shall be 5 of full scale reading Sensor shall have automatic zeroing and shall not require periodic maintenance or recalibration 2 8 16 Chlorine Detector The detector shall measure concentrations of chlorine in water in the range 0 to 20 ppm with a repeatability of 1 of full scale and an accuracy of t 2 of full scale The Chlorine Detector transmitter shall be housed in a non corrosive NEMA 250 Type 4X enclosure Detector shall include a loca panel with adjustable alarmtrip level local audio and visual alarm with silence function 2 8 17 Floor Mounted Leak Detector Leak detectors shall use electrodes mounted at slab level with a minimum built in vertical adjustment of 0 125 inches Detector shall have a binary output The indicator shall be manual reset type 2 8 18 Temperature Switch 2 8 18 1 Duct Mount Temperature Low Limit Safety Switch Freezestat Duct mount temperature low limit switches Freezestats shall be manua reset low temperature safety switches with a minimum element length of 1 foot square foot of coverage which shall respond to the coldest 18 inch Segment with an accuracy of 3 6 degrees F The switch shall have a field adjustable setpoint with a range of at least 30 to 50 degrees F The switch shall have two sets of contacts and each contact shall have a SE
516. r use with the 1l00Base FX standard as defined in JERE Std 202 2 c Exterior Fiber Optic Cable Exterior Fiber Optic Cable shall be Multimode or Singlemode Fiber 62 5 125 micron for multimode or 10 125 micron for singlemode micron with SC or ST connectors as specified in TL A El A 568 B8 1 The data communications equipment shall use the 850 nm range of multimode or 1310 nmrange of singlemode fiber optic cable Fiber optic cable shall be suitable for use with the 100Base FX Standard as defined in IEEE Std 802 3 2 2 3 2 Fiber Optic Patch Panel Fiber Optic Patch Panels shall be wall or rack mountable and designed to provide termination facilities for up to 24 fibers Unit shall also have capability to be equipped with spliced trays six packs for adapters and blank panels for easy termination of the fiber bundles and tube cables Fiber optic terminating equipment shall provide for mounting of ST or SC connectors on an optical patch panel Fiber cable management and cable routing hardware shall be provided by the Contractor to assure conformance to minimum fiber and cable bend radii Connectors on the patch panel shall be ST or SC feed through Access to both sides of the pane shall be provided by the Contractor The patch panel for the connectors shall be mounted to facilitate rearrangement and identification Each apparatus shall have cabling and connection instructions associated with it 2 2 3 3 Fiber Optic Media Converter Fiber Optic
517. raighteners where required shall be constructed of 0 125 inch aluminum honeycomb and the depth of the straightener shal not be less than 1 5 inches b Resistance to airflow The resistance to air flow through the AFMA including the airflow straightener shall not exceed 0 08 inch water gauge at an airflow of 2 000 fpm AFMA construction shall be suitable for operation at airflows of up to 5 000 fpm over a temperature range of 40 to 120 degrees F c Outside air temperature In outside air measurement or in low temperature air delivery applications the AFMA shall be certified by the manufacturer to be accurate as specified over a temperature range of 20 to plus 120 degrees F d Pitot Tube AFMA Each Pitot Tube AFMA shall contain an array of velocity sensing elements The velocity sensing elements shall be of the multiple pitot tube type with averaging manifolds The sensing elements shall be distributed across the duct cross section in the quantity and pattern specified by the published installation instructions of the AFMA manufacturer Pitot Tube AFMAs shall have an accuracy of t 3 over a range of 500 to 2 500 fpm e Electronic AFMA Each electronic AFMA shall consist of an array of velocity sensing elements of the resistance temperature detector RTD or thermistor type The sensing elements shall be distributed across the duct cross section in the quantity and pattern specified by the published application data of the AFMA manufacture
518. ranges for particular applications and adjust the range as required Contractor shall submit a complete water quality analysis of a sample of the process to be monitored with the submittal of the sensor manufacturer s catalog data The output shall be temperature compensated over a range of 32 to 212 degrees F The accuracy shall be 2 of the full scale reading Sensor shall have automatic zeroing and shall require no periodic maintenance or recalibration 2 8 14 NOx Monitor Monitor shall continuously monitor and give local indication of boiler stack gas for NOx content It shall be a complete system designed to verify compliance with the Clean Air Act standards for NOx normalized to a 3 oxygen basis and shall have a range of from 0 to 100 ppm Sensor shal be accurate to 5 ppm Sensor shall output NOx and oxygen levels and binary output that changes state when the NOx level is above a locally adjustable NOx setpoint Sensor shall have normal trouble and alarm lights Sensor shall have heat traced lines if the stack pickup is remote fromthe sensor Sensor shall be complete with automatic zero and span calibration using a timed calibration gas system and shall not require periodic maintenance or recalibration 2 8 15 Turbidity Sensor Sensor shall include a local indicating meter and shall be suitable for measurement of turbidity of water Sensor shall sense from 0 to 1000 Nephelometric Turbidity Units NTU Range shall be field verified fo
519. ration at twice design temperature 2 6 9 3 Bellows Type Bellows expansion type joints ASTM F 1120 with Type 304 stainless stee corrugated bellows reinforced with equalizing rings internal sleeves and SECTION 23 64 26 Page 17 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 external protective covers Joint end connections shall be grooved flanged or beveled for welding Guiding of piping on both sides of expansion joint shall be in accordance with the published recommendations of the manufacturer of the expansion joint 2 7 PUMPS Pumps shall be the electrically driven non overloading centrifugal type which conformto HI 1 1 1 5 Pumps shall be selected at or within 5 percent of peak efficiency Pump curve shall rise continuously from maximum capacity to shutoff Pump motor shall conform to NEMA MG 1 be totally enclosed and have sufficient horsepower for the service required Pump motor shall have the required capacity to prevent overloading with pump operating at any point on its characteristic curve Pump speed shal not exceed 3 600 rpm except where the pump head is less than 60 feet of water the pump speed shall not exceed 1 750 rpm Pump motor shall be equipped with an across the line magnetic controller in a NEMA 250 Type 1 enclosure with START STOP switch in the cover 2 7 1 Construction Each pump casing shall be designed to withstand the discharge head specified plus the static head on system plus 50 percent of
520. re high gain can generally be defined as a low flow or low load condition Upon final adjustment of the PID settings in response to a change in controller setpoint the controlled variable shall settle out at the new setpoint with no more than two 2 oscillations above and below setpoint Upon settling out at the new setpoint the controller output shall be steady With the exception of naturally slow processes such as zone SECTION 23 09 23 Page 41 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 temperature control the controller shall settle out at the new setpoint within five 5 minutes The Contractor shall return the controller to its original setpoint and shall record and submit the final PID configuration Settings with the O amp M Instructions and on the associated Points Schedule 3 9 START UP AND START UP TEST The Contractor shall performthe following startup tests for each control system to ensure that the described control system components are installed and functioning per this specification a General The Contractor shall adjust calibrate measure program configure set the time schedules set alarms and otherwise perform all necessary actions to ensure that the systems function as specified and shown in the sequence of operation and other contract documents b Systems Check An item by item check shall be performed for each HVAC system 1 Step 1 System Inspection With the system shut down it shall be veri
521. readed solder or flanged ends Gate valves 3 inches and larger shall conformto MSS SP 70 cast iron bronze trim outside screw and yoke flanged or threaded ends 2 8 14 2 Globe Valves Globe valves 2 1 2 inches and smaller shall conformto MSS SP 80 bronze threaded soldered or flanged ends Globe valves 3 inches and larger shall conformto MSS SP 85 cast iron bronze trim flanged or threaded ends 2 8 14 3 Check Valves Check valves 2 1 2 inches and smaller shall conformto MSS SP 80 bronze threaded soldered or flanged ends Check valves 3 inches and larger shall conformto MSS SP 71 cast iron bronze trim flanged or threaded ends 2 8 14 4 Angle Valves Angle valves 2 1 2 inches and smaller shall conformto MSS SP 80 bronze threaded soldered or flanged ends Angle valves 3 inches and larger shall conformto MSS SP 85 cast iron bronze trim flanged or threaded SECTION 23 52 00 00 10 Page 19 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 ends 2 8 14 5 Ball Valves Ball valves 1 2 inch and larger shall conformto MSS SP 72 or MSS SP 110 ductile iron or bronze threaded soldered or flanged ends 2 8 14 6 Plug Valves Plug valves 2 inch and larger shall conform to MSS SP 78 Plug valves smaller than 2 inch shall conformto ASME B16 34 2 8 14 7 Grooved End Valves Valves with grooved ends per AWWA C606 may be used if the valve manufacturer certifies that their performance meets the requirements of the Standard
522. resentative Unit components delivered separately shall be sealed and charged with a nitrogen holding charge Unit assembly shall be completed in strict accordance with manufacturer s recommendations Chiller shall operate within capacity range and speed recommended by the manufacturer Parts weighing 50 pounds or more which must be removed for inspection cleaning or repair such as motors gear boxes cylinder heads casing tops condenser and cooler heads shall have lifting eyes or lugs Chiller shall include all customary auxiliaries deemed necessary by the manufacturer for safe controlled automatic operation of the equipment Chiller shall be provided with a single point wiring connection for incoming power supply Chiller s condenser and liquid cooler shall be provided with standard water boxes with flanged connections Aal Centrifugal or Rotary Screw Type Chiller shall be constructed and rated in accordance with ARI 550 590 Chiller shall have a minimum performance in accordance with ASHRAE 90 1 IP Chiller shall conform to ASHRAE 15 and ASHRAE 34 Chiller vibration isolation shall be per specification 23 05 48 00 40 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT As a minimum chiller shall include the following components as defined in paragraph CHILLER COMPONENTS a Refrigerant and oil b Structural base c Chiller refrigerant circuit d Controls package e Centrifugal or rotary screw compressor
523. resents success A completion event failure message represents is Pare ne ls All devices shall have on line status indicated by the workstation software green indicator When a graphics page is opened the points on the page should update Question marks in lieu of data reflect failure iL All configuration parameters should be accessible 2 2 LLL Software should open without errors Operator is able to view a sample of parameters data values and setpoints Device should go off line in Network Configuration Tool and workstation server Device should return to on line status ee Parameters shall not have changed 08 10 Page 24 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC Item Action Item changes NOLES Sa amaa a a eee 6 Verify that configuration data in programmable controllers is retained after a power cycle a From the Workstation view severa configuration parameters and note the values b Remove power for a minimum of 3 minutes c Replace power to the controller d From the Workstation view the same configuration parameters and note the values MORSE yn atte aN End of Test Specific Abbreviations Y Yes N No NA Not Applicable W9126G 09 R 0105 Expected Results Approved Values of the parameters can be viewed from the tree structure Controller will go offline in workstation software oo Controller will return to online status Parameters val
524. ribution systems and chilled water systems outside of buildings shall be as specified in Section 33 61 00 PREFABRICATED UNDERGROUND HEATING COOLING DISTRI BUTI ON SYSTEM Field applied insulation materials required for use on Government furnished items as listed in the SPECIAL CONTRACT REQUI REMENTS shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor 1 3 GENERAL QUALITY CONTROL 1 3 1 Industry Standards Provide insulation systems in accordance with the approved MICA Nationa Insulation Standards plates as supplemented by this specification SECTION 23 07 00 Page 3 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 1 3 2 Standard Products Provide field applied insulation for heating ventilating and cooling HVAC air distribution systems and piping systems which are located within on under and adjacent to buildings and for plumbing systems Materials shall be the standard products of manufacturers regularly engaged in the manufacture of such products and shall essentially duplicate items that have been in satisfactory use for at least 2 years prior to bid opening 1 3 3 Installer s Qualifications Qualified installers shall have successfully completed three or more similar type jobs within the last 5 years 1 3 4 Surface Burning Characteristics Unless otherwise specified insulation shall have a maximum flame spread index of 25 and a maxi mum smoke developed index of 50 when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84 Flame spread an
525. rify temperatures in item 3 are in accordance with the reset schedule 5i Verify proper operation of boiler safeties Low water Water flow Flame failure Pilot failure __ Pre and Post Purge failure __ Pressure relief High temperature __ ono aAa AO o 6 Shut off building heating equipment to remove load on hot water system Verify boiler shutdown sequence is initiated and accomplished after load is removed SECTION 23 08 00 00 10 Page 45 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Functional Performance Test Checklist cont Hot Water Boiler ie Unusual vibration noise etc 8 Certification We the undersigned have witnessed the above functional performance tests and certify that the itemtested has met the performance requirements in this section of the specifications Signature and Date Contractor s Commissioning Specialist Contractor s Mechanical Representative Contractor s Electrical Representative Contractor s TAB Representative Contractor s Controls Representative Design Agency Representative Contracting Officer s Representative Using Agency s Representative SECTION 23 08 00 00 10 Page 46 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Functional Performance Test Checklist Fan Coil Units The Contracting Officer will select fan coil units to be spot checked during the functional performance test The number of terminals shall not exceed 10 percent Hot water and chille
526. ring walls and wet areas shall be galvanized steel pipe or cast iron pipe Sleeves in nonbearing walls floors or ceilings may be galvanized steel pipe cast iron pipe or galvanized sheet metal with lock type longitudinal seam Except in pipe chases or interior walls the annular space between pipe and sleeve or between jacket over insulation and sleeve in nonfire rated walls shall be sealed as indicated and specified in Section 07 92 00 J OINT SEALANTS Metal jackets shall be provided over insulation passing through exterior walls firewalls fire partitions floors or roofs a Metal jackets shall not be thinner than 0 006 inch thick aluminum if corrugated and 0 016 inch thick aluminum if smooth b Metal jackets shall be secured with aluminum or stainless stee bands not less than 3 8 inch wide and not more than 8 inches apart When penetrating roofs and before fitting the metal jacket into place a 1 2 inch wide strip of sealant shall be run vertically along the inside of the longitudinal joint of the metal jacket froma point below the backup material to a minimum height of 36 inches above the roof If the pipe turns from vertical to horizontal the sealant strip shall be run to a point just beyond the first elbow When penetrating waterproofing membrane for floors the metal jacket shall extend froma point below the back up material to a minimum distance of 2 inches above the flashing For other areas the metal jacket shall extend froma poi
527. ription of all equipment and their basic operating features Provide spare parts data for each different item of equipment The data shall include a complete list of parts and supplies with current unit prices and source of supply a recommended spare parts list for 1 year of operation and a list of the parts recommended by the manufacturer to be replace on a routine basis List routine maintenance procedures possible breakdowns and repairs and a trouble shooting guide The manuals shall include piping and equipment layouts and simplified wiring and control diagrams of the system as installed A certified list of qualified permanent service organizations which includes their addresses and qualifications for support of the equipment The service organizations shall be reasonably convenient to the equipment installation and be able to render satisfactory service to the equipment on a regular and emergency basis during the warranty period of the contract 3 GENERAL REQUI REMENTS 31 Standard Products Materials and equipment shall be standard products of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacturing of such products which are of a similar material design and workmanship The standard products shall have been in satisfactory commercial or industrial use for 2 years prior to bid opening The 2 year use shall include applications of equipment and materials under similar circumstances and of similar size The 2 years experience shall be sa
528. rocedures Substantiating that all equipment has been isolated as specified and that minimum specified deflections have been met All measurements shall be made in the presence of the Contracting Officer End of Section SECTION 23 05 48 00 40 Page 8 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 SECTION 23 05 93 00 10 TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING OF HVAC SYSTEMS 04 06 PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 REFERENCES The publications listed below forma part of this specification to the extent referenced The publications are referred to within the text by the basic designation only ASSOCIATED AIR BALANCE COUNCIL AABC AABC MN 1 2002 National Standards for Total System Balance NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL BALANCING BUREAU NEBB NEBB TABES 2005 Procedural Standards for Testing Adjusting and Balancing of Environmenta Systems SHEET METAL AND AIR CONDITIONING CONTRACTORS NATIONAL ASSOCIATI ON SMACNA SMACNA HVACTAB 2002 3rd Ed HVAC Systems Testing Adjusting and Balancing 1 2 SUBMI TTALS Government approval is required for submittals with a G designation submittals not having a G designation are for information only When used a designation following the G designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the Government Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES SD 02 Shop Drawings TAB Schematic Drawings and Report Forms G DO Three copies of the TAB
529. rocedures 2 4 3 Grooved Mechanical Connections For Copper Rigid grooved mechanical connections may only be used in serviceable aboveground locations where the temperature of the circulating medium does not exceed 230 degrees F Flexible grooved connections shall be used only as a flexible connector with grooved pipe system Unless otherwise specified grooved piping components shall meet the corresponding criteria specified for the similar welded flanged or threaded component specified herein Each grooved mechanical joint shall be a system including coupling housing gasket fasteners all furnished by the same manufacturer Joint installation shall be in compliance with joint manufacturer s written instructions Grooved fitting and mechanical coupling housing shall be ductile iron conforming to ASTM A 536 Provide gaskets for use in grooved joints shal constructed of molded synthetic polymer of pressure responsive design and shall conformto ASTM D 2000 for circulating medium up to 230 degrees F Provide grooved joints in conformance with AWWA C606 2 4 4 Solder Provide solder in conformance with ASTM B 32 grade Sb5 tin anti mony alloy Solder flux shall be liquid or paste form non corrosive and conform to ASTM B 813 2 4 5 Brazing Filler Meta Filler metal shall conform to AWS A5 8 A5 8M Type BAg 5 with AWS Type 3 flux except Type BCuP 5 or BCuP 6 may be used for brazing copper to copper joints 225 VALVES Provide valves with
530. rods installed by the Contractor shall be tested as specified in EEE Std 142 Cables and conductor wires shall be tagged at both ends with the identifier shown on the shop drawings Electrical work shall be as specified in Section 26 20 00 INTERIOR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM and as shown Wiring external to enclosures shall be run as follows a Wiring other than low voltage control and low voltage network wiring shall be installed in raceways b Low voltage control and low voltage network wiring not in suspended ceilings over occupied spaces shall be installed in raceways except that nonmetallic sheathed cables or metallic armored cables may be installed as permitted by NFPA 70 c Low voltage control and low voltage network wiring in suspended ceilings over occupied spaces shall be installed in raceways except 1 nonmetallic sheathed cables or metallic armored cables may be installed as permitted by NFPA 70 2 plenum rated cable in suspended ceilings over occupied spaces may be run without raceways 3 2 20 Copper Tubing Copper tubing shall be hard drawn in exposed areas and either hard drawn or annealed in concealed areas Only tool made bends shall be used Fittings for copper tubing shall be brass or copper solder joint type except at connections to apparatus where fittings shall be brass compression type 3 2 21 Plastic Tubing Plastic tubing shall be run within covered raceways or conduit except when otherwise specified Plastic
531. rotection electrical structural and finish conditions that would affect the work to be performed and arrange such work accordingly furnishing required offsets fittings and accessories to meet such conditions T3 SUBMITTALS Government approval is required for submittals with a G designation submittals not having a G designation are for information only When used a designation following the G designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the Government The following shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES SD 03 Product Data Cooling Tower G DO Manufacturer s standard catalog data at least 5 weeks prior to the purchase or installation of a particular component highlighted to show material size options performance charts and fan curves etc in adequate detail to demonstrate compliance with contract requirements Data shall include manufacturer s recommended installation instructions and procedures If vibration isolation is specified for a unit vibration isolator literature shall be included containing catalog cuts and certification that the isolation characteristics of the isolators provided meet the manufacturer s recommendations Posted Instructions SECTION 23 65 00 00 10 Page 2 Lackland AFB Airmen Training Complex ATC Dormitory 1 LKATCD1 AMENDMENT 0003 Posted instructions at least 2 weeks prior to construction completion including equipment layout
532. rovided The factory painting system applied will withstand 125 hours in a salt spray fog test except that equipment located outdoors shall withstand 500 hours in a salt spray fog test Salt spray fog test shall be in accordance with ASTM B 117 and for that test the acceptance criteria shall be as follows immediately after completion of the test the paint shall show no signs of blistering wrinkling or cracking and no loss of adhesion and the specimen shal show no signs of rust creepage beyond 0 125 inch on either side of the scratch mark The filmthickness of the factory painting system applied on the equipment shall not be less than the filmthickness used on the test speci men If manufacturer s standard factory painting system is being proposed for use on surfaces subject to temperatures above 120 degrees F the factory painting system shall be designed for the temperature service 2 13 2 Shop Painting Systems for Metal Surfaces Clean retreat prime and paint metal surfaces except aluminum surfaces need not be painted Apply coatings to clean dry surfaces Clean the Surfaces to remove dust dirt rust oil and grease by wire brushing and solvent degreasing prior to application of paint except metal surfaces Subject to temperatures in excess of 120 degrees F shall be cleaned to bare met al Where hot dip galvanized steel has been cut resulting surfaces with no galvanizing shall be coated with a zinc rich coating conforming to ASTM
533. rs Provide centrifugal forward curved multi blade fan wheels with direct drive motors Motors shall be premium efficiency in accordance with NEMA MG 1 permanent split capacitor type with thermal overload protection and permanently lubricated bearings Motors shall have three speeds or be equipped with solid state speed controllers Provide isolation between fan motor assembly and unit casing Fan and motor shall be removable through casing access panel c Flow sensor Sensor shall be ring or cross type with minimum of two pickup points which average the velocity across the inlet Flow measurement shall be within plus or minus 5 percent of rated airflow with 1 5 diameters of straight duct upstream of unit and inlet static variation of 0 5 to 5 0 inches water gauge Flow measuring taps and calibration flowchart shall be supplied with each unit for field balancing airflows d Primary VAV damper or valve Galvanized steel damper blade shal close against gasket inside unit Connect damper to operating shaft with a positive mechanical connection Provide nylon bearing for damper shaft Cylindrical die cast aluminum valve inlet tapered to fit round flexible ducts with integral flow diffuser and beveled self centering disc Damper or valve leakage at shutoff shall not exceed 2 percent of capacity at 1 inch water gauge pressure e Regulator Volume regulator shall be electronic Electronic controls contained in NEMA ICS 6 Type 1 enclosure sealed from
534. rs exclusive of the manufacturer s factory tests can be shown Products shall be supported by a service organization as specified in the Submittals paragraph System components shall be environmentally suitable for the indicated locations 2 NAMEPLATES Major equipment including chillers compressors compressor drivers condensers liquid coolers receivers refrigerant leak detectors heat exchanges fans and motors shall have the manufacturer s name address type or style model or serial number and catalog number on a plate secured to the item of equipment Plates shall be durable and legible throughout equipment life and made of anodized aluminum Plates shall be fixed in prominent locations with nonferrous screws or bolts 3 ELECTRICAL WORK Electrical equipment motors motor efficiencies and wiring shall be in accordance with Section 26 20 00 INTERIOR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM Electrical motor driven equipment specified shall be provided complete with motors motor starters and controls Electrical characteristics shall be as shown and unless otherwise indicated all motors of 1 horsepower and above with open dripproof totally enclosed or explosion proof fan cooled enclosures shall be high efficiency type Field wiring shall be in accordance with manufacturer s instructions Each motor shall conform to NEMA MG 1 and NEMA MG 2 and be of sufficient size to drive the equipment at the specified capacity without exceeding the nam
535. rs as large as the space will accommodate Doors shall swing so that fan suction or pressure holds door in closed position and shall be airtight 2 7 3 4 Factory Fabricated Insulated Sheet Metal Panels Factory fabricated components may be used for field assembled units provided all requirements specified for field fabricated plenums and casings are met Panels shall be of modular design pretested for structural strength thermal control condensation control and acoustica control Panel joints shall be sealed and insulated access doors shall be provided and gasketed to prevent air leakage Panel construction shall be not less than 20 gauge galvanized sheet steel and shall be assembled with fasteners treated against corrosion Standard length panels shall deflect not more than 1 2 inch under operation Details of construction including joint sealing not specifically covered shall be as indicated in SMACNA HVAC Duct Const Stds Construct the plenums and casings to SECTION 23 00 00 Page 12 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 withstand the specified internal pressure of the air systems 2 7 3 5 Duct Liner Unless otherwise specified duct liner shall conformto ASTM C 1071 Type or Il 2 7 4 Diffusers Registers and Grilles Units shall be factory fabricated of steel or aluminum and shall distribute the specified quantity of air evenly over space intended without causing noticeable drafts air movement faster than 50
536. rse attendees which shall be developed in coordination with and signed by the Controls HVAC Electrical shop supervisor b Training Manuals Training manuals shall include an agenda defined objectives for each lesson and a detailed description of the subject matter for each lesson Where the Contractor presents portions of the course material by audiovisuals copies of those audiovisuals shall be delivered to the Government as a part of the printed training manuals Training manuals shall be delivered for each trainee with two additional copies delivered for archival at the project site 3 7 2 Training Course Content For guidance in planning the required instruction the Contractor shal assume that attendees will have a high school education or equivalent and are familiar with HVAC systems The training course shall cover all of the material contained in the Operating and Maintenance Instructions the layout and location of each controller enclosure the layout of one of each type of unitary equipment and the locations of each the location of each control device external to the panels the location of the compressed air station preventive maintenance troubleshooting diagnostics calibration adjustment commissioning tuning repair procedures use of LNS Plug ins and use of the GPPC Programming software Typical systems and similar systems may be treated as a group with instruction on the physical layout of one such system The results of the
537. rt of the equipment The service organizations shall be reasonably convenient to the equipment installation and be able to render satisfactory service to the equipment on a regular and emergency basis during the warranty period of the contract 4 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING Stored items shall be protected from the weather humidity and temperature variations dirt and dust or other contaminants Proper protection and care of all material both before and during installation shall be the Contractor s responsibility Any materials found to be damaged shall be replaced at the Contractor s expense During installation piping and similar openings shall be capped to keep out dirt and other foreign matter PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 sL STANDARD COMMERCIAL PRODUCTS Materials and equipment shall be standard products of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacturing of such products which are of a Similar material design and workmanship The standard products shall have been in satisfactory commercial or industrial use for 2 years prior to bid opening The 2 year use shall include applications of equipment and materials under similar circumstances and of similar size The 2 years experience shall be satisfactorily completed by a product which has been sold or is offered for sale on the commercial market Products having less than a 2 year field service record shall be acceptable if a certified record of satisfactory field operation for not less
538. rtification We the undersigned have witnessed the above functional performance tests and certify that the itemtested has met the performance requirements in this section of the specifications Signature and Date Contractor s Commissioning Specialist Contractor s Mechanical Representative Contractor s Electrical Representative Contractor s TAB Representative Contractor s Controls Representative Design Agency Representative Contractor s Officer s Representative Using Agency s Representative SECTION 23 08 00 00 10 Page 51 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 End of Appendix B SECTION 23 08 00 00 10 Page 52 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 End of Section SECTION 23 08 00 00 10 Page 53 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 SECTION 23 09 23 DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL FOR HVAC AND OTHER LOCAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 04 06 PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 REFERENCES The publications listed below forma part of this specification to the extent referenced The publications are referred to within the text by the basic designation only AIR MOVEMENT AND CONTROL ASSOCIATION INTERNATIONAL AMCA AMCA 500 D 1998 Laboratory Methods of Testing Dampers for Rating AMERI CAN SOCIETY OF HEATING REFRIGERATING AND AIR CONDI TI ONI NG ENGI NEERS ASHRAE ASHRAE 135 2004 Int 1 thru 5 2004 Addenda A 2004 Errata 2005 Int 6 thru 15 2005 Int 16 thru 18 2006 Addenda C
539. s g Coil headers and return bends h Coil casings i Fresh air intake ducts j Filter boxes k Mixing boxes field insulated l Supply fans field insulated m Site erected air conditioner casings n Ducts exposed to weather o Combustion air intake ducts Insulation for rectangular ducts shall be flexible type where concealed minimum density 3 4 pcf and rigid type where exposed minimum density 3 pcf Insulation for both concealed or exposed round oval ducts shall be flexible type minimum density 3 4 pcf or a semi rigid board minimum density 3 pcf formed or fabricated to a tight fit edges beveled and joints tightly butted and staggered Insulation for all exposed ducts shall be provided SECTION 23 07 00 Page 23 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 with either a white paint able factory applied Type jacket or a field applied vapor retarder vapor barrier jacket coating finish as specified the total field applied dry filmthickness shall be approximately 1 16 inch Insulation on all concealed duct shall be provided with a factory applied Type or II vapor retarder vapor barrier jacket Duct insulation shall be continuous through sleeves and prepared openings except firewal penetrations Duct insulation terminating at fire dampers shall be continuous over the damper collar and retaining angle of fire dampers which are exposed to unconditioned air and which may be prone to condensate formation Duct in
540. s chains gears couplings projecting setscrews keys and other rotating parts exposed to personnel contact shall be fully enclosed or guarded according to OSHA requirements High temperature equipment and piping exposed to contact by personnel or where it creates a potential fire hazard shall be properly guarded or covered with insulation of a type specified The requirements for operating platforms ladders and guardrails are specified in Section 05 50 00 METAL MISCELLANEOUS AND FABRI CATI ONS 5 ELECTRI CAL WORK a Provide motors controllers integral disconnects contactors and controls with their respective pieces of equipment except controllers indicated as part of motor control centers Provide electrical equipment including motors and wiring as specified in Section 26 20 00 SECTION 23 00 00 Page 7 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 2 INTERIOR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM Manual or automatic control and protective or signal devices required for the operation specified and control wiring required for controls and devices specified but not shown shall be provided For packaged equipment the manufacturer shall provide controllers including the required monitors and timed restart b For single phase motors provide high efficiency type fractional horsepower alternating current motors including motors that are part of a system in accordance with NEMA MG 11 Integral size motors shall be the premium efficien
541. s fire partitions or floors a fire sea shall be provided as specified in Section 07 84 00 FIRESTOPPING 3 2 13 Balancing Valves Balancing valves shall be installed as indicated 3 2 14 Thermometer Wells A thermometer well shall be provided in each return line for each circuit in multicircuit systems 3 2 15 Air Vents Air vents shall be installed where shown or directed Air vents shall be SECTION 23 52 00 00 10 Page 32 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 installed in piping at all system high points The vent shall remain open until water rises in the tank or pipe to a predetermined level at which time it shall close tight An overflow pipe fromthe vent shall be run to a point designated by the Contracting Officer s representative The inlet to the air vent shall have a gate valve or ball valve 3 2 16 Escutcheons Escutcheons shall be provided at all finished surfaces where exposed piping bare or insulated passes through floors walls or ceilings except in boiler utility or equipment rooms Escutcheons shall be fastened securely to pipe or pipe covering and shall be chromium plated iron or chromium plated brass either one piece or split pattern held in place by internal spring tension or setscrews 3 2 17 Drains A drain connection with a 1 inch gate valve or 3 4 inch hose bib shall be installed at the lowest point in the return main near the boiler In addition threaded drain connections with threade
542. s prevail therein and a thermostatic member that will close the port against the passage of steam from the system The name of the manufacturer shal be clearly stamped on the outside of each valve The air vent valve shal be suitable for the pressure rating of the piping system 2 9 ELECTRICAL EQUI PMENT Electric motor driven equipment shall be provided complete with motors motor starters and necessary control devices Electrical equipment motor control devices motor efficiencies and wiring shall be as specified in Section 26 20 00 INTERIOR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM Motors which are not an integral part of a packaged boiler shall be rated for high efficiency service Motors which are an integral part of the packaged boiler shall be the highest efficiency available by the manufacturer of the packaged boiler Motor starters shall be provided complete with properly sized thermal overload protections and other appurtenances necessary for the motor control specified Starters shall be furnished in general purpose enclosures Manual or automatic control and protective or signal devices required for the operation specified and any control wiring required for controls and devices but not shown shall be provided SECTION 23 52 00 00 10 Page 22 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 2 9 1 Motor Ratings Motors shall be suitable for the voltage and frequency provided Motors 1 2 hp and larger shall be three phase unless otherwise ind
543. s state once power is restored SECTION 25 10 10 Page 19 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 2 2 3 P Network Hardware 2 2 3 1 Wire and Cables a Interior LAN Copper Cable Interior Copper LAN cable shall meet or exceed all requirements of Category 5 cable as specified in TI A El A 568 B 1 Terminations patch panels and other hardware shal meet or exceed Category 5 specifications and shall be as specified in SECTION 27 10 00 BUILDING TELECOMMUNI CATIONS CABLING SYSTEM Cabling products shall be tested and certified for use at data speeds up to at least 100 Mbps Other types of media commonly used within EEE Std 802 3 LANs e g 10Base T and 10Base 2 shall be used only in cases to interconnect with existing media Short lengths of media and transceivers may be used in these applications The Contractor shal provide separately orderable media taps and connectors b Interior Fiber Optic Cable Interior Fiber Optic Cable shall be Multimode or Singlemode fiber 62 5 125 micron for multimode or 10 125 micron for singlemode with SC or ST connectors as specified in TI A El A 568 B 1 Terminations patch panels and other hardware shal be compatible with the specified fiber and shall be as specified in SECTION 27 10 00 BUILDING TELECOMMUNI CATIONS CABLING SYSTEM The data communications equipment shall use the 850 nmrange of multimode or 1310 nm range of singlemode fiber optic cable Fiber optic cable shal be suitable fo
544. s for the LonWorks industry Maintains guidelines for the interoperability of CEA 709 1B devices and issues the LonMark Certification for CEA 709 18 devices 1 2 19 LonMark Interoperability Association See LonMark International 1 2 20 LonWorks The overall communications technology developed by Echelon Corporation for control systems The termis often used to refer to the technology in general and may include reference to any all of the protocol network management and interoperability guidelines where the technology is based on the CEA 709 1B protocol and employs interoperable devices along with the capability to openly manage these devices via multiple vendors using a SECTION 25 10 10 Page 5 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 network configuration or service tool 1 2 21 LonWorks Network Services LNS A network management and database standard for CEA 709 18B devices 1 2322 Monitoring and Control M amp C Software The UMCS front end software which performs supervisory functions such as alarm handling scheduling and data logging and provides a user interface for monitoring the system and configuring these functions Lins Network Variable See Standard Network Variable Type SNVT 1 2 24 Network Configuration Too The software used to configure the control network and set device configuration properties This software creates and modifies the control network database LNS Database 1 2 25 Node A
545. s indicated for each type of valve 2 8 14 8 Balancing Valves Balancing valves shall have meter connections with positive shutoff valves An integral pointer shall register the degree of valve opening Valves shall be calibrated so that flow rate can be determined when valve opening in degrees and pressure differential across valve is known Each balancing valve shall be constructed with internal seals to prevent leakage and shall be supplied with preformed insulation Valves shall be suitable for 250 degrees F temperature and working pressure of the pipe in which installed Valve bodies shall be provided with tapped openings and pipe extensions with shutoff valves outside of pipe insulation The pipe extensions shall be provided with quick connecting hose fittings for a portable meter to measure the pressure differential One portable differential meter shall be furnished The meter suitable for the operating pressure specified shall be complete with hoses vent and shutoff valves and carrying case In lieu of the balancing valve with integral metering connections a ball valve or plug valve with a separately installed orifice plate or venturi tube may be used for balancing 2 8 14 9 Automatic Flow Control Valves In lieu of the specified balancing valves automatic flow control valves may be provided to maintain constant flow and shall be designed to be sensitive to pressure differential across the valve to provide the required opening Valves
546. s or verify status data 8 TEST EQUIPMENT AND SETUP All test equipment calibrations shall be traceable to NIST The accuracy of the test equipment and overall test method shall be at least twice the maximum accuracy required for the test For example if a temperature sensor has an accuracy of 1 degree F over the executed range the test instrument used shall have an accuracy of at least 0 5 degree F or better All test equipment shall be provided by the Contractor unless otherwise noted in the contract documents PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Applicable PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 UMCS AND BUILDING LEVEL DDC TESTING SEQUENCE The Contractor shall performa successful factory test prior to start of installation work as described in this section During the installation phase the Contractor shall performall required field testing requirements on the UMCS and building level DDC as specified in Sections 25 10 10 UTILITY MONITORING AND CONTROL SYSTEM UMCS and 23 09 23 DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL FOR HVAC AND OTHER LOCAL BUILDING SYSTEMS to verify that systems are functioning and installed per specifications After completing al required field testing the Contractor shall performa successful PVT and SECTION 25 08 10 Page 6 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 3 endurance test All tests must be successfully completed and test reports received prior to final acceptance of the UMCS and building level DDC 2 COORDI NATI ON Th
547. ses 150 and 300 ASME B16 39 1998 R 2006 Standard for Malleable Iron Threaded Pipe Unions Classes 150 250 and 300 ASME B16 9 2007 Standard for Factory Made Wrought Steel Buttwelding Fittings ASME B31 9 2008 Building Services Piping ASME B40 100 2006 Pressure Gauges and Gauge Attachments ASME BPVC SEC VIII Dl 2007 Addenda 2008 Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section VIII Pressure Vessels Division 1 Basic Coverage CSA ANSI Z21 22 1999 Addenda A 2000 Addenda B 2001 R 2004 Relief Valves for Hot Water Supply Systems ASTM INTERNATI ONAL ASTM ASTM A 106 A 106M 2008 Standard Specification for Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for High Temperature Service ASTM A 183 2003 Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Track Bolts and Nuts ASTM A 47 A 47M 1999 R 2004 Standard Specification for Steel Sheet Aluminum Coated by the Hot Dip Process ASTM A 53 A 53M 2007 Standard Specification for Pipe Steel Black and Hot Dipped Zinc Coated Welded and Seamless ASTM A 536 1984 R 2004 Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings ASTM A 653 A 653M 2008 Standard Specification for Stee Sheet Zinc Coated Galvanized or Zinc lron Alloy Coated Galvannealed by the Hot Dip Process ASTM A 733 2003 Standard Specification for Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel and Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipe Nipples ASTM B 117 2007a Standing Practice for Operating SECTION 23 64 26 Page 2 Lackland ASTM B
548. shall be formed or fabricated to fit the equipment To ensure a tight fit on round equipment edges shall be beveled and joints shall be tightly butted and staggered b Insulation shall be secured in place with bands or wires at intervals as recommended by the manufacturer but not greater than 12 inch centers except flexible elastomeric cellular which shal be adhered Insulation corners shall be protected under wires and bands with suitable corner angles c On high vibration equipment cellular glass insulation shall be set in a coating of bedding compound as recommended by the manufacturer and joints shall be sealed with bedding compound Mineral fiber joints shall be filled with finishing cement d Insulation on heads of heat exchangers shall be removable The removable section joint shall be fabricated using a male female shiplap type joint Entire surface of the removable section shal SECTION 23 07 00 Page 33 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 3 3 be finished as specified e Exposed insulation corners shall be protected with corner angles f On equipment with ribs such as boiler flue gas connection draft fans and fly ash or soot collectors insulation shall be applied over 6 by 6 inch by 12 gauge welded wire fabric which has been cinched in place or if approved by the Contracting Officer spot welded to the equipment over the ribs Insulation shall be secured to the fabric with J hooks and 2 by 2 inch w
549. shall be made to the water supply system as indicated Necessary pipe fittings and valves required for water connections between the boiler and cold water main shall be provided as shown The pressure regulating valve shall be of a type that will not stick or allow pressure to build up on the low side The valve shall be set to maintain a termina pressure of approximately lately 5 psi in excess of the static head on the system and shall operate within a 2 psi tolerance regardless of cold water Supply piping pressure and without objectionable noise under any condition of operation 2 6 UNIT HEATERS Heaters shall be as specified below and shall have a heating capacity not in excess of 125 percent of the capacity indicated Noise level of each unit heater for areas noted shall not exceed the criteria indicated 2 6 1 Propeller Fan Heaters Heaters shall be designed for suspension and arranged for discharge of air as indicated Casings shall be not less than 20 gauge black steel and finished with lacquer or enamel Suitable deflectors shall be provided to assure proper air and heat penetration capacity at floor level based on established design temperature Suspension from heating pipes will not be permitted Fans for vertical discharge type heaters shall operate at speeds not in excess of 1 200 rpm except that units with 80 000 Btu output Capacity or less may operate at speeds up to 1 800 rpm Horizontal discharge type unit heaters shall have dis
550. shall extend 2 inches on each end beyond the protection shield When insulation inserts are required per the above and the insulation thickness is less than 1 inch wooden or cork dowels or blocks may be installed between the pipe and the shield to prevent the hanger from crushing the insulation as an option instead of installing insulation inserts The insulation jacket shall be continuous over the wooden dowel wooden block or insulation insert The vertical weight of the pipe shall be supported with hangers located in a horizontal section of the pipe When the pipe riser is longer than 30 feet the weight of the pipe shall be additionally supported with hangers in the vertical run of the pipe that are directly clamped to the pipe penetrating the pipe insulation These hangers shall be insulated and the insulation jacket sealed as indicated herein for anchors in a similar service e Inserts shall be covered with a jacket material of the same appearance and quality as the adjoining pipe insulation jacket shall overlap the adjoining pipe jacket 1 1 2 inches and shall be Sealed as required for the pipe jacket The jacket material used to cover inserts in flexible elastomeric cellular insulation shal conformto ASTM C 1136 Type 1 and is allowed to be of a different material than the adjoining insulation materi al B26 4 Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Pipe Insulation Flexible elastomeric cellular pipe insulation shall be tubular form for pipe si
551. shall have all functionality specified and required to support the application Sequence of Operation or portion thereof in which it is used including but not limited to 1 It shall provide input and output SNVTs as specified and required to support the sequence and application in which it is used 2 It shall be configurable via standard or user defined configuration parameters SCPT or UCPT SNVT network configuration inputs nci or hardware settings on the controller itself as specified and as required to support the sequence and application in which it is used i Iit shall meet 47 CFR 15 requirements and have UL 916 or equivalent safety listing 2 13 2 Hardware Input Output 1 0 Functions DDC Hardware incorporating hardware input output 1 0 functions shall meet the following requirements a Analog Inputs DDC Hardware analog inputs Als shall perform analog to digital A to D conversion with a minimumresolution of 8 bits plus sign or better as needed to meet the accuracy requirements specified in paragraph INPUT MEASUREMENT ACCURACY Signal conditioning including transient rejection shall be provided for each analog input Analog inputs shall be capable of being individually calibrated for zero and span The Al shall incorporate common mode noise rejection of at least 50 dB from 0 to 100 Hz for differential inputs and normal mode noise rejection of at least 20 dB at 60 Hz froma source impedance of 10 000 ohms b Analog
552. shall have occupancy sensing sensitivity adjustment and an adjustable off delay timer with a range encompassing 30 seconds to 15 minutes Occupancy sensors shall be rated for operation in ambient air temperatures ranging from 50 to 104 degrees F or temperatures normally encountered in the installed location Sensors integral to wall mount on off light switches shall have an auto off switch Wall switch sensors shall be decorator style and shall fit behind a standard decorator type wall plate All occupancy sensors power packs and slave packs shall be UL listed In addition to any outputs required for lighting control the occupancy sensor shall provide a contact output rated at 1A at 24 Vac or a SNVT output 2 8 11 1 Passive Infrared PIR Occupancy Sensors PIR occupancy sensors shall have a multi level multi segmented viewing lens and a conical field of view with a viewing angle of 180 degrees and a detection of at least 20 feet unless otherwise shown or specified PIR Sensors shall provide field adjustable background light level adjustment with an adjustment range suitable to the light level in the sensed area room or space PIR sensors shall be immune to false triggering from RFI and EMI 2 8 11 2 Ultrasonic Occupancy Sensors Ultrasonic sensors shall operate at a minimum frequency 32 kHz and shall be designed to not interfere with hearing aids 2 8 11 3 Dual Technology Occupancy Sensor PIR and Ultrasonic Dual Technology Occupancy Sen
553. shall not perform system scheduling functions 33 2605 Network Interface J ack A standard network interface jack shall be provided for each node on the control network For terminal unit controllers with hardwired thermostats this network interface jack shall be located at the thermostat or within 10 ft of the controller Locating the interface jack at the thermostat is preferred For all other nodes the network interface jack shall be located within 10 ft of the node If the network interface jack is other than a 1 8 inch phone jack the Contractor shall provide an interface cable with a standard 1 8 inch phone jack on one end and a connector suitable for mating with installed network interface jack on the other No more than one type of interface cable shall be required to access all network interface jacks Contractor shall furnish one interface cable s 3 2 6 Room instrument Mounting Roominstruments including but not limited to wall mounted thermostats and sensors located in occupied spaces shall be mounted 60 inches above the floor unless otherwise shown Unless otherwise shown on the Thermostat Schedule a Thermostats for Fan Coil Units shall be unit mounted b All other Thermostats shall be wall mounted SECTION 23 09 23 Page 35 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 3 2 7 Indication Devices Installed in Piping and Liquid Systems Gauges in piping systems subject to pulsation shall have snubbers Gauges for st
554. signation are for information only When used a designation following the G designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the Government Submit the following submitted in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES SD 03 Product Data Calibrated Balancing Valves G DO Automatic Flow Control Valves G DO Pump Discharge Valve Water Temperature Mixing Valve G DO Water Temperature Regulating Valves G DO Water Pressure Reducing Valve Pressure Relief Valve Combination Pressure and Temperature Relief Valves Expansion Joints G DO Pumps G DO Combination Strainer and Pump Suction Diffuser Expansion Tanks Air Separator Tanks SECTION 23 64 26 Page 5 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Water Treatment Systems G DO Electrical Heat Tracing G DO Proposed water treatment plan including a layout control scheme a list of existing make up water conditions including the items listed in paragraph Water Analysis a list of chemicals the proportion of chemicals to be added the final treated water conditions and a description of environmental concerns for handling the chemicals SD 06 Test Reports Piping welds NDE report Pressure tests reports G DO Report shall be provided in bound 8 1 2 by 11 inch booklets In the reports document all phases of the tests performed Include initial test summaries all repairs adjustments made and the final test results Conde
555. sioning Standard no later than 28 days after the approval of the Commissioning Specialist SD 03 Product Data Pre Functional Performance Test Checklists G DO At least 28 days prior to the start of Pre Functional Performance Test Checks The schedule for the test checks shall be submitted at least 14 days prior to the start of Pre Functional Performance SECTION 23 08 00 00 10 Page 1 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Test Checks Functional Performance Tests G DO Test procedures at least 28 days prior to the start of Functiona Performance Tests The schedule for the tests at least 14 days prior to the start of Functional Performance Tests SD 06 Test Reports Commissioning Report G DO No later than 14 days after completion of Functional Performance Tests SD 07 Certificates Commissioning Firm G DO Certification of the proposed Commissioning Firm s qualifications by one of the following ACG NEBB or TABB to performthe duties specified herein and in other related Sections no later than 21 days after the Notice to Proceed The documentation shall include the date that the Certification was initially granted and the date that the current Certification expires Any lapses in Certification of the proposed Commissioning Firm or disciplinary action taken by ACG NEBB or TABB against the proposed Commissioning Firm shall be described in detail Commissioning Specialist G DO Certification of the proposed
556. sors shall meet the requirements of both PIR and Ultrasonic Occupancy Sensors 2 8 12 Vibration Switch Vibration switch shall be solid state enclosed in a NEMA 250 Type 4 or Type 4X housing with sealed wire entry Unit shall have two independent sets of Form C switch contacts with one set to shutdown equipment upon excessive vibration and a second set for monitoring alarmlevel vibration The vibration sensing range shall be a true rms reading suitable for the application The unit shall include either displacement response for low speed or velocity response for high speed application The frequency range shall be at least 2 Hz to 200 Hz Contact time delay shall be 3 seconds The unit shall have independent start up and running delay on each switch contact Alarmlimits shall be adjustable and setpoint accuracy shall be 10 of setting with repeatability of plus or minus 2 2 8 13 Conductivity Sensor Sensor shall include local indicating meter and shall be suitable for measurement of conductivity of water in boilers chilled water systems condenser water systems distillation systems or potable water systems as shown Sensor shall sense from 0 to 10 microSeimens per centimeter uS cm SECTION 23 09 23 Page 27 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 for distillation systems 0 to 100 uS cmfor boiler chilled water and potable water systems and 0 to 1000 uS cm for condenser water systems Contractor shall field verify the
557. stand power line surges Equipment protection shall meet the requirements of SECTION 25 10 10 Page 40 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 EEE C62 41 1 IEEE C62 41 2 Fuses shall not be used for surge protection 3 4 4 Computer Hardware and Software 3 4 4 1 Hardware Installation Computer Hardware shall be installed as shown Computer Servers shall be powered through a UPS and shall be installed and configured such that the server will automatically undergo a clean shutdown upon low battery signa from the UPS 3 4 4 2 Software Installation Contractor shall install software as follows a Operating system The Contractor shall install the OS on each Server and Workstation and configure user names and passwords b Office Automation Software The Contractor shall install the office automation software on each server and workstation c Virus Protection software The Contractor shall install the virus protection software on each server and workstation and shall configure weekly virus scans d CEA 852 A Configuration Server The Contractor shall install and configure one CEA 852 A Configuration Server The CEA 852 A Configuration Server may be installed on Server Hardware Workstation Hardware or an CEA 709 1B TP FT 10 to IP Router e CEA 709 18 Network Configuration Tool The Contractor shal install the network configuration tool software as shown The server version of the software shall be installed on server hard
558. sulation and vapor retarder vapor barrier shall cover the collar neck and any un insulated surfaces of diffusers registers and grills Vapor retarder vapor barrier materials shall be applied to forma complete unbroken vapor seal over the insulation Sheet Metal Duct shal be sealed in accordance with Section 23 00 00 AIR SUPPLY DISTRI BUTI ON VENTILATION AND EXHAUST SYSTEM Je 3a 2a l Installation on Concealed Duct a For rectangular oval or round ducts flexible insulation shall be attached by applying adhesive around the entire perimeter of the duct in 6 inch wide strips on 12 inch centers b For rectangular and oval ducts 24 inches and larger insulation shall be additionally secured to bottom of ducts by the use of mechanical fasteners Fasteners shall be spaced on 16 inch centers and not more than 16 inches from duct corners c For rectangular oval and round ducts mechanical fasteners shal be provided on sides of duct risers for all duct sizes Fasteners shall be spaced on 16 inch centers and not more than 16 inches from duct corners d Insulation shall be impaled on the mechanical fasteners self stick pins where used and shall be pressed thoroughly into the adhesive Care shall be taken to ensure vapor retarder vapor barrier jacket joints overlap 2 inches The insulation shall not be compressed to a thickness less than that specified Insulation shall be carried over standing seams and trapeze type duct hangers e Where me
559. sures or threaded holes with plugs shall be provided in ducts and plenums as indicated or where necessary for the use of pitot tube in balancing the air system Extensions complete with cap or plug shall be provided where the ducts are insulated 1 10 Power Transmission Components Adj ust ment V belts and sheaves shall be tested for proper alignment and tension prior to operation and after 72 hours of operation at final speed Belts on drive side shall be uniformly loaded not bouncing Alignment of direct driven couplings shall be to within 50 percent of manufacturer s maximum allowable range of misalignment 2 PENETRATIONS Provide sleeves and prepared openings for duct mains branches and other penetrating items and install during the construction of the surface to be penetrated Cut sleeves flush with each surface Provide sleeves for round duct 15 inches and smaller Provide framed prepared openings for round duct larger than 15 inches and square rectangular or oval ducts Sleeves and framed openings are also required where grilles registers and diffusers are installed at the openings Provide one inch clearance between penetrating and penetrated surfaces except at grilles registers and diffusers Pack spaces between sleeve or opening and duct or duct insulation with mineral fiber conforming with ASTM C 553 Type 1 Class B 2 a Sleeves Fabricate sleeves except as otherwise specified or indicated from 20 gauge thick mill galvanized
560. t Contractor shall verify operation of air handling unit as per specification including the following a Ensure that a slight negative pressure exists on inboard side of the outside air dampers throughout the operation of the dampers Modulate OA RA and EA dampers from fully open to fully closed positions b The following shall be verified when the supply and return fans operating mode is initiated 1 All dampers in normal position 2 All valves in normal position 3 System safeties allow start if safety conditions are met b Occupied mode of operation economizer de energized 1 Outside air damper at minimum position 2 Return air damper open 3 Relief air damper at minimum position __________ 4 Chilled water control valve modulating to maintain cold deck Supply air temperature set point Setpoint deg F Actual deg F 5 Hot water control valve modulating to maintain hot deck Supply air temperature set point input from outside air temperature controller Setpoint deg F Actual deg F O A deg F c Occupied mode of operation economizer energized Note outside air and return air temperature sensors may need to be simulated 1 Outside air damper modulates to maintain mixed air temperature set point Setpoint deg F Actual deg F Return Air Temperature 2 Relief air damper modulates with outside air damper according to sequence of operation e ai m e aE i aa 3 Chilled water control valve modulating to maintain cold
561. t Construction QC Checklist Submittal Items 1 6 _ Close out QC Checklist Submittal Items 1 14 i cats Initial each itemin the space provided _ has been met verifying that requirement Items verified for Pre Construction Post Construction and Closeout QC Checklists Submittal 1 Network bandwidth calculations have been performed and hazai indicate that the UMCS will meet network bandwidth requirements 2 Contractor Design Drawing Riser Diagram includes location hral and types of Building Point Of Connection BPOC Hardware 3 M amp C Software is LonWorks Network Services LNS based and Pacal uses LNS for interfacing to CEA 709 1B networks Items verified for Post Construction and Closeout QC Checklist Submittal 4 Connections between the UMCS IP network and CEA 709 18 l building networks are through CEA 709 1B TP FT 10 to IP Routers IP Routers or Ethernet Switches 5 Computer workstations and servers are installed as shown ees on the UMCS Riser Diagram 6 Training schedule and course attendee lists have been l developed and coordinated with shops and submitted Items verified for Closeout QC Checklists Submittal 7 LNS Database is up to date and accurately represents the __ final installed system 8 All software has been licensed to the Government EERE 9 M amp C software monitoring displays have been created for all ____ building systems including all override and display points indicated on Points Schedule dra
562. t OO erate Rte ee 5 Demonstrate operator Operator shall be able to access to a time schedule access the time scheduling froma graphic page editor froma graphic page _ ___ NOES apr tea anara at ph at alt Mtn std ah Stet abet Bt feed link phate ttf sche tek feet fob 6 Display the current date Operator shall be able to and time on a graphic view the current date and page time froma graphic page 22222222 NOS nee sb tees a ee a ie tte a te fe te ap te tt be alice tel ht a 7 Demonstrate automatic Time of day shifts daylight savings time automatically adjustment L L LLL LLL NOT SEET Vo cate a ee ae a a a a E ae A HVAC 8 Demonstrate the ability Equipment shall change of GPPC to accept an modes based on the UMCS or occupied unoccupied and from system scheduler SECTION 25 08 10 Page 50 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Expected Item Action Item Results Approved standby command from the SNVT schedule data UMES A a CR aa a EA A e A A E ee ae ne re er AEN 9 Demonstrate the ability Equipment shall change of ASC to accept an modes based on the UMCS occupied unoccupied and SVNT schedule data standby command from the UMC Se NOC Ct ie of See eee eee See we ee a a te he ee ee ch See a ee 10 Demonstrate use of the Equipment should use the default schedule when default schedule unti communication is lost to communication is the UMCS reestablished 2 LLL LLL NOTES aLaaa ban Sey whch aa LS tue Men die hn Seu
563. t and completion of balancing The tests shall not be conducted during scheduled seasonal off periods of base heating and cooling systems 3 6 3 PVT Report Contractor shall prepare a PVT report documenting all tests performed during the PVT and their results The PVT report shall include all tests in the PVT Procedures and any other testing performed during the PVT Failures and repairs shall be documented with test results 3 7 TRAINING A training course shall be conducted for 6 operating staff members designated by the Government in the maintenance and operation of the system including specified hardware and software The training period for a total of 32 hours of normal working time shall be conducted within 30 days after successful completion of the performance verification test The training course shall be conducted at the project site and the Government reserves the right to videotape the training sessions for later use Audiovisual equipment and 4 sets of all other training materials and SECTION 23 09 23 Page 43 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Supplies shall be provided A training day is defined as 8 hours of classroominstruction including two 15 minute breaks and excluding lunchtime Monday through Friday during the daytime shift in effect at the training facility 3 7 1 Training Documentation The Contractor shall prepare training documentation consisting of a Course Attendee List A List of cou
564. t correctly interpret it and may close the system and therefore are not permitted by this specification 1 3 SUBMI TTALS Government approval is required for submittals with a G designation Submittals not having a G designation are for information only When used a designation following the G designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the Government a Technical data packages consisting of technical data and computer software meaning technical data which relates to computer software which are specifically identified in this project and which may be defined required in other specifications shall be delivered strictly in accordance with the CONTRACT CLAUSES and in accordance with the Contract Data Requirements List DD Form 1423 Data delivered shall be identified by reference to the particular specification paragraph against which it is furnished All submittals not specified as technical data packages are considered shop drawings under the Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement FARS and shall contain no proprietary information and be delivered with unrestricted rights b Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES the CONTRACT CLAUSES and DD Form 1423 and according to the sequencing specified in paragraph PROJECT SEQUENCING SD 02 Shop Drawings DDC Contractor Design Drawings G DO DDC Contractor Design Drawings shall be submitted in hard copy and on CDROM in Aut
565. t insulation shall be omitted on the following a Hand holes b Boiler manholes c Cleanouts d ASME stamps e Manufacturer s nameplates f Duct Test Balance Test Holes 4 2 Insulation for Cold Equipment Cold equipment below 60 degrees F Insulation shall be furnished on equipment handling media below 60 degrees F including the following a Pumps b Refrigeration equipment parts that are not factory insulated c Drip pans under chilled equi pment d Cold water storage tanks e Water softeners f Duct mounted coils g Cold and chilled water pumps h Pneumatic water tanks i Roof drain bodies j Air handling equipment parts that are not factory insulated k Expansion and air separation tanks 4 2 1 Insulation Type Insulation shall be suitable for the temperature encountered Material and thicknesses shall be as shown in Table 5 Legend SECTION 23 07 00 Page 29 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 RMF Rigid Mineral Fiber FMF Flexible Mineral Fiber CS Calcium Silicate PL Perlite CG Cellular Glass BC Flexible Elastomeric Cellular PF Phenolic Foam PC Polyisocyanurate Foam TABLE 5 Insulation Thickness for Cold Equipment Inches and F Equipment handling media Material Thickness at indicated temperature 35 to 60 CG 1 5 inches degrees F PF 1 5 inches FC 1 0 inches PC 1 0 inches PE 1 0 inches EE Pump Insulation Insulate pumps by forming a box around the pump housing The box shall
566. tally enclosed manual gear operators with adjustable balance return stops and position indicators 2 5 5 Plug Valve Plug valves 2 inches and larger shall conformto MSS SP 78 have flanged or threaded ends and have cast iron bodies with bronze trim Valves 2 inches and smaller shall be bronze with NPT connections for black steel pipe and brazed connections for copper tubing Valve shall be lubricated non lubricated or tetrafluoroethylene resin coated type Valve shall be resilient double seated trunnion mounted with tapered lift plug capable of 2 way shutoff Valve shall operate from fully open to fully closed by rotation of the handwheel to lift and turn the plug Valve shall a weatherproof operators with mechanical position indicators Valves 8 inches or larger shall be provided with manual gear operators with position indicators 2 5 6 Ball Valve Full port design Ball valves 1 2 inch and larger shall conform to MSS SP 72 or MSS SP 110 and shall be cast iron or bronze with threaded soldered or flanged ends Valves 8 inches or larger shall be provided with manual gear operators with position indicators Ball valves may be provided in lieu of gate valves 25 4 Square Head Cocks Provide copper alloy or cast iron body with copper alloy plugs suitable for 125 psig water working pressure 2 5 8 Calibrated Balancing Valves Copper alloy or cast iron body copper alloy or stainless internal working parts Provide valve calibrated so that
567. tank The sizes shall be as indicated The expansion tank shall be welded steel constructed tested and stamped in accordance with ASME BPYC SEC VIII Dil for a working pressure of 125 psi and precharged to the minimum operating pressure The tank s air chamber shall be fitted with an air charging valve and pressure gauge The tank shall be supported by steel legs or bases for vertical installation or steel saddles for horizontal installations The tank shall have lifting rings and a drain connection All components shall be suitable for a maximum operating temperature of 250 degrees F 2 8 4 Air Separator External air separation tank shall be steel constructed tested and stamped in accordance with ASME BPVC SEC VIII Dl for a working pressure of 125 psi The capacity of the air separation tank indicated is minimum 2 8 5 Filters Filters shall conform to ASHRAE 52 1 2 8 6 Steel Sheets 2 8 6 1 Galvanized Stee Galvanized steel shall be ASTM A 653 A 653M 2 8 6 2 Uncoated Stee Uncoated steel shall be composition condition and finish best suited to the intended use 2 8 7 Gaskets Gaskets shall be nonasbestos material in accordance with ASME B16 20 ful SECTION 23 52 00 00 10 Page 15 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 face or self centering type The gaskets shall be of the spiral wound type with graphite filler material 2 8 8 Steel Pipe and Fittings 2 8 8 1 Steel Pipe Steel pipe shall be ASTM A 53 A 53M Type E
568. te or other similar designation and Country The Drawing Index shall list all Contractor Design Drawings including the drawing number sheet number drawing title and computer filename when used The Design Drawing Legend shall show and describe all symbols abbreviations and acronyms used on the Design Drawings b Valve Schedule The valve schedule shall contain each valve s unique identifier size flow coefficient Kv Cv pressure drop at specified flow rate spring range positive positioner range actuator SECTION 23 09 23 Page 39 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 size close off pressure to torque data dimensions and access and clearance requirements data The valve schedule shall contain actuator selection data supported by calculations of the force required to move and seal the valve access and clearance requirements A valve schedule shall be submitted for each HVAC system c Damper Schedule The damper schedule shall contain each damper s unique identifier type opposed or parallel blade nominal and actua Sizes orientation of axis and frame direction of blade rotation actuator size and spring ranges operation rate positive positioner range location of actuators and damper end switches arrangement of sections in multi section dampers and methods of connecting dampers actuators and linkages The Damper Schedule shall include the AMCA 500 D maximum leakage rate at the operating static pressure
569. ted locations The equipment items shall be supported by service organizations These service organizations shall be reasonably convenient to the equipment installation and able to render satisfactory service to the equipment on a regular and emergency basis during the warranty period of the contract ii ELECTRICAL HEAT TRACING Heat trace systems for pipes valves and fittings shall be in accordance with IEEE Std 515 and be UL listed System shall include all necessary components including heaters and controls to prevent freezing Provide self regulating heaters consisting of two 16 AWG tinned copper bus wires embedded in parallel in a self regulating polymer core that varies its power output to respond to temperature along its length Heater shal be able to be crossed over itself without overheating and be approved before used directly on plastic pipe Heater shall be covered by a radiation cross linked modified polyolefin dielectric jacket in accordance with ASTM D 2308 For installation on plastic piping apply the heater using aluminum tape Heater shall have an outer braid of tinned copper and an outer jacket of modified polyolefin in accordance with ASTM D 2308 to provide a good ground path and to enhance the heater s ruggedness Provide heater with self regulating factor of at least 90 percent in order to provide energy conservation and to prevent overheating Heater shall operate on line voltages of 120 208 220 240 277 volts wi
570. ted diffusers for air leakage control Suitable trim shall be provided for flush mounted diffusers Duct collar connecting the duct to diffuser shall be airtight and shall not interfere with volume controller Return or exhaust units shall be similar to supply diffusers 2 7 4 2 Registers and Grilles Units shall be four way directional control type except that return and exhaust registers may be fixed horizontal or vertical louver type similar in appearance to the supply register face Furnish registers with Sponge rubber gasket between flanges and wall or ceiling Install wall Supply registers at least 6 inches below the ceiling unless otherwise indicated Locate return and exhaust registers 6 inches above the floor unless otherwise indicated Four way directional control may be achieved by a grille face which can be rotated in 4 positions or by adjustment of horizontal and vertical vanes Grilles shall be as specified for registers without volume control damper 2 7 4 3 Registers Double deflection supply registers Provide manufacturer furnished volume dampers Volume dampers shall be of the group operated opposed blade type and key adjustable by inserting key through face of register Operating mechanism shall not project through any part of the register face SECTION 23 00 00 Page 13 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Automatic volume control devices will be acceptable 2 7 5 Louvers Louvers for installation i
571. ted for testing 3 Reference Documentation a List user manual documentation and sections pertaining to the testing 4 Date of Test _________ 5 Time of Test ___ 6 7 Contractor s Representative Government s Representative TEST PROCEDURES Expected Item Action Item Results Approved UMS 1 Demonstrate the basic The value of SNVT_occupancy functionality of a time shall properly track the schedule by monitoring time schedule the value of SNVT_occupancy as the time changes through a start time or a stop time LL LLL LLL NOLE SE C5 Sa a E A E a a A ae eR A My A A a A ae eh 2 Setup a weekly time Scheduling software shal schedule for a demo accommodate the described system with independent requirements times for each day of the SECTION 25 08 10 Page 49 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Expected Item Action Item Results Approved week and with up to 6 events per day LLL LLL Noses aa ee eA A ee E ee a ne re er AEN 3 Setup a special event or The special event schedule date specific time shall take precedence schedule and verify that this schedule takes precedence over the weekly schedule L LLL LLL NCC ao RRR Tv 7 YOO a e a a E 4 Setup a group time The group schedule shal schedule for a collection take precedence of systems This group schedule shall take precedence over the individual time schedules LLL LLL NOC Seti pent A cree ee tN Ase Oe te ee Bon es
572. than 15 feet not more than 8 feet fromend of risers and at vent terminations i Type 35 guides using steel reinforced polytetrafluoroethyl ene PTFE or graphite slides shall be provided where required to allow longitudinal pipe movement Lateral restraints shall be provided as required Slide materials shall be suitable for the system operating temperatures atmospheric conditions and bearing loads encountered 1 Where steel slides do not require provisions for restraint of lateral movement an alternate guide method may be used On piping 4 inches and larger a Type 39 saddle may be welded to the pipe and freely rested on a steel plate On piping under 4 inches a Type 40 protection shield may be attached to the pipe or insulation and freely rested on a steel slide plate 2 Where there are high system temperatures and welding to piping is not desirable the Type 35 guide shall include a pipe cradle welded to the guide structure and strapped securely to the pipe The pipe shall be separated fromthe slide material by at least 4 inches or by an amount adequate for the insulation whichever is greater j Except for Type 3 pipe hangers on horizontal insulated pipe shal be the size of the outside diameter of the insulation k Piping in trenches shall be supported as indicated l Structural steel attachments and brackets required to support piping headers and equipment but not shown shall be provided under this section Material
573. the published recommendations of the manufacturer of the expansion joint The joints shall be designed for the working temperature and pressure suitable for the application but shall not be less than 150 psig b Flexible ball joints shall be constructed of alloys as appropriate for the service intended The joints shall be threaded grooved flanged or welded end as required and shall be capable of absorbing the normal operating axial lateral or angular movements or combination thereof Balls and sockets shall be polished chromium plated when materials are not of corrosion resistant steel The ball type joint shall be designed and constructed in accordance with ASME B31 1 and EJ MA Stds Flanges shall conformto the diameter and drilling of ASME B16 5 Molded gaskets shall be suitable for the service intended c Slip type expansion joints shall be EJ MA Stds and ASME B31 1 Class 1 or 2 Type II joints shall be suitable for repacking under full line pressure 2 8 14 Valves Valves shall be Class 125 and shall be suitable for the application Grooved ends per AWWA C606 may be used for water service only Valves in nonboiler external piping shall meet the material fabrication and operating requirements of ASME B31 1 The connection type of all valves shall match the same type of connection required for the piping on which installed 2 8 14 1 Gate Valves Gate valves 2 1 2 inches and smaller shall conformto MSS SP 80 bronze rising stem th
574. the same specifications as the original equipment During and at completion of work debris shall not be allowed to spread unnecessarily into adjacent areas nor accumulate in the work area itself SECTION 25 10 10 Page 13 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 1 8 3 Working Hours Working hours are from 7 30 A M to 4 00 P M local time Mondays through Fridays except Federal holidays 8 4 Equipment Repairs Equipment repairs shall be initiated and completed within the following time periods Time periods shall be measured as actual elapsed time from first notification including working and non working hours a for non redundant computer server hardware initiate within 4 hours and complete within 8 hours b for non redundant computer workstation hardware initiate within 4 hours and complete within 8 hours c for redundant computer server hardware initiate within 36 hours and complete within 5 days d for redundant computer workstation hardware initiate within 2 days and complete within 5 days e for active powered network hardware initiate within 4 hours and complete within 6 hours f for cabling and other passive network hardware initiate within 16 hours and complete within 5 days Repair is the restoration of a piece of equipment a system or a facility to such condition that it may be effectively used for its designated purposes Repair may be overhaul reprocessing or replacement of nonfu
575. the standard or standards referenced in this specification AMERI CAN SOCIETY OF HEATING REFRIGERATING AND AIR CONDI TI ONI NG ENGI NEERS ASHRAE ASHRAE 0 1 P 2007 Errata 2008 Errata 2008 Errata 2008 Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low Rise Residential Buildings P Edition ASTM INTERNATIONAL ASTM ASTM A 167 1999 R 2004 Standard Specification for Stainless and Heat Resisting Chromium Nickel Steel Plate Sheet and Strip ASTM A 240 A 240M 2007e1 Standard Specification for Chromium and Chromium Nickel Stainless Steel Plate Sheet and Strip for Pressure Vessels and for General Applications ASTM A 580 A 580M 2008 Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Wire ASTM B 209 2007 Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Sheet and Plate ASTM C 1126 2004 Standard Specification for Faced or Unfaced Rigid Cellular Phenolic Therma Insulation ASTM C 1136 2006 Standard Specification for Flexible Low Permeance Vapor Retarders for Thermal Insulation ASTM C 1290 2006 Standard Specification for Flexible Fibrous Glass Blanket Insulation Used to Externally Insulate HVAC Ducts ASTM C 195 2000 Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Thermal Insulating Cement ASTM C 449 C 449M 2000 Standard Specification for Mineral SECTION 23 07 00 Page 1 Lackland ASTM C ASTM C ASTM C ASTM C ASTM C ASTM C ASTM C ASTM C ASTM C ASTM C ASTM C ASTM C ASTM C ASTM
576. this specification to the extent referenced The publications are referred to within the text by the basic designation only AMERI CAN SOCIETY OF SANITARY ENGINEERING ASSE ASSE 1003 2001 Errata 2003 Performance Requirements for Water Pressure Reducing Val ves ASSE 1017 2003 Errata 2004 Temperature Actuated Mixing Valves for Hot Water Distribution Systems AMERI CAN WATER WORKS ASSOCIATION AWWA AWWA C606 2006 Grooved and Shouldered Joints AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY AWS AWS A5 8 A5 8M 2004 Errata 2004 Specification for Filler Metals for Brazing and Braze Welding AWS BRH 2007 Brazing Handbook AWS D1 1 D1 1M 2008 Structural Welding Code Stee AWS 249 1 2005 Safety in Welding Cutting and Allied Processes ASME INTERNATIONAL ASME ASME Bl 20 1 1983 R 2006 Pipe Threads Genera Purpose Inch ASME B16 1 2005 Standard for Gray Iron Threaded Fittings Classes 125 and 250 ASME B16 11 2005 Forged Fittings Socket Welding and Threaded ASME B16 18 2001 R 2005 Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings ASME B16 21 2005 Nonmetallic Flat Gaskets for Pipe Fl anges ASME B16 22 2001 R 2005 Standard for Wrought Copper SECTION 23 64 26 Page 1 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings ASME B16 26 2006 Standard for Cast Copper Alloy Fittings for Flared Copper Tubes ASME B16 3 2006 Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings Clas
577. thout the use of transformers Size Heater according to the following table Pipe Size Inch Diameter Minus 10 degrees F Minus 20 degrees F 3 inches or less 5 watts per foot wpf 5 wpf 4 inch 5 wpf 8 wpf SECTION 23 64 26 Page 9 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Pipe Size Inch Diameter Minus 10 degrees F Minus 20 degrees F 6 inch 8 wpf 8 wpf 8 inch 2 strips 5 wpf 2 strips 8 wpf 12 inch to 14 inch 2 strips 8 wpf 2 strips 8 wpf System shall be controlled by an ambient sensing thermostat set at 40 degrees F either directly or through an appropriate contactor 233 STEEL PIPING Water piping shall be steel pipe or copper tubing Provide steel piping with a ANSI ASME Class 125 service rating which for 150 degrees F the pressure rating is 175 psig 2 3 1 Pipe Steel pipe conformto ASTM A 53 A 53M Schedule 40 Type E or S Grades A or B Do not use Type F pipe 2 3 2 Fittings and End Connections Joints Piping and fittings 1 inch and smaller shall have threaded connections Piping and fittings larger than 1 inch and smaller than 3 inches shall have either threaded grooved or welded connections Piping and fittings 3 inches and larger shall have grooved welded or flanged connections The manufacturer of each fitting shall be permanently identified on the body of the fitting in accordance with MSS SP 25 2 3 2 1 Threaded Connections Use threaded valves and pipe connections conforming to ASME Bl 20 1
578. tial joints and shal be secured with bands at not more than 12 inch centers Longitudina joints shall be overlapped down to shed water and located at 4 or 8 o clock positions Joints on piping 60 degrees F and below shall be sealed with caulking while overlapping to prevent moisture penetration Where jacketing on piping 60 degrees F and below abuts an un insulated surface joints shall be caulked to prevent moisture penetration Joints on piping above 60 degrees F shall be sealed with a moisture retarder TA Insulation for Fittings Flanges unions valves fittings and accessories shall be insulated and finished as specified for the applicable service Two coats of breather emulsion type weatherproof mastic impermeable to water permeable to air recommended by the insulation manufacturer shall be applied with glass tape embedded between coats Tape overlaps shall be not less than 1 inch and the adjoining aluminum jacket not less than 2 inches Factory preformed aluminum jackets may be used in lieu of the above Molded PVC fitting covers shall be provided when PVC jackets are used for straight runs of pipe PVC fitting covers shall have adhesive welded joints and shall be weatherproof laminated self adhesive minimum 2 mils adhesive 3 mils embossed vapor barrier weatherproofing jacket less than 0 0000 permeability greater than 3 ply standard grade silver white black and embossed and UV resistant Li 4 3 PVC Jacket PVC jacket shall be
579. ting holes in the building exterior shall be made watertight The HVAC control system installation shall provide clearance for control system maintenance by maintaining access space required to calibrate remove repair or replace control system devices The control system installation shall not interfere with the clearance requirements for mechanical and electrica system maintenance sa Led Device Mounting Criteria All devices shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer s recommendations and as specified and shown Control devices to be installed in piping and ductwork shall be provided with required gaskets flanges thermal compounds insulation piping fittings and manual valves for shutoff equalization purging and calibration Strap on temperature sensing elements shall not be used except as specified Spare thermowells shall be installed adjacent to each thermowell containing a sensor and as shown Devices located outdoors shall have a weathershield TARRE Labels and Tags Labels and tags shall be keyed to the unique identifiers shown on the As Built drawings All Enclosures and DDC Hardware shall be labeled Al sensors and actuators in mechanical rooms shall be tagged Airflow measurement arrays shall be tagged to show flow rate range for signa output range duct size and pitot tube AFMA flow coefficient Duct static pressure taps shall be tagged at the location of the pressure tap Tags shall be plastic or metal and shall be
580. tion movements accommodating all occupancy habits of single or multiple occupants at any location within the controlled room 3 2 10 Temperature Limit Switch A temperature limit switch freezestat shall be provided to sense the temperature at the location shown A sufficient number of temperature limit switches freezestats shall be installed to provide complete coverage of the duct section Manual reset limit switches shall be installed in approved accessible locations where they can be reset easily The temperature limit switch freezestat sensing element shall be installed in a serpentine pattern and in accordance with the manufacturer s installation instructions 3 2 11 Averaging Temperature Sensing Elements Sensing elements shall be installed in a serpentine pattern located as shown 3 2 12 Air Flow Measurement Arrays AFMA Outside Air AFMAs shall be located downstream from the Outside Air filters Pitot Tube AFMA shall not be used if the expected velocity measurement is below 700 fpm or for outside airflow measurements 3 2 13 Duct Static Pressure Sensors The duct static pressure sensing tap shall be located at 75 to 100 of the distance between the first and last air terminal units If the transmitter SECTION 23 09 23 Page 36 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 is wired in a homerun configuration to an AHU controller the transmitter shall be located in the same enclosure as the air handling unit AHU
581. tisfactorily completed by a product which has been sold or is offered for sale on the commercial market Products having less than a 2 year field service record shall be acceptable if a certified record of satisfactory field operation for not less than 6000 hours exclusive of the manufacturer s factory tests can be shown Products shall be supported by a service organization RE A Asbestos Prohibition Asbestos and asbestos containing products shall not be used 3 3 Nameplates Each major component of equipment shall have the manufacturer s name address type or style model or serial number and catalog number on a plate secured to the equipment Each pressure vessel shall have an approved ASME stamp 3A Equi pment Guards Belts pulleys chains gears couplings projecting setscrews keys and other rotating parts exposed to personnel contact shall be fully enclosed or guarded in accordance with OSHA requirements High temperature equipment and piping exposed to contact by personnel or where it creates a potential fire hazard shall be properly guarded or covered with insulation SECTION 23 52 00 00 10 Page 7 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 of a type specified Catwalks operating platforms ladders and guardrails shall be provided where shown and shall be constructed in accordance with Section 05 50 00 METAL MISCELLANEOUS AND FABRI CATI ONS 1 3 5 Verification of Dimensions The Contractor shall become f
582. tive Maintenance Work Plan may be submitted as a Technica Data Package Basic Operator Training Documentation G DO SECTION 25 10 10 Page 10 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 1 Training manuals for Basic Operator Training delivered for each trainee on the Course Attendance List with two additional copies delivered for archival at the project site Two copies of the Course Attendance List shall be delivered with the archiva copies The Basic Operator Training Documentation may be submitted as a Technical Data Package Advanced Operator Training Documentation G DO One set of training manuals delivered for each trainee on the Course Attendance List with two additional copies delivered for archival at the project site Two copies of the Course Attendance List shall be delivered with the archival copies The Advanced Operator Training Documentation may be submitted as a Technical Data Package Operator Refresher Training Documentation G DO One set of training manuals delivered for each trainee on the Course Attendance List with two additional copies delivered for archival at the project site Two copies of the Course Attendance List shall be delivered with the archival copies The Operator Refresher Training Documentation may be submitted as a Technical Data Package Operation and Maintenance O amp M Instructions G DO Four bound O amp M Instructions and two copies of the Instructions in PDF format on CD R
583. to be performed and shall arrange such work accordingly furnishing required offsets fittings and accessories to meet such conditions Sh Accessibility Install all work so that parts requiring periodic inspection operation maintenance and repair are readily accessible Install concealed valves expansion joints controls dampers and equipment requiring access in locations freely accessible through access doors SECTION 23 64 26 Page 8 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 STANDARD COMMERCI AL PRODUCTS Materials and equipment shall be standard products of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacturing of such products which are of a similar material design and workmanship The standard products shall have been in satisfactory commercial or industrial use for 2 years prior to bid opening The 2 year use shall include applications of equipment and materials under similar circumstances and of similar size The 2 years experience shall be satisfactorily completed by a product which has been sold or is offered for sale on the commercial market through advertisements manufacturer s catalogs or brochures Products having less than a 2 year field service record shall be acceptable if a certified record of satisfactory field operation for not less than 6000 hours exclusive of the manufacturer s factory tests can be shown System components shall be environmentally suitable for the indica
584. to polling requests second intervals ul at d Transmitting occupancy commands fromthe UMCS to every system schedule sequence in a one minute interva e Transmitting occupancy override commands fromthe UMCS to every system schedule sequence in a one minute interval 2 A normally loaded control network is characterized as one performing the following activities simultaneously a Transmitting every point in the building indicated on Points Schedules as requiring a trend to the UMCS in response to polling requests at 15 minute intervals for trending at UMCS b Transmitting 50 points to the UMCS in response to polling requests at 5 second intervals c Transmitting occupancy commands fromthe UMCS to every system scheduler sequence in a one minute interval 33 2 DDC Contractor Design Drawings Drawings shall be on ISO Al 34 by 22 inches or A3 17 by 11 inches sheets in the form and arrangement shown The drawings shall use the same abbreviations symbols nomenclature and identifiers shown Each control system element on a drawing shall be assigned a unique identifier as shown The DDC Contractor Design Drawings shall be delivered together as a complete submittal Deviations shall be approved by the Contracting Officer DDC Contractor Design Drawings shall include the following a Drawing Index and HVAC Design Drawing Legend The HVAC Control System Drawing Index shall show the name and number of the building military site Sta
585. top panel that is removable for coi cleaning Ensure access doors are hinged and provided for all piping and control compartments Ensure finish is in manufacturer s standard color as selected by the Contracting Officer 2 3 CASI NG Ensure casing is acoustically and thermally insulated internally with not less than 1 2 inch thick insulation conforming to NFPA 90A fastened with waterproof and fire resistant adhesive 2 4 FAN Ensure fan is galvanized steel or aluminum centrifugal type with forward curved blades In lieu of metal fabricate or mold the wheels and scrolls from suitably reinforced nonmetallic compounds certified to have satisfactorily passed the low temperature high temperature temperature shock and sand and dust tests for ground equipment outlined in MIL STD 810 without deformation cracking corrosion or loss of balance characteristics All surfaces shall be smooth Ensure that assemblies are accessible for maintenance Ensure that disassembly and reassembly is done by mechanical fastening devices not adhesives Dynamically and statically balance fan to 150 1940 1 at the factory after assembly in unit 2 2 cH LS Construct the water coils of not less than 1 2 inch outside diameter od Seamless copper tubing with copper or aluminum plate fins mechanically bonded or soldered to the tubes and provide with not less than 5 8 inch od female solder connectors accessory piping package with terminal connections for control valv
586. tors Electric motor shall be drip proof enclosure and shall be furnished with four auxiliary interlock contacts 3 COMBUSTION CONTROL EQUI PMENT Combustion control equipment shall be provided as a system by a single manufacturer Field installed automatic combustion control system shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer s recommendations and under the direct supervision of a representative of the control manufacturer The boiler water temperature shall be controlled by a water temperature controller The equipment shall operate electrically On multiple boiler installations each boiler unit shall have a completely independent system of controls responding to the load and to a plant master controller If recording instruments are provided a 1 year supply of ink and 400 blank charts for each recorder shall be furnished 3 1 Electrical controls Electrical control devices shall be rated at 120 or 24 volts and shall be connected as specified in Section 26 20 00 INTERIOR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM eae Water Temperature Controller The controller shall be of sturdy construction and shall be protected against dust and dampness The thermostatic element shall be inserted in a separable socket installed in the boiler return piping Fixed position on off and three position high low off controller shall operate on a 10 degree F differential over an adjustable temperature range of approximately 80 to 140 degrees F Modulating controllers shal
587. tract documents The PVT shall include a one point accuracy check of each sensor The PVT shall include inlet and outlet air temperature measurements for all AHU dependent terminal units The PVT Procedure shal describe a methodology to measure and trend the network bandwidth usage on the network backbone and compare it to the Bandwidth Usage Calculation submittal A control system performance verification test equipment list shall be included that lists the equipment to be used during performance verification testing The list shall include manufacturer name mode number equipment function the date of the latest calibration and the results of the latest calibration 3 6 2 PVT Execution The Contractor shall demonstrate compliance of the control system with the contract documents Using test plans and procedures approved by the Government the Contractor shall demonstrate all physical and functiona requirements of the project The performance verification test shall show step by step the actions and results demonstrating that the control systems performin accordance with the sequences of operation The performance verification test shall measure and trend the Network Bandwidth Usage and compare it to the Bandwidth Usage Calculation submittal The performance verification test shall not be started until after receipt by the Contractor of written permission by the Government based on Government approval of the Start Up and Start Up Testing Repor
588. ttee consisting of numerous independent product developers and systems integrators dedicated to determining and maintaining the interoperability guidelines for the LONWORKS r industry 1 2 20 LonMarked r A device that has been certified for compliance with LonMark r standards by the LonMark r International 1 2 21 LONWORKS r Application Specific Controller ASC A networked device or node that contains a complete configurable application that is specific to a particular task 1 2 22 LONWORKS r General Purpose Programmable Controller A programmable control product that unlike an ASC is not installed with a fixed factory installed application program The application in the controller is custom software produced by the integrator specifically for the project 1 2 23 LONWORKS r Network Services LNS The database format for addressing nodes and variable bindings node to node 1 2 24 Net work A system of distributed control units that are linked together on a communication bus A network allows sharing of point information between all control units Additionally a network provides central monitoring and control of the entire system from any distributed control unit location Led 25 Network Configuration Too Software used to create and modify the control network database and configure controllers 1 2 26 Node ID A unique 48 bit node identification ID tag given to each node by Echelon SECTION 25 08 10 Page 3 Lackland Airmen Trai
589. tteries and accessories and shall include visual indication of normal power operation UPS operation abnormal operation and visual and audible indication of AC input loss and low battery power The UPS shall be UL 1778 approved UPS powering Server Hardware shall support notification to the server via serial interface of impending battery failure 6 RACKS AND ENCLOSURES 6 1 Enclosures Enclosures shall meet the following minimum requirements a Outdoors Enclosures located outdoors shall meet NEMA 250 Type 4 requirements b Mechanical and Electrical Rooms Enclosures located in mechanica or electrical rooms shall meet NEMA 250 Type 2 requirements c Other Locations Enclosures in other locations including but not limited to occupied spaces above ceilings and plenum returns shal SECTION 25 10 10 Page 37 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 meet NEMA 250 Type 1 requirements Enclosures supplied as an integral pre packaged part of another product are acceptable 65 2 Equipment Racks Equipment racks shall be either aluminum or steel with bolted or welded construction Steel equipment racks shall be painted with a flame retardant paint Guard rails shall be included with each equi pment rack and have a copper grounding bar installed and grounded to the earth These equipment racks shall be compatible with the electronic equi pment provided FACTORY TEST The Contractor shall perform factory testing
590. tubing shall not be used for applications where the tubing could be subjected to a temperature exceeding 130 degrees F Fittings for plastic tubing shall be for instrument service and shall be brass or acetal resin of the compression or barbed push on type Except in walls and exposed locations plastic multitube instrument tubing bundle without conduit or raceway protection may be used where a number of air lines run to the same points provided the multitube bundle is enclosed in a protective sheath is run parallel to the building lines and is adequately supported as specified 353 DRAWINGS AND CALCULATI ONS Contractor shall prepare and submit shop drawings SECTION 23 09 23 Page 38 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 3 3 3 1 Network Bandwidth Usage Calculations The Contractor shall perform Building Control Network Bandwidth Usage Calculations for a normally loaded and a heavily loaded control network Calculations shall be performed for network traffic on the backbone 1 A heavily loaded control network is characterized as one performing the following activities simultaneously a Transmitting every point in the building indicated on Points Schedules as being available to the UMCS in response to polling requests at 15 minute intervals for trending at UMCS b Transmitting five points to the UMCS in response to polling requests at 2 second intervals Transmitting 100 points to the UMCS in response
591. tware for each type of GPPC has been submitted 08 10 Page 14 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Expected Item Action Item Results Approved 4 XIF Files External interface files XIF files for each model of LONWORKS based DDC hardware has been submitted 5 LNS Database Copies of the LNS database for the completed control network has been submitted 6 LNS Plug in LNS Plug ins for each application specific controller has been submitted 7 Start up testing report Start up has been successfully completed and testing report submitted gt LLL Controller tuning has been completed and document on point schedule e Calibration accuracy check completed and documented in CESC ODOR te e IO S O aada Actuator range check completed and documented in test report 2 2 2 Functional test to demonstrate control sequence completed and documented in test report 8 Software License Software licenses received for all software on the project SECTION 25 08 10 Page 15 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Expected Item Action Item Results Approved End of Test Specific Abbreviations Y Yes N No NA Not Applicable SECTION 25 08 10 Page 16 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 TEST NUMBER One TITLE Initial System Equipment Verification OB ECTI VE l To verify that the hardware and software components of the system provided by the contra
592. twork configuration too verify LNS data for project opens is being used and Notes 2 Open a typical LNS plug in 3 Reconstruct a database by connecting to an existing network and uploading the data Notes SECTION 25 network connection manual s LNS database and network documentation and sections pertaining to the Expected Results Approved The Network Configuration Tool is being used and entire LNS database for project is exposed Plug in shall open and enable configuration of the device The database and drawing shall be created 08 10 Page 74 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Expected Item Action Item Results Approved 4 Verify that a graphical Note that Network interface is use Configuration Tool uses Visio type as a graphical interface BOTES oo ahaaa Sib yo sl Se Ueno dtl Su oh Aa nay Lael iBall Ae a Pll EF yale 5 Print the graphical Printing shall be successful representation 2000 L LLL LLL CERE AE ORN ESAE E T AETA EE E EER EE 6 Merge two LNS The merge shall be successful databases into a single database NOCES aada aam a Le aaa a aaa aa a aa E NA 7 Print reports from Address table SNVT 1 0 network configuration table and SCPT UCPT table tool reports shall be successfully printed LLL LLL NODOS aeea one a a a a a a a a a es nt aa eee ect 8 Randomly select a Correct SNVT types were used sample of network variable and confirm they are using
593. twork bandwidth usage and available bandwidth throughput measurements Network bandwidth usage shall reference the normal usage network Bandwidth Calculations b Test System Reaction during PVT Under system normal heavy load as defined in paragraph Bandwidth Usage Calculation no more than 10 seconds shall lapse fromthe time an alarmis generated at a node unti the M amp C software provides notification and the alarmis displayed The total system response time from initiation of a control action command fromthe workstation to display of the resulting status change on the workstation shall not exceed 20 seconds under system normal heavy load conditions assuming a zero response time for operation of the node s control device c Verification of IP Connectivity d Verification of configuration of M amp C Software functionality 7 2 PVT Phase The Contractor shall demonstrate compliance of the control system with the contract documents Using test plans and procedures previously approved by the Government the Contractor shall demonstrate all physical and functional requirements of the project Upon completion of PVT Phase and as specified the Contractor shall prepare and submit the PVT Phase Report documenting all tests performed during the PVT and their results The PVT report shall include all tests in the PVT Procedures and any other testing performed during the PVT Failures and repairs shall be documented with test results 1 3 PVT P
594. ube Extracted Joint An extracted mechanical tee joint may be made in copper tube Joint shall be produced with an appropriate tool by drilling a pilot hole and drawing out the tube surface to forma collar having a minimum height of three times the thickness of the tube wall To prevent the branch tube from being inserted beyond the depth of the extracted joint dimpled depth stops shall be provided The branch tube shall be notched for proper penetration into fitting to assure a free flow joint Extracted joints shall be brazed using a copper phosphorous classification brazing filler metal Soldered joints will not be permitted 2 9 Supports Hangers used to support piping 2 inches and larger shall be fabricated to permit adequate adjustment after erection while still supporting the load Pipe guides and anchors shall be installed to keep pipes in accurate alignment to direct the expansion movement and to prevent buckling swaying and undue strain Piping subjected to vertical movement when operating temperatures exceed ambient temperatures shall be supported by variable spring hangers and supports or by constant support hangers Threaded rods which are used for support shall not be formed or bent Supports shall not be attached to the underside of concrete filled floors or concrete roof decks unless approved by the Contracting Officer 2 9 1 Pipe Hangers Inserts and Supports Pipe hangers inserts and supports shall conformto MSS SP 58 and
595. uction mill rolled Structural steel perimeters welded in No 4 reinforcing bars 8 inches on center each way near the bottom of the block outrigger isolator mounting provisions anchor bolts and shall be filled with 3 000 ps cured strength concrete Configuration of inertia bases shall be rectangular to accommodate equipment supported Minimum thickness of inertia base in addition to providing suitable mass shall be sufficient to provide stiffness to maintain equipment manufacturer s recommended alignment and duty efficiency of power transmission components Minimumthickness shall be sufficient to result in base deflection at midpoint of unsupported span of not more than 1 1 440th of the span between isolators Minimum thickness the preceding requirements not withstanding shall be 8 percent of the longest base dimension Pumps with flexible couplings shall have inertia bases not less than 8 inches thick Minimum mass of concrete inertia block shall be equal in weight to Supported equi pment 2 2 VIBRATION ISOLATION SYSTEMS APPLICATI ON Vibration isolation design per ASHRAE HA IP Chapter 47 2 2 1 Centrifugal Water Chiller Package Locations ON GRADE ON GRADE ON GRADE BASEMENT 20 FOOT 30 FOOT 40 FOOT TYPE BELOW GRADE FLOOR SPAN FLOOR SPAN FLOOR SPAN EQUIPMENT PROVISIONS PROVISIONS PROVISIONS PROVI SI ONS Hermetic A U 0 25 B U 0 50 D 1 75 D 2 5 Open Type B U 0 38 D U 1 0 D CIB 1 75 D ClB 2 5 TYPE OF MOUNTING BASE
596. ues shall not have changed SECTION 25 08 10 Page 25 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC TEST NUMBER Three TITLE Monitor and Control OBJ ECT VE M amp C W9126G 09 R 0105 Software Passwords 1 To validate that the system utilizes four basic password levels 2 To validate that each password leve I N TI AL REQU REMENTS CONDI TI ONS 1 Submittals a The Contractor shal has the specified authority provide documentation of M amp C user password capacity in comparison with specification b The Contractor shal with their passwords and user level 2 Equipment a Server and Workstation 3 Reference Documentation a Provide user manual Date of Test Time of Test _________ Contractor s Representative Government s Representative Hou gt TEST PROCEDURES Item Action Item UMS 1 Create password for new users a Set up 4 users b Assign different levels to each NOTERE 2th th Se wt 2 Demonstrate level 1 authority a Sign in as the level 1 user b Attempt to view a system graphic c Attempt to acknowl edge an alarm d Attempt to configure a trend e Attempt to configure a report SECTION 25 08 10 provide a complete list of al prior to testing users along documentation for setting up passwords Expected Results Approved New users shall exist in the server Database Sign in shall be SUCCESSA UIE aae e Aa aaa Say Action shall be possible Action shall be de
597. ulation minimum of one inch thick Insulation shall be covered on exterior with manufacturer s standard fire retardant vapor barrier jacket for flexible round duct ZT Vie Insulated Nonmetallic Flexible Duct Runouts Use flexible duct runouts only where indicated Runout length shall be as shown on the drawings but shall in no case exceed 5 feet Runouts shal be preinsulated factory fabricated and shall comply with NFPA 90A and UL 181 Provide either field or factory applied vapor barrier Provide not less than 20 ounce glass fabric duct connectors coated on both sides with neoprene Where coil induction or high velocity units are supplied with vertical air inlets use a streamlined vaned and mitered elbow transition piece for connection to the flexible duct or hose The last elbow to these units other than the vertical air inlet type shall be a die stamped elbow and not a flexible connector Insulated flexible connectors may be used as runouts The insulated material and vapor barrier shall conformto the requirements of Section 23 07 00 THERMAL INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS The insulation material surface shal not be exposed to the air stream 2 7 1 3 General Service Duct Connectors Provide a flexible duct connector approximately 6 inches in width where sheet metal connections are made to fans or where ducts of dissimilar metals are connected For round oval ducts secure the flexible material by stainless steel or zinc coated iron
598. ule Special event schedules shall include one time events and recurring events Scheduling of one time events shall include the beginning and ending dates and times of the event Holiday and special event schedules shall have precedence over device weekly schedules 2 4 6 5 Al arms The M amp C software shall be capable of generating alarms and handling network variable inputs of type SNVT_ Alarm fromthe control network M amp C Software shall be capable of handling and managing no less than 10 000 alarm points a Alarm Data Alarm data to be displayed and stored as applicable and as specified shall include 1 Identification of alarm including building system or sub system and device name 2 Date and time to the nearest second of occurrence 3 Alarm type a Unreliable Indicates that the source device has failed due to the sensing device or alarm parameter being out of range or bad data b High Alarm c Low Alarm 4 Alarm set point and deadband if analog 5 Engineering units 6 Current value or status of the alarm point 7 Alarm priority There shall be two alarm priority levels critical and informational Critical alarms shall remain in alarm SECTION 25 10 10 Page 30 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 until acknowledged by an operator and the alarm condition no longer exists informational alarms shall remain in alarm unti the alarm condition no longer exists or until the alarmis acknowl
599. ures shall be developed from the generic test procedures in ATTACHMENT A The test procedures shall consist of detailed instructions for test setup execution and evaluation of test results The Contractor shall edit the generic test procedure for the provided UMCS and building level DDC The Contractor shall performa performance verification test PVT on the completed UMCS and building level DDC for the Government to verify the system is completely functional If during testing the system fails a portion of a test the Government shall inform the Contractor if the entire test or only the portion that failed must be re performed The Contractor shall give the Government a written report of those items which failed what the problem was and what was done to correct it The contractor shall provide on site technical support to perform the PVT ATTACHMENT A presents the generic UMCS Performance Verification Test Procedures with the following information a Test identification number b Test title c Objective d Initial conditions if applicable e Test equipment if required SECTION 25 08 10 Page 9 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 3 3 f Sequence of events g Expected results 7 ENDURANCE TESTING Tal General Endurance Test shall be designed to demonstrate the specified overal system reliability requirement of the completed system The Endurance Test shall be conducted in four phases as described be
600. urning vanes or louver blades designed to provide uniform air distribution and change of direction with minimumturbulence or pressure loss Air deflectors shall be factory or field assembled Adjustment shall be easily made fromthe face of the diffuser or by position adjustment and lock external to the duct Stand off brackets shall be provided on insulated ducts and are described herein Fixed air deflectors also called turning vanes shall be provided in 90 degree el bows 2 7 2 6 Dampers Face and By Pass Dampers Where outdoor air supply and exhaust air dampers are required they shal SECTION 23 00 00 Page 11 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 have a maximum leakage rate when tested in accordance with AMCA 500 D as required by ASHRAE 90 1 IP including Maximum Damper Leakage for 1 Climate Zones 1 2 6 7 8 the maximum damper leakage at 1 0 inch wg for motorized dampers is 4 cfm per SQFT of damper area and non motorized dampers are not allowed 2 All other Climate Zones the maxi mum damper leakage at 1 0 inch wig is 10 cfm per SQFT and for non motorized dampers is 20 cfm per SQFT of damper area Dampers smaller than 24 inches in either direction may have leakage of 40 cfm per SQFT 2 7 3 Plenums and Casings for Field Fabricated Units 2 7 3 1 Plenum and Casings Fabricate and erect plenums and casings as shown in SMACNA HVAC Duct Const Stds as applicable Construct system casing of not less than 16 gauge galva
601. utside and underground Bury piping a minimum of 18 inches below grade Install the piping to avoid excessive stresses due to thermal contraction and use only where indicated SECTION 23 11 25 Page 11 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 ay 4 4 Connections Between Metallic and Plastic Piping Connections between metallic and plastic piping are only allowed outside underground and with approved transition fittings 4 5 Concealed Piping in Buildings Do not use combinations of fittings unions tubing fittings running threads right and left hand couplings bushings and swing joints to conceal piping within buildings A bel Piping in Partitions Locate concealed piping in hollow rather than solid partitions Protect tubing passing through walls or partitions against physical damage both during and after construction and provide appropriate safety markings and labels 4 6 Aboveground Piping Run aboveground piping as straight as practicable along the alignment and elevation indicated with a minimum of joints and separately supported from other piping system and equipment Install exposed horizontal piping no farther than 6 inches from nearest parallel wall and at an elevation which prevents standing sitting or placement of objects on the piping 4 7 Final Gas Connections Unless otherwise specified make final connections with rigid metallic pipe and fittings Flexible connectors may be used for
602. vent degreasing prior to application of paint except metal surfaces Subject to temperatures in excess of 120 degrees F shall be cleaned to bare met al Where more than one coat of paint is specified apply the second coat after the preceding coat is thoroughly dry Lightly sand damaged painting and retouch before applying the succeeding coat Color of finish coat shall be aluminum or light gray a Temperatures Less Than 120 Degrees F Immediately after cleaning the metal surfaces subject to temperatures less than 120 degrees F shall receive one coat of pretreatment primer applied to a mini mum dry filmthickness of 0 3 mil one coat of primer applied to a minimum dry film thickness of one mil and two coats of enamel applied to a minimum dry filmthickness of one mil per coat b Temperatures Between 120 and 400 Degrees F Metal surfaces Subject to temperatures between 120 and 400 degrees F shal receive two coats of 400 degrees F heat resisting enamel applied to a total minimumthickness of 2 mils c Temperatures Greater Than 400 Degrees F Metal surfaces subject to temperatures greater than 400 degrees F shall receive two coats of 600 degrees F heat resisting paint applied to a total minimum dry film thickness of 2 mils End of Section SECTION 23 03 00 00 20 Page 5 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 SECTION 23 05 48 00 40 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUI PMENT 06 06 PART 1 GENERAL
603. verified d Verify that power disconnect is located within sight of the unit it controls Coils a Chilled water piping properly connected b Hot water piping properly connected Controls a Control valves actuators properly installed b Control valves actuators operable c O A dampers actuators properly installed d O A dampers actuators operable X X X X X X Pre Functional Performance Test Checklist Multizone Air Handling Unit cont e f Zone dampers actuators properly installed amp dampers leak checked Zone dampers actuators operable SECTION 23 08 00 00 10 Page 8 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Testing Adjusting and Balancing TAB A M E T C 0 a Construction filters removed and replaced LL LL Xo o Xoo b TAB report approved we RE OX ce Ok SECTION 23 08 00 00 10 Page 9 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Pre Functional Performance Test Checklist Variable Volume Air Handling Unit For Air Handling Unit _____ Checklist Item A M E T 0 Installation a Inspection and access doors are operable and sealed X X b Condensate drainage is unobstructed Visually verify drainage by pouring a cup of water into drain pan 26 LL X X X c Fan belt adjusted gt 2 LL a AN ahia Electrical A M E T cC 0 a Power available to unit disconnect o X atte XoXo b Power available to unit control panel wei Ao a GRE ANS an c Proper m
604. vernment Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES SD 02 Shop Drawings Gas Piping System G DO SD 03 Product Data Pipe and Fittings G DO Gas equipment connectors G DO Gas Piping System G DO Pressure regulators G DO Risers G DO Transition fittings G DO Valves G DO SECTION 23 11 25 Page 5 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Valve box G DO Warning and identification tape G DO SD 06 Test Reports Testing G DO Pressure Tests G DO 1 4 QUALITY ASSURANCE Submit manufacturer s descriptive data and installation instructions for approval for compression type mechanical joints used in joining dissimilar materials and for insulating joints Mark all valves flanges and fittings in accordance with MSS SP 25 1 4 1 Wel ding Qualifications a Weld piping in accordance with qualified procedures using performance qualified welders and welding operators in accordance with API RP 2009 ASME BPVC SEC IX and ASME B31 9 Welding procedures qualified by others and welders and welding operators qualified by another employer may be accepted as permitted by ASME B31 9 Notify the Contracting Officer at least 24 hours in advance of tests and perform at the work site if practicable b Submit a certified copy of welders procedures and qualifications metal and PE in conformance with ASME B31 9 for each welder and welding operator Submit the assigned number lette
605. ving water at 45 OF entering cooling water temperature and full evaporator flow rate AM 3 5 6 Compressor Driver Electric Motor Motors starters variable speed drives wiring etc shall be in accordance with paragraph ELECTRICAL WORK Motor starter shall be remote mounted as indicated with starter type wiring and accessories coordinated with the chiller manufacturer Starter shall be able to operate in temperatures up to 120 degrees F 5 7 Compressor Driver Connections Each machine driven through speed increasing gears shall be so designed as to assure self alignment interchangeable parts proper lubrication system and minimum unbalanced forces Bearings shall be of the sleeve or roller type Gear cases shall be oil tight Shaft extensions shall be provided with seals to retain oil and exclude all dust 5 8 Liquid Cooler Evaporator Cooler shall be of the shell and coil or shell and tube type design Condenser s refrigerant side shall be designed and factory pressure tested to comply with ASHRAE 15 Condenser s water side shall be designed and factory pressure tested for not less than 150 psi Cooler shell shall be constructed of seamless or welded steel Coil bundles shall be totally removable and arranged to drain completely Tubes shall be seamless copper plain integrally finned with smooth bore or integrally finned with enhanced bore Each tube shall be individually replaceable Tubes shall be installed into carbon mild ste
606. w atmospheric pressure shall be provided with a purge system Purge system shall automatically remove air water vapor and non condensible gases from the chiller s refrigerant Purge system shall condense separate and return all refrigerant back to the chiller An oil separator shall be provided with the purge system if required by the manufacturer Purge system shall not discharge to occupied areas or create a potential hazard to personnel Purge system shall include a purge pressure gauge number of starts counter and an elapsed time meter Purge system shall include lights or an alarm which indicate excessive purge or an abnormal air leakage into chiller SECTION 23 64 00 00 10 Page 13 Lackland AFB Airmen Training Complex ATC Dormitory 1 LKATCD1 AMENDMENT 0003 2 5 12 Tools One complete set of special tools as recommended by the manufacturer for field maintenance of the system shall be provided Tools shall be mounted on a tool board in the equipment room or contained in a toolbox as directed by the Contracting Officer 2 6 ACCESSORIES 2 6 1 Refrigerant Leak Detector Detector shall be the continuously operating halogen specific type Detector shall be appropriate for the refrigerant in use Detector shall be specifically designed for area monitoring and shall include 2 sampling points installed where indicated Detector design and construction shall be compatible with the temperature humidity barometric pressure and vo
607. ware and client versions shall be installed on workstation or server hardware f Monitoring and Control Software The Contractor shall install the monitoring and control software as shown The server version of the software shall be installed on server hardware and client versions Shall be installed on workstation or server hardware 3 4 5 Network Hardware The Contractor shall install all network hardware in an enclosure or a telecommunication closet as defined by the project site IP Network Hardware shall be powered through a UPS 3 4 6 P Addresses For equipment requiring IP addresses the Contractor shall coordinate with the DOIM to obtain IP addresses 3 4 7 IP Network Installation The Contractor shall install the IP Network in accordance with the following a Determine requirements for and install interior copper LAN cable in accordance with Section 27 10 00 BUILDING TELECOMMUNI CATIONS CABLING SYSTEM as needed to meet contract requirements SECTION 25 10 10 Page 41 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 3 3 5 5 1 b Determine requirements for and install interior fiber optic cable in accordance with Section 27 10 00 BUILDING TELECOMMUNI CATIONS CABLING SYSTEM as needed to meet contract requirements c All exterior cable shall be buried When installing fiber Contractor shall provide at least 6 pairs of fiber d Determine requirements for and install Network Hardware as shown and as needed
608. ware is less than 150 of the maximum allowable error specified for the sensor or instrumentation m 12 BUILDING CONTROL NETWORK The building control network shall consist of a backbone and one or more local control busses as specified 112 1 Backbone Media The backbone shall be a TP FT 10 network in accordance with CEA 709 3 or an IP network as specified in Section 25 10 10 UTILITY MONITORING AND CONTROL SYSTEMS according to the following criteria a The backbone shall be an IP network as specified in Section 25 10 10 if both of the following conditions are met 1 the Network Bandwidth Calculations for a heavily loaded network show that more than 70 of the 78 kbps kilobits per second bandwidth is used or the Network Bandwidth Calculations for a normally loaded network show that more than 30 of the 78 kbps bandwidth is used 2 the Government has approved the Network Bandwidth Calculations submittal b The backbone shall be a TP FT 10 network otherwise 1 12 2 Control Network Requirements The control network shall meet the following requirements a The backbone shall have no control devices connected to it Only CEA 709 1B Routers and CEA 709 1B TP FT 10 to IP Routers may be connected to the backbone CEA 709 18 TP FT 10 to IP Routers are specified in Section 25 10 10 UTILITY MONITORING AND CONTROL SYSTEMS b The backbone shall be installed such that a router at the Building Point of Connection BPOC location as shown m
609. which show the interconnection of conductors and cables to each controller and to the identified terminals of input and output devices starters and package equipment The wiring diagrams shall show necessary jumpers and ground connections The wiring diagrams shall show the labels of al conductors Sources of power required for control systems and for packaged equipment control systems shall be identified back to the panel board circuit breaker number controller enclosures magnetic Starter or packaged equipment control circuit Each power supply and transformer not integral to a controller starter or packaged equipment shall be shown The connected volt ampere load and the power Supply volt ampere rating shall be shown Wiring diagrams shall be Submitted for each HVAC control system 3 3 Draft As Built Drawings The Contractor shall update the Contractor Design Drawings with al as built data and submit as specified 3 4 Final As Built Drawings The Contractor shall update the Draft As Built Drawings with all final as built data and submit as specified 4 CONTROLLER TUNI NG The Contractor shall tune each controller in a manner consistent with that described in the ASHRAE FUN IP Tuning shall consist of adjustment of the proportional integral and where applicable the derivative PID settings to provide stable closed loop control Each loop shall be tuned while the system or plant is operating at a high gain worst case condition whe
610. wings 10 Final As built Drawings accurately represent the final Je installed system SECTION 25 10 10 Page 48 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 QC CHECKLIST 11 Default trends have been set up per Points Schedule drawings 12 M amp C Software schedules have been set up per Occupancy Schedule drawing 13 O amp M Instructions have been completed and submitted 14 Basic Operator and Advanced Operator Training courses have been completed QC Representative Signature Date End of Section SECTION 25 10 10 Page 49
611. with manufacturer s recommended factory applied j acket vapor barrier f Perlite Insulation ASTM C 610 g Polyisocyanurate Insulation ASTM C 591 Type 1 to 300 degrees F service Supply the insulation with manufacturer s recommended factory applied jacket vapor barrier ee Below ground Pipeline Insulation For below ground pipeline insulation the following requirements shall be met TE Cellular Glass ASTM C 552 type Il TEN Polyisocyanurate ASTM C 591 Type 1 to 300 degrees F D3 DUCT INSULATION SYSTEMS gul Duct Insulation Provide factory applied cellular glass polyisocyanurate or phenolic foam nsulation with insulation manufacturer s standard reinforced fire retardant vapor barrier with identification of installed thermal resistance R value and out of package R value Birla Rigid Insulation Rigid mineral fiber in accordance with ASTM C 612 Class 2 maximum surface temperature 400 degrees F 3 pcf average 1 1 2 inch thick Type IA IB Il Ill and T V ASHRAE 90 1 IP dis Le 2 Blanket Insulation Blanket flexible mineral fiber insulation conforming to ASTM C 553 Type 1 Class B 3 3 4 pcf nominal 2 0 inches thick or Type up to 250 degrees F Also ASTM C 1290 Type II may be used SECTION 23 07 00 Page 10 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 22352 Duct Insulation Jackets de de Aal All Purpose Jacket Provide insulation with insulation manufacturer s standard reinforced fire retar
612. work is accomplished 9 9 System Modifications Recommendations for system modification shall be submitted in writing No system modifications including operating parameters and control settings shall be made without prior approval of the Government Any modifications made to the system shall be incorporated into the Operations and Maintenance Instructions and other documentation affected 10 SURGE PROTECTI ON 10 1 Power Line Surge Protection Equipment connected to ac circuits shall be protected against or withstand power line surges Equipment protection shall meet the requirements of EEE C62 41 1 IEEE C62 41 2 Fuses shall not be used for surge protection 10 2 Surge Protection for Transmitter and Control Wiring DDC hardware shall be protected against or withstand surges induced on control and transmitter wiring installed outdoors and as shown The equipment protection shall be protected against the following two waveforms a A waveform with a 10 microsecond rise time a 1 000 microsecond decay time and a peak current of 60 amps SECTION 23 09 23 Page 13 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 b A waveform with an 8 microsecond rise time a 20 microsecond decay time and a peak current of 500 amperes 1 11 NPUT MEASUREMENT ACCURACY Sensors transmitters and DDC Hardware shall be selected installed and configured such that the maximum error of the measured value at the SNVT output of the DDC hard
613. x ATC ASCE 25 AWS A5 8 A5 8M AWS WHB 2 9 ASME ASME ASME ASME ASME ASME ASME ASME ASME ASME ASME ASME ASME ASME Al3 1 BL 20 1 B16 B16 B16 BIG B16 BIG B16 B16 Boils B36 B40 1 11 il 33 39 9 9 10M 100 BPYC SEC 1A W9126G 09 R 0105 Quarter Turn Valves AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS ASCE 2008 Standard for Earthquake Activated Automatic Gas Shutoff Devices AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY AWS 2004 Errata 2004 Specification for Filler Metals for Brazing and Braze Welding 2004 Welding Handbook Volume Two Wel ding Processes ASME INTERNATIONAL ASME 2007 Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems 1983 R 2006 Pipe Threads General Purpose Inch 2005 Standard for Gray Iron Threaded Fittings Classes 125 and 250 2005 Forged Fittings Socket Welding and Threaded 2005 Nonmetallic Flat Gaskets for Pipe Fl anges 2006 Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings Classes 150 and 300 2002 R 2007 Manually Operated Metallic Gas Valves for Use in Gas Piping Systems Up to 125 psi Sizes NPS 1 2 NPS 2 1998 R 2006 Standard for Malleable Iron Threaded Pipe Unions Classes 150 250 and 300 2003 Standard for Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings NPS 1 2 Through NPS 24 2007 Standard for Factory Made Wrought Steel Buttwelding Fittings 2008 Building Services Piping
614. y E cd hate ngs by te eee ah ee mae 10 Demonstrate bitwise math Control logic shall properly functions in GPPC execute the functions SECTION 25 08 10 Page 42 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Expected Item Action Item Results Approved NOHO ee es are eae A Ea age A a gE es a 11 Create a user defined Subroutine function shal subroutine function in work correctly and be easily GPPC reused LLL LLL PE aaa a eaa a ee UE el ag gee aaa aaa a aa a RES 12 Create alarm conditions Alarm variables shall be in GPPC created according to the criteria 2 22 n O ho LO i E E E E EE E E AE E E EE TEA NE EA TE 13 Create and save a graphic Symbol shall be reusable symbol at the server on a new graphic gt LLL MELEE ea a Ne cee emp eh a a a a See ae a ese ake a T 14 Modify a graphic symbol Operator shall be able to at the server open an existing symbol and make changes 2 2 2 NOC Re E E E E en Fe ce Seah E E at Mee ee heen ee Mae 15 Save a graphic symbol to Symbol shall be available a library at the server fromthe library for reuse KO i E EE V E ee a E EE a a Se ee Se de ee ee 16 Delete a graphic symbol Symbol shall no longer exist at the server fOr USE rn ae NOLES fete ie Pg chee nn oe ia get a ee E Pe etn eg het aes ee 17 Place a graphic symbol When the new page is opened on a new graphic page at the symbol shall be there server LLL LL Notes SECTION 25 08 10 Page 43 Lackland Airmen Training
615. y designed to resist test pressures if necessary and as directed and or approved by the Contracting Officer Do not use oxygen as a testing medium 3 16 1 Pressure Tests Submit test reports in booklet formtabulating test and measurements performed dated after award of this contract and stating the Contractor s name and address the project name and location and a list of the specific requirements which are being certified Before appliances are connected test by filling the piping systems with air or an inert gas to withstand a minimum pressure of 3 pounds gauge for a period of not less than 10 minutes as specified in NFPA 54 without showing any drop in pressure Do not use Oxygen for test Measure pressure with a mercury manometer slope gauge or an equivalent device calibrated to be read in increments of not greater than 0 1 pound Isolate the source of pressure before the pressure tests are made 3 16 2 Test With Gas Before turning on gas under pressure into any piping close all openings from which gas can escape Immediately after turning on the gas check the piping system for leakage by using a laboratory certified gas meter an appliance orifice a manometer or equivalent device Conform all testing to the requirements of NFPA 54 If leakage is recorded shut off the gas Supply repair the leak and repeat the tests until all leaks have been SECTION 23 11 25 Page 15 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 sto
616. ype or lug wafer type and shall be bubbletight at 150 psig Valve bodies shall be cast iron malleable iron or steel ASTM A 167 Type 404 or Type 316 corrosion resisting stee stems bronze or corrosion resisting steel discs and synthetic rubber seats shall be provided Valves smaller than 8 inches shall have throttling handles with a minimum of seven locking positions Valves 8 inches and larger shall have totally enclosed manual gear operators with adjustable balance return stops and position indicators Valves in insulated lines shall have extended neck to accommodate insulation thickness 2 8 14 171 Drain valves Drain valves shall be provided at each drain point of blowdown as recommended by the boiler manufacturer Piping shall conform to ASME BPVC SEC Vand ASTM A 53 A 53M 2 8 14 12 Safety Valves Safety valves shall have steel bodies and shall be equipped with corrosion resistant trim and valve seats The valves shall be properly guided and shall be positive closing so that no leakage can occur Adjustment of the desired back pressure shall cover the range between 2 and 10 psig The adjustment shall be made externally and any shafts extending through the valve body shall be provided with adjustable stuffing boxes having renewable packing Boiler safety valves of proper size and of the required number in accordance with ASME BPVC SEC IV shall be installed so that the discharge will be through piping extended to a location as indic
617. ype that is defined by the device manufacturer 1 2 39 User defined Network Variable Type UNVT A network variable format defined by the device manufacturer Note that UNVTS create non standard communications other vendor s devices may not correctly interpret it and may close the system and therefore are not permitted by this specification 1 3 SYSTEM DESCRI PTI ON The Utility Monitoring and Control System UMCS shall perform Supervisory control and monitoring of a base wide as specified and shown The system shall be compatible with the existing base wide Energy Management amp Control System EMCS front end located at 37th CES Building SECTION 25 10 10 Page 7 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 1 5595 Room 111 The building automation amp control system BACS shal utilize intelligent distributed control modules communicating over a controller network in accordance with ASHRAE 135 The UMCS shall interface to local building controls installed per Section 23 09 23 DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL FOR HVAC AND OTHER LOCAL BUILDING SYSTEMS as well as stand alone control systems The UMCS shall maintain the LNS database s for the entire network 3 01 System Requirements The Contractor shall provide a UMCS in accordance with UL 916 and with the following characteristics a The UMCS shall include an IP network as shown and specified and Shall interface to building level control networks using CEA 709 18 TP F
618. ys AAO 3 45 days AAO 3 AAO 4 thru 8 ACO 9 14 days 14 days 14 days ACO 2 AAO 3 AAO 3 AAO 3 ACO ACO ACO 10 10 10 21 days ACO 10 14 days before sched start of 16 and AAO 13 AAO 15 and 14 14 days ACO 16 AAO 13 AAO 13 AAO 13 and 17 days before scheduled start of 21 AAO 18 19 and 20 14 days ACO 21 30 days AAO 22 7 days before sched start of 25 and AAO 20 ACO 21 14 days AAO 24 and no later than 60 days ACO 21 7 days before 27 and AAO 20 and 24 between 45 and 60 days ACO 21 and AAO 26 ACO 25 complete Page 12 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 Post Construction QC Checklist and a Closeout QC Checklist as specified The QC Representative shall verify each itemin the Checklist and initial in the provided area to indicate that the requirement has been met The QC Representative shall sign and date the Checklist prior to submission to the Government 1 7 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE O amp M INSTRUCTI ONS The UMCS Operation and Maintenance Instructions shall include a Procedures for the UMCS system start up operation and shut down b Final As Built drawings c Routine maintenance checklist The routine maintenance checklist shall be arranged in a columnar format The first column shall list all installed devices the second column shall state the maintenance activity or state no maintenance required the third column shall state the
619. ystem thermometers shall have brass malleable iron or aluminum alloy case and frame clear protective face permanently stabilized glass tube with indicating fluid column white face black numbers and a 9 inch scale Piping systemthermometers shall have an accuracy of 1 of scale range Thermometers for piping systems shall have rigid stems with straight angular or inclined pattern Thermometer stems shall have expansion heads as required to prevent breakage at extreme temperatures On rigid stemthermometers the space between bulb and stem shall be filled with a heat transfer medium 2 9 1 2 Air Duct Thermometers Air duct thermometers shall have perforated stem guards and 45 degree adjustable duct flanges with locking mechanism 2 9 2 Pressure Gauges Gauges shall be suitable for field or panel mounting as required shal have black legend on white background and shall have a pointer traveling through a 270 degree arc Gauge range shall be suitable for the application with an upper end of the range not to exceed 150 of the design upper limit Accuracy shall be 3 of scale range Gauges shall meet requirements of ASME B40 100 SECTION 23 09 23 Page 29 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC W9126G 09 R 0105 2 9 3 Low Differential Pressure Gauges Gauges for low differential pressure measurements shall be a minimum of 3 5 inch nominal size with two sets of pressure taps and shall have a diaphragm actuated pointer white
620. zed weed eettictese shall be previded for fill material Filt shah be remevable oxrctherwise made accessible for eleaning Space _supperts _shait be corresion resistant and_ shall prevent warping sagging misalignment or vibration of the fiH even mixing of air and water Filt materiat shalt beeconstructed cf PVE formed sheets _in_apattern _and ef sufficient height temeet the performance specifications 2 5 18 Fire Safety Towers shall conform to NFPA 214 Fire hazard rating for plastic impregnated materials shall not exceed 25 Plastics shall not drip or run during combustion Fire hazard ratings shall be in accordance with ASTM E 84 or NFPA 255 2 5 19 Noise Control Sound power level data for the cooling tower shall be based on tests conducted in accordance with ANSI 1 13 Maximum acceptable noise limits for a cooling tower cell shall not exceed 80 db 5 0 from the edge of the cooling tower fan 2 6 FABRICATION Unless otherwise specified equipment and component items when fabricated from ferrous metal shall be factory finished with the manufacturer s standard finish except that items located outside of buildings shall have weather resistant finishes that will withstand 125 hours exposure to the salt spray test specified in ASTM B 117 using a 5 percent sodium chloride solution Immediately after completion of the test the specimen shall show no signs of blistering
621. zes 6 inches and less Grade 1 Type Il sheet insulation used on pipes larger than 6 inches shall not be stretched around the pipe On pipes larger than 12 inches the insulation shall be adhered directly to the pipe on the lower 1 3 of the pipe Seams shall be staggered when applying multiple layers of insulation Sweat fittings shall be insulated with miter cut pieces the same size as on adjacent piping Screwed fittings shall be insulated with sleeved fitting covers fabricated from miter cut pieces and shall be overlapped and sealed to the adjacent pipe insulation 32a lS Pipes in high abuse areas In high abuse areas such as janitor closets and traffic areas in equipment rooms kitchens and mechanical rooms welded PVC jackets shall be utilized Pipe insulation to the 6 foot level shall be protected SECTION 23 07 00 Page 15 Lackland Airmen Training Complex ATC 3 Qe ly 6 Pipe Insulation Material Insulation Material and Thickness TABLE 1 For Piping F W9126G 09 R 0105 Type Class Retarder Barrier Required Vapor Vapor Chilled Water Supply amp Return Dual Temperature Piping 40 F nomi nal Material Cellular Glass Flex Elast Cell r Faced Phenol Foam Polyisocianurate Heating Hot Water Supply amp Return Heated Oi Max 250 F Mineral Fiber Calcium Silicate Cellular Glass Faced Phenol Foam Perlite Polyisocianurate Cold Domestic Water Piping Makeup Water amp Drinking Fou

atc-1 specs hvac - Aerohead Mechanical

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents